95-28902. The Secretary of HUD's Regulation of the Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac)  

  • [Federal Register Volume 60, Number 231 (Friday, December 1, 1995)]
    [Rules and Regulations]
    [Pages 61846-62005]
    From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
    [FR Doc No: 95-28902]
    
    
    
    
    [[Page 61845]]
    
    _______________________________________________________________________
    
    Part X
    
    
    
    
    
    Department of Housing and Urban Development
    
    
    
    
    
    _______________________________________________________________________
    
    
    
    24 CFR Part 81
    
    
    
    The Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae) and the Federal 
    Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac) Regulations; Final Rule
    
    Federal Register / Vol. 60, No. 231 / Friday, December 1, 1995 / 
    Rules and Regulations 
    
    [[Page 61846]]
    
    
    DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT
    
    Office of the Secretary
    
    24 CFR Part 81
    
    [Docket No. FR-3481-F-03]
    RIN 2501-AB56
    
    
    The Secretary of HUD's Regulation of the Federal National 
    Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage 
    Corporation (Freddie Mac)
    
    AGENCY: Office of the Secretary, HUD.
    
    ACTION: Final rule.
    
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    SUMMARY: This final rule implements the Secretary's regulatory 
    authorities respecting the Federal National Mortgage Association 
    (``Fannie Mae'') and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 
    (``Freddie Mac'') (collectively the ``Government-Sponsored 
    Enterprises'' or ``GSEs'') under the Federal Housing Enterprises 
    Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992 (``FHEFSSA''). FHEFSSA's 
    purpose is to establish a new regulatory framework for the GSEs that 
    reflects their unique status as shareholder-owned corporations that 
    receive substantial public benefits. FHEFSSA substantially overhauled 
    the regulatory authorities and structure for GSE regulation and 
    required the issuance of this rule.
        FHEFSSA directs the Secretary to establish three separate housing 
    goals for the GSEs' mortgage purchases financing: housing for low- and 
    moderate-income families; housing located in central cities, rural 
    areas, and other underserved areas; and special affordable housing to 
    meet the unaddressed needs of low-income families in low-income areas 
    and very-low-income families. Under this rule, the Secretary sets the 
    level of each goal and specifies the requirements for counting mortgage 
    purchases toward meeting the goals. The rule also includes procedures 
    for monitoring and enforcing performance under the goals.
        In addition, FHEFSSA requires the Secretary to prohibit 
    discrimination by the GSEs in their mortgage purchases and establishes 
    new responsibilities for the Secretary and the GSEs with respect to the 
    Fair Housing Act and the Equal Credit Opportunity Act. This rule 
    implements these authorities. The rule also sets forth requirements for 
    the Secretary's review and approval of new programs of the GSEs, GSE 
    submission of mortgage purchase data and reports to the Secretary, the 
    Secretary's dissemination of data and protection of proprietary 
    information, and enforcement and other proceedings under this rule.
    
    EFFECTIVE DATE: January 2, 1996, except that Sec. 81.62(c) shall not be 
    effective until April 1, 1996, so that the first mortgage report 
    required to be submitted by the GSEs under that section will cover 
    mortgage purchases through the second quarter of 1996 and will not be 
    due until September 1, 1996.
    
    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Janet Tasker, Director, Office of 
    Government-Sponsored Enterprises, Room 6154, telephone (202) 708-2224; 
    or, for questions on data or methodology, Harold Bunce, Director, 
    Financial Institutions Regulation, Office of Policy Development and 
    Research, Room 8204, telephone (202) 708-2770; or, for legal questions, 
    Kenneth A. Markison, Assistant General Counsel for Government Sponsored 
    Enterprises/RESPA, Office of the General Counsel, Room 9262, telephone 
    (202) 708-3137. The address for all of these persons is: Department of 
    Housing and Urban Development, 451 Seventh Street, S.W., Washington, 
    D.C. 20410. A telecommunications device for deaf persons (TDD) is 
    available at (202) 708-9300. (The telephone numbers are not toll-free.)
    
    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
    
    Paperwork Reduction Act Statement
    
        The information collection requirements contained in this rule have 
    been submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review 
    under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), as 
    implemented by OMB in regulations at 5 CFR part 1320. No person may be 
    required to respond to, or may be subjected to a penalty for failure to 
    comply with, these information collection requirements until they have 
    been approved and HUD has announced the assigned OMB control number. 
    The OMB control number, when assigned, will be announced by separate 
    notice in the Federal Register. In accordance with Sec. 1320.11(h) of 
    the implementing regulations, OMB has 60 days from today's publication 
    date in which to approve, disapprove, or instruct HUD to make a change 
    to the information collection requirements in this rule.
        The final rule addresses comments submitted to OMB and HUD on the 
    collection of information requirements in the proposed rule. In 
    addition, HUD has consulted with members of the public and affected 
    agencies regarding these collections of information. In revising the 
    requirements from those that appeared in the proposed rule, HUD has 
    evaluated the necessity and usefulness of the collection of 
    information; reevaluated HUD's estimate of the information collection 
    burden, including the validity of the underlying methodology and 
    assumptions; and minimized the burden on respondents for the 
    information collection requirements, to the extent compatible with the 
    Secretary's responsibilities under the authorizing statute. This final 
    rule provides for the use of electronic collection techniques.
    
    General
    
    Purpose
    
        This final rule establishes new regulations implementing the 
    Secretary of Housing and Urban Development's (``the Secretary's'') 
    authority to regulate the GSEs. The authority exercised by the 
    Secretary is established under:
        (1) The Federal National Mortgage Association Charter Act (``Fannie 
    Mae Charter Act''), which is Title III of the National Housing Act, 
    section 301 et seq. (12 U.S.C. 1716 et seq.);
        (2) The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act (``Freddie Mac 
    Act''), which is Title III of the Emergency Home Finance Act of 1970, 
    section 301 et seq. (12 U.S.C. 1451 et seq.); \1\ and
    
        \1\ This rule refers to the Fannie Mae Charter Act and the 
    Freddie Mac Act collectively as the ``Charter Acts.''
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (3) FHEFSSA, enacted as Title XIII of the Housing and Community 
    Development Act of 1992 (Pub. L. 102-550, approved October 28, 1992, 
    and codified, generally, at 12 U.S.C. 4501-4641). FHEFSSA substantially 
    changed the Secretary's authorities respecting the GSEs, requiring the 
    Secretary to promulgate new regulations.
        This rule implements these authorities and authorities under the 
    Charter Acts, replaces the Secretary's current regulations governing 
    Fannie Mae and, for the first time, establishes regulations governing 
    Freddie Mac.
    
    Background
    
        Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are congressionally chartered, 
    shareholder-owned corporations that have been regulated by HUD since 
    1968 and 1989, respectively. The GSEs were chartered by Congress to:
        (1) Provide stability in the secondary market for residential 
    mortgages;
        (2) Respond appropriately to the private capital market;
        (3) Provide ongoing assistance to the secondary market for 
    residential mortgages (including activities relating to mortgages on 
    housing for low- and moderate-income families involving a 
    
    [[Page 61847]]
    reasonable economic return that may be less than the return earned on 
    other activities) by increasing the liquidity of mortgage investments 
    and improving the distribution of investment capital available for 
    residential mortgage financing; and
        (4) Promote access to mortgage credit throughout the Nation 
    (including central cities, rural areas, and other underserved areas) by 
    increasing the liquidity of mortgage investments and improving the 
    distribution of investment capital available for residential mortgage 
    financing.\2\
    
        \2\ Sections 301(b) of the Freddie Mac Act and 301 of the Fannie 
    Mae Charter Act.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        In exchange for carrying out their public purposes, the GSEs enjoy 
    substantial public benefits not provided to other private corporations 
    in the secondary mortgage market, which include: (1) Conditional access 
    to a $2.25 billion line of credit from the U.S. Treasury; \3\ (2) 
    exemption from securities registration requirements of the Securities 
    and Exchange Commission and the States; \4\ and (3) exemption from all 
    State and local taxes, except property taxes.\5\ In addition to these 
    benefits, the GSEs enjoy the implicit benefit of the financial market's 
    assumption that, even though no Federal guarantee exists,\6\ should a 
    GSE fail to meet its obligations, the Federal Government and, 
    ultimately, the American taxpayer would stand behind the obligations of 
    the GSEs. As a result of their Government-sponsored status, the GSEs 
    borrow at approximately the same rates as the Department of 
    Treasury,\7\ and their cost of doing business is less than that of 
    other competitors in the mortgage market. In return for the substantial 
    benefits that the GSEs receive, they are expected to serve certain 
    public purposes, and are subject to congressionally imposed limitations 
    on their undertakings and to HUD's regulation.
    
        \3\ Sections 306(c)(2) of the Freddie Mac Act and 304(c) of the 
    Fannie Mae Charter Act.
        \4\ Sections 306(g) of the Freddie Mac Act and 304(d) of the 
    Fannie Mae Charter Act.
        \5\ Sections 303(e) of the Freddie Mac Act and 309(c)(2) of the 
    Fannie Mae Charter Act.
        \6\ The GSEs' obligations are not guaranteed by the United 
    States. See, e.g., sections 1302(4), 1381(f), and 1382(n) of FHEFSSA 
    (requiring each GSE to state in its obligations and securities that 
    such obligations and securities ``are not guaranteed by the United 
    States'').
        \7\ Congressional Budget Office, Controlling the Risks of 
    Government-Sponsored Enterprises, at 10 (April 1991).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Provisions of FHEFSSA
    
        Because Congress perceived a need to increase protection to the 
    taxpayers from any potential financial losses or risks posed by the 
    GSEs, FHEFSSA established an independent financial regulator within 
    HUD--the Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight (OFHEO)--which 
    is responsible for the financial safety and soundness of the GSEs.
        At the same time, to assure that the GSEs accomplish their public 
    purposes, Congress clarified and expanded the Secretary's specific 
    powers and authorities respecting the GSEs. FHEFSSA provides that, 
    except for the authority of the Director of OFHEO over all matters 
    related to financial safety and soundness, the Secretary has general 
    regulatory power over the GSEs and is required to make all rules and 
    regulations necessary to ensure that the purposes of FHEFSSA and the 
    Charter Acts are carried out.\8\
    
        \8\ Section 1321 of FHEFSSA.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        FHEFSSA specifically requires the Secretary to establish, monitor, 
    and enforce three separate goals for the GSEs' mortgage purchases on:
        (1) Housing for low- and moderate-income families (Low- and 
    Moderate-Income Housing Goal);
        (2) Housing located in central cities, rural areas, and other 
    underserved areas (Geographically Targeted Goal); and
        (3) Special affordable housing meeting the ``unaddressed housing 
    needs of low-income families in low-income areas and very low-income 
    families'' (Special Affordable Housing Goal).
        Under FHEFSSA, the Secretary is to establish each of the housing 
    goals after consideration of certain statutorily prescribed factors 
    relevant to the particular goal. The Secretary's findings concerning 
    each of these factors are set forth in the appendices to this rule, 
    which are published in today's Federal Register after the text of the 
    rule. These appendices will not be codified in the Code of Federal 
    Regulations.
        FHEFSSA also establishes new fair lending requirements for the 
    GSEs. Under FHEFSSA, the Secretary must, by regulation, prohibit the 
    GSEs from discriminating in their mortgage purchases because of ``race, 
    color, religion, sex, handicap, familial status, age, or national 
    origin, including any consideration of age or location of the dwelling 
    or the age of the neighborhood or census tract where the dwelling is 
    located in a manner that has a discriminatory effect.'' \9\ The 
    Secretary must also:
    
        \9\ Section 1325(1).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (1) By regulation, require the GSEs to submit data to assist the 
    Secretary in investigating whether a mortgage lender has failed to 
    comply with the Fair Housing Act and the Equal Credit Opportunity Act 
    (``ECOA'');
        (2) Obtain and make available to the GSEs information from other 
    regulatory and enforcement agencies on violations by lenders of the 
    Fair Housing Act and ECOA;
        (3) Direct the GSEs to take various remedial actions against 
    lenders found to have engaged in discriminatory lending practices in 
    violation of the Fair Housing Act or ECOA; and
        (4) Periodically review and comment on the GSEs' underwriting and 
    appraisal guidelines, to ensure that the guidelines are consistent with 
    the Fair Housing Act and FHEFSSA.
        FHEFSSA also details the Secretary's authority to review and 
    approve new programs of the GSEs and establishes procedures under which 
    the GSEs may contest determinations on new program requests. FHEFSSA 
    maintains the Secretary's authority to require reports from the GSEs on 
    their activities and requires the GSEs to submit detailed, specific 
    data on their mortgage purchases. FHEFSSA assigns the Secretary other 
    responsibilities, including establishing a public-use database 
    containing data gathered from the GSEs on mortgage purchases, and 
    protecting proprietary information provided by the GSEs. FHEFSSA 
    terminates the former regulations governing Fannie Mae and requires 
    that the Secretary issue new regulations governing both GSEs.
    
    Transition Period
    
        FHEFSSA established a transition period of calendar years 1993 and 
    1994, to provide time for the Secretary to collect data and implement 
    FHEFSSA's provisions. For the transition period, FHEFSSA established 
    targets for mortgage purchases by the GSEs on housing for low- and 
    moderate-income families and housing located in central cities, rural 
    areas, and other underserved areas. For the transition years, the 
    targets for both of these goals were set at 30 percent of the GSEs' 
    mortgage purchases. The target amounts were the same as the percentage 
    goals established under HUD's Fannie Mae regulations, which were 
    originally promulgated in 1979 and codified under the former Fannie Mae 
    regulations in 24 CFR part 81. During the transition, only mortgages 
    located in central cities, as designated by the Office of Management 
    and Budget (OMB), counted toward the Geographically Targeted Goal. 
    FHEFSSA required that the Secretary establish interim goals to improve 
    the GSEs' performance relative to these targets, so that the GSEs would 
    meet the targets by the end of the transition 
    
    [[Page 61848]]
    period. FHEFSSA also established specific dollar amounts for purchases 
    by the GSEs of mortgages under the Special Affordable Housing Goal. For 
    the transition years, the legislative history of FHEFSSA indicates that 
    the goal should be higher than the GSEs' 1992 performance.
    
    Interim Notices
    
        As required by FHEFSSA, on October 13, 1993, the Secretary 
    published notices of interim housing goals establishing requirements 
    necessary to implement the transition housing goals; 10 the GSEs 
    reviewed and commented on the notices prior to publication.
    
        \10\ 58 FR 53048 and 53072.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The Interim Notice for Fannie Mae established that, of the dwelling 
    units financed by Fannie Mae's mortgage purchases: (1) In 1993 and 
    1994, 30 percent should be affordable to low- and moderate-income 
    families; (2) in 1993, 28 percent and, in 1994, 30 percent should be 
    located in central cities; and (3) during the 1993-94 period, at least 
    $16.4 billion in mortgages should meet the Special Affordable Housing 
    Goal.
        The Interim Notice for Freddie Mac established that, of the 
    dwelling units financed by Freddie Mac's mortgage purchases: (1) In 
    1993, 28 percent and, in 1994, 30 percent should be affordable to low- 
    and moderate-income families; (2) in 1993, 26 percent and, in 1994, 30 
    percent should be located in central cities; and (3) during the 1993-94 
    period, at least $11.9 billion in mortgages should meet the Special 
    Affordable Housing Goal.
        In late 1994, when it became apparent that this rulemaking would 
    not be completed in time to establish new housing goals for 1995, the 
    Secretary issued a final regulation extending the 1994 goals for both 
    GSEs into 1995.11
    
        \11\ 59 FR 61504 (November 30, 1994).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    The Proposed Rule
    
        On February 16, 1995 (60 FR 9154), HUD published a proposed rule to 
    implement the Secretary's authorities under FHEFSSA and the Charter 
    Acts. The proposed rule raised the level of the goals. It also provided 
    that, in accordance with FHEFSSA, the Geographically Targeted Goal 
    would be expanded to include rural and other underserved areas, and 
    that the goal would be directed to the underserved portions of these 
    areas. The proposal reformulated the categories of the Special 
    Affordable Housing Goal and proposed new counting requirements based on 
    experience gained in the transition period. The proposed rule also 
    would have established procedures for review of new programs, detailed 
    prohibitions against discrimination, scaled back reporting requirements 
    from the former Fannie Mae regulations and the Interim Notices, and 
    included detailed requirements for book entry of GSE securities and 
    procedures under FHEFSSA.
    
    Final Rule
    
        In response to the proposed rule, HUD received 163 comments. The 
    comments came from the GSEs; individuals; representatives of lending 
    institutions, community, and consumer groups; Members of Congress; 
    local and State governments; and others. Following full consideration 
    of the comments and discussions with the GSEs and outside entities, HUD 
    developed this final rule. The final rule is consistent with the 
    approach announced in the proposed rule, but includes significant 
    revisions in light of the comments. The final rule:
        (1) Establishes housing goals that are greater than those 
    established under the regulations for the transition and will ensure 
    that the GSEs continue and strengthen their efforts to carry out 
    Congress's intent that the GSEs provide the benefits of a secondary 
    market to families throughout the Nation;
        (2) Requires the GSEs to take appropriate steps to facilitate fair 
    housing for all citizens, recognizing the GSEs' leadership role in the 
    lending industry without forcing the GSEs to act in an enforcement 
    capacity better left to the Government;
        (3) Establishes conditions and procedures by which the Secretary 
    will exercise his or her statutory authority to review new programs of 
    the GSEs, but in a manner that will not create a disincentive for the 
    GSEs to be innovative in developing new mortgage finance initiatives;
        (4) Implements reporting requirements for the GSEs that are not 
    unduly burdensome and will allow the Secretary and Congress to monitor 
    the GSEs' activities appropriately;
        (5) Requires dissemination of information on the GSEs' activities 
    to the public, while protecting the GSEs' legitimate commercial 
    interests in proprietary data; and
        (6) Establishes fair procedures for enforcement actions and other 
    regulatory procedures under FHEFSSA.
    
    Discussion Of Public Comments
    
    Overview of the Public Comments
    
        Of the 163 comments received, by far the most detailed were the 
    submissions of the two directly affected GSEs--Fannie Mae and Freddie 
    Mac. Each GSE submitted comments of more than 200 pages, supported by 
    numerous appendices, exhibits, and footnotes. Although occasionally 
    voicing approval of provisions of the proposed rule, the GSEs' 
    comments, in the main, registered substantial opposition to key 
    features.
        In addition, comments were received from 26 national or regional 
    industry-related groups or associations; 26 nonprofit organizations; 10 
    Members of Congress; 22 governors and mayors, 10 State and local 
    agencies; 24 banks, lenders, or other real estate professionals; 40 
    individuals; 12 and 3 legal organizations. HUD reviewed and 
    considered all of these comments in writing the final rule.
    
        \12\ The 40 comments from individuals were form letters, signed 
    by persons from several different States but containing identical 
    information except for, in a few instances, written-in additional 
    observations. These comments were limited to housing goals issues 
    and generally favored, and recommended strengthening of, the rule.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The portion of the rule most frequently discussed by the commenters 
    was Subpart B--Housing Goals, some aspect of which attracted comments 
    from 146 of the 163 commenters. Eighty-three of these comments 
    reflected general approval of the proposed rule's approach to the 
    goals. Fifty-three others were in opposition, in whole or in part, 
    while 10 contained mixed statements of support and opposition.
        Other major subject areas of the proposed rule (subpart C--Fair 
    Housing, subpart D--New Program Approval,and Subpart E--Access to 
    Information) attracted the attention of only a minority of the 
    commenters. Fifty-five of the 62 commenters who addressed the new 
    program approval provisions opposed them in whole or in part, with only 
    3 commenters setting out unqualified approval, and 4 others expressing 
    a mixture of favorable and unfavorable comments.
        Thirty commenters opposed one or more major elements of the rule's 
    treatment of fair housing concerns, while 11 favored the rule. Two 
    comments featured well-mixed supporting and opposing views. The 
    majority of the institutional commenters and lenders who did address 
    the issues of fair housing stated their opposition to the rule's 
    treatment. Only among the nonprofit organizations did a majority of the 
    commenters addressing the issue express support for the proposed rule's 
    handling of the subject. Commenters often addressed Subpart E, 
    Reporting Requirements, in the context of other statements pertaining 
    to housing goals, fair housing, or both. Accordingly, the commenters' 
    views on reporting are 
    
    [[Page 61849]]
    largely included in the discussion of subparts B and C.
        Only 10 commenters addressed the access to information issue. Of 
    these, six (including the GSEs) were substantially opposed to the 
    rule's provisions, while four supported the rule or urged stronger 
    provisions in favor of broader public disclosure of GSE information.
        In all subject areas, the GSEs' expressions of opposition to 
    important features of the rule were backed by a majority of the 
    national or regional industry associations submitting comments, as well 
    as by commenters representing banks and other lenders. On the other 
    hand, several associations expressed notable support for some of the 
    same features.
        A higher proportion of the commenting nonprofit organizations 
    supported important aspects of the rule as proposed, although many of 
    these commenters also opposed individual features of the proposal and 
    offered suggestions for modifications or compromises that would 
    accomplish similar aims. A number of nonprofit organizations also 
    recommended further strengthening of the rule, especially as it relates 
    to housing goals.
        Comments from Governors and Mayors tended to concentrate on the 
    goals. In general, these comments opposed the definitions in the 
    proposed rule of ``central city,'' ``rural area,'' and other key terms 
    that determine the transactions that count toward achievement of the 
    housing goals. Twelve of the 22 State and local political leaders who 
    commented expressed opposition to the program approval portions of the 
    rule. The 10 comments from State and local governmental agencies 
    focused largely on housing goals issues, but were more diverse in their 
    views, with 5 agencies generally supporting the rule, 4 opposing 
    significant portions of it, and 1 expressing a mixture of favorable and 
    unfavorable comments.
        Members of Congress submitting comments mainly addressed housing 
    goals issues, with 6 of the 10 criticizing the rule. Six Members also 
    opposed aspects of the new program approval subpart. Three Members 
    voiced support for the proposed rule's approach to housing goals, and 
    one expressed support for the rule's fair housing provisions.
        A discussion of general and specific comments on the rule follows. 
    HUD has read and considered all of the comments received from the 
    public in developing this final rule. Although not all of the comments 
    are addressed explicitly in this preamble, often because HUD's response 
    is implicit in the general discussion of the rule or other comments or 
    because the comments were minor, HUD acknowledges the value of all of 
    the comments submitted in response to the proposed rule.
    
    Other Public Input
    
        In addition to the comments received, HUD sought information from 
    the GSEs and other market participants to verify or revise assumptions 
    and data HUD used in developing the rule. During this rulemaking, HUD 
    held numerous meetings with the GSEs, lenders, developers, nonprofit 
    groups, public-interest representatives, and other Federal agencies to 
    discuss issues related to the rule, including the methodology used to 
    establish market shares, current conditions in rural lending, and 
    current conditions in the multifamily market. Additional information on 
    these meetings is contained in the public docket file of this rule in 
    Room 10276 at HUD Headquarters. HUD also conducted a series of detailed 
    analyses of various technical issues raised in the comment letters. To 
    assist in analyzing these issues, HUD contracted with researchers and 
    academicians in universities and the private sector to carry out 
    independent evaluations of HUD's methodology. HUD also consulted 
    broadly with researchers and economists at other Government agencies, 
    the GSEs, and housing trade groups to critique and refine the 
    underlying analytical work used in establishing the housing goals.
    
    Subpart A--General
    
    Overview
        The GSEs commented that various parts of the proposed rule were not 
    legally sustainable because the Secretary's actions were, for example, 
    ``unreasonable,'' ``arbitrary,'' ``capricious,'' ``not supported by a 
    cogent rationale,'' ``in direct conflict with the plain meaning of the 
    Act,'' or ``an improper exercise of the Secretary's discretion.'' HUD 
    has carefully reviewed these concerns and applicable case law,13 
    and has concluded that its exercise of regulatory authority in 
    promulgating this final rule is, in all respects, well within the 
    discretion accorded to HUD by Congress under FHEFSSA and is well-
    supported by ample evidence and considered reasoning.
    
        \13\ See, e.g., Chevron, U.S.A., Inc. v. Natural Resources 
    Defense Council, 467 U.S. 837 (1984).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Section 81.2--Definitions
        Many of the definitions remain the same as in the proposed rule or 
    have been modified for purposes of clarity only. This final rule, 
    however, does change some definitions substantially in response to 
    comments. This section of the preamble mainly discusses changes in 
    definitions relating to housing goals. The preamble text concerning 
    subpart D discusses the definition of ``new program'', and the text 
    concerning subpart F discusses the definitions of ``proprietary 
    information'' and ``public data''.
        Contract Rent. Freddie Mac asked that the definition of ``contract 
    rent'' be revised to allow the GSEs to decrease contract rent by the 
    amount of any ``rent concessions.'' Supporting, generally, the rule's 
    contract rent definition, Freddie Mac commented that: underwriting 
    determinations are based on post-concession rents; Freddie Mac adheres 
    to that general practice; and allowing rent concessions to be taken 
    into account would materially increase affordability of some units.
        Under FHEFSSA, the affordability of housing units and their 
    eligibility for counting towards a goal is based on their rents. Rent 
    concessions are relatively short-term in nature. Their consideration in 
    calculating rents would result in unrealistically low levels of rent, 
    considering that after the rent concession period ends, the rents are 
    increased. Accordingly, it is not appropriate to consider rent 
    concessions in defining or determining rent.
        Dwelling unit. Freddie Mac objected to the inclusion of a 
    definition for ``dwelling unit'' in the rule. Freddie Mac asserted that 
    under section 302(h) of the Freddie Mac Act, which defines 
    ``residential mortgage,'' Freddie Mac is authorized to define 
    ``dwelling unit.''
        Although Freddie Mac is authorized to define the term ``dwelling 
    unit'' under the Freddie Mac Act, it is appropriate that this final 
    rule define the term under FHEFSSA. The Secretary is charged with 
    measuring the extent of compliance with the housing goals under section 
    1336 of FHEFSSA. Because FHEFSSA specifically authorizes the Secretary 
    to consider units in formulating the goal, a definition of the term 
    ``unit'' or ``dwelling unit'' is integral to counting GSEs' purchases 
    toward achievement of the goals.
        The GSEs also commented that, if ``dwelling unit'' is defined under 
    the rule, the definition of ``dwelling unit'' should include the 
    following types of housing: (1) A single-family dwelling with a home 
    office; (2) dwelling units in an apartment complex with retail space or 
    a day care center; and (3) single-room-occupancy buildings and group 
    homes that may lack separate kitchens 
    
    [[Page 61850]]
    or bathrooms for each unit of residence. In response to this point, the 
    definition of ``dwelling unit'' is changed in the final rule to include 
    single room properties, dwellings that include offices, and dwellings 
    located in mixed-use properties.
        Median Income. Freddie Mac, addressing the Low- and Moderate-Income 
    Goal, commented that the definition of ``median income'' should be 
    revised to permit household income in nonmetropolitan areas to be 
    measured against the greater of the county median income or the 
    statewide nonmetropolitan median. Freddie Mac noted that ``the proposed 
    rule would classify a borrower with an income of $12,000 living in a 
    county with median income of $11,000 as 'upper income.''' The final 
    rule (in Sec. 81.15) clarifies that ``median income'' for families 
    outside of metropolitan statistical areas (MSAs) means the greater of 
    the county median income or the statewide nonmetropolitan median income 
    for the area where the property is located.
        Mortgages and Interests in Mortgages. The GSEs commented that, in 
    tracking the Freddie Mac Act, the definition of ``mortgage'' appears to 
    have dropped a line relating to interests in mortgages. Freddie Mac 
    suggested adding to the rule's definition ``* * * and includes 
    interests in mortgages. Such term shall also include a mortgage, lien, 
    or other security interest on the stock or membership certificate.'' 
    (Emphasis in original.)
        FHEFSSA requires the Secretary to establish goals for the 
    ``purchases of mortgages.'' The proposed and final rules specifically 
    allow certain interests in mortgages, such as participations and credit 
    enhancements, to count toward achievement of the goals, because these 
    transactions are essentially the same as mortgage purchases. The final 
    rule provides that ``interests in mortgages'' are mortgages and count 
    toward achievement of the housing goals. Because defining mortgages to 
    include all ``interests in mortgages'' is potentially over-inclusive 
    and may encompass transactions or activities that are not equivalent 
    and should not appropriately count toward achievement of the goals, the 
    counting provisions in Sec. 81.16(b) list specific types of 
    transactions that do not count toward achievement of the goals, 
    including certain ``interests in mortgages.''
        Refinancing. Freddie Mac commented that, by excluding from the 
    definition of ``refinancing'' the renegotiation of a multifamily 
    mortgage when a balloon payment is due within one year, it is not clear 
    whether the excluded activity is intended to be treated as a ``mortgage 
    purchase.'' The final rule includes as new mortgages multifamily 
    mortgages that have balloon payments due within 1 year after the date 
    of closing of the renegotiated mortgages.
        Very-low-Income. Freddie Mac commented that the term ``very-low-
    income'' should be defined consistently with certain other HUD 
    regulations and programs. Freddie Mac noted that these programs' 
    formulas for determining eligibility sets the ``very-low-income'' limit 
    above 60 percent of the local area median income in 48 metropolitan 
    areas and 1,502 nonmetropolitan counties with either unusually low 
    income or unusually high housing costs. Freddie Mac urged HUD to create 
    exceptions to the definition of ``very-low-income'' for multifamily 
    projects benefiting from a Federal assistance program, where such 
    projects are located in areas with either unusually low income or 
    unusually high housing costs.
        As part of the Special Affordable Housing Goal, Congress 
    specifically required the Secretary to establish a housing subgoal that 
    targets very-low-income families. Section 1303(19) of FHEFSSA defines 
    ``very low-income'' as:
        (1) In the case of owner-occupied units, income not in excess of 60 
    percent of area median income; and
        (2) In the case of rental units, income not in excess of 60 percent 
    of area median income, with adjustments for smaller and larger 
    families, as determined by the Secretary.
        In certain HUD programs the Secretary has statutory authority to 
    make the type of adjustments that Freddie Mac has requested HUD to make 
    under FHEFSSA. However, FHEFSSA does not provide similar authority. The 
    only adjustments to the definition of ``very-low-income'' that are 
    permissible under FHEFSSA are adjustments for smaller and larger 
    families in the case of rental units.
    
    Subpart B--Housing Goals
    
    Overview
        The greatest amount of controversy in the public comments centered 
    on the housing goals. Fannie Mae and a number of commenters focused on 
    the levels of the goals, the concept of ``leading the industry,'' and 
    the methodology used to estimate the size of the conventional market 
    for each of the goals. In its critique of the housing goals portion of 
    the proposed rule, Freddie Mac advanced six major concerns: (1) The 
    market estimates are flawed and will result in infeasible goals over 
    time; (2) the proposed rule does not establish a link between 
    identified housing needs and the housing goals; (3) HUD has not 
    adequately taken market volatility into account in establishing the 
    goals; (4) the GSEs' previous performance is incorrectly assessed; (5) 
    the proposed rule presents too narrow a concept of leading the 
    industry; and (6) the proposed rule does not adequately address the 
    risks posed by increased levels of multifamily purchases. Freddie Mac 
    also expressed concern that in establishing the goals as proposed, HUD 
    would micromanage the type and location of the GSEs' mortgage 
    purchases, severely limiting the GSEs' ability to respond to the market 
    in a timely manner.
        General comments on the housing goals are discussed in this 
    section. More detailed analyses of some of these issues are presented 
    in four technical appendices immediately following the text of the 
    rule, as well as in an economic analysis of the rule prepared by HUD.
    Levels of the Goals
        Fannie Mae requested that the levels of the goals be set lower than 
    in the proposed rule, commenting that the housing goals should be set 
    at a ``reasonable and appropriate share'' of Fannie Mae's business. 
    Fannie Mae also urged HUD to refrain from frequent adjustments in the 
    goals and to avoid increasing the goals if Fannie Mae exceeded them. 
    Similarly, Freddie Mac stressed the necessity of setting 
    ``conservative'' goals that are capable of being met under a variety of 
    economic conditions.
        Both GSEs agreed that HUD had not adequately considered the impact 
    that changes in national economic conditions could have on the size of 
    the conventional, conforming market. The GSEs commented that HUD was 
    assuming, in its market estimates, that the unusually favorable 
    economic and housing market conditions of 1993-1994 would continue in 
    the future.
        A number of commenters, mainly representing public-interest 
    organizations, asked for more aggressive goal-setting, urging that the 
    levels of the goals were too low, given the benefits provided to the 
    GSEs by virtue of their Federal charters, their current levels of 
    performance, and the scope of the nation's housing problems.
        Some commenters, primarily industry representatives, expressed 
    concern with the proposed rule's stated intention to set future goals 
    at higher levels. A number of commenters joined with the GSEs in 
    recommending that goals remain stable over the long term and be imposed 
    at reasonable levels that not 
    
    [[Page 61851]]
    only assure the GSEs will increase their support of low- and moderate-
    income housing, but also reflect that economic conditions may influence 
    the capacity of the GSEs to support such housing in any given year.
        The GSEs held differing views on how far into the future the goals 
    should be fixed. Fannie Mae commented that the goals should be fixed 
    for a substantial period of time, to allow the GSEs to incorporate the 
    goals into their long-range business plans and corporate strategies. 
    Freddie Mac expressed serious doubt that meaningful goals could be 
    established for a period more than two years into the future.
        Under the rule, the following goals are established: the annual 
    goal for each GSEs' purchases of mortgages on housing for low- and 
    moderate-income families is--for 1996, 40 percent of the total number 
    of dwelling units financed by that GSE's mortgage purchases in 1996 
    and, for each of the years 1997-99, 42 percent of the total number of 
    dwelling units financed by that GSE's mortgage purchases in each of 
    those years; the annual goal for each GSEs' purchases of mortgages on 
    housing located in central cities, rural areas, and other underserved 
    areas is--for 1996, 21 percent of the total number of dwelling units 
    financed by that GSE's mortgage purchases in 1996 and, for each of the 
    years 1997-99, 24 percent of the total number of dwelling units 
    financed by that GSE's mortgage purchases in each of those years; and 
    the annual goal for each GSEs' purchases of mortgages on special 
    affordable housing is--for 1996, 12 percent of the total number of 
    dwelling units financed by that GSE's mortgage purchases in 1996 and, 
    for each of the years 1997-99, 24 percent of the total number of 
    dwelling units financed by that GSE's mortgage purchases in each of 
    those years; additionally, the special affordable housing goal for each 
    of these years shall include mortgage purchases financing dwelling 
    units in multifamily housing totalling not less than 0.8 percent of the 
    dollar volume of mortgages purchased by the respective GSE in 1994. For 
    2000 and thereafter the Secretary shall establish new annual goals; 
    pending establishment of goals for 2000 and thereafter, the annual goal 
    for each of those years for each of the three goals shall be the same 
    as the 1999 goals.
        The levels of the housing goals established in this final rule meet 
    the following objectives: they are reasonable and appropriate, they 
    reflect consideration of the statutory factors for establishing housing 
    goals, and they are set far enough into the future to allow the GSEs to 
    engage in long-term planning.
        First, the levels of the three housing goals are reasonable and 
    appropriate, as summarized below in the discussion of each of the 
    housing goals and detailed further in the appendices. The goals have 
    been set judiciously in relation to reasonable estimates of the market 
    share of the mortgages originated that would qualify under the goals. 
    The levels of the goals also reflect the cyclical nature of the 
    mortgage markets and the need to provide a margin for unforeseen 
    macroeconomic impacts.
        Second, the levels of the goals reflect a full consideration of all 
    factors for consideration under FHEFSSA. The GSEs expressed concern 
    that the process used by the Secretary for establishing the levels of 
    the goals was too rigid, driven primarily by the market-share estimates 
    for each of the goals. This concern is unfounded. In establishing the 
    goals, the Secretary carefully considered the factors mandated by 
    FHEFSSA. These factors, which encompass more than just the estimate of 
    the market for each goal, include housing needs, the financial 
    conditions of the GSEs, economic and demographic conditions, previous 
    performance, and the GSEs' leadership role within the industry. The 
    appendices that accompany this rule explain in detail the evaluation of 
    these factors.
        The levels of the goals represent a benchmark against which the 
    GSEs' performance can be measured. The levels are designed to be 
    standards, not ceilings. They are not so high that the GSEs are likely 
    to fail to meet the goals. Instead, the levels of the goals represent a 
    reasonable and appropriate share of the GSEs' business that--at a 
    minimum--should be devoted to meeting the needs of lower-income renters 
    and home buyers and of residents of areas underserved by the mortgage 
    markets. The final rule has been revised to allow the GSEs maximum 
    flexibility in choosing how they achieve the goals. The levels of the 
    goals also reflect careful consideration of the concerns expressed by 
    the GSEs and other commenters that economic and demographic conditions 
    be taken into account. The levels of the goals have been set so that 
    they should be attainable in economic conditions more adverse than 
    those experienced in the past few years.
        Third, HUD considered carefully the comments expressing concern 
    about the future levels of the goals. To provide the GSEs with the 
    predictability needed to manage their operations, the levels of the 
    goals have been established for the next four years. The Secretary can, 
    by regulation, change the level of the goals for the years 2000 and 
    beyond based on the experience of the previous years. If the Secretary 
    elects not to change them, they will be left at the 1999 levels for 
    future years.
    Leading the Industry
        The proposed rule asserted that the GSEs have a responsibility 
    because of their Federal charters to lead the industry in expanding 
    housing opportunities for low-income home buyers and renters and for 
    residents of underserved areas. The proposed rule requested comment on 
    how the Secretary should consider ``leading the industry'' in 
    establishing the levels of the housing goals.
        Freddie Mac commented that the proposed rule's presentation of 
    ``leading the industry'' was too narrow. Freddie Mac argued that HUD, 
    in suggesting that leading the industry only be judged on percentage 
    terms, ignored the GSEs' non-goal-related activities that provide 
    stability and liquidity to the mortgage markets. Freddie Mac suggested 
    that HUD should view industry leadership to include GSE activities that 
    broaden the entire market, including ``pioneering innovation, the 
    establishment of new business practices and programs, and the 
    generation of market efficiencies.'' Further, HUD should evaluate the 
    GSEs' charge to lead the industry in qualitative, and not just 
    quantitative, terms.
        Several industry commenters echoed Freddie Mac's concerns about 
    considering ``leading the industry'' in merely percentage terms. They 
    commented that Congress had included the ability of the GSEs to lead 
    the industry as one of several factors to be considered. Further, they 
    noted that leading the industry can be demonstrated in many ways beyond 
    just the level of mortgage purchases. Reaching reasonable goals would 
    be a component of leadership, the Mortgage Bankers Association 
    (``MBA'') commented, but ``the attainment of steadily increasing 
    benchmarks should not be regarded as a prerequisite for leadership.''
        Other commenters differed with this approach. The National Training 
    and Information Center (``NTIC'') commented that the proposed goals 
    were ``too low'' and ``do not ensure that the GSEs will 'lead the 
    market' in the production of affordable housing and housing in 
    underserved areas.'' NTIC stated that, although the GSEs achieved the 
    1993 goals, the goals and the GSEs ``ha[d] not made a significant 
    presence in these neighborhoods.'' The Los Angeles Housing Department 
    argued 
    
    [[Page 61852]]
    that the GSEs ought to purchase ``a higher percentage of mortgages than 
    are originated by the market under each housing goal.''
        The GSEs' efforts to create liquidity and stability in the mortgage 
    markets, as well as the introduction of innovative products, 
    technology, and processes, clearly demonstrate their leadership role 
    within the industry. These activities have strengthened the mortgage 
    industry and increased its ability to serve homeowners and renters of 
    all incomes throughout the country. Congress chartered the GSEs to 
    carry out four public purposes: (1) To provide stability; (2) to 
    respond appropriately to the mortgage markets; (3) to assist the 
    residential mortgage market, including serving low- and moderate-income 
    families; and (4) to promote access to mortgage credit throughout the 
    nation. In FHEFSSA, Congress acknowledged, as does HUD, the substantial 
    contributions the GSEs have made and continue to make in creating 
    liquidity and stability in the overall mortgage market. However, in 
    FHEFSSA, Congress developed a mechanism to ensure that the GSEs served 
    lower-income families and underserved areas. HUD, through its focus on 
    the housing goals and performance-based measurements, is carrying out 
    that congressional intent.
    Purpose of the Goals
        Freddie Mac commented that HUD had premised the proposed rule on 
    the mistaken belief that the GSEs are not fulfilling their statutory 
    purposes. Freddie Mac asserted that its 1993 and 1994 performance under 
    the housing goals ``demonstrate[s] that Freddie Mac is strongly 
    committed to fulfilling its obligation to serve [lower-income 
    households and residents of specific areas].''
        Both GSEs commented that a clear connection had not been 
    established between the general housing needs of low- and moderate-
    income households and those needs that can be addressed by the GSEs. 
    Freddie Mac stated that it is not a problem of availability of mortgage 
    credit that dominates the unaddressed needs of low-income families, but 
    a lack of sufficient incomes or subsidies to support homeownership or 
    rental payments.
        Freddie Mac expressed concern that the proposed rule was based upon 
    a ``fundamental misinterpretation'' of what Congress had intended to 
    achieve through FHEFSSA. Freddie Mac denied that FHEFSSA's passage 
    reflected a congressional presumption that the GSEs had failed to serve 
    lower-income households or certain geographic areas adequately.
        Both GSEs suggested that the goals amounted to using the GSEs to 
    allocate credit. Fannie Mae also suggested that the goals were being 
    used to assign to the GSEs the responsibility for alleviating specific 
    housing needs. Both GSEs argued that Congress had no such intent.
        The GSEs' comments that the housing goals result in credit 
    allocation by the Secretary are difficult to understand. Congress 
    created the GSEs and provided them federally derived benefits to 
    achieve national housing purposes. Congress also required the 
    establishment of explicit goals for the GSEs' purchases of mortgages 
    financing housing for lower-income households and in communities 
    underserved by the mortgage markets. Congress created the GSEs to 
    develop liquidity and stability in the mortgage markets, and Congress 
    specifically charged the GSEs to provide credit to low- and moderate-
    income households and to all areas. Congress clearly believed that 
    doing so was not inconsistent with the GSEs' operation as profitmaking, 
    shareholder-owned entities.
        Criticism that HUD failed to establish a clear connection between 
    identified housing needs and the proposed housing goals reflects a 
    misunderstanding of the requirements placed on the Secretary by 
    FHEFSSA. FHEFSSA directs the Secretary to establish the housing goals 
    after analyzing a number of factors, including national housing needs. 
    HUD's analysis, set forth in the appendices, describes the decline in 
    homeownership rates and the loss of affordable rental stock, and 
    provides background information on the current state of the nation's 
    housing needs. These analyses are not designed as a blueprint for the 
    GSEs' achievement of the housing goals. Nor do they suggest that all 
    those needs identified can or should be met through GSE activities. 
    These analyses do, however, set forth the bases for establishing these 
    goals.
    Credit Risk of Multifamily Purchases
        Freddie Mac commented that the proposed rule had not adequately 
    addressed the higher credit risk it might face in meeting higher 
    housing goals. Freddie Mac claimed that it would have to purchase 
    ``significantly higher levels'' of multifamily mortgages, a business 
    with a different and higher level of risk than single-family lending. 
    Further, Freddie Mac argued that any additional losses it might 
    experience in order to achieve higher goals would be a direct subsidy 
    on the part of Freddie Mac--something not required by FHEFSSA.
        HUD agrees that multifamily financing is a different business than 
    single-family financing, posing a different level of risk. In 
    considering the issue of credit quality in the multifamily market, HUD 
    finds it instructive to compare the levels of activity between the two 
    GSEs. In 1994, Fannie Mae purchased five times as many multifamily 
    mortgages as Freddie Mac. Even after factoring in the relative sizes of 
    the businesses of each GSE--Fannie Mae's overall dollar volume of 
    business is about 25 percent larger than Freddie Mac's--a substantial 
    disparity still exists. Fannie Mae's significantly greater volume of 
    multifamily purchases has not impaired the company's financial health. 
    Further, the economic analysis prepared for this rule does not support 
    the argument that the goals will expose the GSEs to unacceptably high 
    levels of credit risk. Sufficient investment-quality opportunities 
    exist in the marketplace to allow Freddie Mac to achieve all of the 
    housing goals without resorting to the purchase of riskier mortgages.
        HUD recognizes that Freddie Mac experienced losses on its 
    multifamily business in the late 1980s, in part because of flawed 
    corporate oversight mechanisms, resulting in Freddie Mac's withdrawal 
    from the multifamily market. However, half a decade has passed since 
    that experience, providing Freddie Mac with sufficient time to develop 
    a multifamily business. Indeed, Freddie Mac has publicly committed 
    itself to this market. Leland Brendsel, Chairman and Chief Executive 
    Officer of Freddie Mac, articulated the GSE's attitude toward this 
    market segment, noting that ``our re-entry into the multifamily market 
    [is] * * * our most important next step in meeting our nation's housing 
    needs. We are committed to having the right people, programs, and 
    systems in place so that our multifamily mortgage purchases will be 
    sustainable over the long term.'' 14 HUD accepts as sincere 
    Freddie Mac's repeated public statements and representations that it is 
    committed to a long-term, meaningful role in the multifamily market; 
    the housing goals take that commitment into account.
    
        \14\ Prepared statement of Leland C. Brendsel before the 
    Subcommittee on General Oversight, Investigations, and the 
    Resolution of Failed Financial Institutions of the Committee on 
    Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs, U.S. House of Representatives, 
    April 20, 1994, pp. 4-5. 
    
    [[Page 61853]]
    
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Market Estimates in Establishing the Goals
        In establishing the goals, the Secretary is required to assess, 
    among a number of factors, the size of the conventional market for each 
    goal. HUD developed a straightforward technique for estimating the size 
    of the conventional conforming market for each of the goals. This 
    technique draws on the existing major sources of data on mortgage 
    market activity.
        Both GSEs expressed strong criticism of HUD's use of specific data 
    elements in constructing its estimates of market size; for example, 
    estimates of the proportion of 1- to 4-unit rental properties or the 
    levels of multifamily originations. Although both GSEs criticized how 
    data had been interpreted in HUD's market-share models, neither GSE, 
    nor any other commenter, objected to HUD's basic model for calculating 
    the size of the markets relevant to each of the housing goals. However, 
    Freddie Mac provided a detailed set of objections to the use of certain 
    data sources or assumptions, concluding that HUD's market estimates 
    were ``fatally flawed.'' Fannie Mae argued that market estimates 
    employed by HUD ``created an artificial market description based on 
    interpretations of the data available to [HUD], which are not 
    consistent.'' Fannie Mae commented that the Secretary deliberately 
    selected existing data interpretations to yield higher goals. Several 
    other commenters, all industry trade groups, also criticized aspects of 
    HUD's market-share estimates.
        Freddie Mac maintained that the flaws in HUD's estimation process 
    would result in goals that were too high, because HUD had overestimated 
    the size of the rental market. Freddie Mac presented a comparison of 
    available market-share estimates, explained deficiencies it believed 
    were present in the data employed by HUD, and claimed that HUD had 
    chosen the least-favorable of the databases that could have been 
    employed in reckoning appropriate goals for the GSEs.
        Both GSEs argued that the role of multifamily financing in the 
    mortgage market was consistently overstated in the proposed rule. 
    Freddie Mac provided data to support its assertion that the rule's 
    estimates of multifamily originations overstated both the total amount 
    of originations to be expected and the degree to which multifamily 
    originations are available to the secondary market.
        Both GSEs commented that HUD's analysis ignored the impact that 
    changes in national economic conditions can have on the size of the 
    mortgage market. The GSEs noted that their recent efforts to expand the 
    reach of the secondary market in support of lower-income households 
    were assisted by highly favorable interest rates and economic 
    conditions that will likely not persist. Several commenters suggested 
    that HUD consider more fully the impact of changing economic 
    conditions.
        In considering the levels of the goals, HUD examined carefully the 
    comments on the methodology used to establish the market share for each 
    of the goals. HUD contracted with the Urban Institute to conduct an 
    independent review that drew upon its resources of well-respected 
    academicians and others in evaluating HUD's methodology. Based on that 
    thorough evaluation, as well as HUD's additional analysis, the basic 
    methodology employed by HUD is a reasonable and valid approach to 
    estimating market share, and Freddie Mac's claim that the methodology 
    is ``fatally flawed'' is without merit.
        HUD agrees that a comprehensive source of information on mortgage 
    markets is not available. HUD considered and analyzed a number of data 
    sources for the purpose of estimating market size, because no single 
    source could provide all the data elements needed. In the appendices, 
    HUD has carefully defined the range of uncertainty associated with each 
    of these data sources and has conducted sensitivity analyses to show 
    the effects of various assumptions. Technical papers prepared by the 
    Urban Institute and other academicians support HUD's analysis.
        A number of technical changes have been made in response to the 
    comments and the evaluation by outside experts, but the approach for 
    determining market size has not been modified substantially. The 
    detailed evaluations show that the methodology, as modified, produces 
    reasonable estimates of the market share for each goal.
        In response to concerns expressed about the volatility of the 
    mortgage markets over time, HUD has taken three steps with regard to 
    the methodology. First, HUD conducted detailed sensitivity analyses for 
    each of the housing goals to reflect economic conditions that are less 
    conducive to homeownership than those that existed during 1993 and 
    1994. Second, HUD elaborated further on the impact of increased 
    interest rates on long-term affordability and the ability of lower-
    income households to become homeowners. Third, with regard to 
    volatility in the multifamily market, the Urban Institute, at HUD's 
    request, designed a ``steady-state'' multifamily originations model 
    that produces an alternative means of estimating multifamily 
    originations. This alternative model is designed to generate 
    conservative forecasts of future multifamily loan originations because 
    it omits refinancing activity and balloon loans due to mature in the 
    next several years. This model is less sensitive to year-to-year 
    fluctuations in the historical volume of mortgage originations.
        Criticism of the methodology focused, in part, on the estimated 
    size of the multifamily market. The GSEs proposed that HUD use the 
    volume of originations as reported in the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act 
    (``HMDA'') database--$15 billion in 1994--as the accurate number of 
    multifamily originations, as opposed to HUD's $30 billion estimate 
    derived from other data sources. Four of the studies HUD commissioned 
    from the Urban Institute considered various aspects of the multifamily 
    market. HUD also consulted with experts at the Federal Reserve Board, 
    at the Bureau of the Census, and in industry trade groups to assist HUD 
    in carefully evaluating the GSEs' claim that HMDA data provide an 
    accurate number of total multifamily originations.
        HUD found a consensus that HMDA data underreports multifamily 
    originations. HMDA, alone, is not an accurate survey of the total 
    market; it was not designed to be one. It includes only information 
    reported by a subset of institutions that originate multifamily loans: 
    large commercial banks, thrifts, and mortgage bankers in metropolitan 
    areas. In addition, HMDA underestimates multifamily lending by both 
    mortgage bankers and commercial banks. The additional analyses 
    conducted in response to the comments support the $30 billion 
    multifamily estimate used by HUD.
    Three-Year Rolling Average
        Fannie Mae and an industry commenter suggested that HUD measure 
    performance against each goal using a 3-year rolling average. Fannie 
    Mae contended that a 3-year average ``will ameliorate the difficulty 
    that can arise in managing to a specific goal when major factors in the 
    marketplace that are outside of our control can heavily influence our 
    ability to manage to a specific goal level.''
        FHEFSSA and the legislative history do not support use of a 3-year 
    rolling average. Instead, they provide a scheme whereby the Secretary 
    is to set goals for each year and performance is to be evaluated during 
    and at the end of each year by the Secretary. FHEFSSA provides that the 
    housing goals are 
    
    [[Page 61854]]
    ``annual'' goals. Moreover, if the Secretary determines that there is a 
    substantial probability that the GSE will fail to meet a goal ``in the 
    current year'' and a housing plan is required, the housing plan is to 
    describe the actions the GSE will take ``to make such improvements as 
    are reasonable in the remainder of such year.'' 15 Similarly, if 
    the Secretary determines that a GSE has failed to meet a housing goal, 
    the requisite housing plan is to describe the actions the GSE will take 
    ``to achieve the goal for the next calendar year.'' 16 The 
    legislative history also refers to the goals as annual goals.17
    
        \15\ Section 1336(c)(2)(B).
        \16\ Section 1336(c)(2)(A).
        \17\ See, e.g., S. Rep. No. 282, 102d Cong., 2d Sess, at 5 
    (1992) (S. Rep.); H.R. Rep. No. 206, 102 Cong., 1st Sess., at 34 and 
    36 (1991) (H. Rep.); 138 Cong. Rec. S8607 (daily ed. June 23, 1992) 
    (statement of Sen. Riegle); 138 Cong. Rec. S17908 (daily ed. Oct. 8, 
    1992) (statement of Sen. Cranston).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Interpreting the statute to allow the use of a 3-year rolling 
    average, instead of an annual goal with performance assessed by whether 
    the GSE meets each year's individual goal, would render the statutory 
    provisions insignificant or inoperative. Such a structure would ignore 
    an ``elementary rule of [statutory] construction that effect must be 
    given, if possible, to every word clause and sentence of a statute.'' 
    18 Accordingly, the Secretary has determined that using a 3-year 
    rolling average was not intended by or permitted under FHEFSSA and, 
    therefore, the final rule contains annual goals. Fannie Mae's root 
    concern--that macroeconomic and other conditions outside its control 
    may render a goal infeasible--is addressed in those provisions of the 
    rule concerning evaluation of GSE performance; these conditions are 
    considered in determining whether a goal was or is feasible. The 
    Secretary can modify a goal, or determine that it was infeasible, if 
    economic conditions change.
    
        \18\ 2A Norman J. Singer, Sutherland on Statutory Construction 
    Sec. 46.06 (5th ed. 1993).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Low- and Moderate-Income Goal, Section 81.12
    
        The proposed rule provided that 38 percent of the total number of 
    dwelling units financed by each GSE's 1995 mortgage purchases and 40 
    percent of their 1996 purchases finance housing for low- and moderate-
    income families. In 1994, Fannie Mae reported that its performance was 
    45.83 percent under the Low- and Moderate-Income Goal in the Interim 
    Notice of Housing Goals; Freddie Mac reported its performance as 37.46 
    percent. As detailed in the appendices, the Secretary determined that 
    the conventional conforming market for this goal is 48-52 percent. This 
    final rule requires that 40 percent of the total number of dwelling 
    units financed by each GSE's mortgage purchases in 1996 and 42 percent 
    in 1997-1999 be affordable to low- and moderate-income families.
        Fannie Mae objected to the goal set forth in the proposed rule, 
    recommending a permanent goal of 38 percent, unless and until the 
    economic environment changes significantly. Other commenters stated 
    that the goal was not high enough to challenge the GSEs to increase 
    their mortgage purchases for low- and moderate-income housing. These 
    commenters emphasized the leadership capacity of the GSEs and indicated 
    that an increase in secondary market activity by Fannie Mae and Freddie 
    Mac would help the industry as a whole, because the GSEs' business 
    decisions influence the rest of the market.
        The Low- and Moderate-Income Housing Goal established in the final 
    rule is reasonable and appropriate considering the factors set forth in 
    FHEFSSA. HUD addressed the comments on the potential for fluctuations 
    in the market by setting the level of the goal conservatively, relative 
    to market estimates, with the understanding that dramatic changes in 
    the market may require reevaluation of the level of the goal. However, 
    current examination of the size of the market available to the GSEs 
    demonstrates that the number of mortgages secured by housing for low- 
    and moderate-income families is more than sufficient for the GSEs to 
    achieve the goal. Appendices A and D provide extensive detail on the 
    statutory factors considered in establishing the level of the goal.
        A number of commenters also requested that the goal include 
    subgoals, targeting a portion of the GSEs' business to multifamily 
    housing and a portion to single-family housing. One commenter also 
    requested the establishment of subgoals to focus a percentage of the 
    GSEs' business on low-income households and another percentage on 
    moderate-income households. Such subgoals would ensure that the GSEs 
    undertake more complex and more time-consuming, and less standard, 
    business to achieve the goal. Subgoals are not established at this time 
    because: (1) The statute provides that subgoals under the Low- and 
    Moderate-Income Goal are unenforceable; (2) subgoals suggest 
    micromanagement of the GSEs' business decisions and unnecessary 
    regulatory interference by HUD; and (3) the Low- and Moderate-Income 
    Goal was designed to focus a portion of the GSEs' business on housing 
    for both low- and moderate-income families, whether that housing is 
    single-family or multifamily, rental or owner-occupied: a unitary goal 
    should achieve this purpose.
    
    Central Cities, Rural Areas, and Other Underserved Areas Goal, Section 
    81.13
    
        This section of the preamble discusses the public comments on the 
    Central Cities, Rural Areas, and Other Underserved Areas Goal 
    (``Geographically Targeted Goal''), first for urban and then for rural 
    mortgage purchases financing housing in these areas. It also addresses 
    a cross-cutting issue of the legal basis for defining the 
    Geographically Targeted Goal in the manner implemented by this rule.
    Level of Geographically Targeted Goal
        The Central Cities, Rural Areas, and Other Underserved Areas Goal 
    (``Geographically Targeted Goal'') is established in this rule at 21 
    percent of GSE business in 1996, and 24 percent in 1997-1999. Under the 
    proposed rule, the Geographically Target Goal would have been 
    established: for 1995, at 18 percent; for 1996, at 21 percent; for 1997 
    and 1998, a percentage ranging from 21 percent to the proportion or 
    percentage or mortgages qualifying under the goal that are originated 
    in that year's market (``the amount of the market'') or the amount of 
    the market plus an additional percentage; and for each year after 1998, 
    a percentage ranging from 21 percent to the amount of the market or the 
    amount of the market plus an additional percentage or, if HUD does not 
    set an annual goal for those years, the goal for such years shall be 
    the same as the most recent goal established by HUD pending further 
    adjustment by HUD through rulemaking. In Appendix D, HUD estimates that 
    the mortgage market in the areas covered by this goal will account for 
    25-28 percent of the total number of newly mortgaged dwelling units. In 
    1994, 29 percent of Fannie Mae's purchases financed dwelling units 
    located in all underserved areas, as defined in the final rule, 
    compared with 24.2 percent of Freddie Mac's purchases.
    Mortgage Purchases in Metropolitan Areas, Including Central Cities and 
    Other Underserved Areas
        The rule provides that for properties in metropolitan areas, 
    mortgage purchases will count toward the goal when such purchases 
    finance properties that are located in census tracts where either the 
    median income of families in the tract does not exceed 90 percent of 
    the area median income, or minorities comprise 30 percent or more of 
    the 
    
    [[Page 61855]]
    residents and the median income of families in the tract does not 
    exceed 120 percent of the area median income. This definition has been 
    revised from that in the proposed rule which encompassed areas at 80 
    percent (rather than 90 percent) of median income.
        As detailed in Appendix B, this goal emerges from HUD's 
    consideration of the six statutorily mandated factors for establishing 
    the goal, supported by HUD's and other researchers' analyses of 
    mortgage lending data. The final rule's use of a census-tract-based 
    approach to identify underserved metropolitan areas is supported by the 
    legislative history of FHEFSSA.
        The final rule's definitions of central cities and other 
    underserved areas, as the underserved census tracts of these areas, 
    encompass 47 percent of metropolitan census tracts and 44 percent of 
    metropolitan residents. The average mortgage denial rate in these 
    tracts is 21 percent--almost twice the denial rate in the non-included 
    tracts. The definition in the final rule adds 3,657 tracts to the 
    definition in the proposed rule. These added tracts also have 
    significant problems with access to mortgage credit, as evidenced by 
    relatively high mortgage denial rates.
        The commenters' recommendations for the underserved area definition 
    as it applies to central cities and other underserved areas can be 
    organized into three categories: (1) count all mortgages in OMB-defined 
    central cities; (2) count mortgages in certain census tracts, as in the 
    proposed rule or defined more broadly than under the proposed rule; and 
    (3) modify the list of OMB-defined central cities to include or exclude 
    various cities.
    Tract-Based Versus Whole-City Approaches
        Fannie Mae strongly objected to HUD's census-tract-based 
    formulation of this goal, insisting that the goal should include 
    ``central cities,'' as defined as such on lists issued periodically by 
    OMB, in addition to high-minority or low-income census tracts in the 
    remaining portions of metropolitan areas as well as rural areas. Fannie 
    Mae's objections were based on both policy and legal arguments; the 
    discussion of the policy issues follows immediately and the legal 
    arguments are considered at the end of this section of the preamble.
        Fannie Mae commented that its experience in developing partnerships 
    with central cities demonstrates that including only underserved 
    segments of central cities and rural areas, thereby focusing Fannie 
    Mae's attention especially on low-income or minority communities, would 
    be a mistake. Fannie Mae stated that ``community leaders, Congress, and 
    many national policy makers argue that the health of low-income and 
    minority communities within central cities is tied directly to the 
    overall health of the community.''
        A number of commenters also disagreed with the proposed rule's use 
    of a census-tract-based approach, arguing that it did not reflect the 
    manner in which political leaders, real estate professionals, and 
    lenders work in cities. According to the Mortgage Insurance Companies 
    of America, ``rewriting the geographic goals to narrow them 
    substantially is inconsistent with the objective of improving cities.'' 
    The MBA expressed concern that the criteria for the Geographically 
    Targeted Goal would exclude areas that are experiencing or are about to 
    experience ``transitioning minority and low-income demographic 
    patterns''; MBA recommended that HUD broaden the areas covered. The 
    National Association of Realtors (NAR) noted that, conceptually, 
    excluding certain parts of central cities from the definition should 
    not result in less mortgage activity for those cities, because ``such 
    an approach could actually improve overall credit flows by focusing GSE 
    attention on those specific areas most in need.'' However, NAR went on, 
    ``actual marketplace dynamics are more complex than the theory,'' and 
    called for a ``more holistic approach to addressing the mortgage credit 
    needs of the central cities.''
        Other commenters supported the idea of targeting by means of census 
    tracts, as proposed. Although Freddie Mac commented that the scope of 
    the goal should be broadened, Freddie Mac ``applaud[ed] the Secretary's 
    general methodological approach in defining what areas should be 
    included'' in the Geographically Targeted Goal. Representative Joseph 
    P. Kennedy ``strongly support[ed] the idea of not using the OMB 
    definition of central cities for this goal, since it is clear that the 
    OMB definition does not identify areas underserved by the mortgage 
    markets.'' The American Bankers Association (ABA) commented that using 
    the OMB list of central cities ``has not done enough to focus the GSEs 
    on the truly underserved portions of urban markets;'' it favored 
    targeting the GSEs' activities on underserved areas, rather than entire 
    cities. The Local Initiatives Support Corporation (LISC) agreed that 
    jurisdictional boundary lines were not particularly useful in 
    identifying places that need better access to mortgage credit and noted 
    with approval that the proposed rule ``dovetails with new regulations 
    implementing the Community Reinvestment Act which also focus on low-
    income geographies.''
    HUD's Analysis of Metropolitan Underserved Areas
        Under FHEFSSA, HUD may define the terms ``central cities'', ``rural 
    areas'', and ``other underserved areas''. The research conducted by the 
    GSEs, other mortgage-market economists, and HUD supports the premise 
    that the location of a census tract--whether it is within a central 
    city or not--has minimal impact on whether the tract is underserved. 
    Instead, these studies have found that mortgage availability in a 
    census tract is strongly correlated with the minority concentration or 
    median income of that tract. The most thorough studies available 
    demonstrate that areas with lower incomes and higher shares of minority 
    residents consistently have poorer access to mortgage credit, with 
    higher denial rates and lower origination rates for mortgages. With 
    income, minority composition, and other relevant census tract variables 
    controlled for, differences in credit availability between central 
    cities and suburbs are minimal.
        Under its contract with HUD, the Urban Institute evaluated the 
    proposed definition of central cities and underserved areas, as well as 
    the use of various alternatives advanced by commenters. The Urban 
    Institute researchers criticized the use of the OMB definition of 
    central cities--encompassing all areas of designated cities--because 
    that definition treats all areas in central cities as if they have 
    equal mortgage-access problems, when, in fact, areas within central 
    cities are not homogeneous in this regard.19 Use of the OMB 
    definition of central cities, as advanced by Fannie Mae, would add 
    8,833 central city tracts to the 13,554 central city tracts included 
    under this final rule's definition. Credit access is not a problem in 
    these added tracts--their mortgage denial rate is 11 percent, or half 
    of the average denial rate in the tracts covered by this final rule. 
    Based on comparisons such as these, HUD has concluded that a targeted 
    approach for defining underserved areas is required, to target the goal 
    and the GSEs' activities to assuring access to mortgage credit in 
    central cities.
    
        \19\ Urban Institute, George Galster, ``Comments on Defining 
    `Underserved' Areas in Metropolitan Regions,'' prepared for the U.S. 
    Department of Housing and Urban Development, August 15, 1995.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        HUD considered the comments that this goal should facilitate 
    coordination of GSE outreach with the efforts of city governments to 
    expand investment in 
    
    [[Page 61856]]
    their jurisdictions. The Secretary does not believe the more targeted 
    approach adopted in this rule inhibits such valuable coordination. Many 
    urban revitalization programs and reinvestment efforts, in fact, target 
    specific neighborhoods and areas, rather than an entire city. These 
    programs operate on the common-sense premise that targeting all areas 
    would result in no meaningful targeting. Cities use a neighborhood-
    based approach, for example, in implementing their Community 
    Development Block Grant programs, defining enterprise communities and 
    empowerment zones, and focusing the activities of redevelopment 
    authorities.
        HUD also considered the argument that the lending industry is 
    oriented toward market areas defined in city-wide terms. However, the 
    lending industry does not generally approach lending activity from a 
    city-wide perspective. Lenders generally try to achieve geographic 
    diversification within a city, making distinctions among submarkets. 
    Further, the efforts of lenders to comply with the Community 
    Reinvestment Act 20 are clearly census-tract-based and are 
    targeted to neighborhoods, not to all parts of a city.
    
        \20\ The Community Reinvestment Act, 12 U.S.C. 2901 et seq., 
    generally requires financial institutions to meet the credit needs 
    of the communities in which the institutions are located.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Broaden Tract-Based Approach
        Freddie Mac's major observation on the scope of the goal was that 
    the definition of underserved areas should be expanded to include 
    census tracts where: (1) the median income of families is not greater 
    than 100 percent of the area median income; or (2) 20 percent or more 
    of the residents in the census tracts are minority.
        This alternative definition would add substantially more tracts to 
    the goal, and these tracts have substantially lower denial rates than 
    the tracts included under the final rule. This is noteworthy because it 
    indicates that Freddie Mac believes that access to credit is more 
    limited in more areas throughout the nation than does HUD. The mortgage 
    credit denial rate for the tracts added by the Freddie Mac definition 
    is 15 percent, which is only slightly higher than the denial rate for 
    all metropolitan areas and is significantly less than the 21 percent 
    denial rate in the tracts covered by the goal established in the final 
    rule.
        Freddie Mac commented further that if the Secretary increased the 
    scope of the goal to include moderate-income census tracts, a broad, 
    geographically-based goal would be established, which would be 
    consistent with the Low- and Moderate-Income Goal and Congress's 
    intention not to ``force the enterprises to `target' to meet niche 
    markets.'' HUD does not believe that the final rule's definition, which 
    covers nearly half of all metropolitan residents, defines a niche 
    market.
        Finally, HUD notes in response to criticism that the goals overlap, 
    that the three goals established by Congress are distinct. In contrast 
    to the other goals, income of borrowers is not used in the 
    Geographically Targeted Goal as a requirement, but as a proxy for those 
    areas that are underserved by mortgage markets, based on the lower 
    origination and higher denial rates found in low-income census tracts. 
    The Geographically Targeted Goal does not depend on the income or 
    minority status of the individual borrower; the location of the 
    property determines whether units count under the goal. Some overlap, 
    however, among the goals can be expected, given the close relationship 
    between the purposes of serving low- and moderate-income families and 
    promoting ``access to mortgage credit throughout the Nation (including 
    central cities, rural areas, and underserved areas) * * *.'' 21 To 
    the extent that overlap exists, the rule takes this into account, by 
    providing that mortgage purchases may count toward each of the goals.
    
        \21\ Sections 1381(a)(4) and 1382(a)(4) of FHEFSSA.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Modify OMB List of Central Cities
        Fannie Mae suggested that HUD could exclude from the OMB ``central 
    cities'' list some central cities that do not qualify, statistically, 
    as underserved. MBA, which recognized problems with the OMB list, and 
    the National Association of Affordable Housing Lenders recommended 
    developing criteria for excluding well-served cities from the OMB list. 
    A large mortgage company commented that the Secretary should use OMB's 
    list of central cities and then add other cities that clearly have 
    underserved needs, but are not on OMB's list. The National Association 
    of Home Builders (NAHB) recommended that HUD develop a formula for 
    excluding from the OMB list the higher-income cities, and then adding 
    ``underserved'' areas of other central cities and certain other non-
    rural jurisdictions.
        The Secretary has carefully considered whether modifying the OMB 
    list of Central Cities will address the fundamental concern with 
    continued use of the OMB definition: is it consistent with the 
    congressional intent to focus a portion of the GSEs' business on 
    communities that are underserved by the mortgage markets? Modifying the 
    OMB list to eliminate well-served cities, or retaining the OMB list and 
    adding distressed non-central cities, does not meet this fundamental 
    concern. In most cities, some parts are not underserved. Retaining the 
    bulk of OMB-defined central cities would include many well-off areas 
    that are not experiencing mortgage credit problems, and it would not 
    appropriately focus the GSEs on those urban neighborhoods that require 
    particular attention from the mortgage markets.
    Mortgage Purchases in Nonmetropolitan Areas
        The final rule provides that for properties in non-metropolitan 
    areas, mortgage purchases will count toward the Geographically Targeted 
    Goal where such purchases finance properties that are located in 
    counties where: either minorities comprise at least 30 percent of the 
    residents and the median income in the county does not exceed 120 
    percent of the State nonmetropolitan median income; or the median 
    income does not exceed 95 percent of the greater of the State or 
    nationwide nonmetropolitan median income.22
    
        \22\ In New England, portions of counties that are outside 
    metropolitan areas are used in place of counties.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        This section of the preamble briefly discusses the nature of rural 
    lending, describes the basic characteristics of HUD's definition of 
    rural areas, and provides HUD's responses to comments received on the 
    definition of rural areas.
    Problems in Rural Lending
        Defining ``rural areas'' requires a different approach than 
    defining ``central cities'' and ``other underserved areas'' because of 
    the lack of mortgage data in nonmetropolitan areas, differences in 
    housing needs between urban and rural areas, and the difficulty of 
    implementing mortgage programs at the census tract-level 23 in 
    rural areas. As discussed in Appendix B, evaluating which rural 
    locations are underserved in terms of access to mortgage credit cannot 
    be done with HMDA data, on which HUD mainly relied in defining urban 
    underserved areas. There are few conclusive studies on access to 
    mortgage credit in rural areas, and the studies that do exist only 
    suggest broad 
    
    [[Page 61857]]
    conclusions about credit flows in these areas.
    
        \23\ Block Numbering Areas (BNAs) in rural areas correspond to 
    census tracts in metropolitan areas. For the sake of simplicity, in 
    this section this rule refers to BNAs as census tracts.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        For this reason, HUD consulted with researchers from academia, the 
    Department of Agriculture (USDA), the Census Bureau, and the Housing 
    Assistance Council (HAC). HUD also conducted a series of forums to 
    solicit information on rural mortgage markets from rural lenders, rural 
    housing groups, and the GSEs. The discussions at the forums focused on 
    the unique nature of mortgage lending and the role of the secondary 
    market in rural areas.
        Mortgage lending in rural areas is very different from lending in 
    urban areas. The heterogeneity of housing types, the nontraditional and 
    often seasonal incomes of rural borrowers, and the lack of credit 
    history for many rural borrowers make underwriting in rural areas 
    difficult for lenders. Appraisers lack comparable sales data or must 
    rely on comparables over 1-year old or in a nearby town in order to 
    determine the value of a property.
        Participation of rural lenders in the secondary market is limited. 
    The low volume of loans originated by rural lenders serving smaller 
    rural communities makes rural lending business less profitable, and 
    thus less attractive, to secondary market firms. Based on 1991 
    Residential Finance Survey data, which is supported by information from 
    rural lenders and the USDA, rural lenders are more likely than urban 
    lenders to make short-term loans, 3- to 5-year balloon mortgages, or 
    adjustable rate mortgages and to hold mortgages in portfolio. Larger 
    financial institutions, which have experience with the secondary 
    market, often target the larger rural communities and focus less on 
    remote areas.
        Some studies report significant barriers to accessing mortgage 
    credit in remote areas and areas with high concentrations of minorities 
    and low-income households. Barriers include lower lender participation 
    in Federal mortgage credit programs such as those of the Rural Housing 
    and Community Development Service, the Federal Housing Administration, 
    and the Department of Veterans Affairs, lack of financial capacity 
    among lenders, lack of private mortgage insurance, and a decreasing 
    number of lending institutions located in rural communities as a result 
    of the savings and loan crisis of the 1980s.
    Characteristics of HUD's Rural Areas Definition
        Recognizing both the difficulty in defining rural areas and the 
    need to encourage GSE activity in such areas, HUD has chosen a 
    relatively broad, county-based definition of rural areas as the 
    underserved areas outside of a metropolitan area. HUD's definition 
    includes 1,511 of the 2,305 counties in nonmetropolitan areas and 
    accounts for 54 percent of the nonmetropolitan population.
    Response to Public Comments
        County-Based Definition. Most commenters, including the GSEs, had 
    argued that a definition based on rural census tracts was ill-advised 
    because lenders in rural areas do not understand or lend on the basis 
    of census tracts. Fannie Mae commented that census tracts have ``no 
    practical meaning'' in rural areas from a marketing standpoint and that 
    geographic measurements used in the rule should be ``widely understood, 
    easily measured, and practical from a marketing point of view,'' but 
    that census tracts in rural areas ``fail these tests.''
        Freddie Mac joined Fannie Mae in arguing that the use of a rural 
    definition based on census tracts was ill-advised because of geocoding 
    inaccuracies.24 Freddie Mac added that the rule, as proposed would 
    have automatically excluded single census-tract counties, such as parts 
    of Texas, which, Freddie Mac noted, include some of the poorest 
    counties in the country.25
    
        \24\ Geocoding is the process by which a lender or the GSE 
    identifies the location of a property's address by census tract, 
    postal code, or some other geographic identifier.
        \25\ Freddie Mac noted that, by definition, these tracts will 
    have median family income equal to 100 percent of the county [tract] 
    median, thus making them, under the proposed rule, ineligible for 
    the Geographically Targeted Goal based on income.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        In contrast, some commenters, such as HAC, noted that a county-
    based definition is not as targeted as a tract definition, because it 
    excludes tracts that could be considered underserved in otherwise-
    served counties and includes tracts that could be considered adequately 
    served in underserved counties. HAC cited its own analysis of a 
    multitude of data and commented that the appropriate criterion for 
    rural underserved areas would be census tracts with at least 20 percent 
    minority residents and not more than 100 percent of area-wide median 
    income, and that the secondary ``income-only'' criterion should be 90 
    percent of area-wide median. HAC presented statistical evidence to show 
    that its recommended definitions would: (1) capture a higher percentage 
    of underserved nonmetropolitan areas; and (2) solve the problem of 
    omission of census tracts with predominantly white populations. HAC 
    also recommended supplementing the income and income/minority 
    population criteria with a special rural area criterion related to 
    remoteness (such as the Beale codes 26) and sparse population.
    
        \26\ Beale codes are used by the Economic Research Service (ERS) 
    to classify nonmetropolitan counties according to urban population 
    size and adjacency to metropolitan areas.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        This final rule uses the county designation, rather than a census 
    tract-based definition. Counties are easy to identify and geocode, 
    which will simplify the reporting process for lenders who provide the 
    GSEs with loan-level data on mortgages. County boundaries in rural 
    areas are commonly recognized by housing industry representatives 
    involved in the loan and marketing process, including lenders and 
    appraisers.
        Even though HUD recognizes that a census-tract definition better 
    targets underserved areas, HUD has decided to use a county-based 
    definition in rural areas because the operational difficulties 
    associated with applying census tract boundaries outweigh the benefits 
    of improved targeting of underserved rural areas. HUD recognizes that, 
    under its county-based definition, the GSEs could achieve the goal by 
    purchasing mortgages primarily located in the parts of underserved 
    counties that have higher incomes. Although 21 percent of the 
    homeowners who live in underserved counties under this definition 
    reside in served tracts, these tracts accounted for 39 percent of GSE 
    purchases in 1994. HUD will require the GSEs to continue to report 
    nonmetropolitan mortgage purchases at the tract level as they have done 
    for 1993 and 1994, to enable HUD to assess the desirability of 
    refinement of the definition in the future.
        Area for Median Income. Both Freddie Mac's and Fannie Mae's 
    comments on the proposed rule's census tract definition in non-
    metropolitan areas recommended that tract median income be compared to 
    the greater of county median income or statewide nonmetropolitan median 
    income, to ensure the inclusion of poor tracts in poor counties. 
    Freddie Mac noted that using only county median income could have the 
    result that census tracts ``that would be considered poor by any 
    realistic measure * * * would nonetheless be excluded from the goal's 
    coverage because they happen to be in a very poor county.'' 
    Accordingly, for purposes of the definition of ``rural areas,'' the 
    rule's new definition of ``underserved areas'' provides that the median 
    income for a county is compared to the greater of State or nationwide 
    nonmetropolitan median 
    
    [[Page 61858]]
    income. Comparing county median income to the greater of statewide 
    nonmetropolitan or nationwide nonmetropolitan median income ensures 
    that poor counties in poor States will be included in the definition of 
    rural areas.
        Moreover, the addition of the nationwide designation of median 
    income addresses a concern expressed by HAC that the proposed 
    definition cover states that have counties with high poverty rates but 
    low minority concentrations. With the nationwide designation, counties 
    in poor States, such as Fulton County, Kentucky, which has a 30 percent 
    poverty rate, will be included as rural areas. The county median income 
    is low relative to national median income, but not low relative to 
    State median income. Without availability of comparison to nationwide 
    income, Fulton County would not be considered a rural area.
        Remote Areas. HAC expressed concern that remote rural areas are 
    more likely to be underserved than those closer to urban areas. NAHB 
    also addressed the issue of rural remoteness and recommended that HUD 
    include counties in certain Beale Codes based on their rural character, 
    low urbanization, and non-adjacency to a metropolitan area. The rule's 
    revised nonmetropolitan county definition adequately targets remote 
    counties. The definition picks up 84 percent of the population that 
    reside in remote counties, as determined by Beale Codes.
        Geographic Coverage of Rural Areas and Demographic Indicators. HUD 
    uses two demographic indicators--median income and minority 
    concentration--to identify rural areas. These two indicators correlate 
    with the common characteristics of underservedness. Fannie Mae 
    recommended that the rural definition include no demographic 
    indicators, stating ``the geographic goal was not supposed to focus on 
    fractions of geographic areas.'' Fannie Mae's definition of rural 
    areas, therefore, would include all nonmetropolitan counties. As noted 
    below, HUD does not agree that the Geographically Targeted Goal was 
    meant to include all rural areas.
        Freddie Mac suggested that HUD use a definition covering rural 
    areas where median income was at or below 100 percent of State median 
    or where 20 percent of the population was minority. Under Freddie Mac's 
    definition, 221 counties in addition to those covered by the definition 
    on the final rule, covering an additional 5.97 million people, would be 
    considered rural areas. Because HUD does not consider these additional 
    counties as being underserved by the mortgage market, HUD is not 
    including these additional counties in its definition of rural areas.
    Legal Authority To Limit Goal to Underserved Portions
        As noted above, part of Fannie Mae's justification of a definition 
    using whole ``central cities'' as defined by OMB was based on Fannie 
    Mae's interpretation of FHEFSSA. HUD believes that Fannie Mae has 
    interpreted the statutory language too narrowly, and that FHEFSSA did 
    grant HUD latitude to select from among reasonable definitional 
    approaches to establish a goal that is appropriately targeted toward 
    areas underserved by the mortgage lending industry.
        Fannie Mae's comments and an opinion prepared for Fannie Mae by the 
    law firm of Arnold and Porter, and submitted with Fannie Mae's 
    comments, raised several legal objections to the proposed rule. One 
    argument was that HUD cannot apply the qualifier ``underserved'' to 
    limit central cities or rural areas to only portions of central cities 
    or rural areas that are underserved.
        While FHEFSSA does not refer to ``underserved areas of central 
    cities'' or ``underserved areas in rural areas,'' a general rule of 
    statutory construction provides that, to determine the word or words to 
    which the antecedent applies, one may look to legislative 
    history.27 ``Where the sense of the entire act requires that a 
    qualifying word or phrase apply to several preceding or even succeeding 
    sections, the word or phrase will not be restricted to its immediate 
    antecedent.'' 28
    
        \27\ United States v. Brandenburg, 144 F.2d 656, 660-61 (3d Cir. 
    1944) (``a clause modifies that antecedent which the draftsman 
    intended it to modify'').
        \28\ Sutherland Secs. 47.33 and 47.26. See also State v. McGee, 
    122 Wash.2d 783, 864 P.2d 912, 914 (1993); Nemzin v. Sinai Hospital, 
    143 Mich. App. 798, 372 N.W.2d 667, 668-69 (1985).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The legislative history of FHEFSSA makes clear that the goal is to 
    address underserved areas. In explaining the conference bill on the 
    floor of the Congress, then-Chairman Gonzalez stated: ``In establishing 
    the definition of a central city and in determining compliance with 
    such a goal, the Secretary should, to the extent possible, exclude 
    purchases made in non-low income census tracts that happen to otherwise 
    be within the central cities area.'' 29 Focusing on ``inner-
    cities'' rather than entire OMB cities, the legislative history 
    provides that ``[t]he purpose of these goals is * * * to service the 
    mortgage finance needs of low- and moderate-income persons, racial 
    minorities and inner-city residents,'' and noted that ``mortgage 
    discrimination and redlining have effectively disadvantaged certain 
    geographic areas, particularly inner city and rural areas.'' 30
    
        \29\ 138 Cong. Rec. H11453, H11457 (daily ed. Oct. 5, 1992). 
    Rep. Gonzalez made the identical statement at 138 Cong. Rec. H11077, 
    H11099 (daily ed. Oct. 3, 1992).
        \30\ S. Rep. at 32, 34, and 41 (emphases added). See also 138 
    Cong. Rec. S8606 (daily ed. June 23, 1992) (statement of Sen. 
    Riegle) (``inner-city lending * * * is a very important part of this 
    legislation'').
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    The ``Plain Meaning''
        Fannie Mae commented that the plain meaning of FHEFSSA had been 
    breached by HUD in changing the definition of ``central cities'' from 
    the transition definition and that Congress did not intend that HUD 
    revise that definition in the years following the 2-year transition 
    period. For the transition years of 1993-94, FHEFSSA mandated that the 
    Geographically Targeted Goal be directed only to ``central cities'' as 
    defined by OMB, and HUD extended this approach to 1995 by regulation. 
    However, following the transition, FHEFSSA authorized the Secretary to 
    define central cities and to expand the goal to target ``rural areas'' 
    and ``other underserved areas.'' Fannie Mae commented that Congress 
    intended that only ``other'' underserved areas--that is, areas in 
    addition to central cities and rural areas generally (which, Fannie Mae 
    declared, also were to be considered ``underserved'')--be subject to 
    HUD redefinition in the rule. Fannie Mae commented that ``Congress 
    actually provided the definition of `central cities' in the subsection 
    on the two-year transition period. . . . There is no indication in the 
    statute that Congress intended the definition of `central cities' to be 
    restricted or narrowed after the two-year transition period.''
        Section 1334(d)(3) of FHEFSSA did define ``central cities'' as the 
    OMB list of central cities. Congress, however, placed that definition 
    in the transitional provisions of the Geographically Targeted Goal and 
    thereby limited it to the transition period (1993-94). Had Congress 
    chosen for HUD to continue using that definition after the transition 
    period, Congress could have placed the definition in the general 
    definition section of FHEFSSA. Congress did not do so.
        Fannie Mae's argument that HUD must continue with the transition 
    period definition of central cities would effectively render 
    superfluous the language of the statute that explicitly limits the 
    application of the definition to the transition period. The argument, 
    
    [[Page 61859]]
    thus, would controvert the general rule of statutory construction that 
    effect must be given, if possible, to every word, clause and sentence 
    of a statute.31 ``A statute should be construed so that effect is 
    given to all its provisions, so that no part will be inoperative or 
    superfluous, void or insignificant, and so that one section will not 
    destroy another unless the provision is the result of obvious mistake 
    or error.'' 32
    
        \31\ Sutherland Sec. 46.06. See also United States v. Menasche, 
    348 U.S. 528, 538-39 (1955); Moskal v. United States, 498 U.S. 103, 
    109-10 (1990).
        \32\ Sutherland Sec. 46.06. See also United States v. Talley, 16 
    F.3d 972, 975-76 (8th Cir. 1994); Bridger Coal Co./Pacific Minerals, 
    Inc. v. Director, Office of Workers' Compensation Programs, United 
    States Dept. of Labor, 927 F.2d 1150, 1153 (10th Cir. 1991).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    ``Rural Areas'' and ``Central Cities'' Are Not Terms of Art
        Fannie Mae also asserted that ``central cities'' is a term of art 
    in housing legislation and that ``rural areas'' has a clear meaning. 
    Fannie Mae commented that OMB has never limited its list of cities in 
    the manner contemplated by the proposed rule. HUD's definition, 
    therefore, is inconsistent with commonly understood meaning and 
    contradicts FHEFSSA's purpose. Fannie Mae argued that the definition of 
    ``central cities'' for the transition period ``is a clear indication of 
    the type of definition that Congress had in mind when considering this 
    goal.''
        The terms ``central cities'' and ``rural areas'' are not terms of 
    art and do not have clear meanings. While other statutes and 
    regulations contain definitions of ``central cities'' and ``rural 
    areas,'' these definitions are not uniform. With respect to ``central 
    cities,'' the fact that Congress felt the need to define ``central 
    cities'' for the transition period indicates that the term may have 
    more than one reasonable interpretation. In fact, different Federal 
    agencies define central cities differently.33
    
        \33\ Compare 55 Fed. Reg. 12155 (Mar. 30, 1990) (definition of 
    ``central cities'' used by the Statistical Policy Office of OMB) 
    with 41 C.F.R. Sec. 101-17.003-35 (General Services Administration's 
    Federal Property Management Regulations).
        Related definitions used by the Bureau of the Census, define 
    ``urbanized area central places'' in a manner which indicates that 
    the ``central'' area could be only a portion of a political unit. 
    The Bureau of the Census provides that for extended cities, an 
    ``urbanized area central place'' includes those metropolitan area 
    central cities entirely or partially within the urbanized area, but 
    that only the urban portion of an extended city is classified as 
    central. 55 Fed. Reg. 42593 (Oct. 22, 1993).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Fannie Mae's comments concede that the term ``rural areas'' has no 
    established meaning in housing legislation. While other statutes and 
    regulations contain definitions of ``rural areas,'' these are not 
    uniform.34 Moreover, while the terms ``central cities'' and 
    ``rural areas'' have been used in other statutes, the purposes of those 
    statutes have been very different, i.e., they have not been designed to 
    set goals for providing mortgage credit to such areas. For example, 
    OMB's statutory authority for defining central cities is the Paperwork 
    Reduction Act, and OMB's purpose is to define areas that are 
    ``central'' to a large geographic area. OMB established criteria for 
    central cities which were relevant to this charge. Were HUD to focus on 
    the same criteria, HUD would be taking into account factors that are 
    not directly relevant to determining whether an area is underserved by 
    mortgage credit.
    
        \34\ See, e.g., 42 U.S.C. 11501(a)(2)(B); 24 CFR 596.3 
    (definition based on having population of less than 50,000 and being 
    outside of a Metropolitan Statistical Area (MSA)); 12 U.S.C. 
    2019(b)(3) (definition based simply on having a population of 2500 
    or less); 42 U.S.C. 294o(e) (definition based simply on being 
    outside of an MSA).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The construction given to a term in one statute is not to be 
    imparted to the construction of the same or similar term in another 
    act, or even another section of the same act, if the purposes of the 
    two acts or sections are different.35 Given the different purposes 
    of the statutes and regulations defining ``central cities'' and ``rural 
    areas,'' those definitions do not bar HUD from, and in fact mitigate in 
    favor of HUD's, adopting definitions for these terms more consistent 
    with the overall structure and purposes of FHEFSSA and its legislative 
    history.
    
        \35\ Laffey v. Northwest Airlines, Inc., 567 F.2d 429, 461-62 n. 
    230 (D.C. Cir. 1976), cert. denied, 434 U.S. 1086 (1978).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Special Affordable Housing Goal, Section 81.14
    
        FHEFSSA requires the Secretary to establish Special Affordable 
    Housing Goals for the GSEs' mortgage purchases on rental and owner-
    occupied housing to meet the then-existing unaddressed needs of, and to 
    be affordable to, low-income families in low-income areas and very-low-
    income families. Under the proposed rule, the goal was equally divided 
    between rental (single-family and multifamily) and owner-occupied 
    housing. The rental portion of the goal was targeted to very-low-income 
    families while the owner-occupied portion targeted very-low-income 
    families in addition to low-income families in low-income areas.
        In response to comments received and upon further consideration by 
    the Secretary, this final rule substantially changes the proposed 
    rule's formulation of the Special Affordable Housing Goal. First, 
    mortgage purchases financing housing for low-income renters in low-
    income areas now count toward achievement of the goal. Second, the 
    equal division between rental and owner-occupied housing has been 
    removed. Instead, each GSE may choose the type of housing (rental, 
    owner-occupied, single-family, or multifamily) to finance to achieve 
    the goal. However, the goal does require a set minimum of each GSE's 
    purchases to be multifamily mortgages. Finally, the goal allows 
    dwelling units affordable to low-income families in multifamily 
    properties to count where thresholds, based on the LIHTC thresholds, 
    are met.
        The final rule provides that the Special Affordable Housing Goal 
    for 1996 is 12 percent of the total number of dwelling units financed 
    by each GSE's mortgage purchases. The goal for 1997-1999 and pending 
    new goals is 14 percent. Of the total Special Affordable Housing Goal, 
    each GSE must annually purchase multifamily mortgages in an amount at 
    least equal to 0.8 percent of the total dollar volume of mortgages 
    purchased by the respective GSE in 1994. In Appendix D, HUD estimates 
    that 20-23 percent of the conventional conforming mortgage market would 
    qualify under the Special Affordable Housing Goal. In 1994, 16.7 
    percent of Fannie Mae's purchases financed dwelling units that would 
    count toward the achievement of this goal, as defined in the final 
    rule, compared with 11.4 percent of Freddie Mac's purchases. In 1994, 
    Fannie Mae purchased $1.91 billion of mortgages on multifamily housing 
    that would have counted toward the achievement of this goal, or 1.25 
    percent of its total 1994 business. In 1994, Freddie Mac purchased $425 
    million of mortgages on multifamily housing that would have counted 
    toward this goal, or 0.36 percent of its total 1994 business.
    Rental and Owner Subgoals
        Both GSEs' objected to the fact that the proposed rule would have 
    imposed a 50-50 split between rental and owner-occupied housing for the 
    Special Affordable Housing Goal. Fannie Mae commented that the 
    Secretary ``failed to provide an acceptable rationale'' for dividing 
    the Special Affordable Housing Goal equally between rental and owner-
    occupied dwelling units and provided ``no compelling justification'' 
    for such a split. Freddie Mac also commented that the creation of 
    subgoals for rental and owner-occupied housing made it more difficult 
    to attain the overall goal--even under circumstances in which 
    performance on the owner-occupied subgoal might far surpass the level 
    set by the regulation. 
    
    [[Page 61860]]
    
        Fannie Mae also commented that the even split between rental and 
    owner-occupied housing would ``significantly alter'' the basic 
    character of the goal. While Fannie Mae achieved all four subgoals 
    during the transition years 1993-1994, Fannie Mae stated that it had 
    done so by ``significantly larger margins'' in its single-family 
    business, and that this relative ease in meeting subgoals in owner-
    occupied housing reflected the relative shares of Fannie Mae business 
    represented by single-family and multifamily acquisitions.
        Congress intended that the Secretary have broad authority to 
    redesign the sub-categories under the goal. The Senate Report states, 
    ``During a transition period, specific dollar amounts are set for four 
    separate income and housing categories to emphasize that each of these 
    areas needs attention. After the experience of the first two years, the 
    [Secretary] may redesign the categories to target more effectively low-
    income family needs and reflect any gaps in GSE performance.'' 36 
    Moreover, FHEFSSA provides that goals should be established for 
    ``rental and owner occupied housing.'' 37 The Secretary considered 
    the statutorily prescribed factors in section 1333(a)(2) prior to 
    establishing the proposed goal and, therefore, the Secretary's actions 
    were neither arbitrary nor capricious. Notwithstanding the fact that 
    the proposed rule would have withstood judicial scrutiny, the Secretary 
    determined for policy reasons to revise the Special Affordable Housing 
    Goal. These revisions include removing the 50-50 split between renter 
    and owner-occupied housing, and replacing it with a more flexible 
    division.
    
        \36\ S. Rep. at 37.
        \37\ Paragraph 1333(a)(1).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Level of Special Affordable Housing Goal
        Freddie Mac commented that the Special Affordable Housing Goals 
    proposed for 1995 and 1996 are ``unrealistically high and very likely 
    infeasible within the meaning of the Act.'' Fannie Mae agreed, arguing 
    that the proposed level of the goal is unreasonable and recommending 
    that the Secretary establish the Special Affordable Housing Goal at no 
    more than 8 percent. Fannie Mae considered the proposed 11 and 12 
    percent goals ``less unreasonable'' if the Special Affordable Housing 
    Goal included low-income renters in low-income areas. Other commenters, 
    largely nonprofit organizations, felt that the proposed goals both for 
    home ownership and rental housing were too low.
        The levels of the Special Affordable Housing Goal in the proposed 
    and final rules are both feasible and reasonable. The Special 
    Affordable Housing Goal is consistent with updated and further refined 
    market share data and analyses, and is reasonable given the GSEs' past 
    performance. While the specifics of the analyses are detailed in 
    Appendices C and D, the major findings supporting this goal level are 
    summarized below.
        The proposed rule contained an appendix that analyzed market share 
    data from the American Housing Survey and HMDA. That analysis 
    demonstrated that the GSEs were purchasing much smaller proportions of 
    mortgages of very-low-income families originated by the market than 
    they were purchasing loans of higher-income families. Based on 
    additional and updated analysis of the market data, the original 
    conclusion, discussed in the proposed rule--that there are available 
    mortgages in the very-low-income end of the mortgage market for the 
    GSEs to increase the share of very-low-income mortgage originations 
    they purchase--is unchanged. Additionally, analysis of market share 
    estimates indicates that approximately 20-23 percent of the 
    conventional conforming mortgage market would qualify under the Special 
    Affordable Housing Goal as it is defined in the final rule. This 
    analysis provides further support that the Special Affordable Housing 
    Goal is both feasible and eminently reasonable.
        The GSEs' 1994 performance also indicates that the goal is 
    achievable. Using the final rule's conventions for what will count 
    toward the goal, 16.7 percent of Fannie Mae's 1994 business and 11.4 
    percent of Freddie Mac's would have qualified under the goal.
    Authority To Establish Special Affordable Subgoals
        Freddie Mac commented that FHEFSSA provides that the Secretary 
    shall establish ``a'' Special Affordable Housing Goal. Freddie Mac 
    argued that the Secretary's proposed approach to implementing the 
    Special Affordable Housing Goal was not authorized by law because, as 
    proposed, it was either two completely separate goals (one for rental 
    housing and one for owner-occupied housing) or one goal with two 
    subgoals.
        FHEFSSA authorizes the Secretary, both during the transition and 
    thereafter, to establish the goal and define portions thereof. It does 
    not indicate that subgoals are unenforceable or otherwise prevent the 
    Secretary from defining enforceable portions. For the transition 
    period, FHEFSSA itself subdivided the Special Affordable Housing Goal 
    into two separate portions--single-family and multifamily--and went on 
    to define specifically what counted towards each portion. For the 
    period following the transition, FHEFSSA provides that the Secretary 
    ``shall establish a special affordable housing goal.'' 38 FHEFSSA 
    did not define the structure of the goal, but specified that it should 
    meet the then-existing unaddressed needs of low-income families in low-
    income areas and very-low-income families. The legislative history 
    indicated that, following the transition, the Secretary was to redefine 
    the goal. Under FHEFSSA and legislative intent, the Secretary has 
    adequate flexibility to adjust the goals ``to target more effectively 
    low-income family needs and reflect any gaps in GSE performance.'' 
    39
    
        \38\ Section 1333(a)(1) (emphasis added).
        \39\ S. Rep. at 37.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Freddie Mac also commented that section 1333 of FHEFSSA, in 
    establishing the Special Affordable Housing Goal, does not refer to 
    subgoals. Freddie Mac emphasized that, in contrast, section 1332 of 
    FHEFSSA, establishing the Low- and Moderate-Income Housing Goal, and 
    section 1334, establishing the Geographically Targeted Goal, 
    specifically provided that the Secretary may establish subgoals. To 
    Freddie Mac, the omission of a similar provision from section 1333 
    means that such subgoals are not authorized. Freddie Mac relies on the 
    doctrine of in pari materia, which provides that statutes dealing with 
    the same matter or subject shall be construed together. Thus, Freddie 
    Mac argues that sections 1332-34 deal with the same matter, i.e., 
    housing goals, and that the Secretary failed to construe those sections 
    together.
        The provisions on subgoals referred to by Freddie Mac at sections 
    1332 and 1334 concerning the Low- and Moderate-Income Housing Goal and 
    the Geographically Targeted Goal provide that while the Secretary may 
    establish subgoals, they are not enforceable. The omission of a similar 
    provision in section 1333 is not an indication that subgoals or 
    subcategories within the overall goal are prohibited; rather, such 
    omission indicates that to the extent that subgoals or subcategories 
    are promulgated for the Special Affordable Housing Goal, no bar exists 
    to enforcing them. Since section 1333 contemplates the use of 
    enforceable subgoals or subcategories, section 1333 does not include 
    the same type of restriction against enforcing subgoals as do sections 
    1332 and 1334. 
    
    [[Page 61861]]
    
    Rental Versus Multifamily
        A number of commenters, including the MBA, the Enterprise 
    Foundation, the NTIC, the National Low Income Housing Coalition 
    (NLIHC), and the California Reinvestment Committee, expressed concern 
    that the proposed Special Affordable Housing Goal did not have an 
    explicit focus on the multifamily market. They argued that the GSEs 
    should have some explicit regulatory requirement to purchase 
    multifamily mortgages, in order to sustain a secondary market for 
    affordable multifamily loans. These commenters and others recommended 
    that the Secretary establish a subgoal for the purchase of multifamily 
    mortgages. Other commenters, including CANICCOR, the National League of 
    Cities, and the City of Los Angeles, while not recommending an explicit 
    multifamily subgoal, urged the Secretary to require that the GSEs 
    support an active secondary market for multifamily loans.
        In light of these comments and additional analysis, the Secretary 
    reconsidered the proposed rule's focus on rental--as opposed to 
    multifamily--mortgages and has revised the goal. The final rule 
    provides that a relatively small portion of the goal must be achieved 
    through the purchase of multifamily mortgages. The remainder of the 
    goal can be achieved through the purchase of multifamily or single-
    family mortgages--whether owner-occupied or 1- to 4-unit rental 
    properties. A secondary market providing liquidity for financing of 1- 
    to 4-unit rental properties already exists. In the multifamily arena, 
    however, a secondary market for affordable multifamily mortgages is 
    still developing. Given the GSEs' overall experience and financial 
    strength, it is reasonable to expect that they play major roles in the 
    development of a stable secondary market for affordable multifamily 
    mortgages.
        Freddie Mac raised concerns that an increased level of multifamily 
    purchases within the Special Affordable Housing Goal could lead to 
    credit risk problems. Freddie Mac argued that a higher level of 
    multifamily purchases may not be possible without relaxing underwriting 
    standards and purchasing higher-risk properties.
        It is the Secretary's intention that the goal ensure that the GSEs 
    maintain a consistent focus on the very-low-income portion of the 
    housing market where housing needs are great. Clearly, the intention of 
    the goal is not to promote or encourage the undertaking of unnecessary 
    credit risks on the part of the GSEs. The market data presented and 
    analyzed demonstrates that the level of the Special Affordable Housing 
    Goal is attainable, and the structure of the goal provides the GSEs 
    with adequate flexibility to achieve it without taking unnecessary 
    credit risk. In addition, the Secretary notes that Congress indicated 
    that ``Freddie Mac should be expected to implement strong multifamily 
    programs in the near future. The Committee intends that the [goals] be 
    set at levels consistent with each enterprise having a significant 
    multifamily program.'' 40
    
        \40\ S. Rep. at 35-36.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Units Versus Dollars
        Freddie Mac argued that the Secretary's decision to express the 
    Special Affordable Housing Goal as a percentage of overall units 
    financed by a GSE is not supported by FHEFSSA and that the statute 
    requires the Special Affordable Housing Goal to be established in 
    dollars of mortgage purchases. NAHB provided a critique of a percent-
    of-business measurement and urged HUD to retain a dollar-volume target 
    that could be reset each year based on ``assessment of need, subsidy 
    availability, and refined market estimates.'' NAHB's concern grows out 
    of its belief that the Special Affordable Housing Goal, because of its 
    focus on very-low-income mortgages, is tied to the availability of 
    public subsidies, which are not market-driven.
        Fannie Mae, on the other hand, did not oppose the change to a 
    percentage-of-business goal and stated that such a goal will ``more 
    accurately reflect contemporaneous market trends because it is `self-
    adjusting'. It is a more equitable and sensible approach to a changing, 
    and sometimes volatile, market.'' Other commenters, including the 
    National Council of State Housing Agencies and America's Community 
    Bankers agreed, describing the percentage-of-business approach as a 
    more appropriate way to measure the impact of the GSEs' mortgage 
    purchases.
        The Secretary has concluded that the statute permits the Secretary 
    to set the goals as a percentage of units financed by the GSEs, as long 
    as the percentage arrived at exceeds the dollar floor prescribed in 
    FHEFSSA. Section 1333(a)(1) of FHEFSSA provides: ``The special 
    affordable housing goal established under this section for [a GSE] 
    shall not be less than one percent of the dollar amount of the mortgage 
    purchases by the [GSE] for the previous year.'' (emphasis added)
        When interpreting a statute, a court should only go beyond the text 
    of a statute if the text is ambiguous.41 Such interpretation of 
    FHEFSSA reveals that it requires the Secretary to: (1) Establish a 
    Special Affordable Housing Goal; and (2) establish the Special 
    Affordable Housing Goal so that it will equal or exceed the one percent 
    dollar amount in section 1333(a)(1). Courts will not reject the literal 
    meaning of a statute unless such an interpretation ``leads to absurd 
    results when applied.'' 42 In this case, the Secretary's 
    interpretation of section 1333(a)(1)--to allow the Secretary to 
    establish the Special Affordable Housing Goal as a percentage of 
    dwelling units financed, while ensuring that the Special Affordable 
    Housing Goal will be set high enough to meet the floor or minimum 
    required under section 1333(a)(1)--is consistent with FHEFSSA and 
    appropriate policy.
    
        \41\ National Tax v. Havlik, 20 F.3d 705 (7th Cir. 1994).
        \42\ Blue Cross v. Weitz, 913 F.2d 1544, 1548 (11th Cir. 1990).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The Secretary recognizes the validity of the concerns expressed by 
    Freddie Mac and several other commenters that financing for affordable 
    multifamily units is tied to the availability of public subsidies, 
    which are not market-driven. Therefore, the final rule establishes the 
    multifamily portion of the goal as a percentage of each GSE's business 
    in 1994, rather than for each year. The Secretary believes that 1994 
    was a reasonable baseline year for the GSEs, given the decline in 
    mortgage originations. Consequently, 1994 represents a reasonable 
    baseline from which to calculate a portion of the Special Affordable 
    Housing Goal that should be devoted to multifamily mortgages.
    Low-Income Renters in Low-Income Areas
        Under the proposed rule, the Special Affordable Housing Goal would 
    have been directed to rental housing for very-low-income families and 
    to owner-occupied housing for low-income families in low-income areas 
    and very-low-income families. Both GSEs argued that the Special 
    Affordable Housing Goal must also be targeted to mortgage purchases on 
    housing for low-income renters in low-income areas and that this 
    category was improperly excluded from the proposed goal.
        The Secretary agrees that the statute requires the inclusion of 
    low-income rental units in low-income areas. Section 1333 of FHEFSSA 
    provides that the goal should address ``the then-existing unaddressed 
    needs of, and affordable to, low-income families in low-income areas 
    and very low-income 
    
    [[Page 61862]]
    families.'' Inasmuch as there are unaddressed needs of low-income 
    renters in low-income areas and of very-low-income renters, the 
    Secretary has determined that mortgages for low-income renters in low-
    income areas should be included under the goal. The final rule reflects 
    this change.
    Counting of Rental Units
        The proposed rule specified that only rental units affordable to 
    very-low-income families (i.e., families whose incomes are 60 percent 
    of area median income or less) would count toward the goal. This 
    altered a convention applicable to the Special Affordable Housing Goal 
    in 1993-1995 that any low-income rental unit in a multifamily property 
    where at least 20 percent of the units are affordable to especially 
    low-income families (i.e., families whose incomes are 50 percent of 
    area median income or less) or where at least 40 percent of the units 
    are affordable to very-low-income families (i.e. families whose incomes 
    are 60 percent of area median income or less) would count toward the 
    goal.
        A number of commenters, including both GSEs, the MBA, the 
    Association of Local Housing Finance Agencies, and the Enterprise 
    Foundation, argued that the proposed rule's approach would create a 
    regulatory incentive for the GSEs to focus only on mortgage purchases 
    for buildings that are entirely occupied by very-low-income tenants, at 
    the expense of financing mixed-income buildings. These commenters 
    argued that an exclusive focus on 100-percent very-low-income buildings 
    is contrary to HUD policy established in other contexts emphasizing 
    mixed-income rental developments as more beneficial for residents and 
    communities. The Secretary concluded that the comments have validity 
    and has revised the final rule to use the transition-period convention 
    of counting all low-income units in buildings where the percentage of 
    such units meets the thresholds used during the transition which, in 
    turn, were modeled on the LIHTC.
    Refinancings From Portfolio
        Under the Interim Notices establishing transition goals, HUD did 
    not allow any credit toward the Special Affordable Housing Goal for the 
    refinancing of mortgages held by the GSEs in portfolio. The proposed 
    rule provided credit for these refinancings--as long as they were 
    economically motivated transactions initiated by the borrower--to count 
    toward the goal. Both Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac supported this 
    approach. Several commenters expressed concern that including 
    refinancings would create a disincentive for the GSEs to focus on new 
    originations for lower-income households.
        The exclusion of refinancings, as provided in the Interim Notices, 
    imposed significant compliance burdens on the GSEs in order to identify 
    those purchases of refinanced mortgages that represented mortgages 
    previously purchased by the GSEs. Further, this provision was contrary 
    to the common method of financing multifamily properties using 
    relatively short-term balloon mortgages, which by their nature must be 
    refinanced frequently to maintain project viability. Refinancings in 
    this context serve the goal of continued availability of housing 
    meeting the goals. For these reasons, the final rule maintains that 
    economically motivated, arm's-length refinancings will count toward the 
    Special Affordable Housing Goal.
    
    General Requirements, Section 81.15
    
    Insufficient Information
        Performance under each of the housing goals is based on a fraction 
    that is converted into a percentage. The numerator of this fraction is 
    the number of dwelling units that count toward the achievement of a 
    particular housing goal. The denominator is the number of dwelling 
    units (for all mortgages purchased) that could, under appropriate 
    circumstances, count toward achievement of a goal. Under Sec. 81.15(b) 
    of the proposed rule, dwelling units with insufficient information to 
    determine whether the unit scored toward a GSE's goal performance would 
    be excluded from the numerator, but included in the denominator. 
    Freddie Mac objected that this provision was too strict and ``distorts 
    the reports to Congress on * * * purchases of mortgages counted within 
    * * * the goals.'' Freddie Mac recommended that, when a given threshold 
    of completeness of data is met, the GSE be permitted to eliminate from 
    the denominator up to a given percentage of units lacking sufficient 
    data.
        HUD is aware that the GSEs have incomplete data for mortgages 
    originated before 1993. Consequently, when a GSE lacks sufficient 
    information to determine whether a mortgage originated before 1993 
    counts toward achievement of any of the housing goals, the purchase of 
    that mortgage may be excluded from the denominator for purposes of 
    measuring goal performance. However, the goals must be structured in a 
    manner that will create incentives for the GSEs to obtain and provide 
    the data necessary to determine whether the purchase of mortgages 
    originated during or after 1993 count toward the housing goals. 
    Permitting the GSEs to exclude from the denominator, because a GSE 
    lacked complete information, mortgage purchases (of post-1992 
    originations) that did not meet the goals would create a disincentive 
    to the collection of such information. This result is contrary to the 
    legislative history, which emphasizes the importance of accurate and 
    comprehensive data. Accordingly, the final rule requires all mortgages 
    originated after 1992 to be included in the determination of the GSE's 
    performance under each of the housing goals.
    Double-Counting
        Some dwelling units financed by a GSE mortgage purchase count 
    toward achievement of one, two, or all three housing goals under 
    Sec. 81.15(d) of the proposed rule. Two commenters objected to 
    permitting double- or triple- counting. One commenter noted that the 
    GSEs may not have to alter their ``programmatic focus to any great 
    extent'' to meet the goals. In the final rule, HUD has allowed counting 
    mortgage purchases toward one or more of the goals, because double 
    counting is consistent with congressional intent. The Senate Report on 
    FHEFSSA 43 provides that the goals be ``overlapping, in that each 
    [GSE] activity counts toward the achievement of each goal, if any, for 
    which the activity qualifies.''
    
        \43\ S. Rep. at 63.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Use of Rent
        Freddie Mac commented that Sec. 81.15(f)(5) should be clarified so 
    that use of average rent-by-unit-type continues to be an acceptable 
    means for reporting rent levels and determining affordability of non-
    owner-occupied units. Freddie Mac claimed that requiring it to obtain 
    individual unit rent data would be a large drain on resources and would 
    place Freddie Mac at a competitive disadvantage relative to its non-GSE 
    competitors. Because the current reporting system has worked 
    satisfactorily and the GSEs' reporting burden is an important 
    consideration, the rule has been changed to conform to Freddie Mac's 
    suggestion.
    Seasoned Mortgages
        In determining whether mortgages count toward the goals, Freddie 
    Mac asked for revision of Secs. 81.15(f)(6) and 81.16(c)(6), to allow 
    the GSEs to use tenant information (for 2- to 4-unit mortgages) and 
    income or rent level information (for single-family 
    
    [[Page 61863]]
    mortgages) as of the time of origination, regardless of the age of the 
    mortgages when acquired by the GSE. According to Freddie Mac, the rule 
    would then conform to industry practice and would avoid requiring the 
    modification of data collection and underwriting practices for these 
    types of units. This practice was also allowed under the Notice of 
    Interim Housing Goals published in October 1993, to avoid costly 
    reverification of information. For the same reasons, the final 
    regulation continues this requirement.
    Split Areas
        Freddie Mac criticized Sec. 81.15(g) of the proposed rule, which 
    would have provided an allocation formula for split census tracts in 
    measuring performance under the Geographically Targeted Goal, as 
    ``cumbersome and inconsistent with HMDA requirements'' in its treatment 
    of determining area median income in census tracts that cross 
    metropolitan area boundaries in New England. Freddie Mac stated that 
    the additional precision in reporting that HUD was apparently seeking 
    was not worth the cost. Freddie Mac recommended that where the ``area'' 
    cannot be determined and the census tract or property lies in a ``split 
    area,'' the GSEs should be permitted to use the convention adopted by 
    the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (FFIEC) for HMDA 
    reports. The final rule adopts this suggestion, which uses an 
    allocation that distinguishes only portions of the county within a 
    metropolitan area from those portions outside of a metropolitan area.
    
    Special Counting Requirements, Section 81.16
    
    Low-Income Housing Tax Credit Purchases (LIHTC) and Mortgage Revenue 
    Bonds (MRB)
        Fannie Mae objected to Secs. 81.16(b) (1) and (2) of the proposed 
    rule, which would have provided that the GSEs' LIHTC equity investments 
    and MRB purchases would not count toward any of the goals, including 
    the Special Affordable Housing Goal. Fannie Mae commented that the 
    Secretary's position on these forms of investment is ``inconsistent and 
    counter-productive.'' Several other commenters agreed with Fannie Mae. 
    One commented that the Secretary should at least give credit for LIHTCs 
    in central cities and underserved areas. Another commenter stated that 
    LIHTC equity investments are not mortgage purchases and, therefore, it 
    might be appropriate to place ``an upper limit on the amount of credit 
    to be taken for such activities.''
        The final rule does not change the provision that the purchase of 
    LIHTCs will not count toward the housing goals. The GSEs' support of 
    affordable housing through the provision of equity in exchange for tax 
    benefits is an important activity. Although the legislative history 
    states that equity investments should not count toward the achievement 
    of the Special Affordable Housing Goal, the legislative history 
    indicates that it is the Secretary's decision whether the purchase of 
    LIHTCs should count toward achievement of the other two housing 
    goals.44 Because the purchase of LIHTCs is not the equivalent of 
    the purchase of a mortgage, equity investments in LIHTCs do not count 
    toward achievement of any of the housing goals.
    
        \44\ See, e.g., S. Rep. at 38; H. Rep. at 60 and 61.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Freddie Mac commented that the purchase of MRBs should receive full 
    credit. Freddie Mac commented that:
    
        * * * where revenue bonds are issued that are not supported by 
    any pledge or promise from the state or local issuer of the bonds, 
    or by any other credit enhancement or collateral, other than the 
    payments from the mortgage itself, the purchaser of these bonds 
    would be in the exact same economic position as the purchaser of the 
    mortgage itself.
    
        The final rule allows units financed by a mortgage revenue bond 
    purchased by the GSEs to count under the housing goals with certain 
    restrictions to assure that such MRB purchases are the functional 
    equivalent of mortgage purchases by the GSEs. Under the rule, purchases 
    of MRBs count only where the MRB is to be repaid from the principal and 
    interest of the underlying mortgages originated with funds made 
    available by the MRB. Purchase of an MRB which is either a general 
    obligation of a state or local government or agency or is otherwise 
    credit enhanced, by any government or agency, third party guarantor or 
    surety, will not count.
    Risk-Sharing Arrangements
        Freddie Mac commented that the exception in Sec. 81.16(b)(3) should 
    be modified so that mortgages purchased by the GSEs under risk-sharing 
    arrangements with HUD or other Federal agencies would receive full 
    credit under the Special Affordable Housing Goal. Freddie Mae stated 
    that such an approach would better comport with the statutory language 
    and would provide an incentive for completing mortgage purchases that 
    may entail greater underwriting risks and a higher level of monitoring. 
    Freddie Mac commented that HUD's rationale in the proposed rule for 
    denying full credit under risk-sharing arrangements of the kind 
    described was ``flawed,'' and that the Secretary lacked authority under 
    FHEFSSA to refuse to give credit, or to provide for only partial 
    credit.
        NTIC disagreed with Freddie Mac's comment and with the proposed 
    rule's provision of partial credit for risk-sharing activities. NTIC 
    asserted that the GSEs' risk-sharing activities should supplement 
    affordable housing programs, not replace them. NTIC stated: ``The 
    legislation was enacted to ensure regular, conventional business is 
    available to all citizens and neighborhoods. Allowing Fannie and 
    Freddie to use the government's money to make their goals is 
    unacceptable!''
        Under section 1333(b)(1)(A) of FHEFSSA, the Secretary is required 
    to give full credit toward the Special Affordable Housing Goal for the 
    purchase or securitization of federally-insured or guaranteed mortgages 
    where: (1) such mortgages cannot be readily securitized through the 
    Government National Mortgage Association or any other Federal agency; 
    (2) the GSEs' participation substantially enhances the affordability of 
    the housing subject to such mortgages; and (3) the mortgages involved 
    are on housing that otherwise qualifies under the Special Affordable 
    Housing Goal to be considered for purposes of that goal. The Secretary 
    has determined that the GSEs' current risk-sharing activities meet the 
    requirements in (1) and (2). To the extent the third requirement is 
    satisfied, risk-sharing activities will receive full credit toward 
    achievement of the Special Affordable Housing Goal under the final 
    rule, as long as the dwelling units financed meet the other 
    requirements of the goal.
        Furthermore, the final rule provides full credit under the Low- and 
    Moderate-Income Goal and the Geographically Targeted Goal for mortgages 
    purchased under risk-sharing arrangements where the GSE assumes 
    substantial risk, which serve to increase available housing 
    opportunities. HUD intends to monitor future GSE purchases under risk-
    sharing arrangements to assure that providing full credit for such 
    purchases remains warranted.
    Forward Commitments
        Freddie Mac commented that Sec. 81.16(b)(4) should be revised to 
    permit commitments to purchase mortgages to count as mortgage purchases 
    in the year the commitments were made. Freddie Mac stated that such 
    revision would make the rule consistent with requirements imposed under 
    FHEFSSA, which mandate that Freddie Mac hold 
    
    [[Page 61864]]
    capital against forward commitments. Freddie Mac added that the rule 
    could add language to ensure against ``double counting.''
        Under FHEFSSA, the Secretary is to establish housing goals for 
    mortgage purchases. Section 1303(11) of FHEFSSA defines mortgage 
    purchases to include mortgages purchased for portfolio or 
    securitization. The use of the past tense of the verb, i.e., 
    ``purchased,'' rather than the future tense, i.e., ``purchased or to be 
    purchased,'' indicates that a transaction does not constitute a 
    mortgage purchase simply because a mortgage may be purchased in the 
    future based on a commitment, but that the mortgage must actually have 
    been ``purchased.'' Accordingly, this section of the rule has not been 
    revised.
    Second Homes
        Freddie Mac commented that Sec. 81.16(b)(5) should be eliminated so 
    that the purchase of mortgages on secondary residences would receive 
    full credit toward the goals. Freddie Mac stated that the majority of 
    secondary residences are located in low- and moderate-income census 
    tracts and ``serve an important role in bolstering local housing 
    markets and providing a supplement to the local housing stock.''
        Many second homes, which are frequently owned by affluent families, 
    are located in predominantly low- or moderate-income areas. These 
    second homes provide few, if any, affordable housing opportunities for 
    the permanent residents of areas defined as underserved. Accordingly, 
    the final rule does not provide goal credit for secondary residences.
    Credit Enhancements
        Freddie Mac expressly supported the Secretary's decision to allow 
    credit enhancements to count toward achievement of the housing goals. 
    However, Freddie Mac commented that certain revisions should be made to 
    Sec. 81.16(c)(1): (1) the requirement that the GSE provide specific 
    mortgages as collateral should be dropped because it does not relate to 
    the economic substance of a credit enhancement or to the rating of the 
    bonds; (2) in a credit enhancement, Freddie Mac does not ``guarantee 
    bonds,'' but ensures that payments are made on the underlying 
    mortgages; thus, the reference to guaranteeing should be omitted; (3) 
    the proposed rule was unclear because it referred to ``State or local 
    housing finance agency'' in one place and ``any entity'' in another 
    place; Freddie Mac commented that ``any entity'' should be used; and 
    (4) the rule should include credit enhancements where a GSE 
    ``'reinsures' mortgage insurance provided by a public purpose mortgage 
    insurance entity or fund.'' Freddie Mac provided revised language for 
    this section consistent with its comments.
        The National Council of State Housing Agencies stated that it was 
    ``pleased'' that HUD proposed to count the GSEs' credit enhancement 
    transactions, and it opposed the rule's limitation of this credit to 
    transactions in which a GSE provides specific mortgages as collateral.
        The counting of a credit enhancement should not depend on whether a 
    GSE's insurance of mortgage payments is provided through 
    collateralizing specific mortgages. This section of the rule has been 
    modified to require the GSE to provide only a specific contractual 
    obligation to ensure mortgage payments. In addition, the Secretary 
    agrees with Freddie Mac that reinsurance of mortgage insurance provided 
    by a public purpose mortgage insurance entity or fund is beneficial to 
    the mortgage markets. Accordingly, the Secretary has decided that, on a 
    case-by-case basis, a GSE may seek the Secretary's approval for 
    counting such transactions toward the achievement of the housing goals.
        The Secretary does not want to create a regulatory distortion of 
    corporate decisions on how to develop and initiate credit enhancement 
    transactions. The inconsistency in the proposed rule--limiting credit 
    enhancement transactions to State and local agencies--referred to by 
    Freddie Mac has been removed, and the broader language that it 
    recommended has been adopted.
    Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits (REMICS)
        Freddie Mac commented that Sec. 81.16(c)(2) should be drafted so 
    that purchases of REMICs would count toward fulfillment of all three 
    housing goals ``to the extent that the purchase of the mortgages 
    underlying the REMICs would provide credit under the goals and there is 
    no resulting 'double counting' of these mortgages.'' Freddie Mac stated 
    that this type of transaction increases the liquidity of the mortgage-
    backed securities market and lowers costs for borrowers.
        Fannie Mae commented that the purchase of REMICs should count 
    toward the goals because such activity is functionally equivalent to a 
    mortgage purchase. Fannie Mae commented: ``REMICs that do not contain 
    MBS [Mortgage-Backed Securities] or mortgages purchased by Fannie Mae, 
    Freddie Mac, or a government insured entity do not cause `double 
    counting' . . . .'' Fannie Mae noted that it has never purchased a 
    REMIC that contained anything other than mortgages and property related 
    to mortgages. (Under the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) Code, 26 CFR 
    1.860G-2(a)(4) and 1.856-3(c), REMICs may include other interests in 
    real property such as ``options to acquire land or improvements 
    thereon'' and ``timeshare interests.'')
        In large measure, HUD agrees with these comments concerning 
    purchases of REMICs. Accordingly, the purchase of REMICs by the GSEs 
    may count toward the goals as long as the underlying mortgages or 
    mortgage-backed securities were not previously purchased or issued by 
    the GSEs or otherwise would result in double counting. Subject to the 
    same restrictions, the guarantee of a REMIC by a GSE may also count 
    toward the goals.
        HUD recognizes that the development of new and distinct REMIC 
    structures is dynamic and HUD does not in any manner seek to impede 
    these developments. However, the GSEs are advised that when there is 
    any question about whether a new structure meets these restrictions for 
    counting under the goals, the GSEs should seek the advice of HUD before 
    counting the transaction.
    Participations
        Instead of counting participations in mortgages toward achievement 
    of the housing goals based on the percentage of the participation 
    purchased by a GSE, as proposed under Sec. 81.16(c)(4), Freddie Mac 
    commented that the rule should provide for full credit whenever the 
    GSE's participation percentage is 50 percent or more and no credit when 
    a participation is below 50 percent.
        Freddie Mac's proposal would reduce the reporting and compliance 
    burden, and the final rule adopts this proposal. Participations have 
    played, and are expected to play, a de minimis role in the GSEs' 
    purchases, and for that reason the counting approach adopted should 
    have little impact on housing goal performance.
    Second Mortgages
        In response to the proposed rule's questions concerning whether and 
    how to count second mortgages, Freddie Mac commented that second 
    mortgages should receive full, rather than partial, credit under the 
    goals, because of the difficulty in arriving at an appropriate means of 
    allocating partial credit and because second mortgages frequently 
    fulfill the same purpose as refinancing, at lesser cost to the 
    borrower. Fannie 
    
    [[Page 61865]]
    Mae generally agreed. The Los Angeles Housing Department commented:
    
        If a second mortgage loan is made to a low income or minority 
    borrower who otherwise would have had to resort to the loan 
    companies which charge exorbitant interest rates and points (``hard 
    money lenders'') the loan should carry full GSE credit. Otherwise, 
    the loan is being made to borrowers who have already shown 
    themselves to be a good risk, and should not generate full credit.
    
        To simplify counting and monitoring for goals purposes and 
    encourage the GSEs to purchase second mortgages, including low- and 
    moderate-income rehabilitation loans, the final rule, by revising the 
    definition of ``mortgage,'' provides that second mortgages will receive 
    full credit toward achievement of the housing goals. This change will 
    be monitored closely by HUD, to assure, for example, that a GSE does 
    not purchase an excessive number of second mortgages with low unpaid 
    principal balances solely to enhance goal performance.
    
    Income Level Definitions--Tenants (Family Size Not Known), Section 
    81.18
    
        Freddie Mac commented that Sec. 81.18 (determining affordability 
    for rental units where family size is not known) should apply to actual 
    tenants because Freddie Mac normally has data on unit size, instead of 
    family size, for actual tenants.
        HUD agrees and has inserted ``actual or'' before the word 
    ``prospective'' where it appears in Sec. 81.18. Unit size serves as an 
    adequate proxy for family size in instances where the data on family 
    size is not readily available, and requiring family size information 
    could, in some cases, impose an unnecessary cost on the GSEs in 
    exchange for very little information.
    
    Rent Level Definitions for Tenants (Income Not Known), Section 81.19
    
        Freddie Mac objected to Sec. 81.19(d), which would have provided 
    that, for purposes of determining whether a rental unit is affordable, 
    units without data on the number of bedrooms must be counted as 
    efficiency units in making affordability calculations. Freddie Mac 
    commented that this assumption would have the effect of understating 
    the GSEs' performance against the goals, and if information is 
    available on the number of bedrooms of a high percentage of units in a 
    property, the GSE should be allowed to apply the known percentages of 
    efficiencies, one-bedrooms, etc., to the unknown units.
        The formulation in the proposed rule has been maintained has been 
    maintained in the final rule. It provides an incentive for the GSEs to 
    secure necessary information regarding bedroom size. Freddie Mac's 
    suggestion would increase HUD's burden in monitoring performance 
    without improving accuracy of the data, and this is contrary to the 
    intent in estimating affordability. Therefore, the assumption 
    respecting efficiency units is not changed.
    
    Additional Goals/Subgoals
    
        Several commenters suggested that the Secretary should, in some 
    manner, provide for additional goals and subgoals. One commenter 
    advocated additions to the regulation to ensure that members of 
    minority communities have access to housing finance from the GSEs 
    commensurate with the minority groups' locally determined percentage 
    shares of single-family mortgage purchases. Similarly, several other 
    commenters suggested subgoals for purchases of mortgages on properties 
    occupied by minority households. Another commenter recommended that 
    regional goals be set, taking into account the variation in housing 
    markets from city to city, as well as urban-rural variations. In a 
    similar vein, another commenter suggested that the Secretary ``require 
    the GSEs to increase their . . . purchases in areas of acute need.''
        Two commenters recommended that the Secretary establish a goal 
    under which the GSEs would receive full credit toward achievement of 
    the goals for the disposition of real property to nonprofits.
        HUD is refraining from establishing a range of subgoals in this 
    final rule. HUD is concerned about micromanaging the GSEs' efforts to 
    achieve the housing goals. In addition, the objectives sought by the 
    commenters can be served through the three existing goals.
    
    Notice and Determination of Failure To Meet Goals, Section 81.21
    
        Although Freddie Mac supported the proposed rule's ``close 
    adherence'' to the language of FHEFSSA in Secs. 81.21 and 81.22 of the 
    proposed rule on monitoring and enforcement, Freddie Mac commented on 
    several points. Under the proposed Sec. 81.21(a), the Secretary, in 
    determining whether a GSE has failed or there is a substantial 
    probability that a GSE will fail to meet a housing goal, will consider 
    the GSEs' reports and ``other data available to the Secretary.'' 
    Freddie Mac noted that it did not understand what ``other data'' 
    referred to and Freddie Mac commented that the phrase should be 
    clarified or removed.
        In response to this comment and to mirror FHEFSSA, Sec. 81.21 no 
    longer refers to the information that the Secretary will consider in 
    making the determination.
        Freddie Mac commented that Sec. 81.21(b)(1) should be revised to 
    track section 1336(b)(2) of FHEFSSA so that a GSE has 30 days from the 
    date of notice to respond to a preliminary determination from the 
    Secretary. The final regulation has been revised to reference the 
    requirement of section 1336(b).
    
    Housing Plans, Section 81.22
    
        In determining feasibility of a housing goal under Sec. 81.22(a), 
    Fannie Mae commented that the final rule should note specifically that 
    the economic environment and fiscal and monetary policies outside 
    Fannie Mae's control will sometimes determine a particular goal's 
    feasibility.
        Section 1336(b)(3)(A)(ii) of FHEFSSA provides that, in determining 
    the feasibility of a housing goal, the Secretary must consider market 
    and economic conditions and the GSE's financial condition. The 
    regulation includes this language and the specific reference suggested 
    by Fannie Mae is not needed.
        Under Sec. 81.22(b)(4), the proposed rule would have allowed the 
    Secretary to require a GSE's housing plan to address additional matters 
    as required by the Secretary. Freddie Mac objected to the ``any 
    additional matters'' language and insisted that only the statutory 
    description should be used.
        The final rule does not make this change because the Secretary may 
    find it necessary and proper to require the GSE to include specific 
    additional matters relevant to achieving the goal in a housing plan.
        Citing section 1336(c)(3) of FHEFSSA, which provides that the 
    Secretary shall, by regulation, establish a deadline for submission of 
    housing plans and that such deadline may not be longer than 45 days 
    after notice to the GSE, Freddie Mac asked for 45 days for submission 
    of a housing plan, rather than the 30-day period provided for in 
    Sec. 81.22(c).
        FHEFSSA allows the Secretary to establish a time period of less 
    than 45 days and the Secretary has determined that 30 days is necessary 
    to avoid further delay in achieving the housing goal.
        Under Sec. 81.22(e), where the first two housing plans submitted by 
    a GSE are disapproved by the Secretary, Freddie Mac commented that the 
    GSEs be granted 30 days to submit a third housing plan, rather that the 
    15-day period provided for in Sec. 81.22(e).
        In the event that a GSE's housing plans are so deficient that the 
    Secretary disapproves the first two submitted by 
    
    [[Page 61866]]
    the GSE, the Secretary notes that the GSE will have already had a total 
    of 60 days to develop the first two plans. At that point, the GSE's 
    plan should be sufficiently developed so that an additional 30 days is 
    unnecessary to develop a third plan. Accordingly, this provision has 
    not been changed.
    
    Subpart C--Fair Housing
    
    The GSEs' Role
        While expressing their strong commitment to participating in the 
    elimination of discriminatory practices in the mortgage lending 
    process, both GSEs, in similar arguments, objected to certain features 
    of Subpart C--Fair Housing.
        Both enterprises outlined their efforts to encourage fair lending 
    practices by primary mortgage lenders through outreach, consumer 
    education, and innovative products. The GSEs stressed their interest in 
    contributing to the elimination of unlawful discrimination in the 
    mortgage finance industry. However, both objected to a fair housing 
    enforcement role which they argued the proposed rule would have imposed 
    on them.
        Fannie Mae saw its appropriate role in fair lending as being a 
    provider of outreach, consumer education, and flexible, innovative 
    mortgage products to its customers. Freddie Mac also maintained that 
    its primary role should be to provide a ready source of financing for 
    all creditworthy borrowers and to provide market leadership. Freddie 
    Mac took issue with what it saw as the proposed rule's implication that 
    it should be doing more with respect to fair lending.
        Several other commenters endorsed the GSEs' position in this regard 
    and stated that, for the GSEs, the role of regulator is inconsistent 
    with the business partnership relationship that exists between the GSEs 
    and their customers. A major mortgage company commented that GSEs ought 
    not be required to develop fair lending plans, because such plans 
    would, in effect, establish the GSEs as ``primary market regulators.'' 
    Referencing its long established business partnership with both GSEs, 
    the commenter said it did not want these entities ``to also be our 
    regulators.''
        On the other hand, the San Diego Housing Commission had no 
    objection to an expanded role for GSEs associated with fair housing:
    
        The proposed rule essentially requires the GSEs to cooperate 
    with HUD in providing data and other information to assist in the 
    investigation of mortgage discrimination by a lender with which 
    either does business. * * *
        In general Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have been successful in 
    expanding the availability of credit, lowering interest rates, and 
    in stabilizing and liquefying the finance market. However, there 
    have been shortcomings in the extent to which they help meet the 
    housing needs of households at the lower end of the housing market. 
    Given their size and the key role they play in housing finance, they 
    are in a position to wield a significant amount of influence.
    
        This final rule follows the clearly expressed intention of Congress 
    that the GSEs comply with the Fair Housing Act and the Equal Credit 
    Opportunity Act (``ECOA'') and aid the efforts of investigators.45 
    HUD does not intend that the GSEs will become the Federal government's 
    regulatory or enforcement operation for the primary mortgage market. 
    The Federal fair lending enforcement agencies, not the GSEs, enforce 
    the fair lending laws.
    
        \45\ See S. Rep. at 43-44.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        HUD has carefully examined the various points made by the GSEs and 
    other commenters on subpart C of the proposed rule. This final rule 
    contains modifications which respond to the commenters' concerns about 
    the proposed rule's nondiscrimination requirements, assessment of 
    disparate results, and information and recordkeeping requirements. 
    Additionally, many suggestions made by the commenters for language 
    changes and modifications of other aspects of the proposal have been 
    accepted and incorporated. These revisions are discussed elsewhere in 
    this preamble.
    Disparate Impact
        Freddie Mac argued that section 1325(1) of FHEFSSA reaches only 
    intentional discrimination and that application of a disparate impact 
    test is therefore unauthorized. Both GSEs claimed that, even if the 
    disparate impact standard was supported by FHEFSSA, HUD had misstated 
    the standard as articulated by the courts, and had shifted the burden 
    of proof from the plaintiff to the GSE. Other commenters shared this 
    view, although there was little comment in support of Freddie Mac's 
    assertion that FHEFSSA prohibits only intentional discrimination. 
    Fannie Mae claimed that there is no statutory basis and little case law 
    in support of applying a disparate impact analysis to matters arising 
    under ECOA or the Fair Housing Act.
        Several other industry commenters joined in this criticism of the 
    proposed rule. The ABA, the MBA, the Western League of Savings 
    Institutions and a major mortgage lender all characterized the 
    application of disparate impact analysis or an ``effects test'' 
    standard in this particular rule as premature and a potential source of 
    marketplace uncertainty.
        Both GSEs urged HUD to postpone application of the disparate impact 
    standard in this rule until the issue is addressed in the HUD's broader 
    Fair Housing Act regulations. Adopting the standard in FHEFSSA rules 
    first, the GSEs claimed, would create confusion and increase the 
    likelihood of the development of divergent standards governing mortgage 
    finance. Both GSEs and several major industry organizations argued that 
    subpart C would result in a dual enforcement mechanism, applicable to 
    their operations but not to other segments of the housing marketplace, 
    and would subject them to the application of legal theories that are 
    ``largely untested in mortgage finance.'' The GSEs urged the Secretary 
    not only to delay implementation of a disparate impact standard in 
    advance of a fair lending addition to HUD's Fair Housing regulations, 
    but also to coordinate the development of any such revisions with 
    primary market financial institution regulators and the Department of 
    Justice. Fannie Mae claimed that none of these regulators or enforcers 
    has provided industry-wide guidance to date.
        The American Bankers Association questioned the proposed rule's 
    explanation of business necessity, suggesting that it failed to afford 
    the GSEs adequate guidance. It further maintained that HUD's position 
    on the meaning of business necessity was inconsistent with and 
    constituted a more difficult legal test than the understanding of the 
    term reflected in the Interagency Policy Statement on Discrimination in 
    Lending (``Interagency Policy Statement'').\46\
    
        \46\ 59 FR 18266 (1994).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Fannie Mae also claimed that the proposed rule would create a 
    potential ``litigation and enforcement nightmare'' for the GSEs and 
    that the rule would inhibit innovation. Freddie Mac argued that the 
    rule would also inhibit the GSEs' efforts to identify and eradicate 
    barriers in their underwriting guidelines.
        Section 1325(1) of FHEFSSA requires the Secretary to prohibit the 
    GSEs from discriminating ``in any manner''-- including a prohibition on 
    any consideration of the age or location of a dwelling or neighborhood 
    in a manner that has a ``discriminatory effect.'' The use of the 
    phrases ``in any manner'' and ``discriminatory effect'' in section 
    1325(1) makes clear Congress's intent 
    
    [[Page 61867]]
    that the statute's prohibitions extend beyond intentional 
    discrimination. The Senate Report states that Congress intended to 
    proscribe ``policies and practices, including inappropriate 
    underwriting guidelines, [which] may unintentionally yield 
    discriminatory patterns in mortgage lending.'' \47\ The Senate 
    Committee report cited testimony that ``. . .there are other business 
    practices of the enterprises which have the effect of discriminating 
    against minorities . . . .'' \48\ Examples cited by the Senate Report 
    included differential pricing and fee structures for mortgage products 
    which effectively discouraged lending in minority and low-income 
    communities.\49\
    
        \47\ S. Rep. at 43 (emphasis added).
        \48\ Id. at 31 (emphasis added).
        \49\ See id.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        However, HUD has taken into account the considerable comments it 
    received from the GSEs and others, and has determined to track the 
    statutory prohibition as enacted by Congress.
        In response to the GSEs' comments regarding a lack of guidance, the 
    disparate impact (or discriminatory effect) theory is firmly 
    established by Fair Housing Act case law. That law is applicable to all 
    segments of the housing marketplace, including the GSEs. All of the 
    circuit courts, except for the D.C. Circuit which has not considered 
    the issue, have held that the Fair Housing Act includes claims based 
    upon the disparate impact theory.\50\
    
        \50\ No courts have ever held in Fair Housing Act or ECOA cases 
    that the disparate impact standard does not apply to lenders.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        All the Federal financial regulatory and enforcement agencies 
    recognize the role that disparate impact analysis plays in scrutiny of 
    mortgage lending. In the Interagency Policy Statement, the bank, 
    thrift, and credit union regulators, the Justice Department, Treasury, 
    OFHEO, Federal Trade Commission (FTC), and HUD jointly recognized the 
    disparate impact standard as a means of proving lending discrimination 
    under the Fair Housing Act and ECOA. The disparate results assessment 
    requirement included in this final rule mirrors the statutory 
    requirement and is consistent with the Interagency Policy Statement, 
    which explicitly applies a similar ``disparate impact'' standard to 
    proving violations of the Fair Housing Act and ECOA.\51\
    
        \51\ Additionally, the Federal Reserve, in its Regulation B, 
    recognizes the role of disparate impact analysis under ECOA. 12 CFR 
    202.6(a)(2); Federal Reserve System Handbook at 1-24.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Congress, in enacting FHEFSSA, expressly stated that it was 
    concerned with the subtle, often ``unintentional'' forms of 
    discrimination that are the hallmark of present-day unlawful conduct, 
    and that the law was enacted to ensure that the enterprises would in no 
    way contribute to the continuance of such discrimination in mortgage 
    lending.\52\
    
        \52\ S. Rep. at 42-43.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Prohibitions Against Discrimination
        Freddie Mac objected to the use, in Sec. 81.42(b)(1) of the 
    proposed rule, of the term ``based on race, color . . .'' (etc.), 
    suggesting that the statutory phrase ``because of'' be substituted. 
    This final rule, which now mirrors the language of the statute, 
    incorporates this suggestion. Section 81.43 of this final rule also 
    follows the language of the statute in requiring assessments ``based 
    on'' protected status. In the context of this rule, HUD considers the 
    terms ``based on'' and ``because of'' to be synonymous.
    Appraisals
        Freddie Mac found the proposed rule's treatment of age and location 
    troubling, even where the purpose of the rule was to set forth specific 
    exemptions allowing consideration of such factors. Freddie Mac stated 
    that the listed exemptions might be limiting and that the exemption as 
    set out conflicted with the appraisal exemption in the Fair Housing 
    Act. Freddie Mac also asked that the age/location-related exemption be 
    removed from this final rule, asserting that the use of age or location 
    in underwriting is appropriate so long as it is not used to 
    discriminate.
        In this final rule, Sec. 81.42 parallels the language of the 
    statute and no longer contains the list of examples of location factors 
    which may properly be considered in an appraisal and in other aspects 
    of the underwriting process. Section 805(c) of the Fair Housing Act, 42 
    U.S.C. 3605(c) addresses appraisals. The HUD regulation which 
    implements this section provides that ``nothing in this section 
    prohibits a person engaged in the business of making or furnishing 
    appraisals of residential real property from taking into account 
    factors other than race, color, religion, sex, handicap, familial 
    status or national origin.'' 24 CFR 100.135. It is HUD's view that the 
    Fair Housing Act and FHEFSSA allow the consideration of the age or 
    location of a dwelling as long as that consideration is not used in a 
    manner that discriminates unlawfully.
    Assessment of Disparate Results
        Both GSEs objected to conducting a disparate results assessment as 
    part of the Annual Housing Activities Report (AHAR) required by 
    FHEFSSA, a report further discussed in Sec. 81.63 of subpart E. Both 
    GSEs objected to the manner in which the disparate results assessment 
    would have been implemented by Sec. 81.43 of the proposed rule, insofar 
    as that section would have required the GSEs to set forth fully the 
    basis for their conclusions that a business necessity exists for any 
    policies and practices which yield disparate results. Freddie Mac 
    contended that the Secretary has no authority to require the 
    assessments.
    Freddie Mac also stated that the business practices assessment 
    requirement would result in a massive diversion of resources from 
    Freddie Mac's core business activities and detract from its abilities 
    to fulfill its mission.
        Fannie Mae stated that the proposed rule, as well as HUD 
    administrative law decisions, suggest that Fannie Mae must accompany 
    the demonstration of business necessity with a showing that no less 
    discriminatory alternative exists for serving that business necessity, 
    and that this would involve proving a negative assumption. Similar 
    objections were stated with reference to the provisions requiring the 
    GSEs to assess their underwriting and appraisal guidelines. Fannie Mae 
    also claimed that the proposed rule provided no effective guidance to 
    the GSEs concerning how to apply this test to their operating 
    procedures and how to measure whether facially-neutral policies have a 
    disparate impact on a protected class.
        The GSEs further asserted that the business practices assessment 
    and underwriting appraisal guidelines requirements place an excessive 
    burden on the GSEs and that HUD underestimated this burden in its 
    Regulatory Impact Analysis. Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac both objected to 
    what they perceived as a shift in responsibility for analysis of data 
    and enforcement from HUD to the GSEs.
        MBA opposed the inclusion of the ``less discriminatory 
    alternative'' prong of the disparate impact analysis set out in the 
    rule, arguing that making it the GSE's burden to establish this prong 
    would be unfair and inconsistent with case law on which the theory is 
    based. Although opposing any requirements for GSEs to develop fair 
    lending plans, and joining the objections to the disparate impact 
    provisions, MBA nevertheless saw it as the proper function of the GSEs 
    to develop a business practices assessment along the lines required by 
    subpart D.
        Finally, Freddie Mac claimed that the system of ``self-testing'' 
    required by the business practices assessment conflicts with the clear 
    trend set by the 
    
    [[Page 61868]]
    Department of Justice and federal financial regulatory institutions.
        The Fair Housing Act and its implementing regulations, which were 
    promulgated in 1989, apply to the GSEs and include a detailed 
    prohibition against discrimination in the purchasing of loans and set 
    forth the business necessity defense to a disparate impact claim 
    involving the purchasing of loans.53 Thus, when taken together, 
    the Fair Housing Act regulations and case law, the Civil Rights Act of 
    1991, and the Interagency Policy Statement provide sufficient guidance 
    concerning the application of the statutorily required assessment of 
    disparate results.
    
        \53\ 24 CFR 100.125.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The GSEs' assertions concerning the regulatory burden of compliance 
    with the requirements outlined in Sec. 81.43 of the proposed rule have 
    been given careful consideration. Accordingly, HUD has substantially 
    modified this section of the rule, which, as revised, now largely 
    tracks the statutory language of sections 1381 and 1382 of FHEFSSA. 
    These sections of the statute require the GSEs to include, in their 
    AHAR to the Secretary and Congress, assessments of disparate results of 
    various types of policies and practices. The GSEs are directed 
    specifically to ``assess underwriting standards, business practices, 
    repurchase requirements, pricing, fees, and procedures * * * that may 
    yield disparate results based on the race of the borrower'' in their 
    annual reports.54
    
        \54\ Sections 1381(p) and 1382(s) of FHEFSSA.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The disparate results assessment is a statutorily-mandated part of 
    the AHAR under FHEFSSA. This final rule implements that statutory 
    mandate by requiring that the GSEs assess whether their business 
    practices are discriminatory on the bases of race, color, religion, 
    sex, handicap, familial status, age or national origin, since all of 
    these are prohibited bases listed in section 1325(1) of FHEFSSA and the 
    Secretary is charged with prohibiting the GSEs from discriminating in 
    any manner based on all of these prohibited factors. The Secretary is 
    authorized to implement the statute's disparate results assessment 
    requirement in this manner. Sections 1381(p) and 1382(s) of FHEFSSA 
    authorize the Secretary to require the GSEs to submit any other 
    information in their AHARs that the Secretary considers appropriate. 
    However, the Secretary recognizes that data may not be currently 
    available to assess whether certain practices are discriminatory on the 
    bases of handicap, familial status and religion.
        This rule does not impose a requirement upon the GSEs to ask 
    lenders to report information regarding the religion or handicap of 
    potential borrowers. Nor is it intended, for purposes of this section, 
    that the GSEs ask lenders to report any information other than that 
    which the lenders currently report, or any information which lenders 
    may not inquire about under ECOA or the Fair Housing Act. ECOA 
    regulations generally prohibit creditors from inquiring about an 
    applicant's race, color, religion, or national origin. The Fair Housing 
    Act also generally prohibits inquiries regarding an applicant's race, 
    color, national origin, religion, sex, familial status or handicap. 
    However, ECOA regulations do allow a creditor to collect information 
    regarding an applicant's race, national origin, sex, marital status, 
    and age for monitoring purposes. Additionally, HMDA regulations require 
    lenders to collect information on race or national origin and sex of an 
    applicant or borrower.
        These revisions address the GSE's concerns regarding undue 
    regulatory burden. The streamlining of the reporting requirements 
    included in Sec. 81.43 of this final rule reduces the GSEs' compliance 
    burden and requires fewer submissions to HUD. The AHARs under subpart E 
    already require the GSEs to assess the impact of their own decisions 
    with a conscious goal of ensuring that they do not violate the law, and 
    to include, as the statute requires, ``revisions thereto to promote 
    affordable housing and fair lending.''
        In developing this final rule, HUD has recognized that regulatory 
    provisions intended as guidance may sometimes become prescriptive and 
    can lead unnecessarily to micromanagement. The GSEs themselves should 
    be afforded the opportunity to use their capabilities to develop a 
    functional assessment method that ensures the fulfillment of the 
    precise statutory directive. The regular assessment by the GSEs of 
    policies and practices to determine whether they may be yielding 
    disparate results, and the evaluation of that assessment by HUD, will 
    carry out FHEFSSA's mandate to prohibit discrimination in any manner.
        Additionally, section 1325(6) of FHEFSSA requires review by the 
    Secretary of the GSEs' underwriting and appraisal guidelines to ensure 
    that they are consistent with the Fair Housing Act and that section. 
    The language in Sec. 81.43(b) mirrors the language of the statute.
    Data Submission
        Freddie Mac raised a series of concerns about the proposed rule's 
    implementation of sections 1325(2) and (3) of FHEFSSA, authorizing the 
    Secretary to require submission of information to assist the Secretary 
    to determine whether a lender with which the enterprise does business 
    has failed to comply with the Fair Housing Act and ECOA. Freddie Mac 
    objected to being required to respond to requests from any agency other 
    than the Secretary, pointing out that Sec. 81.44(b) of the proposed 
    rule suggested that other Federal agencies might make direct requests 
    to the GSEs.
        Freddie Mac objected to the rule's suggestion that information 
    could be requested by the Secretary pertaining to the mortgage sales of 
    lenders operating in the ``same or similar areas'' as a lender about 
    whom a request for data had been made. Freddie Mac objected on cost and 
    resources grounds, and requested that the rule be limited to requiring 
    only the provision of data pertaining to lenders (a) against whom a 
    complaint has been filed; (b) where other evidence supports an 
    investigation; and (c) where the data in Freddie Mac's possession is 
    not otherwise publicly available.
        Freddie Mac also objected to HUD's characterization, in the 
    proposed rule, of materials to be sought from it as ``information.'' 
    Freddie Mac argued that ``data'' meant facts that were a matter of 
    direct observation, while ``information'' included ``knowledge gained 
    through communication, research, instruction, etc.'' Insisting on the 
    distinction, Freddie Mac objected to the creation of ``an unfettered 
    right of the Secretary to require the enterprises to conduct 
    sophisticated statistical analyses that * * * might be helpful to 
    complete an investigation * * *.'' Fannie Mae asked that the rule be 
    revised to state that GSEs are required to provide only data: (a) owned 
    by the GSE; (b) in response to requests by the Secretary; (c) in 
    connection with an ongoing investigation by the Secretary (rather than 
    other organizations); (d) pertaining only to a particular lender 
    pursuant to specific allegations of discrimination; and (e) that has 
    not already been supplied and is not readily obtainable from other 
    sources.
        Other housing industry commenters also requested that investigative 
    data sought by HUD be limited to active investigations already in 
    progress, because requiring the GSEs to produce an analysis of each of 
    their lenders could poison the business relationship between GSEs and 
    their customers, and 
    
    [[Page 61869]]
    involve high additional costs for the GSEs. The National Association of 
    Mortgage Brokers (NAMB), the California Association of Realtors, the 
    Western League of Savings Institutions, the ABA, the NAR, and a major 
    mortgage company all joined in protesting what they considered the 
    prospect of excessive information collection, employing GSE resources. 
    NAR raised concerns about ``privileged data on lenders'' and indicated 
    that the organization's concern was ``magnified when the proposed 
    requirement to provide information is coupled with a request that the 
    GSEs conduct an analysis of the data.'' It urged that HUD's requests 
    for data and analysis be limited to situations involving allegations of 
    discrimination.
        To address these concerns, Sec. 81.44(b)(1) of this final rule has 
    been modified to clarify that other Federal agencies responsible for 
    ECOA enforcement which wish to request information from the GSEs 
    pursuant to FHEFSSA must do so by submitting that request through the 
    Secretary. The words ``without limitation'' referencing, in the 
    proposed rule, the types of information that may be requested, have 
    been removed in this final rule at Sec. 81.44(b)(1) and (2). Section 
    81.44(a) also has been modified to make it clear that the GSEs are only 
    required to submit such information under FHEFSSA after it has been 
    requested by the Secretary.
        Additionally, in accordance with the President's initiative on 
    regulatory reform, the examples provided in Sec. 81.44(b)(1) and (2) of 
    information which may be requested have been removed from this final 
    rule. By removing those examples, HUD does not intend to limit, in any 
    way, the information it may request pursuant to section 1325 of FHEFSSA 
    and Sec. 81.44 regarding violations by lenders of the Fair Housing Act 
    and ECOA. Requested information may include information on mortgages 
    sold to the GSE by the lender or lenders under investigation, the 
    mortgage sales of lenders operating in the same or similar areas, and 
    information on representations and certifications to the GSEs by the 
    lender or lenders under investigation. Information requested from the 
    GSEs' established data systems may include comparing the loans 
    purchased by the GSE from a particular lender to data on the racial 
    composition of census tracts or providing data on loans sold to the GSE 
    by lenders operating in the same geographical area. In the interests of 
    regulatory reform, the reference to comparative and other data that 
    would be collected under Sec. 81.44(b)(1) and (2) has been removed, but 
    HUD will seek such data when appropriate.
        Where comparative data about the performance of other lenders is 
    considered relevant to an ongoing investigation, HUD has the authority 
    under the Fair Housing Act to require anyone, including the GSEs, to 
    provide material or testimony. 24 CFR 103.200, 103.215, 103.220. It is 
    consistent for the GSEs to provide such information pursuant to this 
    section.
        Although no other commenters repeated Freddie Mac's distinction 
    between ``data'' and ``information,'' several joined Fannie Mae in 
    arguing that only information about an identified object of 
    investigation, and not available from other sources, should be sought 
    through the GSEs. Freddie Mac also asserted that HUD has grossly 
    underestimated the resource drain on Freddie Mac that Sec. 81.44 would 
    entail. Again referencing the Regulatory Impact Analysis for the 
    proposed rule, Freddie Mac objected that HUD had misstated and 
    oversimplified the work burden associated with the GSE's provision of 
    required data. Several industry commenters echoed Freddie Mac's 
    position on this issue.
        Section 1325(3) of FHEFSSA uses the terms ``data'' and 
    ``information'' interchangeably. The legislative history shows that the 
    Congress intended that the GSEs would actively assist HUD by providing 
    data for ``investigative purposes.'' 55 Nor does the statute, or 
    its goals, support Fannie Mae's suggestion that the rule be revised to 
    state that the GSEs are required to provide only information owned by 
    them and not readily available from another source. Congress intended 
    that the GSEs submit information that they are ``privy to and 
    collect,'' and there is no requirement that the GSEs own such 
    information.56 That language indicates Congress' intent that the 
    Secretary have access, upon request, to information other than that 
    owned by the GSEs.
    
        \55\ See S. Rep. at 43-44.
        \56\ See S. Rep. at 43-44.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        HUD is sensitive to the need to limit reporting burdens upon both 
    lenders and the GSEs to the minimum level consistent with effectively 
    implementing statutory requirements. As a practical matter, HUD does 
    not anticipate that requests for information from the GSEs pursuant to 
    an investigation will generally require the GSEs to seek additional 
    information from lenders, nor does it expect that it generally will 
    seek information from the GSEs when that information is readily 
    available from other sources. Rather, as mandated by the statute, the 
    GSEs will assist HUD in investigations by providing existing and 
    available data and information upon request by HUD. HUD does not expect 
    that Sec. 81.44 will result in new reporting burdens on lenders, and 
    does not expect that it will impose onerous burdens on the GSEs. Nor 
    does HUD intend for the GSEs to conduct fair lending investigations or 
    otherwise act as an enforcement arm of the Federal government.
        For matters involving the Fair Housing Act, the Secretary will only 
    issue requests for information about lender-based data in circumstances 
    involving investigations, as defined by the Fair Housing Act 
    regulations found at 24 CFR part 100, subpart D. For matters involving 
    only ECOA, Sec. 81.44(b)(1) provides that the Secretary will only issue 
    requests for information from the GSEs upon a request from the 
    responsible Federal financial regulatory agency.
        In response to comments, the revised Sec. 81.44 omits the 
    provisions in the proposed rule which would have required the GSEs to 
    volunteer information regarding potential violations of the Fair 
    Housing Act or ECOA and which would have required the GSEs to submit 
    other information to HUD or the other lending regulators.57
    
        \57\ While the requirement to volunteer information about 
    violations has been removed from the rule, this change does not 
    shield the GSEs from potential legal liability if they participate 
    in discrimination. See section 1325(1) of FHEFSSA; sections 804 and 
    805 of the Fair Housing Act, 42 U.S.C. 3604-3605; and 24 CFR 
    100.125.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Finally, Freddie Mac objected that HUD ought to revise Sec. 81.44 
    to assure that any data-providing burdens fall equally on the two 
    competing GSEs.
        HUD anticipates that regular reporting and data-provision 
    requirements imposed upon the GSEs will not differ. However, the 
    subject matter of Sec. 81.44 is the provision of information to assist 
    in investigations. The nature of each particular investigation will 
    determine what information is necessary. Because information will only 
    be sought as needed, it would be unnecessarily burdensome, both for the 
    GSEs and HUD, for the Secretary routinely to make duplicate requests 
    for information to both GSEs when it is not otherwise necessary.
    Evidentiary Value of Data
        Freddie Mac argued strongly that it could not make determinations, 
    in any event, concerning whether its practices produced disparate 
    results among its lenders, since Freddie Mac has no means of collecting 
    data for loans that were declined as a proximate result of Freddie Mac 
    requirements. There was 
    
    [[Page 61870]]
    support among the other industry commenters concerning what they 
    considered the limited evidentiary value of GSE application data. MBA 
    noted that information solely from the GSEs would ``give a distorted 
    view of a lender's performance since lenders originate loans for other 
    investors and loans with FHA insurance are sold into the secondary 
    market through Ginnie Mae.''
        HUD is aware that lender information received from the GSEs 
    generally will include only those transactions in which a GSE has been 
    a participant. However, that is not a basis for concluding that there 
    is no evidentiary value in information provided by the GSEs in 
    accordance with the requirements of FHEFSSA and this final rule. The 
    legislative history of FHEFSSA clearly indicates that Congress 
    considered information possessed by the GSEs to be of potential value 
    in investigations.58
    
        \58\ ``In the course of their day-to-day operations the 
    enterprises are privy to and collect certain data which may be 
    instructive regarding the practices of mortgage lenders. The 
    reporting of such data should aid investigative efforts.'' S. Rep. 
    at 43-44; see also sections 1325(2) and (3) of FHEFSSA.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Submission of Information to the GSEs
        HUD will make information regarding violations of ECOA or the Fair 
    Housing Act available to the GSEs pursuant to Sec. 81.45. Information 
    to be made available regarding violations will include decisions by 
    Administrative Law Judges, Federal courts, the Secretary, or decisions 
    of other courts applying Federal, State or local fair lending laws. HUD 
    recognizes that the information to be made available to the GSEs will 
    be limited by applicable law, memoranda of understanding between the 
    agencies and other arrangements regarding such issues as 
    confidentiality, the right to privacy, and the protection of 
    supervisory information.
        HUD recognizes that because the GSEs may take action pursuant to 
    their own policies and agreements, the clause in the proposed rule at 
    Sec. 81.45(b) which authorized them to do so was not necessary. 
    Therefore, the clause has been deleted from this final rule.
        In consultations, the federal financial regulators raised concern 
    that Sec. 81.45 of the proposed rule, which directed the Secretary to 
    obtain information from federal financial regulators and others 
    regarding violations of the Fair Housing Act and ECOA, would require 
    the reporting of violations which might be unrelated to mortgage 
    lending discrimination.
        In response to these concerns, Sec. 81.45(b) of this final rule 
    limits the information required to be obtained from other Federal 
    regulatory or enforcement agencies to violations by lenders involving 
    discrimination with respect to the availability of credit in a 
    residential real-estate-related-transaction. This change more clearly 
    describes the scope of the data required by this final rule.
        In addition, while the rule directs the Secretary to obtain 
    information regarding single violations of the Fair Housing Act in 
    real-estate-related transactions, in response to federal financial 
    regulator concerns involving ECOA violations, the Secretary will obtain 
    information from regulators regarding violations of ECOA by lenders 
    only in circumstances in which there is either more than a single ECOA 
    violation, or the ECOA violation could also be a violation of the Fair 
    Housing Act.
    Remedial Actions
        Section 1325(5) of FHEFSSA authorizes the Secretary to direct the 
    GSEs to take various remedial actions against lenders that have been 
    found to have engaged in discriminatory lending practices in violation 
    of the Fair Housing Act or ECOA, pursuant to a final adjudication on 
    the record, and after opportunity for an administrative hearing. 
    Freddie Mac commented that HUD had not defined ``final adjudication on 
    the record'' in the proposed rule, and had employed the term ``final 
    determination'' in its place, contrary to section 1325(5) of FHEFSSA. 
    Freddie Mac requested that the term ``final adjudication on the 
    record'' be defined to include recognition that such an adjudication 
    could only result from a United States court or established 
    administrative proceeding, with an unappealable decision on the merits 
    having found a lender to have violated substantive (i.e., not technical 
    or recordkeeping) provisions of ECOA or the Fair Housing Act.
        Congress intended that remedial actions would be imposed only on 
    lenders that had been found to have violated the Fair Housing Act or 
    ECOA by a court or administrative law judge, after a trial on the 
    merits, and after that decision was no longer subject to appeal.59
    
        \59\ ``This section also provides for remedial actions against 
    lenders who have been found to have violated the Fair Housing Act or 
    the Equal Opportunity Act [sic] by the appropriate administrative 
    agency with enforcement responsibility . . . . Any hearing regarding 
    a remedial action should be held only after there has been a final 
    administrative or judicial decision, after hearing or trial on the 
    merits, and not subject to appeal, as provided in the applicable 
    statute.'' S. Rep. at 44.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Section 81.46(c)(1) provides that the Secretary shall direct a GSE 
    to take remedial action only after a final determination has been made 
    that a lender has violated ECOA or the Fair Housing Act. The term 
    ``final determination'' means, within the context of Sec. 81.46, a 
    final administrative or judicial decision, after hearing or trial on 
    the merits, which is not subject to appeal. For the purposes of finding 
    that there has been a final determination that a lender violated the 
    Fair Housing Act, the implementing regulations at 24 CFR 104.930 and 
    104.950 establish that a final decision may be made by the Secretary or 
    a HUD Administrative Law Judge, and that a final decision becomes 
    conclusive unless appealed within the statutory period. If a party to 
    the case elects to have that case heard in U.S. District Court pursuant 
    to section 812(o) of the Fair Housing Act, 42 U.S.C. 3612(o), the 
    District Court may decide the case, and that decision becomes 
    conclusive unless appealed within the period established by the Federal 
    Rules of Appellate Procedure. For the purposes of finding a violation 
    of ECOA, a final determination means that a final decision on a 
    complaint must have been made by an appropriate United States District 
    Court or any other court of competent jurisdiction, and that decision 
    must be no longer subject to appeal.
        Congress also indicated that after a final determination has been 
    made that a lender violated the Fair Housing Act or ECOA, HUD should 
    conduct a hearing on the record before imposing any remedial 
    action.60 The term ``final adjudication on the record,'' as used 
    in section 1325(5) of the statute, provides for the use of the formal 
    adjudicative process set forth in Secs. 554-557 of the Administrative 
    Procedure Act.
    
        \60\ ``Before imposing any remedial action, HUD shall conduct a 
    hearing on the record in accordance with the Administrative 
    Procedure Act.'' S. Rep. at 44.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Freddie Mac objected to the phrase ``indefinite suspension'' as 
    used in the rule. Freddie Mac claimed that, as used in the statute, 
    ``suspension'' clearly implied a temporary (and definite) remedial 
    action, and that HUD's use of the term ``indefinite'' suspension 
    constituted a rule-created additional, more severe, form of remedy.
        MBA addressed a related concern. In light of the broad scope of 
    remedies outlined in the statute, MBA objected to the rule's use of the 
    phrase ``other remedial action,'' saying that it was inappropriate for 
    the Secretary to assert general discretion to take any other action 
    against lenders without providing 
    
    [[Page 61871]]
    the opportunity for notice and comment rulemaking as to what that 
    action might be.
        This final rule no longer includes the phrase ``other remedial 
    action.'' However, HUD does not agree with Freddie Mac's assertion that 
    the statutory term ``suspension'' is a limiting one. The terms 
    ``temporary'' and ``indefinite'' clarify the statutory term, which did 
    not provide any time limits for suspensions to be applied. Accordingly, 
    this final rule continues to provide for temporary suspension or 
    indefinite suspension as alternative remedial actions, depending upon 
    the severity of the discriminatory conduct.
        Freddie Mac also objected to the fact that the rule does not 
    provide it with a role in connection with any administrative hearing 
    concerning remedial action against a lender. In contrast, the ABA, 
    although supportive of GSE positions on several issues, found no fault 
    with the procedural protections in the proposed rule, and stated its 
    belief that the rule provides necessary and appropriate procedural 
    safeguards for lenders. The statute does not provide a role for the 
    GSEs in connection with an administrative hearing concerning remedial 
    action against a lender.
        Additionally, Freddie Mac regarded the list of factors to be 
    considered in determining whether to apply a remedial action, found at 
    Sec. 81.46(c)(3) of the proposed rule, as excessively broad, inclusive 
    of potentially irrelevant considerations, and in contravention of the 
    statute's express intent to limit remedial actions to final 
    adjudications. This final rule provides useful guidance in carrying out 
    the statutory requirement, in section 1325(5), that the Secretary shall 
    direct the GSEs to undertake appropriate remedial actions. The rule 
    states that before giving the GSEs and the lender notice of any 
    remedial action to be taken, the Secretary shall, as a threshold 
    matter, solicit and fully consider the views of the Federal financial 
    regulatory agency responsible for the subject lender. If such 
    responsible Federal financial regulatory agency makes a written 
    determination that a particular remedial action will threaten the 
    financial safety and soundness of the lender, the Secretary shall 
    consider other remedial actions. For the purposes of Sec. 81.46, 
    ``remedial actions'' will include only those actions relating to the 
    business relationship between the GSE and the lender.
        The rule provides a list of factors to be considered when directing 
    remedial action. This list has been shortened in this final rule to 
    combine similar factors, in accordance with the President's initiative 
    on regulatory reform. For example, in determining the appropriate 
    remedial action, the Secretary may consider a lender's history with 
    respect to enforcement actions or lawsuits brought against it under 
    ECOA, the Fair Housing Act, or substantially equivalent state or local 
    laws, including cases that are conciliated, settled, or otherwise 
    resolved, as well as private fair housing lawsuits and judgments, 
    settlements, conciliations, or other resolutions. Conciliations and 
    settlements may be considered as mitigating or aggravating factors. For 
    example, a broad class settlement with comprehensive remedial relief 
    may evidence a lender's good faith and affirmative attempts to correct 
    discrimination and may be a mitigating factor when determining whether 
    to impose a remedial action pursuant to Sec. 81.46 against that lender 
    based on an adjudicated finding involving isolated discriminatory acts 
    of a single employee. On the other hand, if a lender enters into a 
    similar settlement, but fails to adhere to it, that may be viewed as an 
    aggravating factor when determining whether to impose a remedial action 
    based on an adjudicated finding that the lender has engaged in 
    discrimination. Similarly, if a GSE has taken action against a lender 
    under its own policies or contractual agreements, such action may also 
    be considered as a mitigating or aggravating factor, depending upon the 
    circumstances and the remedial action under consideration.
        HUD recognizes that in selling loans to the secondary market, 
    lenders are required to use the secondary market's underwriting 
    guidelines. Under Sec. 81.46(c)(3)(viii) of this final rule, to the 
    extent that a primary lender is found liable under the Fair Housing Act 
    or ECOA for use of a facially neutral, appropriately applied 
    underwriting guideline that is required in order to sell loans to a 
    secondary mortgage market, the Secretary will take that into account in 
    determining the appropriate sanction, if any, to direct the GSE to 
    impose on the primary lender. In such instances, the Secretary will 
    generally direct a settlement or a reprimand as a remedial action.
        The statute did not provide for any special consideration of the 
    effect of remedial actions on the GSEs. However, as provided in 
    Sec. 81.46(c)(3), where warranted, the Secretary shall solicit and 
    fully consider the views of the Director regarding the effect of the 
    action(s) that are contemplated on the safety and soundness of the GSE. 
    In addition, Sec. 81.46(c)(3)(ix) of this final rule provides that 
    ``[a]ny other information deemed relevant by the Secretary'' may be 
    taken into account in determining the level of remedial action, and 
    information concerning the impact on the GSEs may be relevant in 
    particular cases.
    Additional Fair Lending Issues
        The Western League of Savings Institutions encouraged HUD to 
    approach the task of overseeing fair lending practices from an entirely 
    different perspective. HUD, the commenter said, should be concerned 
    with marketplace entities ``not currently subject'' to Federal 
    regulation, and objected to what it perceived as ``dual oversight'' of 
    some depositary institutions. It also recommended that, since HUD will 
    review and comment on existing and revised GSE underwriting guidelines 
    under the regulation, lenders who rely on those underwriting guidelines 
    should be provided a ``safe harbor'' in the regulation.
        Regarding the commenter's concern about ``dual oversight,'' FHEFSSA 
    requires HUD to assume certain enforcement responsibilities, and it 
    does not permit HUD to limit this oversight to particular institutions. 
    In response to the request for a ``safe harbor,'' HUD does not believe 
    this regulation is the appropriate vehicle to address the liability of 
    lenders under the Fair Housing Act. The statute speaks only to the 
    sanctions which the Secretary shall mandate that a GSE impose on a 
    primary lender after an adjudication that the primary lender has 
    discriminated. In directing a sanction under FHEFSSA, the Secretary 
    relies on a prior judicial or administrative determination of a Fair 
    Housing Act or ECOA violation. HUD recognizes that lenders are subject 
    to the investigative and enforcement powers under the fair lending laws 
    of HUD, the Department of Justice, the federal financial regulatory 
    agencies and the FTC. To limit duplicative enforcement activities, HUD 
    will ordinarily ensure that remedial actions the Secretary directs a 
    GSE to take against a lender will not be in the nature of those which 
    could have been, but were not, imposed directly against a lender in the 
    course of an enforcement action by HUD, the Department of Justice, or 
    the lender's primary regulator. HUD will consider, as factors in this 
    determination, whether HUD, the Department of Justice, or the lender's 
    primary regulator took an enforcement action, whether the sanction was 
    a result of private litigation, whether additional facts have come to 
    light, and whether the law has changed. 
    
    [[Page 61872]]
    
        Industry commenters generally opposed the ``fair lending plan'' 
    suggestion on which HUD sought comment and posed questions. Other 
    commenters asserted that the GSEs should be required to prepare a fair 
    lending plan. In the interest of reducing regulatory burden, HUD has 
    not included a fair lending plan as a requirement in the final rule.
    
    Subpart D--New Program Approval
    
    In General
        Section 1322(a) of FHEFSSA charges the Secretary with ``requir[ing] 
    each [GSE] to obtain the approval of the Secretary for any new program 
    of the [GSE] before implementing the program.''
        The provisions of the proposed rule which sought to implement this 
    authority met with strong objections from the GSEs and others. In light 
    of the comments, which are detailed below, these provisions have been 
    significantly revised to assure that: (1) the program review process is 
    not unnecessarily burdensome; (2) ambiguity in the definition of terms 
    cannot conceivably lead to required HUD approval of undertakings other 
    than those reasonably recognizable as ``new programs''; and (3) 
    constructive innovations by the GSEs, involving variations on existing 
    programs, will be neither delayed nor derailed by HUD review processes. 
    The revision of subpart D consists, in large measure, of conforming its 
    language in key areas with the provisions of the statute with only the 
    addition of necessary housekeeping provisions.
        In light of the significant changes in the provisions on new 
    program approval included in this final rule, this preamble summarizes 
    the positions of the GSEs and other commenters in less detail than 
    would be necessary were the proposed rule to have been adopted with 
    only minor alteration. However, all of the comments on the proposal 
    have been thoroughly reviewed by HUD. In general, the comments argued 
    that: (1) HUD did not have statutory authority to promulgate the new 
    program approval provisions of the proposed rule; and (2) these 
    provisions would result in inappropriate micromanagement of the GSEs by 
    HUD, which would inhibit the GSEs' flexibility and ability to adopt new 
    products quickly. The Secretary is confident that: (1) HUD does have 
    the statutory authority to establish new program approval procedures as 
    described in the proposed rule; and (2) these procedures would not have 
    inevitably led to micromanagement. Nonetheless, substantial changes 
    were made to this section to address the concern of the GSEs and other 
    commenters with the proposed procedures. The changes should not be 
    interpreted as reflecting concurrence with the bulk of the comments but 
    rather as an effort toward streamlining the final rule.
    The Comments
        Both entities read the proposal's definitions of ``new program'' 
    and ``significantly different programs'' as effectively requiring that 
    the Secretary's approval be sought for ``product variations, pilots, 
    and demonstrations'' within existing GSE programs. Based on this 
    expansive interpretation, the GSEs argued that the proposal would 
    exceed the Secretary's authority.61 Each GSE recommended that the 
    Secretary withdraw the entire subpart,62 or, in the alternative, 
    simply track the statutory language, without embellishment.
    
        \61\ Comments from NAR took a different view: ``We are not 
    contesting the Department's authority to conduct such program 
    approval, since we believe the statute is very clear on this 
    point.'' Nevertheless, NAR believed the proposed rule's new program 
    review authority was ``too broad and ambiguous'' and recommended 
    that the ``parameters for identifying new programs need to be 
    clarified.''
        \62\ Although many other commenters also were critical of 
    features of the New Program Approvals subpart, only a few joined the 
    GSEs in recommending the subpart's total withdrawal. The MBA, NAMB, 
    and the California Association of Realtors did recommend withdrawal 
    of the subpart. MBA recommended, alternatively, elimination of the 
    New Program Approvals provisions or limiting them to the precise 
    terms of FHEFSSA, which, MBA declared, ``are self-implementing.''
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Fannie Mae claimed that these provisions were: (1) arbitrary and 
    capricious, and failed to consider relevant ``business necessities''; 
    (2) an impermissible attempt by the Secretary to ``micro-manage'' the 
    GSEs; (3) inconsistent with expressed congressional intent; (4) not 
    contemplated by FHEFSSA, and unauthorized under the Secretary's general 
    regulatory authority; and (5) inconsistent with the ``general 
    principles'' set out by HUD as governing its own approach to rulemaking 
    in this instance. Fannie Mae also argued that, during its 20 years of 
    experience with HUD's existing program approval process, no evidence 
    exists that a detailed regulation similar to that proposed was 
    necessary.
        Freddie Mac's comments were nearly identical. Freddie Mac concluded 
    that the definitions contained in the proposed rule would lead to an 
    enormous expansion of GSE activities subject to Secretarial review. 
    Freddie Mac's comments suggested that: (1) The only threshold for 
    submission of matters for new program review should be whether they are 
    ``significantly different'' from prior programs; (2) only section 305 
    of the Freddie Mac Charter may serve as a basis for denying a new 
    program approval request; (3) the term ``program'' should be defined to 
    refer only to ``any broad and general plan or course of action for the 
    purchasing, servicing, selling, lending on the security of, or 
    otherwise dealing in conventional mortgages;'' (4) any reference to 
    ``pilot or demonstration program''--the only part of the proposed 
    definition that does not appear in the statute--be stricken; and (5) no 
    attempt should be made to define when a program is ``significantly 
    different,'' relying, instead, on the GSEs' to submit ``truly 
    significant new initiatives'' for prior approval.
        Some industry commenters, including the ABA, that joined the GSEs 
    in questioning the scope of subpart D clearly believed that a more 
    carefully tailored version of the approval provisions would be useful. 
    These commenters believed it important that HUD ensure that ``the GSEs' 
    activities are restricted to those activities they were chartered to 
    do--purchase and securitize mortgages.''
        Commenters, whether supportive of the GSE position or concerned 
    about restricting the GSEs to Charter Act purposes, consistently argued 
    that flexibility and the ability to move quickly to adopt new products 
    were essential elements of the GSEs' contribution to affordable 
    housing. A few commenters suggested that the Secretary allow the GSEs 
    greater latitude to begin implementation of new programs, but to review 
    the new activity ``as it is being introduced, to determine if it should 
    be curtailed or modified.''
    The Secretary's Response
        Section 1322--new program approval--is an essential responsibility 
    of HUD and the Federal Government to ensure that the GSEs remain 
    faithful to their statutory purposes and serve the public interest. 
    Accordingly, while significant revisions have been made, the final rule 
    does not diminish the importance of this function. The GSEs argued that 
    no regulation was required to carry out this function. The Secretary 
    believes the final rule properly recognizes this statutory duty and 
    establishes a mechanism for carrying out the responsibility assigned.
    The Final Rule
        The rule has been streamlined considerably to address the GSEs' 
    apprehension about micromanagement to which the proposed rule 
    apparently 
    
    [[Page 61873]]
    gave rise. The Secretary has removed the definition of ``significantly 
    different programs'' contained in Sec. 81.52(e) of the proposed rule 
    and will use only the statutory definition of new program. Although 
    many believed the proposed definition included virtually all new GSE 
    activities in new products, the definition was intended to clarify that 
    the Secretary's authority extended only to genuinely new programs--and 
    not to new products. Because the definition seems to have added to, not 
    reduced, the confusion, the definition has been dropped.
        The final rule also eliminates, in the definition of ``new 
    program'' in Sec. 81.2, the reference to pilot or demonstration 
    program(s). The proposed Sec. 81.52(d) has been eliminated. That 
    section provided that ``grandfathered'' programs remained subject to 
    any limitations and requirements included in the Secretary's approval 
    of the new programs. This concept is inherent in FHEFSSA's definition 
    of ``new program'' and was superfluous. For similar reasons, the rule 
    also eliminates specific reference to activities carried out under 
    sections 309(h) of the Fannie Mae Charter Act or 303(d) of the Freddie 
    Mac Act.
        In lieu of the proposed requirement that the GSEs submit requests 
    for programs that ``reasonably raise questions'' as to whether they are 
    significantly different, the final rule maintains only, in 
    Sec. 81.52(d), the provision that the Secretary may request information 
    about a program where the Secretary believes that the program may be 
    subject to HUD review. Where, based on the information submitted, the 
    Secretary determines such a request is warranted under the statute, the 
    rule preserves the Secretary's authority to require that the GSE submit 
    a request. This provision is consistent with the legislative intent 
    that a new program that differs significantly ``must be submitted for 
    prior approval.'' 63
    
        \63\ S. Rep. at 2.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Freddie Mac commented that the GSEs have a ``right * * * not to 
    submit matters for approval that are beyond the scope of * * * the 
    Act.'' Submissions for programs will only be required where the program 
    is within the scope of FHEFSSA's review requirements. In the course of 
    any such submission, the regulation invites the affected GSE to 
    indicate in its response its views respecting whether the program is, 
    in fact, subject to the Secretary's review.
        Section 1322(c)(1) of FHEFSSA requires that a GSE ``submit to the 
    Secretary a written request for approval * * * that describes the 
    program.'' This final rule sets out the precise information the 
    Secretary regards as necessary for the ``description'' of a new 
    program. The information requested in Sec. 81.53(b) of the final rule 
    is the minimum necessary to carry out the Secretary's statutory duty. 
    These are essential housekeeping requirements; they place no excessive 
    burdens on the GSEs and are tailored to the principal goals of the 
    Secretary's review: assurance that new program initiatives comport with 
    the Charter Acts and are in the public interest. Under FHEFSSA, unless 
    additional information is required, the Secretary must complete a new 
    program review within 45 days. The housekeeping requirements will 
    facilitate the review process and likely obviate the need for 
    additional information.
        With the substantial revisions that have been made, the final rule 
    represents an effort to demonstrate that the Secretary will act in the 
    least intrusive manner possible. The Secretary does not want to 
    promulgate a regulation that imposes excessive burdens on the GSEs, or 
    that addresses problems that are not expected to arise. The Secretary 
    believes that new program requests can be acted upon in a less 
    intrusive manner than the procedures set out in the proposed rule may 
    have suggested.
        The Secretary has reason to believe, based on experience, that the 
    GSEs will act properly. In the event the Secretary believes that a GSE 
    has undertaken a ``new program'' within the meaning of the statute 
    without prior approval, FHEFSSA and the final rule contain adequate 
    mechanisms for effective inquiry. Furthermore, the Secretary has 
    adequate statutory and regulatory authority to revise this rule in the 
    future, should events prove that a more detailed rule is necessary to 
    carry out the Secretary's mandate.
    
    Subpart E--Reporting Requirements
    
        Sections 309(m) and (n) of the Fannie Mae Charter Act and 307(e) 
    and (f) of the Freddie Mac Act require that the GSEs submit data about 
    their mortgage purchases to the Secretary and submit reports to 
    Congress and the Secretary concerning the GSEs' housing activities. 
    FHEFSSA, at section 1326, mandates that the Secretary require each GSE 
    ``to submit reports on its activities to the Secretary as the Secretary 
    considers appropriate.'' Section 1324 of FHEFSSA requires that the 
    Secretary report to Congress by June 30 of each year on the activities 
    of the GSEs. This final rule implements all of the applicable reporting 
    requirements, to enable the Secretary to monitor the GSEs' activities 
    and report to Congress appropriately.
        In promulgating the proposed rule, the Secretary reviewed the 
    reporting requirements for Fannie Mae, contained in the then-existing 
    Fannie Mae regulation, which required Fannie Mae to submit numerous 
    reports to the Secretary. The Secretary determined that a simpler, more 
    effective and less burdensome reporting system should be instituted for 
    both GSEs.
    
    Mortgage Reports, Section 81.62
    
        Although reporting requirements in the proposed rule were 
    streamlined compared to earlier requirements imposed by the Secretary, 
    Freddie Mac found the reporting requirements ``excessive.'' In 
    particular, Freddie Mac objected to submitting loan-level data on a 
    quarterly basis. Freddie Mac asserted that quarterly loan-level data 
    submissions were never contemplated by Congress and that Congress 
    intended that a level of information equivalent only to that obtained 
    from annual reporting under HMDA would be required. Fannie Mae argued 
    that quarterly reports of loan-level data could potentially provide a 
    misleading picture of performance.
        Consistent with the Administration's efforts to streamline 
    regulations and reduce reporting requirements, the Secretary has 
    further reduced the frequency and the volume of data submissions. 
    Section 81.62 requires the following information:
         First- and third-quarters reports--tables aggregating 
    loan-level mortgage data; and
         Second- and fourth-quarter reports--tables aggregating 
    loan-level mortgage data as well as loan-level data.
        Thus, instead of requiring the submission of the loan-level data 
    with each quarterly report, as proposed, the final rule now requires 
    submission of loan-level data only with the second and fourth quarter 
    reports. (The fourth quarter mortgage report also now serves as the 
    Annual Mortgage Report and is designated as such.) In response to GSE 
    comments, the final rule also clarifies that the quarterly mortgage 
    reports need only include year-to-date data, not quarterly data plus 
    year-to-date data as suggested in the proposed rule.
        FHEFSSA charges the Secretary with responsibility for monitoring 
    and enforcing the GSEs' compliance with the housing goals during the 
    course of each year, and requires that the Secretary take action where 
    a GSE fails--or there is a substantial probability that a GSE will 
    fail--to meet any housing goal. The Secretary has determined that 
    quarterly reports, with semiannual reporting of loan-level data, are 
    essential to ensuring that the 
    
    [[Page 61874]]
    Secretary has the minimum information needed to carry out these 
    monitoring, compliance, and other regulatory responsibilities.
        Requiring quarterly reporting is well within the Secretary's 
    authority under FHEFSSA. The Secretary, under section 1321, has 
    ``general regulatory power over each enterprise and shall make such 
    rules and regulations as shall be necessary and proper to ensure that 
    this part and the purposes of the [Charter Acts] are accomplished.'' 
    Section 1327 mandates that the Secretary require reports on the GSEs' 
    activities ``as appropriate,'' and FHEFSSA's amendments to the Charter 
    Acts specifically require the GSEs to collect, maintain, and provide to 
    the Secretary detailed data on mortgages purchased financing both 
    single-family and multifamily properties ``in a form determined by the 
    Secretary.'' 64
    
        \64\ Sections 307(e)(1)(E) of the Freddie Mac Act and 309(m)(1) 
    of the Fannie Mae Charter Act.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        No convincing indication 65 exists that Congress intended the 
    HMDA schedules or procedures to serve as a controlling model.66 
    FHEFSSA did not seek to lessen reporting. Indeed, FHEFSSA required 
    detailed reporting of mortgage data and extensive annual reporting on 
    GSE housing activities to both Congress and the Secretary. In enacting 
    FHEFSSA, Congress was particularly concerned about the lack of 
    information on the GSEs' mortgage purchases. The legislative history 
    describes FHEFSSA's reporting requirements and states:
    
        \65\ The House Bill, H.R. 2900, 102d Cong., 1st Sess., did 
    require ``annual'' reporting in the HMDA manner. However, sections 
    121(l) and 122(k) of that bill were changed substantially before the 
    law was enacted.
        \66\ The Senate Report expressed Congressional intent that the 
    Secretary should be more aggressive in monitoring the GSEs' 
    activities. See S. Rep. at 33.
    
        * * * an information vacuum has severely impeded Congressional 
    efforts to measure Fannie Mae's compliance with regulatory housing 
    goals that have been in force since 1978. The committee believes 
    that enactment of this bill will fill this vacuum on an expeditious 
    basis by mandating the creation of modern state of the art data 
    systems by both enterprises.67
    
        \67\ S. Rep. at 38-39.
    
        Freddie Mac also expressed concern about the disclosure of mortgage 
    data on less than an annual basis; e.g., if Freddie Mac provided first-
    quarter loan-level data, it did not want that data released until after 
    the end of the year, and Freddie Mac wanted the data included with all 
    other data from that year so that the timing of its mortgage purchases 
    could not be determined.
        It was not intended that quarterly or semi-annual loan-level data 
    be placed in the public-use database. Loan-level data submitted with 
    the second-quarter report are required only so that the Secretary can 
    assess the GSE's current condition under the goals, to facilitate the 
    Secretary's monitoring functions; the final rule so indicates. Because 
    other-than-year-end loan-level data are by nature preliminary, 
    submitted as a condition report, subject to revision, and may cause 
    substantial harm if prematurely released, the inclusion of such data in 
    the public-use database would be inappropriate. Of the mortgage data 
    submitted under section 309(m) of the Fannie Mae Charter Act and 
    section 307(e) of the Freddie Mac Act, the only loan-level mortgage 
    data that shall be placed in the public-use database is year-end data, 
    consistent with subpart F of this rule.
        Freddie Mac stated that developing and modifying its systems to 
    comply with these reporting requirements would take some time and, 
    because of this, Freddie Mac requested an exemption from reporting for 
    a reasonable time following the issuance of final regulations. In 
    response, notwithstanding the effective date for other provisions of 
    this rule, the second-quarter mortgage report for 1996 is the first 
    such report required.
    
    Annual Housing Activities Report, Section 81.63
    
        FHEFSSA requires the GSEs to submit an Annual Housing Activities 
    Report (AHAR) to Congress and the Secretary. Under FHEFSSA, the AHAR 
    must, among other things, describe actions that the GSE has undertaken 
    during the preceding year or is planning to undertake to: promote and 
    expand its attainment of its statutory purposes; standardize credit 
    terms and underwriting guidelines for multifamily housing and 
    securitize multifamily housing mortgages; and promote and expand 
    opportunities for first-time home buyers. FHEFSSA also requires that, 
    for the AHAR, the GSEs assess underwriting standards and other business 
    practices and procedures that affect the purchase of mortgages for low- 
    and moderate-income families or that may yield disparate results. The 
    AHAR also must include annual compilations of year-to-date mortgage 
    data (but not loan-level data) and any other information that the 
    Secretary considers necessary for the report and requests in writing.
        Fannie Mae objected to the requirement that the AHAR provide 
    information on the extent to which the mortgages purchased ``have been 
    used in conjunction with public subsidy programs.'' Fannie Mae argued 
    that it was only required to report on subsidy programs ``under Federal 
    law'' and that the proposed ``public subsidy'' requirement was too 
    broad, administratively burdensome, time-consuming, and unreliable, 
    because lenders frequently do not report the presence of State/local 
    subsidy programs.
        While the Charter Act amendments do specifically require the GSEs 
    to provide information on the extent to which mortgage purchases have 
    been used in conjunction with public subsidy programs under Federal 
    law, the Secretary may require information concerning the presence of 
    non-Federal subsidies under FHEFSSA's authorization to the Secretary to 
    ``request other information [for the AHAR] that the Secretary considers 
    appropriate.'' Nevertheless, HUD has decided to remove this requirement 
    because information on public subsidies is frequently unavailable and 
    often inaccurate, and generally cannot be obtained in sufficient detail 
    to be useful.
        The proposed rule would have required each GSE to provide an AHAR 
    within 60 days after the end of each calendar year. Fannie Mae asked 
    that this period be extended to 90 days. Since FHEFSSA requires that 
    the Secretary report to Congress by June 30 of each year on the 
    activities of each GSE, the GSEs' AHARs are needed substantially prior 
    to that date in order to allow sufficient time for HUD to develop the 
    Secretary's report. In an attempt to address the needs of the GSEs and 
    HUD, the final rule provides that AHARs will be due 75 days after the 
    end of the calendar year. The first AHAR required under this rule will 
    be the report covering calendar year 1996 (due in 1997).
    
    Periodic Reports, Section 81.64
    
        Fannie Mae objected to the requirement in Sec. 81.64 of the 
    proposed rule that all releases of information disclosed to entities 
    outside the GSE be submitted to HUD. Fannie Mae argued that the 
    requirement: was excessive, expensive, and of no practical use to HUD; 
    violated the principles of Executive Order 12866; and could compromise 
    the GSE's competitive position and the need for confidentiality. Fannie 
    Mae suggested that the requirement be removed from the regulation or 
    modified to specify that the GSEs need provide to HUD only 
    ``significant announcements'' and could provide those simultaneously 
    with public announcement.
        While the burden of compliance with Sec. 81.64 has been 
    exaggerated, no necessity exists for transmittal of 
    
    [[Page 61875]]
    insignificant data. For this reason, HUD has revised Sec. 81.64 to 
    create a self-policing mechanism. The specific categories of 
    information listed in the section--i.e., Housing Advisory Council 
    material, press releases, investor reports, proxy statements, and 
    seller-servicer guides--must all be provided to the Secretary. For all 
    other information released to entities outside the GSE, if the GSE 
    determines that such information is relevant to the Secretary's 
    regulatory responsibilities under FHEFSSA or its Charter Act, the GSE 
    must provide the information to the Secretary. At the same time, the 
    Secretary continues to have the authority to request information on an 
    as-needed basis.
    
    Other Information and Analyses, Section 81.65
    
        Freddie Mac opposed Sec. 81.65 of the proposed rule, which stated 
    that ``GSEs shall furnish to the Secretary the data underlying the 
    reports required under this subpart.'' Freddie Mac called such ``open-
    ended'' requirements burdensome, costly, and not reasonably related to 
    the Secretary's mission. Freddie Mac said that any additional reports 
    the Secretary may wish to require must be related to Charter Act 
    activities of the GSEs. Fannie Mae also objected to this requirement 
    and suggested that ``underlying data'' should instead be requested by 
    HUD on a case-by-case and ``as-needed'' basis.
        The Secretary's broad authority to require reports under section 
    1327 of FHEFSSA encompasses the authority to require additional 
    analyses and reports that the Secretary considers ``appropriate.'' 
    However, requirements in the proposed rule for the GSEs to submit 
    ``underlying data'' were not intended to require that the GSEs submit a 
    massive quantity of data as a matter of course in support of each 
    report. In fact, underlying data will only be sought by the Secretary 
    on a case-by-case basis. Therefore, any required submission of 
    underlying data will be the subject of a specific request from the 
    Secretary to one or both GSEs and will be based on an actual need for 
    supporting data in order to fulfill the Secretary's responsibilities. 
    The final rule has been clarified to this effect.
    
    Other Reporting Issues
    
        Published simultaneously with this final rule is an Appendix E 
    which is a list entitled ``Required Loan-level Data Elements'' which 
    details the reporting formats and the loan-level data elements required 
    to be collected and compiled by each GSE on each single-family and 
    multifamily mortgage purchased. The Secretary may revise the list of 
    loan-level data by notice to the GSEs. Fannie Mae, referencing the 
    proposed rule's loan-level data listings, objected to submitting the 
    following data elements, identified by their numerical listing in the 
    Appendix to the proposed rule:
         For single-family mortgage purchases--Number 24, 
    Refinancing Loan from Own Portfolio; Number 31, Lender Institution; 
    Number 38, Public Subsidy Program; Numbers 45 and 46, Family size of 
    borrower (and co-borrower); and Numbers 54 and 55, Low- and Moderate-
    Income Goal flag and Special Affordable Housing Goal flag; and
         For multifamily mortgage purchases--Number 26, Lender 
    institution; Number 36, Low and Moderate-Income Goal flag; and Number 
    37, Special Affordable Housing Goal flag.
        Fannie Mae's objections to these data elements were based, 
    variously, on relevancy, unavailability of the data in existing 
    information databases, unreliability of data furnished by lenders, and 
    availability of the data to HUD by other means. In addition, Fannie Mae 
    commented that the furnishing of ``lender institution'' data would 
    violate confidentiality between Fannie Mae and its lenders.
        Data Element Number 24, Refinancing Loan from Own Portfolio, is not 
    required in the final rule, because these data were required under the 
    interim notices for technical monitoring purposes that no longer apply.
        Data Elements Number 31 (Single-family) and Number 26 
    (Multifamily), designating Lender Institution (Element Number 27 in 
    Appendix E of this final rule), are important elements for the 
    monitoring of GSE reporting. The name of the lender institution will 
    facilitate the Secretary's verification of loans reported as being sold 
    to the GSEs. Since these data are already reported by lenders under 
    HMDA, disclosing the lender institution would not violate 
    confidentiality between the GSEs and their lenders.
        Data Element Number 38, Public Subsidy Program data (for single-
    family properties), have not been reported by Fannie Mae because it 
    asserts that the data are of such poor quality that the data are not 
    meaningful. Freddie Mac has reported public subsidy data to HUD, but 
    Freddie Mac's data indicates that public subsidies are involved in less 
    than one-quarter of one percent of its single-family mortgage 
    purchases. Given the available data, this data element has been deleted 
    from the list of required data elements.
        Data Elements Numbers 45 and 46, Family size of borrower (and co-
    borrower), are not currently collected by the GSEs, and the final rule 
    does not require the GSEs to collect these data at this time. However, 
    because family size is an important element for determining the 
    affordability of units, the Secretary reserves the right to collect 
    these data at a later date.
        Data Elements Numbers 54 and 55 (Single-family) and Numbers 36 and 
    37 (Multifamily), Low- and Moderate-Income Goal flag and Special 
    Affordable Housing Goal flag, are not required fields under the final 
    rule. The Secretary has determined that this information can be derived 
    from other data elements.
        Although HAC commented that the Secretary should use census tracts/
    BNAs instead of counties, in the definition of rural areas, HAC also 
    commented that, if a county-based definition is used, the Secretary 
    should insist that the GSEs at least report their progress under the 
    Geographically Targeted Goal by census tract/BNA, ``so that HUD can 
    determine the extent to which the GSEs are meeting the goal in 
    purchasing mortgages in `served' portions of counties.'' Accordingly, 
    although the Secretary has changed the definition of rural areas from a 
    census tract to a county basis (as discussed above), the final rule (at 
    Data Element Number 7) requires the BNA locations for mortgage 
    purchases, to facilitate research and analyses of GSE purchases in non-
    metropolitan areas. Since 1993, the GSEs have been reporting to HUD BNA 
    locations of mortgages located in non-metropolitan areas.
    
    Subpart F--Access to Information
    
        FHEFSSA requires the Secretary to establish a public-use database 
    and release to the public certain categories of information submitted 
    by the GSEs concerning their mortgage purchases. The statute also 
    requires protection of proprietary information the GSEs submit to the 
    Secretary.
        FHEFSSA requires a public-use database so that the public will have 
    access to data and information on the GSEs' performance toward meeting 
    the Charter Act purposes of providing mortgage credit to the broadest 
    range of families throughout the nation. Congress indicated its intent 
    that the GSE public-use database supplement HMDA data.68 In 
    complying with the public-use database requirements, HUD will make 
    publicly available maximum nonproprietary mortgage purchase data and 
    information to the widest range of 
    
    [[Page 61876]]
    housing groups, State and local governmental entities, academicians, 
    and other persons and entities, so that, for example, these entities 
    may monitor the efforts of the GSEs toward meeting their Charter Act 
    purposes.
    
        \68\ See, e.g., S. Rep. at 39.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    ``Balancing'' Test
        The preamble to the proposed rule stated that, in making as much 
    data as possible available, the Secretary would engage in ``balancing 
    the proprietary concerns of the GSEs.'' Freddie Mac commented, however, 
    that Congress did not intend the Secretary to balance the public 
    interest to determine whether information was proprietary; rather 
    Congress encouraged the Secretary to ``be creative in finding ways to 
    release certain types of information--without revealing proprietary 
    information.''
        Neither the preamble nor the final rule incorporates a balancing 
    test for determining whether information is proprietary. While the 
    legislative history of FHEFSSA does discuss ``balanc[ing] the sometimes 
    competing interests of the enterprises against the public's interest in 
    access to information,'' it also provides that HUD should ``whenever 
    possible develop disclosure and access methods that take into account 
    any proprietary concerns, while continuing public access to 
    information.'' 69 Therefore, the Secretary has determined that the 
    public interest in knowing about the GSEs' activities must be addressed 
    through the careful and considered design of a public-use database that 
    makes maximum appropriate data and information available to the public 
    in creative ways--including aggregating--while protecting proprietary 
    information.
    
        \69\ S. Rep. at 44.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Definition of ``Proprietary Information''
        Section 1326 of FHEFSSA authorizes the Secretary to provide, by 
    regulation or order, that certain information shall be treated as 
    ``proprietary information'' and not subject to disclosure to the public 
    either (1) in the public-use database established pursuant to section 
    1323 (which consists of mortgage data submitted by the GSEs under 
    section 309(m) of the Fannie Mae Charter Act and section 307(e) of the 
    Freddie Mac Act); or (2) through public dissemination of the AHARs of 
    the GSEs (which the GSEs submit to the Secretary and Congress pursuant 
    to sections 309(n)(3) of the Fannie Mae Charter Act and 307(f)(3) of 
    the Freddie Mac Act). Section 81.2 of the proposed rule defined the 
    term ``proprietary information'' as ``all categories of information and 
    data submitted to the Secretary by a GSE that contain trade secrets or 
    privileged or confidential, commercial or financial information that, 
    if released, would cause the GSE substantial competitive harm.''
        Consistent with the statutory language of section 1326 of FHEFSSA 
    and in light of the comments by the GSEs, the final rule clarifies that 
    the designation ``proprietary information'' for purposes of this rule 
    applies only to mortgage data (that the GSEs submit to the Secretary 
    under sections 309(m) of the Fannie Mae Charter Act and 307(e) of the 
    Freddie Mac Act), and AHAR information (that the GSEs submit to the 
    Secretary under sections 309(n) of the Fannie Mae Charter Act and 
    307(f) of the Freddie Mac Act), since other types of information are 
    not candidates for inclusion in the public-use data base. However, as 
    discussed more fully below, where a GSE seeks to protect from 
    disclosure confidential business information that is not mortgage data 
    that the GSE submits to the Secretary under section 309(m) of the 
    Fannie Mae Charter Act or section 307(e) of the Freddie Mac Act, and is 
    not information that the GSE submits to the Secretary in the AHARs 
    under section 309(n) of the Fannie Mae Charter Act or section 307(f) of 
    the Freddie Mac Act, the GSE may seek protection of such confidential 
    business information under HUD regulations at 24 CFR Part 15. This 
    final rule clarifies and supplements Part 15 with respect to GSE 
    information. FHEFSSA's specific designation of data and information as 
    ``proprietary information'' is designed to distinguish that mortgage 
    data and AHAR information that is to be included in the public-use 
    database and disseminated to the public and data that may be withheld. 
    It is not to be confused with the function that the designation of 
    information as ``confidential business information'' serves under Part 
    15. (That term distinguishes business information, as defined in 24 CFR 
    15.54, which a submitter may seek to have withheld from public 
    disclosure under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) 70, from 
    other information.)
    
        \70\ 5 U.S.C. 552.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The issue of the scope of mortgage data that should be treated as 
    ``proprietary'' and withheld from public disclosure drew only limited 
    comment. Only ten of the 163 public comments treated the issue in any 
    level of detail.
        Both GSEs commented extensively on this subpart of the rule, 
    recommending protections against the release of certain identified data 
    elements the GSEs considered proprietary. Six of the other ten 
    commenters (including MBA and NAHB) supported the GSEs' position 
    favoring strong controls on release of proprietary information. In 
    contrast, the American Civil Liberties Union Foundation (ACLU), in 
    comments filed on behalf of ACLU, the NAACP Legal Defense and 
    Educational Fund, Inc., the Puerto Rican Legal Defense and Education 
    Fund, and the National Council of La Raza, favored strict limitations 
    on treating information provided by the GSEs under FHEFSSA as 
    proprietary.
    The Prospect of Competitive Harm
        While Freddie Mac indicated that the definition of proprietary 
    information in the proposed rule was ``generally consistent'' with 
    definitions of the term in similar contexts, Freddie Mac proposed 
    several additions to the scope of the definition. Freddie Mac, citing 
    FHEFSSA's legislative history, contended that it was the intention of 
    Congress that the Secretary withhold data if it ``would be likely to 
    cause the GSE substantial competitive or financial harm, or substantial 
    harm to the GSE's ability to fulfill its statutory purposes.'' In 
    suggesting that the term ``financial harm'' be added, Freddie Mac 
    criticized the use of the term ``competitive harm'' by itself as too 
    narrow. In suggesting that the ability to fulfill statutory purposes be 
    added, Freddie Mac argued that because the GSEs have ``express public 
    purposes,'' it is not merely competitive harm that must be averted, but 
    also the possibility that disclosure of data could ``frustrate the 
    GSEs' ability to fulfill their statutory purposes, by decreasing the 
    liquidity of the secondary mortgage market and [thus] decreasing market 
    stability.''
        Fannie Mae pointed out that it had asked for proprietary protection 
    for only 23 of 80 database elements. Fannie Mae, in supplementary 
    comments dated July 24, 1995, urged the adoption of the revisions to 
    the definition of ``proprietary information'' indicated in Freddie 
    Mac's comments.
        The final rule adopts the GSEs' comment that the definition include 
    a ``likely to cause competitive harm'' standard. HUD finds this 
    formulation to be consistent with the body of case law interpreting 
    Exemption 4 of FOIA,71 which focuses on likely competitive 
    harm,72 as well as related regulations of other Federal financial 
    regulators governing the confidentiality of business 
    information.73
    
        \71\ 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(4); 24 CFR 15.21(a)(4).
        \72\ See Critical Mass Energy Project v. NRC, 975 F.2d 871 (D.C. 
    Cir. 1992), cert. denied, 113 S. Ct. 1579 (1993).
        \73\ See, e.g., 40 CFR 2.208(e)(1); 19 CFR 201.6(a). 
    
    [[Page 61877]]
    
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Exemption 4 of FOIA authorizes the withholding of ``trade secrets 
    and commercial or financial information obtained from a person and 
    privileged or confidential.'' Accordingly, the exemption covers 
    material that is substantively very similar to the information 
    protected as proprietary under FHEFSSA. Because the case law 
    interpreting the FOIA exemption is well-developed and FHEFSSA does not 
    define the term ``proprietary,'' HUD has chosen to formulate a 
    definition that largely tracks interpretations of the FOIA exemption, 
    so that interpretation of the term as it applies to mortgage data and 
    AHAR information under FHEFSSA may draw upon the body of FOIA law.
        It is not necessary to add a specific reference to ``financial'' 
    harm to the definition of ``proprietary information.'' The exclusion of 
    this term from the definition keeps the definition more consistent with 
    FOIA provisions respecting confidential business information and 
    related law. Section 81.74(b)(1) of the rule provides that the 
    Secretary will consider information on adverse financial consequences 
    that would result from disclosure, in determining what information is 
    proprietary. In general, ``financial'' harm will also involve 
    ``competitive'' harm. Even where the disclosure of information would 
    not harm one GSE relative to the other, the disclosure may nonetheless 
    cause competitive harm, because the GSEs also compete with other 
    private-sector firms, as well as individuals seeking an advantage with 
    respect to the GSEs. The definition, as modified, will protect against 
    financial harm by protecting the GSEs against substantial competitive 
    harm.
        It is not necessary to expand the definition to refer specifically 
    to the GSE's ability to fulfill statutory purposes. Again, exclusion of 
    this terminology avoids inconsistency with FOIA and similar 
    definitions. The final rule allows the GSEs to advance arguments, for 
    the Secretary's consideration, regarding any effect that disclosure 
    would have on the GSEs' ability to fulfill statutory purposes.
    Plain Meaning
        In its original comments--prior to its July 24, 1995, letter 
    endorsing much of Freddie Mac's approach to the definition of 
    ``proprietary''--Fannie Mae's comments on the definition of 
    ``proprietary information'' focused on an assertion that the term 
    ``proprietary'' has a settled ``plain'' meaning which should be 
    incorporated into the rule, i.e., the entire range of business 
    information that a GSE holds closely as an owner of private property. 
    Fannie Mae supported its claim based on the definition in Webster's 
    dictionary.
        Supreme Court precedent, however, reveals that the established 
    approach under case law is more complicated. The mere fact that a 
    statutory term is defined in a dictionary does not establish the term's 
    plain meaning or deny the agency charged with administration of the 
    statute the authority to provide a reasonable interpretation.74
    
        \74\ See, e.g., National R.R. Passenger Corp. v. Boston & Me. 
    Corp., 503 U.S. 407, 418-19 (1992).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The term ``proprietary'' has several alternative dictionary 
    definitions, depending on the dictionary consulted. Aside from the fact 
    that the designation as ``proprietary information'' for purposes of 
    FHEFSSA only applies to mortgage data and AHAR information, HUD's 
    definition, as revised in this final rule, is similar to the definition 
    Congress has ascribed to the term in other legislation, including 
    statutes enacted just days before FHEFSSA's October 28, 1992, enactment 
    date.75 In addition, HUD's definition is generally consistent with 
    the definitions of other Federal administrative agencies.76
    
        \75\ See, e.g., 42 U.S.C. 13293 (Energy Policy Act of 1992, 
    enacted Oct. 24, 1992); 10 U.S.C. 2506(e)(3) (Defense Conversion 
    Reinvestment and Transition Assistance Act of 1992, enacted Oct. 23, 
    1992); 15 U.S.C. 5104(a) (Steel and Aluminum Energy Conservation and 
    Technology Competitiveness Act of 1988).
        \76\ See, e.g., 48 CFR 1805.202(d); 10 CFR 51.16(a); 10 CFR 
    1504.204(a).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The definition that Fannie Mae advanced is not legally supported 
    and is too broad. If any information obtained and held by a person by 
    virtue of being an owner of property qualifies as proprietary, all such 
    information submitted to HUD would have to be withheld from disclosure. 
    Such a definition would effectively undermine the Secretary's ability 
    to release nonproprietary information; it would allow the GSEs to force 
    proprietary treatment of any information by merely labeling it as such. 
    Such a definition would also improperly apply the specific designation 
    ``proprietary information'' under FHEFSSA to materials other than 
    mortgage data and AHAR information.
    Other Comments on Definition
        Freddie Mac also asked that Sec. 81.73 be augmented to provide that 
    HUD take into account the extent to which particular information, when 
    taken together with other information, could reveal proprietary 
    information. This final rule has been modified to specify that this is 
    one of the additional facts that the Secretary will consider.77
    
        \77\ See Sec. 81.74(b)(6).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Public-use Database
    
        Consistent with section 1323(a) of FHEFSSA, this final rule 
    establishes a public-use database of mortgage data concerning the 
    characteristics of individual mortgage purchases of the GSEs, including 
    census tract, location, race, and gender of mortgagors.
        In accordance with FHEFSSA, this final rule provides that the 
    Secretary may not, by regulation or order, make available to the public 
    information that the Secretary determines is proprietary information. 
    The Secretary, however, may not restrict access to the income, census 
    tract location, race, and gender data of single-family properties. When 
    the Secretary grants a GSE's request for proprietary treatment of 
    mortgage data, the Secretary will issue an order or promulgate a 
    regulation providing that the mortgage data is proprietary and shall 
    not be included in the public-use database.
        In addition to mortgage data, the Secretary will make publicly 
    available in the public-use database information in the GSEs' AHARs, 
    which are submitted to the Secretary and Congress, and comprise a 
    detailed picture of the GSEs' activities. Proprietary information in 
    the AHARs may be withheld from the public if the GSE requests, and the 
    Secretary agrees with, designation of the information as proprietary 
    information, pursuant to a regulation or order.
        On June 7, 1994, the Secretary published a Temporary Order 78 
    protecting GSE data and information deemed to be proprietary, pending 
    public comment and further review. Published simultaneously with this 
    final rule and adopted by the Secretary through this rule, is an 
    Appendix 7 containing an Order entitled ``GSE Mortgage Data and AHAR 
    Information: Proprietary Information/Public-use Data'' which Appendix F 
    of this final rule contains the most current listing of data and 
    information deemed proprietary by the Secretary and supersedes the 
    Temporary Order. The Secretary may revise this list by regulation or 
    order.
    
        \78\ 59 FR 29514.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The public-use database also will not include information the 
    release of which would invade personal privacy, 79 
    
    [[Page 61878]]
    or information required to be withheld under the Trade Secrets 
    Act.80
    
        \79\ A bank commented that it was concerned about ``right to 
    privacy issues'' regarding communication between HUD and the GSEs: 
    ``We hope that rights of individual borrowers are not compromised 
    due to creative interpretations of the laws and regulations for the 
    sake of political expediency.''
        The Privacy Act of 1974, 5 U.S.C. 552a, and FOIA exemption 6, 5 
    U.S.C. 552(b)(6), pertain to the disclosure of information on 
    individuals. HUD may withhold information from the public pursuant 
    to the Privacy Act or FOIA Exemption 6.
        \80\ 18 U.S.C. 1905.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Availability of ``Public Data''
        Section 81.2 of the rule revises the proposed rule's definition of 
    ``public data'' to clarify that it only includes mortgage data 
    submitted to the Secretary by the GSEs (under section 309(m) of the 
    Fannie Mae Charter Act or 307(e) of the Freddie Mac Act) relating to 
    the GSEs' mortgage purchases, and AHAR information (submitted to the 
    Secretary by the GSEs under sections 309(n) of the Fannie Mae Charter 
    Act or 307(f) of the Freddie Mac Act), to the extent that the Secretary 
    determines such mortgage data or AHAR information is not proprietary 
    and should be made publicly available. Freddie Mac was concerned that 
    the definition in the proposed rule could be misconstrued to require 
    HUD to disclose all nonproprietary mortgage data submitted to HUD, 
    including data submitted for reasons unrelated to the rule's reporting 
    requirement in Sec. 81.62. Similarly, Fannie Mae had recommended that 
    the definition be revised to limit its scope.
        Under section 1323 of FHEFSSA, HUD has authority to include in the 
    public-use database mortgage data required under section 309(m) of the 
    Fannie Mae Charter Act or section 307(e) of the Freddie Mac Act. In 
    addition, HUD will make publicly available the information in the GSEs' 
    AHARs, except for information the Secretary determines to be 
    proprietary.81
    
        \81\ The GSEs are required by sections 309(n)(3)(B) and 
    307(f)(3)(B) their Charter Acts to make available publicly reports 
    they provide to HUD pursuant to sections 309(n) and 307(f) of the 
    Charter Acts, unless HUD has determined such information to be 
    proprietary under section 1326 of FHEFSSA. HUD will facilitate this 
    requirement by providing public access to this information.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        HUD's public-use database will only include mortgage data submitted 
    by the GSEs under section 309(m) of the Fannie Mae Charter Act or 
    section 307(e) of the Freddie Mac Act and information in the GSEs' 
    AHARs, except for information the Secretary determines to be 
    proprietary, and only where the Secretary determines that it ``should 
    be made publicly available.'' Since other information or data that the 
    GSEs may submit pursuant to subpart E would not fit the definitions of 
    ``mortgage data'' or ``public data'' used in the rule, that information 
    or data will not be included in the public-use database.
    Timing of Disclosure
        In its comments on the proposed rule, Fannie Mae addressed public 
    comments on the June 7, 1994, Temporary Order. Fannie Mae regarded as 
    unpersuasive arguments that competitive harm to the GSEs would not 
    occur because data would be outdated when finally released publicly. 
    Fannie Mae commented that, for single-family products, a time lag of 
    less than 12 months would be insufficient to allow adequate recovery of 
    investment. In the case of multifamily products, Fannie Mae claimed 
    that even the passage of 2 years would be insufficient protection, 
    because competitive harm is caused by affording competitors crucial 
    information allowing them to ``pick the loans off at liquidation, 
    thereby eroding our market share and investment return on the market 
    research and development that preceded our booking the loan 
    initially.''
        NAHB strongly supported the creation of a public-use database, but 
    suggested compromise on the question of release of proprietary 
    information. To address the GSEs' concerns regarding confidentiality of 
    data, NAHB suggested that the Secretary grant requests for proprietary 
    treatment for a specified time period, such as two years.
        In analyzing whether information is proprietary, the Secretary 
    will, when appropriate, consider the effect of the passage of time in 
    determining if the release of information would likely cause 
    substantial competitive harm.
    
    Requests for Proprietary Treatment
    
        The regulation establishes procedures for the GSEs to request 
    proprietary treatment of mortgage data and AHAR information submitted 
    to the Secretary and clarifies and supplements HUD regulations at 24 
    CFR Part 15 as they apply to GSE requests for confidential treatment of 
    other business information. When a GSE submits information to the 
    Secretary, the GSE shall designate what part of the information the GSE 
    deems to be mortgage data or AHAR information that is ``proprietary 
    information'' under FHEFSSA or other types of confidential business 
    information for purposes of FOIA. Depending on the type of information 
    submitted, HUD either will process the request in accordance with the 
    procedures in Secs. 81.73-81.75, or upon a FOIA request, in accordance 
    with the procedures in 24 CFR Part 15 as clarified and supplemented in 
    this subpart.
        Section 81.73(d) of this final rule makes clear that while any 
    request for proprietary treatment is pending, none of the information 
    that is the subject of the request will be disclosed. Part 15 contains 
    a similar protection, which applies to GSE submissions designated as 
    confidential. HUD will not release material marked confidential except 
    in accordance with Part 15 and this final rule.
        Fannie Mae objected to the requirement in Sec. 81.73 of the 
    proposed rule that the GSE submit a certification and justification for 
    the Secretary to designate mortgage data or information as 
    ``proprietary information'' under FHEFSSA.
        In response to Fannie Mae's comment, HUD has greatly streamlined 
    the regulation. First, under Sec. 81.73, it is now optional for the GSE 
    to submit a statement explaining the bases for the GSE's assertion that 
    mortgage data or AHAR information is proprietary. In instances in which 
    HUD has not previously issued an order or regulation determining the 
    data or information to be proprietary, HUD urges the GSEs to provide 
    such a supporting statement and address in the statement the factors 
    that the Secretary will consider in making determinations of whether 
    data or information is proprietary. Conclusory statements that 
    particular data or information would aid competitors or would impair 
    business dealings, or similar statements, will not provide the kind of 
    views that will be useful to the Secretary.
        Second, the final rule eases the requirements by providing that 
    where there is an existing regulation or order designating mortgage 
    data or AHAR information as proprietary, it is sufficient for the GSE 
    to stamp the information as proprietary and reference the order or 
    regulation. When a GSE supports a request for proprietary treatment by 
    citing an existing order or regulation, HUD will determine whether the 
    data or information comes within the order or regulation. If the data 
    or information is proprietary under such order or regulation, it will 
    not be disclosed except in accordance with other provisions in this 
    subpart, e.g., Congressional requests.
        The factors the Secretary will apply in making a determination in 
    response to a request for proprietary treatment are identified in 
    Sec. 81.74. The factors in Sec. 81.74(b) will be applied where the 
    request for proprietary treatment pertains to data submitted by the 
    GSEs in the reports required under section 309(m) of the Fannie Mae 
    Charter Act or section 307(e) of the Freddie Mac Act, or AHAR 
    information for which there is no order or regulation covering the 
    materials for which proprietary treatment is requested. 
    
    [[Page 61879]]
    
        When the Secretary accords proprietary treatment to mortgage data 
    or AHAR information, the rule establishes procedures for the Secretary 
    to issue a temporary order, an order, or a regulation to withhold 
    proprietary information and to inform the public of the withholding. If 
    the Secretary does not determine such mortgage data or AHAR information 
    to be proprietary information, the Secretary will provide the GSE with 
    an opportunity for a meeting on the matter, during which the GSE may 
    provide comments and additional views. After the meeting, the Secretary 
    will determine, in writing, which data or information is proprietary 
    and will notify the GSE 10 working days before the data or information 
    is made available to the public. The rule is now more consistent with 
    HUD FOIA regulations regarding protections for confidential business 
    information in general.82
    
        \82\ See 24 CFR 15.54(g).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    FOIA Requests
    
        Information on the GSEs may be requested by the public pursuant to 
    FOIA. Subpart F of this rule clarifies and supplements HUD's FOIA 
    regulations 83 with respect to information submitted by the GSEs.
    
        \83\ 24 CFR Part 15.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        FOIA provides that several classes of records are exempt from 
    mandatory disclosure. A memorandum dated October 4, 1993, from the 
    President to Heads of Departments and Agencies, emphasizes the 
    importance of public disclosures under FOIA. The implementing 
    memorandum from the Attorney General, attached to the President's 
    memorandum, instructed agencies to disclose information unless 
    disclosure would harm an interest protected by a FOIA exemption.
    
    Additional Safeguards for Proprietary and Confidential Information
    
        FOIA Exemption 8 protects from mandatory disclosure information 
    ``contained in or related to examination, operating, or condition 
    reports prepared by, on behalf of, or for the use of the Department in 
    connection with its responsibility for the regulation or supervision of 
    financial institutions.'' 84 Section 1319F of FHEFSSA specifically 
    provides that HUD is an agency responsible for the regulation and 
    supervision of financial institutions for purposes of this exemption. 
    Accordingly, where appropriate, the Secretary may invoke this exemption 
    to withhold GSE information.
    
        \84\ 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(8); 24 CFR 15.21(a)(8).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        To address comments of Fannie Mae requesting additional safeguards 
    for the protection of information, the rule also has been revised to 
    clarify that while HUD may make information available for the 
    confidential use of other government agencies in their official duties 
    or functions, all such information remains the property of HUD, and 
    unauthorized use or disclosure of information may be subject to the 
    penalties provided in 18 U.S.C. 641.
        FOIA Exemption 4 covers ``trade secrets and commercial or financial 
    information obtained from a person and privileged or confidential.'' 
    85 When appropriate, the Secretary may invoke this exemption to 
    withhold GSE information in response to a FOIA request. In addition, 
    the Trade Secrets Act forbids Government officers and employees from 
    releasing trade secrets and other confidential business information. 
    HUD will not disclose information in violation of the Trade Secrets 
    Act, notwithstanding the indication in 24 CFR 15.21 that a requested 
    record will not be withheld under FOIA unless it both comes within one 
    of the FOIA exemptions and there is need in the public interest to 
    withhold the record.
    
        \85\ 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(4), 24 CFR 15.21(a)(4).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Fannie Mae commented that the Secretary should review the rules of 
    the financial institution regulators governing the confidentiality of 
    materials, and should incorporate the same protections for proprietary 
    information. Fannie Mae commented that OFHEO was adopting its own 
    confidentiality rules to parallel financial institution regulators' 
    protections, and HUD and OFHEO should assure that all submitted 
    materials receive ``consistent protection.''
        On March 3, 1995, HUD promulgated new amendments to its FOIA 
    regulations that incorporate explicit protections for business 
    information in accordance with Executive Order 12600.86 Part 15 
    regulations are fully applicable to GSE data and information provided 
    to HUD. Indeed, Part 15 applies to a broader range of information that 
    the GSEs submit to HUD, since they are not limited in applicability to 
    mortgage data that the GSEs submit under section 309(m) of the Fannie 
    Mae Charter Act or section 307(e) of the Freddie Mac Act and AHAR 
    information the GSEs submit under section 309(n) of the Fannie Mae 
    Charter Act or section 307(f) of the Freddie Mac Act. HUD has carefully 
    reviewed the safeguards afforded by these new FOIA regulation 
    amendments and this subpart and has concluded that many of the concerns 
    raised by Fannie Mae regarding the protection of proprietary 
    information were previously addressed through those amendments.
    
        \86\ See 24 CFR part 15, subpart F.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        As indicated in the preamble to the revised FOIA rules, ``[t]he 
    amendment consolidates the FOIA process under the supervision of a 
    designated officer, which assures more consistent and prompt response 
    to FOIA requests.'' Centralized control also serves to protect against 
    erroneous disclosure. The FOIA amendments state that, except as 
    otherwise provided, HUD officers and employees are prohibited from 
    disclosing business information, except to other HUD officers or 
    employees who are properly entitled to such information for the 
    performance of their official duties.87 This provision is similar 
    to that of other financial regulators.88
    
        \87\ 24 CFR 15.54(l)(2).
        \88\ See, e.g., 12 CFR 309.6(b) (FDIC).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        In response to another Fannie Mae comment about disclosures by 
    HUD's agents, HUD notes that its amended FOIA rules prohibit HUD 
    officers and employees from directly or indirectly using or allowing 
    the use of business information obtained through or in connection with 
    Government employment that has not been made available to the general 
    public.89 Also, Sec. 81.76(e) of this final rule includes 
    safeguards against disclosure of GSE data and information by 
    contractors. The FOIA regulations also provide other safeguards 
    consistent with Executive Order 12600, which Fannie Mae commented 
    should be included in HUD's regulations.90
    
        \89\ 24 CFR 15.54(l)(1).
        \90\ See 24 CFR 15.54(f), (g), (i).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        When a GSE desires that HUD accord confidential treatment to 
    information other than the mortgage data submitted by the GSEs in the 
    reports required under section 309(m) of the Fannie Mae Charter Act or 
    section 307(e) of the Freddie Mac Act, and other than AHAR information, 
    the GSE should follow the procedures for protection from disclosure of 
    such information in 24 CFR Part 15, as clarified and supplemented by 
    this subpart.
    
    Release of Information to Congress, Comptroller General, or Pursuant to 
    Legal Process
    
        Paragraph 81.76(d) of the proposed rule stipulated that the 
    Secretary would provide information requested by Congress, the 
    Comptroller General, or pursuant to subpoena or other legal process 
    ``without regard to the provisions of this section.'' Both GSEs 
    
    [[Page 61880]]
    objected to this provision, and were supported by the MBA. Freddie Mac 
    commented that the Secretary has a fiduciary duty to maintain the 
    confidentiality of GSE proprietary information and that duty would be 
    breached by proposed Sec. 81.76(d) to the extent the provision allowed 
    disclosure without any exercise of judgment on the part of the 
    Secretary. Furthermore, Freddie Mac argued that materials disclosed 
    based on a subpoena should be safeguarded to the extent possible 
    against further disclosure to third parties. Freddie Mac asked for 
    provisions, similar to those found in existing HUD regulations,91 
    to the effect that the Secretary and his or her counsel would determine 
    whether to honor particular subpoenas or requests. Fannie Mae asserted 
    that HUD's ``unconditional commitment'' to provide congressional access 
    to all committees and subcommittees ``totally conflicts with practices 
    observed by other financial institution regulators.''
    
        \91\ 24 CFR 15.71-15.74.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The intention of the proposed rule was not that HUD would provide 
    GSE data or information to Congress without any appropriate safeguards; 
    rather, that nothing in this subpart of the rule should be construed to 
    grant authority to the Secretary to withhold information from or to 
    prohibit the disclosure of information to Congress, the Comptroller 
    General, a court of competent jurisdiction pursuant to a subpoena, or 
    where otherwise required by law. HUD safeguards for handling such 
    requests would still apply. Accordingly, Sec. 81.77 of the final rule 
    provides that ``nothing in this subpart F may be construed to grant 
    authority to the Secretary under FHEFSSA to withhold any information 
    from or to prohibit the disclosure of any information'' to Congress, 
    the Comptroller General, or pursuant to a subpoena or legal process. 
    This formulation is in keeping with the practice of other 
    agencies.92 HUD notes that Congress, the Comptroller General, and 
    the courts all have procedures to safeguard proprietary and 
    confidential information.93
    
        \92\ See 12 CFR 309.6(c)(8) (Federal Deposit Insurance 
    Corporation); see also 40 CFR 2.209(b)(1) and 2.209(d); 15 CFR 
    325.16; 21 CFR 20.86 and 20.87.
        \93\ See, e.g., United States v. American Tel. & Tel. Co., 551 
    F.2d 384, 386-87 and nn.2-3 (D.C. Cir. 1976) (discussing 
    congressional rules); 4 CFR Part 81-83 (General Accounting Office 
    regulations governing the disclosure of information); Fed. R. Civ. 
    Proc. 26(c) (judicial protective orders).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        This final rule specifies that HUD--in providing data or 
    information in response to requests from Congress, the Comptroller 
    General, and the courts--will, where applicable, include a statement to 
    the effect that the GSE regards the data or information as proprietary 
    or confidential, public disclosure of the information may cause 
    competitive harm to the GSE, and the Secretary has determined that the 
    information is proprietary or confidential. In addition, the rule 
    provides that, to the extent practicable, HUD will provide notice to 
    the GSEs after such a request for proprietary or confidential 
    information is received and before HUD provides information in response 
    to the request.
        The revised rule makes clear that HUD's discretion to take 
    additional steps to protect GSE data or information in appropriate 
    circumstances is not precluded. These steps could include, for example, 
    seeking on a GSE's behalf, or supporting a GSE motion for, a protective 
    order when a court subpoenas HUD to produce GSE data or information.
        Section 81.77 also clarifies the scope of requests that are to be 
    considered official requests from Congress. This change responds to a 
    specific GSE comment that the request must be from a committee with 
    appropriate jurisdiction, to conform more closely to FOIA procedures 
    and similar authorities. The rule has also been modified to conform 
    language concerning HUD disclosures to the Comptroller General to the 
    language in other HUD regulations.94
    
        \94\ See 24 CFR 16.11(a)(5).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Furthermore, in response to a comment by Fannie Mae, Sec. 81.77(c) 
    of the final rule now makes clear that safeguards under HUD regulations 
    at 24 CFR 15.71-15.74 apply. These provisions govern the production of 
    documents or testimony when a subpoena, order, or other demand of a 
    court or other authority is issued. The rule extends these protections 
    to situations in which demands are made on non-HUD employees (including 
    contractor employees) who have custody of exempt records, and is 
    modeled after regulations of other financial regulators.95 The 
    Secretary notes that a recent decision 96, may limit the ability 
    to withhold information pursuant to such a regulation and that case law 
    on this issue is evolving. In response to Fannie Mae's comment that 
    OFHEO and HUD should adopt consistent procedures on this point, the 
    Secretary notes that OFHEO is in the process of promulgating rules 
    applicable to OFHEO employees.97
    
        \95\ See, e.g., 12 CFR 792.41 and 792.42.
        \96\ In re Bankers Trust Co., 61 F.3d 465 (6th Cir. 1995).
        \97\ See 60 FR 25162 (1995) (proposed rule May 11, 1995).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Pro-Disclosure Comments
    
        Comments received from the ACLU, which dealt exclusively with 
    proprietary information issues, advocated more expansive disclosure of 
    GSE data. The ACLU argued that only information elements that both GSEs 
    considered proprietary should even be considered for designation as 
    proprietary. The ACLU commented that, even then, proprietary treatment 
    frequently should be declined in an exercise of the Secretary's 
    discretion. The ACLU asserted the public-interest purposes of the Fair 
    Housing Act, ECOA, and FHEFSSA, and stated:
    
        Given these factors, we believe that Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac 
    cannot be considered similar to purely private, profit-making 
    enterprises. The true measure of the effectiveness of the GSEs is 
    not their maximization of profit, but their compliance with mandates 
    established by the Congress and the Secretary. ``Proprietary'' for 
    the GSEs should not mean ``will harm competition'' but rather ``will 
    harm the ability to carry out governmental mandates. * * *''
    
        The ACLU favored a presumption that information is not proprietary 
    and suggested a standard for determining whether information is 
    proprietary. Under the ACLU formulation, the burden would be on the 
    GSEs to establish the need for nondisclosure. To meet this burden, the 
    GSEs would have to establish that disclosure would frustrate the goals 
    set by the statute or the Secretary, not ``merely'' that disclosure 
    would hurt the GSEs' competitive positions.
        HUD, however, must recognize congressional intent, as expressed 
    through the Charter Acts and legislative history, that the GSEs be 
    self-supporting, profit-making entities. Although the GSEs receive 
    substantial Federal benefits, they are not Government agencies. The 
    GSEs do face competition from each other and from other private sector 
    firms and, accordingly, have legitimate proprietary interests that the 
    Congress explicitly intended to be respected. The ACLU's definition 
    would unjustifiably dismiss any competition-based arguments for 
    withholding sensitive information.
        The ACLU also objected to the possibility that the Secretary would 
    make determinations that particular material was proprietary solely on 
    the basis of submissions by the GSEs. Such determinations, the ACLU 
    insisted, should be subjected to public 
    
    [[Page 61881]]
    participation and comment before any information is deemed 
    ``proprietary.''
        Under FHEFSSA, there is no requirement that any party other than 
    the GSEs be afforded a right to comment before determining that GSE 
    information is proprietary. To the extent that the Secretary employs 
    the rulemaking process in making determinations of the proprietary 
    nature of mortgage data submitted by the GSEs, the Secretary will 
    follow applicable Administrative Procedure Act procedures.
    
    Issues Regarding Specific Data Elements
    
        Freddie Mac commented that information on pricing, fees and other 
    key aspects of business strategy were to be considered proprietary and 
    protected from disclosure to the public. Information on pricing, fees, 
    and other key aspects of business strategy will be withheld to the 
    extent they are proprietary under this rule or otherwise protected from 
    public disclosure under other authorities and HUD regulations.
        NAHB suggested that some of the ``data fields'' sought to be 
    protected by the GSEs as proprietary have been provided in HMDA data 
    ``with apparently little harm to either the borrowers or the lending 
    institutions.'' These fields, NAHB added, would be very helpful, in 
    utilizing HUD and HMDA databases together. These fields include: 
    Purpose of Loan; Occupancy Code; Loan Balance at Acquisition.
        Additionally, NAHB asserted, certain fields claimed as possibly 
    proprietary were needed for use in research by academicians and 
    governmental entities. NAHB requested, ``at a minimum,'' that the 
    following data fields be included:
        For single-family housing:
         Loan to Value Ratio at Origination
         Purpose of Loan, Product Type, and Loan Term
         Occupancy Code, Number of Units.
        And for multifamily housing:
         Purpose of Loan, Loan Type, and Loan Term
         Mortgagor Type
         Average Reported Rent OR Rent Plus Utilities OR Rent 
    Affordability Level
         Public Subsidy Program.
        With respect to single-family loan-level data, HUD must consider 
    the GSEs' proprietary concerns in determining whether a data element 
    can be released at the census tract level or whether some form of 
    aggregation would be sufficient to protect the proprietary nature of 
    the data in a public release. HUD developed a national-level database 
    file structure that has no geographic identifiers. Certain data 
    elements are recoded into categories to prevent exact identification of 
    specific elements. The national data files are used to supplement 
    census-tract-based public use data files.
        For single-family purchases by the GSEs, the national data files 
    contain purpose of the loan, occupancy code, number of units, and the 
    loan-to-value ratio at origination which are recoded into five 
    categories (0-60, 60-80, 80-90, 90-95, and over 95). The census tract 
    and national files do not contain Product Type or Loan Term data since, 
    taken together, these two elements have been deemed proprietary by the 
    Secretary.
        For multifamily purchases by the GSEs, a number of elements were 
    deemed proprietary because of the nature of the multifamily market--the 
    size of the market and the way multifamily properties are financed. The 
    fact that these data elements were proprietary led the Secretary to 
    deem Loan Type, Loan Term, Mortgagor Type, and Public Subsidy Program 
    fields as proprietary to protect these data elements. HUD does release 
    the Purpose of the Loan and the affordability of the units, by 
    category, on the national multifamily public use data file.
        CANICCOR, an Interfaith Council on Corporate Accountability, urged 
    that, at a minimum, the public be provided all the information that is 
    provided for each loan by primary market lenders under HMDA. This data, 
    CANICCOR said, includes:
         Geocoding to the census tract level;
         Income of borrower;
         Borrower's/Co-borrower's race or national origin;
         Borrower's/Co-borrower's gender or sex;
         Whether owner or non-owner occupancy;
         Purchaser (i.e., which GSE);
         Type of loan (e.g., conventional);
         Purpose (i.e., home purchase, refinance, home 
    improvement);
         Dollar amount of loan; and
         Seller identification.
        HUD, in its development of the public-use database, considered the 
    availability of the data to the public through sources outside of the 
    GSE data, including HMDA. The public-use database, either through the 
    census tract file or the national data file, contains all of the above 
    elements.
    
    Subpart G--Procedures for Actions and Review of Action
    
        This subpart establishes procedures for hearings, disclosures of 
    orders and agreements between the Secretary and the GSEs in enforcement 
    actions, and judicial review. Generally, these procedures concern 
    actions by the Secretary to enforce housing goal-related matters under 
    subpart B of the rule and reporting requirements under subpart E. In 
    addition, this portion of the preamble addresses certain procedural 
    issues involving the approval of new programs.
        As stated in the proposed rule's preamble, the housing goal 
    requirements of this rule are enforced through the imposition of cease-
    and-desist orders and civil money penalties. FHEFSSA is prescriptive 
    because of the seriousness of these actions; therefore this final rule 
    often references or restates the statutory requirements. However, in a 
    few instances, which are discussed in more detail throughout this 
    portion of the preamble, the final rule augments the statutory 
    procedures to promote the purposes of the legislation and to better 
    recognize the legitimate interests of the GSEs in these proceedings.
        Both GSEs submitted detailed comments on the provisions of subpart 
    G. The arguments and suggestions for change submitted by the two GSEs 
    were markedly similar. On this subject matter, Freddie Mac presented 
    the more detailed objections, so the Freddie Mac comments will be the 
    principal focus of the discussion of the subpart.
    
    Closely Following the Statutory Text
    
        Freddie Mac asserted that this subpart of the regulation should 
    mirror the procedural requirements set forth in FHEFSSA. However, 
    Freddie Mac commented that the proposed rule's provisions ``variously 
    depart from [FHEFSSA], or from the Administrative Procedure Act.'' 
    Additionally, to avoid the ``inefficiencies of litigation,'' Freddie 
    Mac recommended an explicit provision in HUD's enforcement procedures 
    for a HUD/GSE exchange of views before any enforcement action is 
    initiated.
        Freddie Mac objected to provisions in Secs. 81.82 and 81.83 on the 
    grounds that cease-and-desist orders and imposition of civil penalties 
    were limited to violations of the statute, whereas provisions of the 
    rule could be read as authorizing sanctions for violations of the 
    procedural rule itself. Freddie Mac commented that FHEFSSA permits the 
    Secretary to seek an order only for violations of the statute--not its 
    implementing regulations. Similarly, Freddie Mac urged, the 
    Administrative Procedure Act (APA) requires that no sanction or order 
    may be imposed 
    
    [[Page 61882]]
    ``except within jurisdiction delegated to the agency and as authorized 
    by law.'' \98\
    
        \98\ 5 U.S.C. 558(b).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        While HUD agrees that it is the statute, and not the regulations, 
    that serves as the foundation for any order sought by the Secretary, 
    Freddie Mac's argument suggests that regulatory elaboration may never 
    properly be employed to augment the recitation of statutory authority 
    in connection with an enforcement provision. This is incorrect; it is 
    clear that regulatory references legitimately may be included. Only 
    reference to a regulatory section that exceeds the Secretary's 
    authority would raise a valid legal issue; the references Freddie Mac 
    refers to are reasonably related to the purposes of the enabling 
    legislation. Rather than causing ``confusion,'' these regulatory 
    references help to clarify, and even to limit, the statutory language. 
    The change sought might itself create confusion. Accordingly, the rule 
    retains the regulatory cross-references, and cites both them and the 
    statutory references.
        Freddie Mac suggested that the final rule include various 
    procedures to avoid enforcement actions. Freddie Mac cited Executive 
    Order 12778 on Civil Justice Reform in support of its argument that the 
    rule should mandate a preenforcement process, which could include 
    informal discussions, negotiations, and compromise.
        HUD expects that, in connection with a pending enforcement action 
    against a GSE, it will frequently be appropriate to solicit the GSE's 
    views in order to explore mutually agreeable resolutions of perceived 
    problems. This option is always available to the Secretary; every 
    reason exists to expect it will be used. However, Freddie Mac's 
    suggestion that the rule should provide expressly for preenforcement 
    procedures in every case--that is, to turn an existing option of the 
    Secretary into a right of the GSEs--is unwarranted. Fact situations may 
    differ too markedly to expect that obligatory preenforcement procedures 
    would always be the proper course. Under Sec. 81.21, the GSE already is 
    afforded an opportunity to respond to the Secretary's preliminary 
    determination that it has failed to meet its housing goals--a response 
    that will precede any HUD requirement for submission of a housing plan. 
    Settlement following the issuance of charges also is permitted under 
    hearing procedures at 24 CFR 30.420. (Part 30 procedures are 
    incorporated by reference into this final rule.)
        Given the already-available procedures that will foster the 
    amicable resolution of most disputes, the change Freddie Mac has 
    proposed is unnecessary and is contrary to the spirit of the 
    Administration's efforts to simplify regulations. Potentially, the 
    change could result in institutionalized delay in the hearing process.
        Executive Order 12278 is, in relevant part, directed at encouraging 
    techniques to avoid full litigation after charges have been filed. By 
    its own terms, the Executive Order creates no obligation on an agency's 
    part to alter its standards for the acceptance of settlements, or to 
    change existing delegations of settlement or litigation authority. 
    While the Secretary shares the GSEs' interest in minimizing needless 
    litigation, the existing authority to attempt a voluntary pre-charge 
    resolution on a case-by-case basis will accomplish this goal as well as 
    Freddie Mac's suggested procedure.
        Freddie Mac also asked for modification of the rule to allow a GSE 
    to recommend and request the appointment (at the GSE's expense and with 
    the Secretary's approval) of ``special expert'' hearing officers to 
    hear all or part of any enforcement action. These special officers 
    would then sit in lieu of, or under the supervision of, a HUD 
    Administrative Law Judge (ALJ).
        Freddie Mac commented that these enforcement actions are likely to 
    involve ``highly technical statistical and financial proof on arcane 
    issues * * *.'' While the Secretary hopes and believes that the ALJs 
    will not be called upon to hear these matters often, the ALJs do have 
    experience with handling technical, statistical, and financial matters; 
    there is every reason to believe they will make well-reasoned decisions 
    in any enforcement actions brought under this rule.
        Furthermore, the option suggested by Freddie Mac is not available: 
    the person who must preside over the taking of evidence in these 
    proceedings is prescribed by the APA. While procedures authorized under 
    the Alternative Dispute Resolution Act \99\ could be used in particular 
    instances--when the parties agreed to their use--a regulatory procedure 
    calling for unilateral Secretarial designation of a special expert at 
    the behest of a GSE would conflict with the APA, as applicable under 
    FHEFSSA. No necessity exists to cite in the rule the existence of 
    alternatives that are available via agreement of the parties.
    
        \99\ 5 U.S.C. 571-583.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    The Public Interest
        Freddie Mac commented that Sec. 81.83(c) (calling for the 
    Secretary's consideration of ``other factors that the Secretary 
    determines in the public interest warrant consideration'' in the course 
    of imposing civil money penalties) cannot be adopted in the manner set 
    out in the proposed rule. Rather, Freddie Mac claimed, FHEFSSA required 
    the Secretary to establish, by rule, following notice and comment, 
    those ``other factors'' to be considered in measuring the conduct of 
    violators.
        The reference in the proposed rule to ``other factors * * *'' is 
    too broad, and that formulation has been deleted. However, inasmuch as 
    the Secretary is authorized to consider the nature of the injury to the 
    public in establishing the amount of the penalty and other factors that 
    the Secretary may determine by regulation to be appropriate, the final 
    rule eliminates the ``other factors'' phrase in favor of a ``public 
    interest'' formulation like that contained in FHEFSSA.
        Freddie Mac also commented that the statutory language permits the 
    Secretary to consider only ``actual'' injury to the public, and that 
    the use of the term ``nature of the injury to the public'' in the 
    proposed rule is unacceptably subjective. Clearly, under the 
    Secretary's authority to adopt other factors through rulemaking, the 
    rule could include ``nature of the injury to the public'' as a separate 
    factor, if necessary. The final rule, however, returns to the concise 
    statutory formulation, ``injury to the public,'' without regulatory 
    elaboration. HUD does not intend to place narrow limits on the 
    interpretation of the statutory phrase, and will consider, in 
    evaluating a particular fact situation, reasonable application of this 
    factor, including the nature of the injury involved.
    Consultation
        Freddie Mac also requested that the Secretary limit consultation 
    with the Director of OFHEO concerning any enforcement proceeding 
    against a GSE to consultation before the enforcement proceeding is 
    actually undertaken. Freddie Mac suggested that the proposed rule's 
    formulation allowing the Director's participation in an ongoing 
    enforcement proceeding would be ``inconsistent with the Director's 
    independence from the Secretary, and would be in the nature of a 
    prohibited ex parte contact.'' However, Freddie Mac said, ex parte 
    problems could be avoided if the consultation (which Freddie Mac 
    favored) took place only before institution of an enforcement 
    proceeding.
        Freddie Mac asserted that once an adversary proceeding has 
    commenced, due process requires that any review by the Director be 
    conducted openly, in writing, and included in the 
    
    [[Page 61883]]
    administrative record. Further, the affected GSE should be provided an 
    opportunity to supplement the record and to respond.
        Limiting the Secretary's consultations with the Director of OFHEO 
    to communications that occur before the institution of an action would 
    needlessly limit the Secretary's authority in a manner not contemplated 
    by FHEFSSA. Section 81.83(d)(5) of the rule, cited by Freddie Mac as 
    the source of its comments on the subject matter, is, with one minor 
    exception, a recitation of the statutory language.\100\
    
        \100\ Only a reference to the Notice of Intent--a reference to 
    which Freddie Mac made no objection--contains material not found in 
    the text of FHEFSSA.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Freddie Mac's suggestion that these communications between the 
    Secretary and the Director would be ``in the nature of'' ex parte 
    communications prohibited by the APA simply is off the mark. Section 
    1345(c)(1)(C) of FHEFSSA provides that, in establishing standards and 
    procedures governing the imposition of civil money penalties, the 
    Secretary may provide for such review by the Director. Under this 
    provision, Congress intended that open communication between the 
    Secretary and the Director of OFHEO be permitted without implicating 
    the ex parte prohibitions in 5 U.S.C. 557(d)(1).
        With reference to Freddie Mac's due process concerns, the Secretary 
    is mindful of the need for fairness and openness throughout the process 
    leading to a possible imposition of penalties. An affected GSE would 
    have full access to discovery procedures that will permit review of any 
    decisionmaking process that involves the Director of OFHEO. 
    Accordingly, the final rule does not place limits on Secretary/Director 
    communications.
    Standard of Proof
        Both GSEs commented on the standard of proof in cease-and-desist 
    and civil money penalty proceedings. Freddie Mac cited Steadman v. SEC, 
    450 U.S. 91 (1981) as authority for application of the ``preponderance 
    of the evidence'' standard of proof to both types of proceedings. 
    Fannie Mae stated that the APA's standard of proof is ``substantial 
    evidence,'' and that this standard should be made consistent in 
    provisions governing both cease-and-desist and civil money penalty 
    proceedings.\101\
    
        \101\ The proposed rule set out the preponderance of the 
    evidence standard to govern civil money penalty cases, and the 
    substantial evidence standard for other administrative proceedings 
    under FHEFSSA.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Under FHEFSSA, the standard of proof to be applied is governed by 
    the APA.\102\ As Freddie Mac noted in its comments, the Supreme Court 
    in Steadman has found the statutory ``substantial evidence'' phrase to 
    mean a ``preponderance of the evidence'' burden of proof for the 
    proponent of an order, and the final rule reflects this change.
    
        \102\ 5 U.S.C. 556(d).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    General Procedural Questions
    
        Freddie Mac asked for a variety of other revisions affecting 
    Sec. 81.84 on Hearings:
        Freddie Mac requested a ``clarification'' to the effect that the 
    ALJ must modify a hearing schedule at the GSE's request, unless HUD can 
    show good reason why the GSE's request should be denied. Freddie Mac 
    urged that the GSE, rather than the hearing officer, is in the best 
    position to judge the feasibility of a particular hearing schedule. 
    Furthermore, Freddie Mac argued, FHEFSSA ``suggests a congressional 
    determination that such requests should ordinarily be allowed.''
        The proposed rule at Sec. 81.84(c) provided that the ALJ would set 
    a hearing schedule ``[u]nless an earlier or later date is requested by 
    a GSE and is granted by the Administrative Law Judge * * *.'' The 
    regulatory formulation is similar to the statute, which provides, at 
    section 1342(a)(2), ``* * * unless an earlier or later date is set by 
    the hearing officer at the request of the enterprise * * *.'' 
    Therefore, on its face, the statute provides for the setting of the 
    date by the ALJ, with an opportunity for the GSE to ``request'' a 
    change. The Secretary sees no basis for limiting the ALJ's discretion, 
    and the rule is unchanged.
        Freddie Mac also asked that the rule be modified to provide a 
    procedure for a GSE to request the Secretary to seek enforcement of a 
    subpoena issued and served in connection with a hearing or in discovery 
    proceedings under the rule. The Secretary is sympathetic to the thrust 
    of this comment by Freddie Mac, i.e., that the GSE should have the same 
    right to enforcement of a subpoena as does the Secretary. However, 
    FHEFSSA does not grant a right to subpoenaing parties to apply directly 
    for a judicial order requiring compliance with a subpoena. The 
    Secretary, under FHEFSSA, can only request that the Attorney General 
    bring judicial actions to enforce subpoenas. Because direct judicial 
    enforcement by either party is not specifically provided as a matter of 
    law, HUD has developed an administrative mechanism in the final rule 
    providing for recognition of the GSEs' interest in requesting 
    enforcement action through the Secretary. Consistent with the 
    availability of remedies under the statute, this will improve equity 
    between HUD and the GSEs in discovery.
        Freddie Mac asked that the final rule be amended to specify that 
    waiver, by a GSE, of an ALJ hearing on the disapproval of a new program 
    on public interest grounds would not constitute a ``failure to appear'' 
    within the meaning of Sec. 81.84(g). (As proposed, the rule stated that 
    a failure to appear by a GSE shall be taken as consent to the 
    disapproval of a new program.) Freddie Mac said that, in cases 
    involving program disapprovals, a GSE may sometimes wish to expedite 
    judicial review, and urged that the GSE's waiver of an administrative 
    hearing on program disapproval not be treated as a consent to the HUD 
    action.
        The final rule does not adopt the change. The statute requires, in 
    section 1322, that HUD provide the GSEs with ``notice of, and 
    opportunity for, a hearing on the record'' after the Secretary submits 
    a report to the Congress to the effect that a new program has been 
    disapproved. The Secretary concludes that this language indicates a 
    preference for providing the GSEs with administrative remedies. 
    Therefore, if the Secretary has refused to approve a new program 
    because the Secretary believes it is not in the public interest, HUD 
    should provide the forum in which appeal of the Secretary's initial 
    disapproval is heard and in which the GSE can offer further evidence on 
    the matter.
        Both GSEs requested language indicating more expressly that conduct 
    is only ``alleged'' in notices of charges for cease-and-desist 
    proceedings. (The proposed rule at Sec. 81.82(b)(1)(i), in describing 
    the content of a ``charge'' notification, made reference to a ``* * * 
    concise statement of the facts constituting the conduct upon which the 
    Secretary has relied * * *.'') The final rule includes the word 
    ``alleged'' before ``conduct'' where the reference is to conduct that 
    remains to be proven. However, it is not necessary to reiterate in the 
    rule that the conduct remains to be proven in a hearing.
        Fannie Mae recommended revising Sec. 81.84(e) of the rule to 
    increase its specificity regarding how the Secretary will serve notices 
    and filings required under this subpart G. Fannie Mae suggested that 
    HUD follow the Federal Reserve Board rules of service--rules that 
    provide, among other things, details on what types of U.S. mail may be 
    used, and when electronic transmission is acceptable. 
    
    [[Page 61884]]
    
        The proposed rule adopted by incorporation the requirements of 24 
    CFR 30.425(c)(3) governing how service is to be made. The final rule 
    has been revised to accept the GSEs' suggestion and to model the rule 
    governing service after the provisions in the Uniform Rules of Practice 
    and Procedure that have been adopted by the Federal financial 
    regulators.
    Closed Proceedings
        Freddie Mac requested that the final rule provide explicitly for 
    motions by the GSE to close a hearing, with any ALJ determination on 
    that question to be made reviewable by the Secretary on an 
    interlocutory basis. Freddie Mac argued that the affected GSE is more 
    likely than the ALJ to appreciate how an open hearing would affect its 
    employees, shareholders, customers and borrowers, and its ability to 
    perform its public mission. Freddie Mac proposed that the motion first 
    be made before the ALJ, with discretionary review by the Secretary 
    during an established, brief time period before the hearing is 
    permitted to continue.
        FHEFSSA permits the Secretary to determine that a hearing should be 
    closed to the public, or that a document or part of a document should 
    be sealed. The proposed rule implemented this authority in 
    Secs. 81.84(h) and 81.85(c), but did not provide additional procedures, 
    beyond those available under the statute or part 30, subpart E, as 
    incorporated.
        Under 24 CFR part 30, subpart E, a GSE may move for an order from 
    the ALJ providing for a closed hearing or sealed document. In response 
    to Freddie Mac's comment, the final rule also provides an additional 
    mechanism for interlocutory review by the Secretary of an ALJ's 
    decision in both of these situations. Section 81.84(h) allows a GSE to 
    request the Secretary to review an ALJ's denial of a timely motion for 
    a closed hearing. The hearing is stayed while the Secretary makes a 
    determination on the need to close the hearing. Section 81.85(c) 
    provides that a party may request immediate review by the Secretary of 
    an ALJ's denial of a protective order relating to documents for which 
    disclosure would be contrary to the public interest. However, unless 
    request for protection of the documentary evidence meets specific 
    timing requirements or the Secretary directs otherwise, the obligation 
    to produce the documents at a hearing will not be affected by the 
    request for review by the Secretary of the ALJ's decision on 
    disclosure.
    Appeal-Related Issues
        Freddie Mac urged that provisions in the final rule ``conform to 
    statutory requirements'' limiting the Secretary to 90 days to decide an 
    appeal of an ALJ ruling. Proposed Sec. 81.84(k) allowed the Secretary 
    an additional 30 days, at his or her discretion, in addition to the 
    statutory 90-day period set out in section 1342(b)(1). Additionally, 
    Freddie Mac objected to the provision in Sec. 81.84(l), permitting 
    remand of a case to an ALJ for additional proceedings, to the extent 
    that remand might have the effect of extending the 90-day time 
    provision established for a final decision. Freddie Mac asked that the 
    Secretary's authority to remand to an ALJ be limited, unless the 
    parties consent to any remand that extends the time for an ultimate 
    decision. The final rule eliminates any reference to a discretionary 
    extension of time triggered by written notice to the parties. However, 
    under the final rule the Secretary's remand of a case to an ALJ for 
    additional proceedings is a ``decision'' within the meaning of FHEFSSA. 
    This approach is consistent with recent case law.103
    
        \103\ Mountain Side Mobile Estates Partnership v. Secretary of 
    HUD, 56 F.3d 1243, 1248 (10th Cir. 1993). Furthermore, under the 
    rule, if a decision is remanded for further proceedings, the ALJ is 
    required to issue an initial decision on remand within 60 days of 
    the date of issuance of the final decision, unless it is impractical 
    to do so.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Freddie Mac also commented on the proposed rule's procedural 
    provisions on time-to-file and page limitations on appeals. Freddie Mac 
    stated that procedures set out in Sec. 30.910 for the Secretary's 
    review of ALJ decisions were inadequate in cases involving the GSEs, 
    because of the complex, fact-intensive nature of anticipated cases and 
    the broad public policy implications likely to be involved. Freddie Mac 
    requested that the rule make clear that provisions of Sec. 30.910, 
    including 15-day time and 10-page statement limits for appeals, may be 
    waived by the Secretary upon the motion of a party. Although Freddie 
    Mac agreed that expeditiousness and simplicity are ``generally 
    desirable,'' it asserted that such limits may not be appropriate in 
    cases involving national housing policies.
        As a general matter the Secretary has authority to waive HUD 
    regulations, including those provisions to which Freddie Mac has raised 
    objection, as well as other procedural rules from 24 CFR part 30 that 
    are incorporated by reference. Nevertheless, the page-limit, and, in 
    some cases, the time-limit, provisions set out in Sec. 30.910 might be 
    inadequate in cases arising under this rule. For that reason, the final 
    rule makes waiver of those specific provisions easier, by providing 
    that any such waiver of the part 30 page- and time-limits for notices 
    of appeal or any other waivers under this subpart will not trigger 
    publication requirements for general waivers. Waiver requests, when 
    reasonable in light of the subject matter of a particular proceeding 
    and other factors, can be expected to be dealt with suitably by an ALJ 
    or the Secretary.
        Freddie Mac asked that, because of the importance of these 
    decisions, the Secretary provide for oral argument on appeal at the 
    request of a GSE. Predicting that cases arising under FHEFSSA will be 
    rare, Freddie Mac argued that providing for oral argument by right 
    would not impose a significant burden on the Secretary.
        Nothing in the proposed rule would prevent the Secretary from 
    granting a right to oral argument in connection with a particular 
    appeal of an ALJ decision. A GSE may petition for such an opportunity 
    and the Secretary may, in an appropriate case, agree to it. However, it 
    is unnecessary to provide in the regulation for additional mandatory 
    procedural rights that may be provided in the Secretary's discretion, 
    when necessary.
        Freddie Mac commented that the rule need not repeat FHEFSSA's 
    provisions governing judicial review of HUD enforcement actions. For 
    example, Freddie Mac criticized the provisions of proposed 
    Sec. 81.83(e), which detailed the procedures through which the 
    Secretary could seek the aid of the U.S. District Court to collect a 
    civil money penalty. Provisions that only detail functions of the 
    reviewing court have been stricken in the final rule. The final rule 
    now cross-references statutory provisions governing judicial 
    procedures.
        Fannie Mae asked for clarification on an ``apparent inconsistency'' 
    between FHEFSSA and the proposed rule concerning who is responsible for 
    filing the record of an administrative proceeding with the appellate 
    court. The statute says the Secretary shall file, while the proposed 
    rule stated the Office of Administrative Law Judges shall file. The 
    provision Fannie Mae questioned is an intentional delegation to the 
    Office of Administrative Law Judges, in the interest of efficiency, and 
    is unchanged in the final rule.
        Commenting on Sec. 81.86 of the proposed rule, Freddie Mac said 
    that the rule ignored the fact that FHEFSSA treats enforcement of 
    cease-and-desist orders and civil money penalties orders differently. 
    Freddie Mac argued that the two enforcement actions had been dealt with 
    differently in FHEFSSA to reflect a congressional judgment that fact 
    
    [[Page 61885]]
    situations involving cease-and-desist orders may require immediate 
    action, while the collection of a civil money penalty might more 
    readily be deferred. The rule has been revised to reflect the statutory 
    language.
        Freddie Mac also questioned the inclusion of a provision in 
    Sec. 81.86(c) providing that the Secretary ``may obtain such other 
    relief as may be available, including attorney fees and other expenses 
    * * *.'' FHEFSSA, Freddie Mac asserted, made explicit reference to 
    attorney fees only in instances where a GSE has refused, after 
    adjudication, to pay a civil money penalty. The final rule eliminates, 
    from Sec. 81.86, the reference to attorney fees. The provision more 
    specifically addressing failures to comply with an order imposing a 
    civil money penalty (Sec. 81.83(e)) cross-references the statutory 
    provision.
    
    New Program Procedures
    
        The proposed rule provided, under the procedures for review of the 
    Secretary's disapproval of a program request on grounds that the 
    program is not authorized, that the GSE may request an opportunity to 
    review and supplement the record, or may request a meeting with the 
    Secretary. The final rule allows the GSE to supplement the record 
    timely in writing and/or through a meeting. Freddie Mac expressed 
    concern in its comments about the procedures outlined in Sec. 81.54. 
    The proposed rule provided that such a meeting ``shall not be on the 
    record * * *.'' Freddie Mac's concern was that materials furnished in 
    response to the invitation to supplement the record--or statements made 
    at the meeting with the Secretary or his designee--might belong on the 
    record, because they might help a court to decided that the Secretary's 
    decision was not arbitrary and capricious, or would otherwise assist in 
    pinpointing the issues in dispute. Additionally, Freddie Mac said, a 
    record would help to avoid arguments about what happened at such a 
    meeting.
        Because there is no statutory requirement that any opportunity be 
    provided for a meeting with an affected GSE to review a program 
    disapproval on these grounds, the question of how such a meeting should 
    be conducted is one solely within the Secretary's discretion.104 
    The intention of the proposed ``off the record'' provision was to 
    afford GSE representatives some assurance that statements made by them 
    at such a meeting would not be used in a manner adverse to the 
    interests of the GSE.
    
        \104\ However, written materials submitted at such a meeting, or 
    in lieu of requesting a meeting, are considered as having been 
    submitted with the intention of supplementing the record, as 
    permitted under Sec. 81.54(a)(1).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        While the Secretary does not want to reverse the position taken in 
    the proposed rule and provide that all such post-decision meetings will 
    be held on the record, the final rule removes the above-quoted negative 
    declaration from Sec. 81.54(a). Instead, the Secretary will establish 
    procedures for any such meeting on a case-by-case basis.105
    
        \105\ As a note of further clarification, the final rule 
    continues to permit a GSE freely to supplement the record in 
    writing, either at the meeting with the Secretary or designee, or in 
    a separate submission.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Subpart H--Book Entry Procedures
    
        Both the GSEs and the Book-Entry Treasury Regulations Task Force of 
    the Investment Securities Subcommittee of the UCC Committee of the 
    Business Law Section of the American Bar Association (``ABA Task 
    Force'') stated that revising book-entry procedures would be premature 
    in light of continuing work on a comprehensive revision of the Treasury 
    Department book-entry regulations.106 The Federal Reserve Bank of 
    New York--which operates the book-entry system--also urged HUD to delay 
    implementation of new book-entry provisions.
    
        \106\ The Treasury Department is revising its book entry 
    regulations to reflect a major revision to Article 8 of the Uniform 
    Commercial Code (UCC). Treasury withdrew proposed changes to its own 
    regulations pending the completion of additional UCC work. See 57 FR 
    12244 (Apr. 9, 1992), and 58 FR 59972 (Nov. 12, 1993).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Fannie Mae discussed the book-entry provisions briefly, indicating 
    that the proposed rule's revisions to the book-entry provisions were so 
    minor that any revision was unnecessary. Pending the overhaul of the 
    book-entry system by Treasury, Fannie Mae recommended preserving the 
    current book-entry regulations to ``avoid confusion and certain 
    regulatory inefficiency.'' However, Fannie Mae recommended deleting 
    Sec. 81.45(b) of the current book-entry regulations, consistent with 
    the proposed rule, because without this deletion, Fannie Mae must 
    request a waiver whenever it issues securities in definitive form.
        Freddie Mac commented that it ``strongly opposes'' adoption of 
    proposed Subpart H, calling it ``at best premature and at worst 
    potentially destructive.'' Freddie Mac requested that, if HUD 
    determines it is necessary to promulgate subpart H at this time, 
    Secs. 81.94(d) and 81.95 be ``recast'' to allow Freddie Mac to maintain 
    its ability to decide whether to allow conversion of its securities to 
    definitive form. Current Freddie Mac regulations allow a depositor to 
    withdraw securities from the book-entry system and convert to 
    definitive form only if the securities provide for such conversion 
    pursuant to the offering materials. Since 1985, Freddie Mac's offering 
    materials have not provided such a right of conversion--a practice it 
    comments is in keeping with current market practice. Freddie Mac said 
    that while the proposed HUD rules appear to mirror part O of Treasury's 
    regulations, the Treasury Department has informed Freddie Mac ``that in 
    practice it has not issued its own offerings in definitive form since 
    1986, notwithstanding the language of Part O, unless the offering 
    circular specifically allows.'' Freddie Mac therefore concluded that 
    the HUD proposal could put the GSEs at a competitive disadvantage 
    respecting other competing issuers, including Treasury.
        The GSEs' current book-entry regulations date back to the late 
    1970s and are codified in separate parts of the CFR.107 These 
    regulations are essential to permit the GSEs to avail themselves of 
    Federal Reserve book-entry systems. Under HUD's general regulatory 
    power respecting the GSEs, the proposed rule sought to establish a 
    uniform, modern set of book-entry regulations applicable to both Fannie 
    Mae and Freddie Mac modelled on the current book-entry procedures 
    established by the Treasury.108 Recently, by regulation and at the 
    request of Fannie Mae, the Secretary specifically extended the Fannie 
    Mae book-entry regulations to allow Fannie Mae to continue to use the 
    book-entry system pending the issuance of this comprehensive 
    rule.109
    
        \107\ 24 CFR part 81, subpart E (Fannie Mae) and 1 CFR part 462 
    (Freddie Mac).
        \108\ See 31 CFR 306.115 et seq.
        \109\ 59 FR 54366 (Oct. 28, 1994).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Based on the comments, the Secretary has decided to postpone 
    adopting uniform book-entry regulations for the GSEs pending completion 
    of the revised Treasury Department book-entry regulations. For HUD to 
    act now to finalize a complete set of regulations for both GSEs, and 
    then shortly to revise them, would only lead to confusion. HUD will 
    work with the Treasury Department to adopt revised regulations 
    simultaneously. These regulations will be substantively identical for 
    both GSEs and will provide a level playing field. In the interim, 
    Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac book-entry regulations shall remain 
    effective, essentially in their current form. The final rule makes only 
    three changes.
        The Fannie Mae book-entry regulations are modified to delete 
    Sec. 81.45(b), as requested by Fannie Mae. 
    
    [[Page 61886]]
    This provision requires use of book-entry procedures and has 
    necessitated that Fannie Mae formally request a waiver each time 
    definitive certificates are to be issued. Fannie Mae's requests for 
    waivers under this section have always been granted. Nonetheless, work 
    on these requests has frequently tied up both HUD and Fannie Mae staff. 
    In removing this section, HUD recognizes that under Freddie Mac's 
    regulations, securities may be issued in definitive form only where the 
    offering circular so provides. While HUD considered adding this 
    provision to current Fannie Mae regulations, it determined instead to 
    await Treasury Department revisions before addressing the matter.
        In addition, the current Fannie Mae book-entry regulations are 
    moved to subpart H and renumbered, using the numbering scheme in the 
    proposed regulation, Secs. 81.91-99. HUD explored the possibility of 
    maintaining the book-entry procedures as subpart E, and redesignating 
    and renumbering subparts E through I of the proposed rule, as had been 
    suggested by Fannie Mae. HUD determined, however, that the organization 
    of the regulation was more sensible if the book-entry provisions were 
    placed near the end of the part, because other subparts were of more 
    universal interest. Moreover, moving and redesignating five sections of 
    the proposed rule would be more confusing to the public than moving the 
    book-entry procedures. Finally, in the interest of consistency, the 
    term ``Fannie Mae'' is substituted for the term ``Federal National 
    Mortgage Association'' in this subpart.
    
    Subpart I--Other Provisions
    
        Both GSEs commented on a provision of HUD's proposed rule that 
    provided that the Secretary could conduct regulatory examinations of 
    the GSEs at any time, to determine whether the GSEs were complying with 
    statutory requirements. The primary argument made by both GSEs was that 
    the Secretary does not possess examination authority, because Congress 
    specifically took this authority away from the Secretary under FHEFSSA 
    and gave it to the Director of OFHEO. Freddie Mac also argued that the 
    Secretary does not possess this authority pursuant to FHEFSSA's grant 
    to the Secretary of ``general regulatory authority,'' because 
    examination authority may only be implied if that authority is 
    necessary, indispensable, and essential. Freddie Mac argued that the 
    authority is not necessary, indispensable, or essential, because the 
    Secretary may monitor the GSEs' compliance by using the reports and 
    data that the GSEs provide to HUD.
        The section on regulatory examinations has been removed. However 
    another provision, making clear the Secretary's authority to verify 
    information, has been added to the rule at Sec. 81.102. Sections 
    1381(k) and 1382(e) of FHEFSSA removed the Secretary's explicit 
    statutory authority to ``examine and audit the books and financial 
    transactions'' of the GSEs. However, that elimination of the 
    Secretary's explicit statutory grant of authority to conduct 
    examinations does not mean that the Secretary has no alternative but to 
    accept, as accurate and complete, whatever data, information, or 
    reports the GSEs may provide. Rather, the Secretary may independently 
    verify the accuracy and completeness of the data, information, and 
    reports, including conducting on-site verification, when verification 
    is reasonably related to determining whether the GSEs are complying 
    with the law. The Secretary does not anticipate exercising this 
    authority often, but only where such verification is necessary.
        The authority to verify information when necessary is derived from 
    section 1321 of FHEFSSA, which accords the Secretary ``general 
    regulatory power over each enterprise,'' as well as the enumerated 
    powers conferred on the Secretary by FHEFSSA. The Supreme Court has 
    repeatedly held that a grant to an agency of ``general regulatory 
    authority,'' extends to the agency those unenumerated powers that are 
    ``reasonably related to the purposes of the enabling legislation.'' 
    110 This standard has been accepted by every Federal Court of 
    Appeals.111 Independent verification of the information provided 
    by the GSEs is reasonably related to the Secretary's performing out his 
    or her statutory duties.
    
        \110\ Mourning v. Family Publications Service, Inc., 411 U.S. 
    356, 369 (1973) (quoting Thorpe v. Housing Authority of City of 
    Durham, 393 U.S. 268, 280-81 (1969)).
        \111\ See, e.g., Action on Smoking and Health v. CAB, 699 F.2d 
    1209, 1212 (D.C. Cir. 1983).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Freddie Mac acknowledged in its comments that ``HUD could have 
    implicit examination authority only if that authority were necessary, 
    indispensable and essential to monitor GSE compliance with'' provisions 
    of the Charter Acts. In support of its ``necessary, indispensable, and 
    essential'' standard, Freddie Mac cited one Circuit Court 
    decision,112 which involved the authority of bankruptcy judges to 
    conduct jury trials. That case is distinguishable on several grounds 
    and does not represent the correct standard to apply here, in light of 
    Supreme Court holdings adopting a ``reasonably related'' standard, 
    which every Federal Circuit Court has followed.
    
        \112\ In re United Mo. Bank of Kansas City, N.A., 901 F.2d 1449, 
    1456 (8th Cir. 1990).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        In a landmark decision, the Supreme Court specifically addressed 
    the scope of an agency's authority to investigate a regulated entity 
    absent an explicit grant of statutory authority to conduct such 
    investigations.113 In that case, the Court held that the Federal 
    Trade Commission (FTC) possessed authority to require additional 
    reports from a corporation it regulated, even though the FTC did not 
    have specific authority to require such reports under applicable law or 
    the consent decree that it sought to enforce.
    
        \113\ United States v. Morton Salt Co., 338 U.S. 632 (1950).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        In reaching its decision, the Court rejected Morton Salt's argument 
    that enforcing compliance with the decree had to ``rest upon 
    respondents' honor unless evidence of a violation fortuitously comes to 
    the Commission.'' Rather, ``the Commission, in view of its residual 
    duty of enforcement,'' could ``affirmatively satisfy itself that the 
    decree is being observed.'' 114 The Court indicated that the FTC's 
    authority to investigate compliance with consent decrees in this manner 
    derived from its authority to initiate contempt proceedings for the 
    violation of such decrees, concluding that the authority to initiate 
    contempt proceedings ``must have contemplated that the Commission could 
    obtain accurate information from time to time on which to base a 
    responsible conclusion that there was or was not cause for such a 
    proceeding.'' 115
    
        \114\ 338 U.S. at 640.
        \115\ Id. at 639.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The Secretary, like the FTC, is charged with the authority to 
    initiate enforcement actions upon determining that the law has been 
    violated. This enforcement responsibility contemplates that the 
    Secretary will obtain accurate information on which to base a 
    responsible conclusion that there is or is not cause for such a 
    proceeding. The Secretary, like the FTC, is accorded a number of 
    investigative functions. For the Secretary, these investigatory 
    functions include the authority to require reports (e.g., FHEFSSA, 
    section 1327), gather data from the GSEs on their mortgage purchases 
    (FHEFSSA, sections 1381(o) and 1382(r)), 116 
    
    [[Page 61887]]
    monitor compliance with the housing goals (FHEFSSA, section 1336), and 
    issue subpoenas (FHEFSSA, section 1348).117 The Secretary's 
    functions, like the FTC's functions, include making factual 
    determinations. For the Secretary these determinations include: (1) 
    Whether a GSE is complying with the housing goals; (2) whether a GSE 
    has made a good-faith effort to comply with a housing plan; and (3) 
    whether a GSE has submitted the mortgage information and reports 
    required under sections 1381(o), 1382(r), or 1337 of FHEFSSA. Under 
    Morton Salt, these functions, along with the Secretary's general 
    regulatory powers, support the Secretary's authority to verify 
    independently the completeness and accuracy of data, information, and 
    reports submitted by the GSEs, including conducting on-site 
    verification when doing so is reasonably related to determining whether 
    the GSEs are complying with the law.
    
        \116\ Sections 1381(o) and 1382(r) of FHEFSSA require that the 
    GSEs ``collect, maintain, and provide to the Secretary, in a form 
    determined by the Secretary,'' mortgage data pertaining to single-
    family and multifamily mortgages. These provisions provide the 
    Secretary with broad discretion to determine the ``form'' in which 
    the data is to be provided, as well as what information, other than 
    the mortgage characteristics indicated in the statute, the Secretary 
    may also require.
        \117\ ``Administrative authority to inspect and copy business 
    records was implied as a reasonable projection of a principle 
    reflected in a statutory grant of subpoena power.'' 2B Norman J. 
    Singer, Sutherland on Statutory Construction Sec. 55.04 (5th ed. 
    1992) (citing Porter v. Gantner & Mattern Co., 156 F.2d 886 (9th 
    Cir. 1946)).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Freddie Mac maintains that the Secretary can sufficiently monitor 
    compliance through the extensive data and reports that the GSEs are 
    required to provide. Freddie Mac points out that the Secretary can use 
    the mortgage purchase data required to be submitted to verify the 
    accuracy of the housing goal performance reported in the annual 
    reports. Freddie Mac asserts, ``If a GSE fails to submit required 
    reports or data required under the Act or its charter, HUD can initiate 
    enforcement proceedings and, incidental to those proceedings, can issue 
    subpoenas for the production of documents and witnesses.''
        However, without the authority to verify the completeness and 
    accuracy of the data, information, or reports submitted by each GSE, 
    the Secretary would be hampered in making the determinations that are 
    required. Such a situation could result in the Secretary erroneously 
    concluding that the GSEs are complying with FHEFSSA's requirements when 
    they are not, or that they are not complying with FHEFSSA's 
    requirements when they are. Thus, where the Secretary determines that 
    it is necessary to verify independently the data, information, or 
    reports provided by the GSEs, including conducting on-site 
    verification, such verification is ``reasonably related to the purposes 
    of the enabling legislation.''
    Information Collection and Cost/Benefit Analysis
        Freddie Mac argued that HUD's estimates of the cost of GSE 
    compliance with the reporting requirements were grossly understated in 
    the analysis provided with the proposed rule. Freddie Mac noted that 
    HUD's estimate of its own costs to review the data was much higher than 
    the costs estimated for the GSEs.
        HUD did not act arbitrarily in estimating its own costs to review 
    data as substantially higher than the costs to the GSEs of providing 
    the data. HUD's estimates of costs did not include the GSEs' costs of 
    amassing the data, including systems costs, because the cost estimates 
    were intended to measure the incremental costs associated with 
    compiling the data from the GSEs data systems, i.e., producing the 
    tables, reports, and loan-level data tapes. The estimates also are not 
    intended to reflect costs associated with data elements that the GSEs 
    would collect in the absence of the final rule. Moreover, the costs 
    should not reflect any analytical research conducted by the GSEs with 
    respect to the data or the housing goals.
        However, the Secretary does appreciate the GSEs' commitment to 
    diligence in checking the accuracy of the data, and those costs have 
    been accounted for in reviewing the information collection provisions 
    in the final rule. In addition, after reviewing the comments on all 
    areas of the rule in which information collection considerations were a 
    factor, HUD revised its cost estimates to reflect more accurately the 
    costs of producing each of the reports required by the rule. These 
    revised cost estimates have been provided to OMB, and the Economic 
    Analysis that analyzes the costs and benefits associated with the 
    provisions of this final rule is available to the public, as noted 
    under ``Significant Regulatory Action'' in the ``Other Matters'' 
    section of this preamble.
    
    Other Matters
    
    Environmental Impact
    
        In accordance with 40 CFR 1508.4 of the regulations of the Council 
    on Environmental Quality and 24 CFR 50.20 of the HUD regulations, the 
    policies and procedures contained in this rule do not affect a physical 
    structure or property and relate only to statutorily required 
    accounting and reporting procedures, and, therefore, are categorically 
    excluded from the requirements of the National Environmental Policy 
    Act.
    
    Executive Order 12866
    
        This rule constitutes a ``significant regulatory action'' as that 
    term is defined in subsection 3(f) of Executive Order 12866 on 
    Regulatory Planning and Review issued by the President on September 30, 
    1993. A preliminary review of the rule indicated that it might, as 
    defined in that Order, have an annual effect on the economy of $100 
    million or more. Accordingly, an economic Analysis was prepared and is 
    available for review and inspection in Room 10276, Rules Docket Clerk, 
    Office of the General Counsel, Department of Housing and Urban 
    Development, 451 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, DC 20410-0500.
    
    Regulatory Flexibility Act
    
        The Secretary, in accordance with the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 
    U.S.C. 605(b)), has reviewed this rule before publication and by 
    approving it certifies that this rule would not have a significant 
    economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. The 
    requirements of the proposed rule are directed toward the accounting 
    procedures used in the mortgage servicing industry and the disclosure 
    to consumers of related information.
    
    Executive Order 12612, Federalism
    
        The General Counsel, as the Designated Official under subsection 
    6(a) of Executive Order 12612, Federalism, has determined that the 
    policies contained in this rule would not have substantial direct 
    effects on States or their political subdivisions, or the relationship 
    between the federal government and the States, or on the distribution 
    of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. 
    As a result, the rule is not subject to review under the Order. The 
    requirements of the rule are directed toward the accounting procedures 
    used in the mortgage servicing industry and the disclosure to consumers 
    of related information.
    
    Executive Order 12606, The Family
    
        The General Counsel, as the Designated Official under Executive 
    Order 12606, The Family, has determined that this rule does not have 
    the potential for significant impact on family formation, maintenance, 
    and general well-being, and, thus, is not subject to review under the 
    Order. No significant change in existing HUD policies or programs will 
    result from promulgation of this rule, as those 
    
    [[Page 61888]]
    policies and programs relate to family concerns.
    
    List of Subjects in 24 CFR Part 81
    
        Accounting, Federal Reserve System, Mortgages, Reporting and 
    recordkeeping requirements, Securities.
    
        1. For the reasons set out in the preamble, part 81 of Title 24 of 
    the Code of Federal Regulations is revised to read as follows:
    
    PART 81--THE SECRETARY OF HUD'S REGULATION OF THE FEDERAL NATIONAL 
    MORTGAGE ASSOCIATION (FANNIE MAE) AND THE FEDERAL HOME LOAN 
    MORTGAGE CORPORATION (FREDDIE MAC)
    
    Subpart A--General
    
    Sec.
    81.1  Scope of part.
    81.2  Definitions.
    
    Subpart B--Housing Goals
    
    Sec.
    81.11  General.
    81.12  Low- and Moderate-Income Housing Goal.
    81.13  Central Cities, Rural Areas, and Other Underserved Areas 
    Housing Goal.
    81.14  Special Affordable Housing Goal.
    81.15  General requirements.
    81.16  Special counting requirements.
    81.17  Affordability--Income level definitions--family size and 
    income known (owner-occupied units, actual tenants, and prospective 
    tenants).
    81.18  Affordability--Income level definitions--family size not 
    known (actual or prospective tenants).
    81.19  Affordability--Rent level definitions--tenant income is not 
    known.
    81.20  Actions to be taken to meet the goals.
    81.21  Notice and determination of failure to meet goals.
    81.22  Housing plans.
    
    Subpart C--Fair Housing
    
    Sec.
    81.41  General.
    81.42  Prohibitions against discrimination.
    81.43  Reports; underwriting and appraisal guideline review.
    81.44  Submission of information to the Secretary.
    81.45  Obtaining and disseminating information.
    81.46  Remedial actions.
    81.47  Violations of provisions by the GSEs.
    
    Subpart D--New Program Approval
    
    Sec.
    81.51  General.
    81.52  Requirement for program requests.
    81.53  Processing of program requests.
    81.54  Review of disapproval.
    
    Subpart E--Reporting Requirements
    
    Sec.
    81.61  General.
    81.62  Mortgage reports.
    81.63  Annual Housing Activities Report.
    81.64  Periodic reports.
    81.65  Other information and analyses.
    81.66  Submission of reports.
    
    Subpart F--Access to Information
    
    Sec.
    81.71  General.
    81.72  Public-use database and public information.
    81.73  GSE request for proprietary treatment.
    81.74  Secretarial determination on GSE request.
    81.75  Proprietary information withheld by order or regulation.
    81.76  FOIA requests and protection of GSE information.
    81.77  Requests for GSE information on behalf of Congress, the 
    Comptroller General, a subpoena, or other legal process.
    
    Subpart G--Procedures for Actions and Review of Actions
    
    Sec.
    81.81  General.
    81.82  Cease-and-desist proceedings.
    81.83  Civil money penalties.
    81.84  Hearings.
    81.85  Public disclosure of final orders and agreements.
    81.86  Enforcement and jurisdiction.
    81.87  Judicial review.
    
    Subpart H--Book-Entry Procedures
    
    Sec.
    81.91  Definitions.
    81.92  Authority of Reserve Bank.
    81.93  Scope and effect of book-entry procedure.
    81.94  Transfer or pledge.
    81.95  Withdrawal of Fannie Mae securities.
    81.96  Delivery of Fannie Mae securities.
    81.97  Registered bonds and notes.
    81.98  Servicing book-entry Fannie Mae securities; payment of 
    interest; payment at maturity or upon call.
    81.99  Treasury Department regulations; applicability to Fannie Mae.
    
    Subpart I--Other Provisions
    
    Sec.
    81.101  Equal employment opportunity.
    81.102  Independent verification authority.
    
        Authority: 12 U.S.C. 1451 et seq., 1716-1723h, and 4501-4641; 42 
    U.S.C. 3535(d) and 3601-3619.
    
    Subpart A--General
    
    
    Sec. 81.1  Scope of part.
    
        (a) Authority. The Secretary has general regulatory power 
    respecting the Federal National Mortgage Association (``Fannie Mae'') 
    and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (``Freddie Mac'') 
    (referred to collectively as Government-sponsored enterprises 
    (``GSEs'')) and is required to make such rules and regulations as are 
    necessary and proper to ensure that the provisions of the Federal 
    Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992 
    (``FHEFSSA''), codified generally at 12 U.S.C. 4501-4641; the Fannie 
    Mae Charter Act, 12 U.S.C. 1716-1723h; and the Freddie Mac Act, 12 
    U.S.C. 1451-59, are accomplished.
        (b) Relation between this part and the authorities of OFHEO. The 
    Director of the Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight 
    (``OFHEO'') will issue separate regulations implementing the Director's 
    authority respecting the GSEs. In this part, OFHEO and the Director are 
    only referenced when the Director's responsibilities are connected with 
    the Secretary's responsibilities.
    
    
    Sec. 81.2  Definitions.
    
        (a) Statutory terms. All terms defined in FHEFSSA (12 U.S.C. 4502) 
    are used in accordance with their statutory meaning unless otherwise 
    defined in paragraph (b) of this section.
        (b) Other terms. As used in this part, the term--
        AHAR means the Annual Housing Activities Report that a GSE submits 
    to the Secretary under sections 309(n) of the Fannie Mae Charter Act or 
    307(f) of the Freddie Mac Act.
        AHAR information means data or information contained in the AHAR.
        AHS means the American Housing Survey published by HUD and the 
    Department of Commerce.
        Balloon mortgage means a mortgage providing for payments at regular 
    intervals, with a final payment (``balloon payment'') that is at least 
    5 percent more than the periodic payments. The periodic payments may 
    cover some or all of the periodic principal or interest. Typically, the 
    periodic payments are level monthly payments that would fully amortize 
    the mortgage over a stated term and the balloon payment is a single 
    payment due after a specified period (but before the mortgage would 
    fully amortize) and pays off or satisfies the outstanding balance of 
    the mortgage.
        Central city means the underserved areas located in any political 
    subdivision designated as a central city by the Office of Management 
    and Budget of the Executive Office of the President.
        Charter Act means the Federal National Mortgage Association Charter 
    Act (12 U.S.C. 1716 et seq.) or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage 
    Corporation Act (12 U.S.C. 1451 et seq.).
        Contract rent means the total rent that is, or is anticipated to 
    be, specified in the rental contract as payable by the tenant to the 
    owner for rental of a dwelling unit, including fees or charges for 
    management and maintenance services and those utility charges that are 
    included in the rental contract. In determining contract rent, rent 
    concessions shall not be considered, i.e., contract rent is not 
    decreased by any 
    
    [[Page 61889]]
    rent concessions. Contract rent is rent net of rental subsidies.
        Conventional mortgage means a mortgage other than a mortgage as to 
    which a GSE has the benefit of any guaranty, insurance or other 
    obligation by the United States or any of its agencies or 
    instrumentalities.
        Day means a calendar day.
        Director means the Director of OFHEO.
        Dwelling unit means a room or unified combination of rooms intended 
    for use, in whole or in part, as a dwelling by one or more persons, and 
    includes a dwelling unit in a single-family property, multifamily 
    property, or other residential or mixed-use property.
        ECOA means the Equal Credit Opportunity Act (15 U.S.C. 1691 et 
    seq.).
        Familial status has the same definition as is set forth at 24 CFR 
    100.20.
        Family means one or more individuals who occupy the same dwelling 
    unit.
        Fannie Mae means the Federal National Mortgage Association and any 
    affiliate thereof.
        FHEFSSA means the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and 
    Soundness Act of 1992, codified generally at 12 U.S.C. 4501-4651.
        FOIA means the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552).
        Freddie Mac means the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and 
    any affiliate thereof.
        Freddie Mac Act means the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 
    Act (12 U.S.C. 1451 et seq.).
        Government-sponsored enterprise or GSE means Fannie Mae or Freddie 
    Mac.
        Handicap has the same definition as is set forth at 24 CFR 100.201.
        HUD means the United States Department of Housing and Urban 
    Development.
        Lender means any entity that makes, originates, sells, or services 
    mortgages, and includes the secured creditors named in the debt 
    obligation and document creating the mortgage.
        Low-income area means a census tract or block numbering area in 
    which the median income does not exceed 80 percent of the area median 
    income.
        Median income means, with respect to an area, the unadjusted median 
    family income for the area, as most recently determined and published 
    by the Secretary.
        Metropolitan area means a metropolitan statistical area (``MSA''), 
    primary metropolitan statistical area (``PMSA''), or consolidated 
    metropolitan statistical area (``CMSA''), designated by the Office of 
    Management and Budget of the Executive Office of the President.
        Minority means any individual who is included within any one of the 
    following racial and ethnic categories:
        (1) American Indian or Alaskan Native--a person having origins in 
    any of the original peoples of North America, and who maintains 
    cultural identification through tribal affiliation or community 
    recognition;
        (2) Asian or Pacific Islander--a person having origins in any of 
    the original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, the Indian 
    subcontinent, or the Pacific Islands;
        (3) African-American--a person having origins in any of the black 
    racial groups of Africa; and
        (4) Hispanic--a person of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central or 
    South American, or other Spanish culture or origin, regardless of race.
        Mortgage means a member of such classes of liens, including 
    subordinate liens, as are commonly given or are legally effective to 
    secure advances on, or the unpaid purchase price of, real estate under 
    the laws of the State in which the real estate is located, or a 
    manufactured home that is personal property under the laws of the State 
    in which the manufactured home is located, together with the credit 
    instruments, if any, secured thereby, and includes interests in 
    mortgages. ``Mortgage'' includes a mortgage, lien, including a 
    subordinate lien, or other security interest on the stock or membership 
    certificate issued to a tenant-stockholder or resident-member by a 
    cooperative housing corporation, as defined in section 216 of the 
    Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and on the proprietary lease, occupancy 
    agreement, or right of tenancy in the dwelling unit of the tenant-
    stockholder or resident-member in such cooperative housing corporation.
        Mortgage data means data obtained by the Secretary from the GSEs 
    under subsection 309(m) of the Fannie Mae Charter Act and subsection 
    307(e) of the Freddie Mac Act.
        Mortgage purchase means a transaction in which a GSE bought or 
    otherwise acquired with cash or other thing of value, a mortgage for 
    its portfolio or for securitization.
        Multifamily housing means a residence consisting of more than 4 
    dwelling units. The term includes cooperative buildings and condominium 
    projects.
        New England means Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, 
    Rhode Island, and Vermont.
        OFHEO means the Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight.
        Ongoing program means a program that is expected to continue for 
    the foreseeable future.
        Other underserved area means any underserved area that is in a 
    metropolitan area, but not in a central city.
        Owner-occupied unit means a dwelling unit in single-family housing 
    in which a mortgagor of the unit resides.
        Participation means a fractional interest in the principal amount 
    of a mortgage.
        Portfolio of loans means 10 or more loans.
        Proprietary information means all mortgage data and all AHAR 
    information that the GSEs submit to the Secretary in the AHARs that 
    contain trade secrets or privileged or confidential, commercial, or 
    financial information that, if released, would be likely to cause 
    substantial competitive harm.
        Public data means all mortgage data and all AHAR information that 
    the GSEs submit to the Secretary in the AHARs, that the Secretary 
    determines are not proprietary and may appropriately be disclosed 
    consistent with other applicable laws and regulations.
        Real estate mortgage investment conduit (REMIC) means multi-class 
    mortgage securities issued by a tax-exempt entity.
        Refinancing means a transaction in which an existing mortgage is 
    satisfied or replaced by a new mortgage undertaken by the same 
    borrower. The term does not include:
        (1) A renewal of a single payment obligation with no change in the 
    original terms;
        (2) A reduction in the annual percentage rate of the mortgage as 
    computed under the Truth in Lending Act, with a corresponding change in 
    the payment schedule;
        (3) An agreement involving a court proceeding;
        (4) A workout agreement, in which a change in the payment schedule 
    or collateral requirements is agreed to as a result of the mortgagor's 
    default or delinquency, unless the rate is increased or the new amount 
    financed exceeds the unpaid balance plus earned finance charges and 
    premiums for the continuation of insurance;
        (5) The renewal of optional insurance purchased by the mortgagor 
    and added to an existing mortgage; and
        (6) A renegotiated balloon mortgage on a multifamily property where 
    the balloon payment was due within 1 year after the date of the closing 
    of the renegotiated mortgage.
        Rent means, for a dwelling unit:
        (1) When the contract rent includes all utilities, the contract 
    rent; or 
    
    [[Page 61890]]
    
        (2) When the contract rent does not include all utilities, the 
    contract rent plus:
        (i) The actual cost of utilities not included in the contract rent; 
    or
        (ii) A utility allowance.
        Rental housing means dwelling units in multifamily housing and 
    dwelling units that are not owner occupied in single-family housing.
        Rental unit means a dwelling unit that is not owner-occupied and is 
    rented or available to rent.
        Residence means a property where one or more families reside.
        Residential mortgage means a mortgage on single-family or 
    multifamily housing.
        Rural area means any underserved area located outside of any 
    metropolitan area.
        Seasoned mortgage means a mortgage on which the date of the 
    mortgage note is more than 1 year before the GSE purchased the 
    mortgage.
        Second mortgage means any mortgage that has a lien position 
    subordinate only to the lien of the first mortgage.
        Secondary residence means a dwelling where the mortgagor maintains 
    (or will maintain) a part-time place of abode and typically spends (or 
    will spend) less than the majority of the calendar year. A person may 
    have more than one secondary residence at a time.
        Secretary means the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development and, 
    where appropriate, any person designated by the Secretary to perform a 
    particular function for the Secretary, including any HUD officer, 
    employee, or agent.
        Single-family housing means a residence consisting of one to four 
    dwelling units. Single-family housing includes condominium dwelling 
    units and dwelling units in cooperative housing projects.
        Underserved area means:
        (1) For purposes of the definitions of ``central city'' and ``other 
    underserved area,'' a census tract having:
        (i) A median income at or below 120 percent of the median income of 
    the metropolitan area and a minority population of 30 percent or 
    greater; or
        (ii) A median income at or below 90 percent of median income of the 
    metropolitan area.
        (2) For purposes of the definition of ``rural area'':
        (i) In areas other than New England, a county having:
        (A) A median income at or below 120 percent of the State 
    nonmetropolitan median income and a minority population of 30 percent 
    or greater; or
        (B) A median income at or below 95 percent of the greater of the:
        (1) State non-metropolitan median income; or
        (2) Nationwide non-metropolitan median income; and
        (ii) In New England, an entire county having the characteristics in 
    paragraph (2)(i)(A) or (B) of this definition or the remainder of a 
    county, where a portion of the county is in a metropolitan area and the 
    remainder of the county has the characteristics in paragraph (2)(i)(A) 
    or (B) of this definition.
        Utilities means charges for electricity, piped or bottled gas, 
    water, sewage disposal, fuel (oil, coal, kerosene, wood, solar energy, 
    or other), and garbage and trash collection. Utilities do not include 
    charges for telephone service.
        Utility allowance means either:
        (1) The amount to be added to contract rent when utilities are not 
    included in contract rent (also referred to as the ``AHS-derived 
    utility allowance''), as issued annually by the Secretary; or
        (2) The utility allowance established under the HUD Section 8 
    Program (42 U.S.C. 1437f) for the area where the property is located.
        Very-low-income has the same definition as ``very low-income'' has 
    in FHEFSSA.
        Wholesale exchange means a transaction in which a GSE buys or 
    otherwise acquires mortgages held in portfolio or securitized by the 
    other GSE, or where both GSEs swap such mortgages.
        Working day means a day when HUD is officially open for business.
    
    Subpart B--Housing Goals
    
    
    Sec. 81.11  General.
    
        This subpart establishes: three housing goals, as required by 
    FHEFSSA; requirements for measuring performance under the goals; and 
    procedures for monitoring and enforcing the goals.
    
    
    Sec. 81.12  Low- and Moderate-Income Housing Goal.
    
        (a) Purpose of goal. This annual goal for the purchase by each GSE 
    of mortgages on housing for low- and moderate-income families (``the 
    Low- and Moderate-Income Housing Goal'') is intended to achieve 
    increased purchases by the GSEs of such mortgages.
        (b) Factors. In establishing the Low- and Moderate-Income Housing 
    Goals, the Secretary considered the factors in 12 U.S.C. 4562(b). A 
    statement documenting the Secretary's considerations and findings with 
    respect to these factors, entitled ``Secretarial Considerations to 
    Establish the Low- and Moderate-Income Housing Goal,'' was published in 
    the Federal Register on December 1, 1995.
        (c) Goals. The annual goals for each GSE's purchases of mortgages 
    on housing for low- and moderate-income families are:
        (1) For 1996, 40 percent of the total number of dwelling units 
    financed by that GSE's mortgage purchases in 1996;
        (2) For each of the years 1997-99, 42 percent of the total number 
    of dwelling units financed by that GSE's mortgage purchases in each of 
    those years; and
        (3) For 2000 and thereafter the Secretary shall establish annual 
    goals; pending establishment of goals for 2000 and thereafter, the 
    annual goal for each of those years shall be 42 percent of the total 
    number of dwelling units financed by that GSE's mortgage purchases in 
    each of those years.
    
    
    Sec. 81.13  Central Cities, Rural Areas, and Other Underserved Areas 
    Housing Goal.
    
        (a) Purpose of the goal. This annual goal for the purchase by each 
    GSE of mortgages on housing located in central cities, rural areas, and 
    other underserved areas is intended to achieve increased purchases by 
    the GSEs of mortgages financing housing in areas that are underserved 
    in terms of mortgage credit.
        (b) Factors. In establishing the Central Cities, Rural Areas, and 
    Other Underserved Areas Goals, the Secretary considered the factors in 
    12 U.S.C. 4564(b). A statement documenting the Secretary's 
    considerations and findings with respect to these factors, entitled 
    ``Secretarial Considerations to Establish the Central Cities, Rural 
    Areas, and Other Underserved Areas Housing Goal,'' was published in the 
    Federal Register on December 1, 1995.
        (c) Goals. The annual goals for each GSE's purchases of mortgages 
    on housing located in central cities, rural areas, and other 
    underserved areas are:
        (1) For 1996, 21 percent of the total number of dwelling units 
    financed by that GSE's mortgage purchases in 1996;
        (2) For each of the years 1997-99, 24 percent of the total number 
    of dwelling units financed by that GSE's mortgage purchases in each of 
    those years; and
        (3) For 2000 and thereafter the Secretary shall establish annual 
    goals; pending establishment of goals for 2000 and thereafter, the 
    annual goal for each of those years shall be 24 percent of the total 
    number of dwelling units financed by that GSE's mortgage purchases in 
    each of those years.
        (d) Measuring performance. The GSEs shall determine on a mortgage-
    by-mortgage basis, through geocoding or any similarly accurate and 
    reliable method, whether a mortgage finances 
    
    [[Page 61891]]
    one or more dwelling units located in a central city, rural area, or 
    other underserved area.
    
    
    Sec. 81.14  Special Affordable Housing Goal.
    
        (a) Purpose of the goal. This goal is intended to achieve increased 
    purchases by the GSEs of mortgages on rental and owner-occupied housing 
    meeting the then-existing unaddressed needs of, and affordable to, low-
    income families in low-income areas and very-low-income families.
        (b) Factors. In establishing the Special Affordable Housing Goals, 
    the Secretary considered the factors in 12 U.S.C. 4563(a)(2). A 
    statement documenting the Secretary's considerations and findings with 
    respect to these factors, entitled ``Secretarial Considerations to 
    Establish the Special Affordable Housing Goal,'' was published in the 
    Federal Register on December 1, 1995.
        (c) Goals. The annual goals for each GSE's purchases of mortgages 
    on rental and owner-occupied housing meeting the then-existing, 
    unaddressed needs of and affordable to low-income families in low-
    income areas and very-low-income families are:
        (1) For 1996, 12 percent of the total number of dwelling units 
    financed by each GSE's mortgage purchases in 1996. The goal shall 
    include mortgage purchases financing dwelling units in multifamily 
    housing totalling not less than 0.8 percent of the dollar volume of 
    mortgages purchased by the respective GSE in 1994;
        (2) For each of the years 1997-99, 14 percent of the total number 
    of dwelling units financed by each GSE's mortgage purchases in each of 
    those years. The goal for each year shall include mortgage purchases 
    financing dwelling units in multifamily housing totalling not less than 
    0.8 percent of the dollar volume of mortgages purchased by the 
    respective GSE in 1994; and
        (3) For 2000 and thereafter the Secretary shall establish annual 
    goals. Pending establishment of goals for 2000 and thereafter, the 
    annual goal for each of those years shall be 14 percent of the total 
    number of dwelling units financed by each GSE's mortgages purchases in 
    each of those years; the goal for each such year shall include mortgage 
    purchases financing dwelling units in multifamily housing totalling not 
    less than 0.8 percent of the dollar volume of mortgages purchased by 
    the respective GSE in 1994.
        (d) Counting of multifamily units. (1) Dwelling units affordable to 
    low-income families and financed by a particular purchase of a mortgage 
    on multifamily housing shall count toward achievement of the Special 
    Affordable Housing Goal where at least:
        (i) 20 percent of the dwelling units in the particular multifamily 
    property are affordable to families whose incomes do not exceed 50 
    percent of the area median income; or
        (ii) 40 percent of the dwelling units in the particular multifamily 
    property are affordable to very-low-income families.
        (2) Where only some of the units financed by a purchase of a 
    mortgage on multifamily housing count under the multifamily component 
    of the goal, only a portion of the unpaid principal balance of the 
    mortgage attributable to such units shall count toward the multifamily 
    component. The portion of the mortgage counted under the multifamily 
    requirement shall be equal to the ratio of the total units that count 
    to the total number of units in the mortgaged property.
        (e) Full Credit Activities. (1) For purposes of 12 U.S.C. 
    4563(b)(1) and this paragraph (e), full credit means that each unit 
    financed by a mortgage purchased by a GSE and meeting the requirements 
    of this section shall count toward achievement of the Special 
    Affordable Housing Goal for that GSE.
        (2) Consistent with Sec. 81.16(b)(3)(ii), the Secretary will give 
    full credit toward achievement of the Special Affordable Housing Goals 
    for the activities in 12 U.S.C. 4563(b)(1).
        (3) Mortgages under HUD's Home Equity Conversion Mortgage 
    (``HECM'') Insurance Demonstration Program, 12 U.S.C. 1715z-20, and the 
    Farmers Home Administration's Guaranteed Rural Housing Loan Program, 7 
    U.S.C. 1933, meet the requirements of 12 U.S.C. 4563(b)(1)(A)(i) and 
    (ii).
        (4) (i) For purposes of determining whether a seller meets the 
    requirement in 12 U.S.C. 4563(b)(1)(B), a seller must currently operate 
    on its own or actively participate in an ongoing program that will 
    result in originating additional loans that meet the goal. Actively 
    participating in such a program includes actively participating with a 
    qualified housing group that operates a program resulting in the 
    origination of loans that meet the requirements of the goal.
        (ii) To determine whether a seller meets the requirement in 
    paragraph (e)(4)(i) of this section, the GSE shall verify and monitor 
    that the seller meets the requirement and develop any necessary 
    mechanisms to ensure compliance with this requirement.
        (iii) Where a seller's primary business is originating mortgages on 
    housing that qualifies under this Special Affordable Housing Goal, such 
    seller is presumed to meet the requirements in paragraph (e)(4)(i) of 
    this section.
        (f) No credit activities. Neither the purchase nor the 
    securitization of mortgages associated with the refinancing of a GSE's 
    existing mortgage or mortgage-backed securities portfolios shall 
    receive credit toward the achievement of the Special Affordable Housing 
    Goal. Refinancings that result from the wholesale exchange of mortgages 
    between the two GSEs shall not count toward the achievement of this 
    goal. Refinancings of individual mortgages shall count toward 
    achievement of this goal when the refinancing is an arms-length 
    transaction that is borrower-driven and the mortgage otherwise counts 
    toward achievement of this goal. For purposes of this paragraph (f), 
    ``mortgage or mortgage-backed securities portfolios'' includes 
    mortgages retained by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac and mortgages utilized 
    to back mortgage-backed securities.
    
    
    Sec. 81.15  General requirements.
    
        (a) Calculating the numerator and denominator. Performance under 
    each of the housing goals shall be measured using a fraction that is 
    converted into a percentage. The numerator of each fraction is the 
    number of dwelling units financed by a GSE's mortgage purchases in a 
    particular year that count toward achievement of the housing goal. The 
    denominator of each fraction is, for all mortgages purchased, the 
    number of dwelling units that could count toward achievement of the 
    goal under appropriate circumstances. The denominators shall not 
    include GSE transactions or activities that are not mortgages or 
    mortgage purchases. When a GSE lacks sufficient information to 
    determine whether the purchase of a mortgage originated after 1992 
    counts toward achievement of a particular housing goal, that mortgage 
    purchase shall be included in the denominator for that housing goal.
        (b) Properties with multiple dwelling units. For the purposes of 
    counting toward the achievement of the goals, whenever the property 
    securing a mortgage contains more than one dwelling unit, each such 
    dwelling unit shall be counted as a separate dwelling unit financed by 
    a mortgage purchase.
        (c) Credit toward multiple goals. A mortgage purchase (or dwelling 
    unit financed by such purchase) by a GSE in a particular year shall 
    count toward the achievement of each housing goal for which such 
    purchase (or dwelling unit) qualifies in that year.
        (d) Counting owner-occupied units. For purposes of counting owner-
    occupied units toward achievement of the Low- and Moderate-Income 
    Housing 
    
    [[Page 61892]]
    Goal or the Special Affordable Housing Goal, mortgage purchases 
    financing such units shall be evaluated based on the income of the 
    mortgagors and the area median income at the time of origination of the 
    mortgage. To determine whether mortgagors may be counted under a 
    particular family income level, i.e., very-low-, low-, or moderate-
    income, the income of the mortgagors is compared to the median income 
    for the area at the time of mortgage origination, using the appropriate 
    percentage factor provided under Sec. 81.17.
        (e) Counting rental units. (1) Use of income, rent. (i) Generally. 
    For purposes of counting rental units toward achievement of the Low- 
    and Moderate-Income Housing Goal or the Special Affordable Housing 
    Goal, mortgage purchases financing such units shall be evaluated based 
    on the income of actual or prospective tenants where such data is 
    available, i.e., known to a lender.
        (ii) Availability of income information. (A) Each GSE shall require 
    lenders to provide to the GSE tenant income information under 
    paragraphs (e)(3) and (4) of this section, but only when such 
    information is known to the lender.
        (B) When such tenant income information is available for all 
    occupied units, the GSE's performance shall be based on the income of 
    the tenants in the occupied units. For unoccupied units that are vacant 
    and available for rent and for unoccupied units that are under repair 
    or renovation and not available for rent, the GSE shall use the income 
    of prospective tenants, if paragraph (e)(4) of this section is 
    applicable. If paragraph (e)(4) of this section is not applicable, the 
    GSE shall use rent levels for comparable units in the property to 
    determine affordability.
        (2) Model units and rental offices. A model unit or rental office 
    in a multifamily property may count toward achievement of the housing 
    goals only if a GSE determines that:
        (i) It is reasonably expected that the units will be occupied by a 
    family within one year;
        (ii) The number of such units is reasonable and minimal considering 
    the size of the multifamily property; and
        (iii) Such unit otherwise meets the requirements for the goal.
        (3) Income of actual tenants. When the income of actual tenants is 
    available, to determine whether a tenant is very-low-, low-, or 
    moderate-income, the income of the tenant shall be compared to the 
    median income for the area, adjusted for family size as provided in 
    Sec. 81.17.
        (4) Income of prospective tenants. When income for tenants is 
    available to a lender because a project is subject to a Federal housing 
    program that establishes the maximum income for a tenant or a 
    prospective tenant in rental units, the income of prospective tenants 
    may be counted at the maximum income level established under such 
    housing program for that unit. In determining the income of prospective 
    tenants, the income shall be projected based on the types of units and 
    market area involved. Where the income of prospective tenants is 
    projected, each GSE must determine that the income figures are 
    reasonable considering the rents (if any) on the same units in the past 
    and considering current rents on comparable units in the same market 
    area.
        (5) Use of rent. When the income of the prospective or actual 
    tenants of a dwelling unit is not available, performance under these 
    goals will be evaluated based on rent and whether the rent is 
    affordable to the income group targeted by the housing goal. A rent is 
    affordable if the rent does not exceed 30 percent of the maximum income 
    level of very-low-, low-, or moderate-income families as provided in 
    Sec. 81.19. In determining contract rent for a dwelling unit, the 
    actual rent or average rent by unit type shall be used.
        (6) Timeliness of information. In determining performance under the 
    housing goals, each GSE shall use tenant and rental information as of 
    the time of mortgage:
        (i) Acquisition for mortgages on multifamily housing; and
        (ii) Origination for mortgages on single-family housing.
        (f) Application of Median income. (1) For purposes of determining 
    an area's median income under Secs. 81.17 through 81.19 and for the 
    definition of ``low-income area,'' the area is:
        (i) The metropolitan area, if the property which is the subject of 
    the mortgage is in a metropolitan area; and
        (ii) In all other areas, the county in which the property is 
    located, except that where the State nonmetropolitan median income is 
    higher than the county's median income, the area is the State 
    nonmetropolitan area.
        (2) When a GSE cannot precisely determine whether a mortgage is on 
    dwelling unit(s) located in one area, the GSE shall determine the 
    median income for the split area in the manner prescribed by the 
    Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council for reporting under 
    the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, if the GSE can determine that the 
    mortgage is on dwelling unit(s) located in:
        (i) A census tract;
        (ii) A census place code;
        (iii) A block-group enumeration district;
        (iv) A nine-digit zip code; or
        (v) Another appropriate geographic segment that is partially 
    located in more than one area (``split area'').
        (g) Sampling not permitted. Performance under the housing goals for 
    each year shall be based on a complete tabulation of mortgage purchases 
    for that year; a sampling of such purchases is not acceptable.
        (h) Newly available data. When a GSE uses data to determine whether 
    a mortgage purchase counts toward achievement of any goal and new data 
    is released after the start of a calendar quarter, the GSE need not use 
    the new data until the start of the following quarter.
    
    
    Sec. 81.16  Special counting requirements.
    
        (a) General. In determining whether a GSE shall receive full credit 
    for a transaction or activity toward achievement of any of the housing 
    goals, the Secretary shall consider whether a transaction or activity 
    of the GSE is substantially equivalent to a mortgage purchase and 
    either creates a new market or adds liquidity to an existing market.
        (b) Not counted. The following transactions or activities shall not 
    count toward achievement of any of the housing goals and shall not be 
    included in the denominator in calculating either GSE's performance 
    under the housing goals:
        (1) Equity investments in housing development projects;
        (2) Purchases of State and local government housing bonds except as 
    provided in 81.16(c)(8);
        (3) Purchases of non-conventional mortgages except:
        (i) Where such mortgages are acquired under a risk-sharing 
    arrangement with a Federal agency; or
        (ii) As provided in Sec. 81.14(e)(2);
        (4) Commitments to buy mortgages at a later date or time;
        (5) Options to acquire mortgages;
        (6) Rights of first refusal to acquire mortgages;
        (7) Any interests in mortgages that the Secretary determines, in 
    writing, shall not be treated as interests in mortgages;
        (8) Mortgage purchases to the extent they finance any dwelling 
    units that are secondary residences; and
        (9) Any combination of (1) through (8) above.
        (c) Other special rules--(1) Credit enhancements. (i) Dwelling 
    units financed under a credit enhancement entered into by a GSE shall 
    be treated 
    
    [[Page 61893]]
    as mortgage purchases and count toward achievement of the housing goals 
    when:
        (A) The GSE provides a specific contractual obligation to ensure 
    timely payment of amounts due under a mortgage or mortgages financed by 
    the issuance of housing bonds (such bonds may be issued by any entity, 
    including a State or local housing finance agency);
        (B) The GSE assumes a credit risk in the transaction substantially 
    equivalent to the risk that would have been assumed by the GSE if it 
    had securitized the mortgages financed by such bonds; and
        (C) Such dwelling units otherwise qualify under this part.
        (ii) When a GSE provides a specific contractual obligation to 
    ensure timely payment of amounts due under any mortgage originally 
    insured by a public purpose mortgage insurance entity or fund, the GSE 
    may, on a case-by-case basis, seek approval from the Secretary for such 
    activities to count toward achievement of the housing goals.
        (2) Real estate mortgage investment conduits (``REMICs''). (i) A 
    GSE's purchase or guarantee of all or a portion of a REMIC shall be 
    treated as a mortgage purchase and receive credit toward the 
    achievement of the housing goals provided:
        (A) The underlying mortgages or mortgage-backed securities for the 
    REMIC were not:
        (1) Guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association; or
        (2) Previously counted toward any housing goal by the GSE; and
        (B) The GSE has the information necessary to support counting the 
    dwelling units financed by the REMIC, or that part of the REMIC 
    purchased or guaranteed by the GSE, toward the achievement of a 
    particular housing goal.
        (ii) For REMICs that meet the requirements in paragraph (c)(2)(i) 
    of this section and for which the GSE purchased or guaranteed:
        (A) The whole REMIC, all of the units financed by the REMIC shall 
    be treated as a mortgage purchase and count toward achievement of the 
    housing goals; or
        (B) A portion of the REMIC, the GSE shall receive partial credit 
    toward achievement of the housing goals. This credit shall be equal to 
    the percentage of the REMIC purchased or guaranteed by the GSE (the 
    dollar amount of the purchase or guarantee divided by the total dollar 
    amount of the REMIC) multiplied by the number of dwelling units that 
    would have counted toward the goal(s) if the GSE had purchased or 
    guaranteed the whole REMIC. In calculating performance under the 
    housing goals, the denominator shall include the number of dwelling 
    units included in the whole REMIC multiplied by the percentage of the 
    REMIC purchased or guaranteed by the GSE.
        (3) Risk-sharing. Mortgage purchases under risk-sharing 
    arrangements between the GSEs and any Federal agency where the units 
    would otherwise count toward achievement of the housing goal under 
    which the GSE is responsible for a substantial amount (50 percent or 
    more) of the risk shall be treated as mortgage purchases and count 
    toward achievement of the housing goal or goals.
        (4) Participations. Participations purchased by a GSE shall be 
    treated as mortgage purchases and count toward the achievement of the 
    housing goals, if the GSE's participation in the mortgage is 50 percent 
    or more.
        (5) Cooperative housing and condominium projects. (i) The purchase 
    of a mortgage on a cooperative housing unit (``a share loan'') or a 
    condominium unit is a mortgage purchase. Such a purchase is counted 
    toward achievement of a housing goal in the same manner as a mortgage 
    purchase of single-family owner-occupied units, i.e., affordability is 
    based on the income of the owner(s).
        (ii) The purchase of a mortgage on a cooperative building (``a 
    blanket loan'') or a condominium project is a mortgage purchase and 
    shall count toward achievement of the housing goals. Where a GSE 
    purchases both ``a blanket loan'' and mortgages for units in the same 
    building (``share loans''), both the blanket loan and the share loan(s) 
    are mortgage purchases and shall count toward achievement of the 
    housing goals. Where a GSE purchases both a condominium project 
    mortgage and mortgages on condominium dwelling units in the same 
    project, both the condominium project mortgages and the mortgages on 
    condominium dwelling units are mortgage purchases and shall count 
    toward achievement of the housing goals.
        (6) Seasoned mortgages. A GSE's purchase of a seasoned mortgage 
    shall be treated as a mortgage purchase for purposes of these goals 
    except:
        (i) Where the GSE has already counted the mortgages under a housing 
    goal applicable to 1993 or any subsequent year; or
        (ii) As provided in 12 U.S.C. 4563(b)(1)(B).
        (7) Purchase of refinanced mortgages. Except as provided in 
    Sec. 81.14(f), the purchase of a refinanced mortgage by a GSE is a 
    mortgage purchase and shall count toward achievement of the housing 
    goals to the extent the mortgage qualifies.
        (8) Mortgage revenue bonds. (i) The purchase of a state or local 
    mortgage revenue bond shall be treated as a mortgage purchase and units 
    financed under such MRB shall count toward achievement of the goals 
    where:
        (A) the MRB is to be repaid only from the principal and interest of 
    the underlying mortgages originated with funds made available by the 
    MRB; and
        (B) the MRB is not a general obligation of a state or local 
    government or agency or is not credit enchanced by any government or 
    agency, third party guarantor or surety.
        (ii) Dwelling units financed by a mortgage revenue bond meeting the 
    requirements of paragraph (c)(8)(i) of this section shall count toward 
    a housing goal to the extent such dwelling units otherwise qualify 
    under this part.
    
    
    Sec. 81.17  Affordability--Income level definitions--family size and 
    income known (owner-occupied units, actual tenants, and prospective 
    tenants).
    
        In determining whether a dwelling unit is affordable to very-low-, 
    low-, or moderate-income families, where the unit is owner-occupied or, 
    for rental housing, family size and income information for the dwelling 
    unit is known to the GSE, the affordability of the unit shall be 
    determined as follows:
        (a) Moderate-income means:
        (1) In the case of owner-occupied units, income not in excess of 
    100 percent of area median income; and
        (2) In the case of rental units, where the income of actual or 
    prospective tenants is available, income not in excess of the following 
    percentages of area median income corresponding to the following family 
    sizes:
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 Percentage 
                                                                   of area  
                    Number of persons in family                    median   
                                                                   income   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1.........................................................           70 
    2.........................................................           80 
    3.........................................................           90 
    4.........................................................          100 
    5 or more.................................................         (*)  
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    *100% plus (8% multiplied by the number of persons in excess of 4).     
    
        (b) Low-income means:
        (1) In the case of owner-occupied units, income not in excess of 80 
    percent of area median income; and
        (2) In the case of rental units, where the income of actual or 
    prospective tenants is available, income not in excess of the following 
    percentages of area median income corresponding to the following family 
    sizes:
    
                                                                            
    
    [[Page 61894]]
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 Percentage 
                                                                   of area  
                    Number of persons in family                    median   
                                                                   income   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1.........................................................           56 
    2.........................................................           64 
    3.........................................................           72 
    4.........................................................           80 
    5 or more.................................................         (*)  
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    *80% plus (6.4% multiplied by the number of persons in excess of 4).    
    
    
        (c) Very-low-income means:
        (1) In the case of owner-occupied units, income not in excess of 60 
    percent of area median income; and
        (2) In the case of rental units, where the income of actual or 
    prospective tenants is available, income not in excess of the following 
    percentages of area median income corresponding to the following family 
    sizes:
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 Percentage 
                                                                   of area  
                    Number of persons in family                    median   
                                                                   income   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1.........................................................           42 
    2.........................................................           48 
    3.........................................................           54 
    4.........................................................           60 
    5 or more.................................................         (*)  
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    *60% plus (4.8% multiplied by the number of persons in excess of 4).    
    
    Sec. 81.18  Affordability--Income level definitions--family size not 
    known (actual or prospective tenants).
    
        In determining whether a rental unit is affordable to very-low, 
    low-, or moderate-income families where family size is not known to the 
    GSE, income will be adjusted using unit size, and affordability 
    determined as follows:
        (a) For moderate-income, the income of prospective tenants shall 
    not exceed the following percentages of area median income with 
    adjustments, depending on unit size:
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 Percentage 
                                                                   of area  
                             Unit size                             median   
                                                                   income   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Efficiency................................................           70 
    1 bedroom.................................................           75 
    2 bedrooms................................................           90 
    3 bedrooms or more........................................         (*)  
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    *104% plus (12% multiplied by the number of bedrooms in excess of 3).   
    
        (b) For low-income, income of prospective tenants shall not exceed 
    the following percentages of area median income with adjustments, 
    depending on unit size:
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 Percentage 
                                                                   of area  
                             Unit size                             median   
                                                                   income   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Efficiency................................................           56 
    1 bedroom.................................................           60 
    2 bedrooms................................................           72 
    3 bedrooms or more........................................         (*)  
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    *83.2% plus (9.6% multiplied by the number of bedrooms in excess of 3). 
    
        (c) For very-low-income, income of prospective tenants shall not 
    exceed the following percentages of area median income with 
    adjustments, depending on unit size:
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 Percentage 
                                                                   of area  
                             Unit size                             median   
                                                                   income   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Efficiency................................................           42 
    1 bedroom.................................................           45 
    2 bedrooms................................................           54 
    3 bedrooms or more........................................          (*) 
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    *62.4% plus (7.2% multiplied by the number of bedrooms in excess of 3). 
    
    Sec. 81.19   Affordability--Rent level definitions--tenant income is 
    not known.
    
        For purposes of determining whether a rental unit is affordable to 
    very-low-, low-, or moderate-income families where the income of the 
    family in the dwelling unit is not known to the GSE, the affordability 
    of the unit is determined based on unit size as follows:
        (a) For moderate-income, maximum affordable rents to count as 
    housing for moderate-income families shall not exceed the following 
    percentages of area median income with adjustments, depending on unit 
    size:
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 Percentage 
                                                                   of area  
                             Unit size                             median   
                                                                   income   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Efficiency................................................           21 
    1 bedroom.................................................         22.5 
    2 bedrooms................................................           27 
    3 bedrooms or more........................................          (*) 
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    *31.2% plus (3.6% multiplied by the number of bedrooms in excess of 3); 
    
        (b) For low-income, maximum affordable rents to count as housing 
    for low-income families shall not exceed the following percentages of 
    area median income with adjustments, depending on unit size:
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 Percentage 
                                                                   of area  
                             Unit size                             median   
                                                                   income   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Efficiency................................................         16.8 
    1 bedroom.................................................           18 
    2 bedrooms................................................         21.6 
    3 bedrooms or more........................................          (*) 
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    *24.96% plus (2.88% multiplied by the number of bedrooms in excess of   
      3); and                                                               
    
        (c) For very-low-income, maximum affordable rents to count as 
    housing for very-low-income families shall not exceed the following 
    percentages of area median income with adjustments, depending on unit 
    size:
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 Percentage 
                                                                   of area  
                             Unit size                             median   
                                                                   income   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Efficiency................................................         12.6 
    1 bedroom.................................................         13.5 
    2 bedrooms................................................         16.2 
    3 bedrooms or more........................................         (*)  
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    *18.72% plus (2.16% multiplied by the number of bedrooms in excess of   
      3).                                                                   
    
        (d) Missing Information. Each GSE shall make every effort to obtain 
    the information necessary to make the calculations in this section. If 
    a GSE makes such efforts but cannot obtain data on the number of 
    bedrooms in particular units, in making the calculations on such units, 
    the units shall be assumed to be efficiencies.
    
    
    Sec. 81.20  Actions to be taken to meet the goals.
    
        To meet the goals under this rule, each GSE shall operate in 
    accordance with 12 U.S.C. 4565.
    
    
    Sec. 81.21  Notice and determination of failure to meet goals.
    
        If the Secretary determines that a GSE has failed or there is a 
    substantial probability that a GSE will fail to meet any housing goal, 
    the Secretary shall follow the procedures at 12 U.S.C. 4566(b).
    
    
    Sec. 81.22  Housing plans.
    
        (a) If the Secretary determines, under Sec. 81.21, that a GSE has 
    failed or there is a substantial probability that a GSE will fail to 
    meet any housing goal and that the achievement of the housing goal was 
    or is feasible, the Secretary shall require the GSE to submit a housing 
    plan for approval by the Secretary.
        (b) Nature of plan. Each housing plan shall:
        (1) Be feasible;
        (2) Be sufficiently specific to enable the Secretary to monitor 
    compliance periodically;
        (3) Describe the specific actions that the GSE will take:
        (i) To achieve the goal for the next calendar year; or
        (ii) If the Secretary determines that there is substantial 
    probability that the GSE will fail to meet a housing goal in the 
    current year, to make such improvements as are reasonable in the 
    remainder of the year; and
        (4) Address any additional matters relevant to the plan as 
    required, in writing, by the Secretary. 
    
    [[Page 61895]]
    
        (c) Deadline for submission. The GSE shall submit a housing plan to 
    the Secretary within 30 days after issuance of a notice under 
    Sec. 81.21 requiring the GSE to submit a housing plan. The Secretary 
    may extend the deadline for submission of a plan, in writing and for a 
    time certain, to the extent the Secretary determines an extension is 
    necessary.
        (d) Review of housing plans. The Secretary shall review and approve 
    or disapprove housing plans in accordance with 12 U.S.C. 4566(c)(4) and 
    (5).
        (e) Resubmission. If the Secretary disapproves an initial housing 
    plan submitted by a GSE, the GSE shall submit an amended plan 
    acceptable to the Secretary within 30 days of the Secretary 
    disapproving the initial plan; the Secretary may extend the deadline if 
    the Secretary determines an extension is in the public interest. If the 
    amended plan is not acceptable to the Secretary, the Secretary may 
    afford the GSE 15 days to submit a new plan.
    
    Subpart C--Fair Housing
    
    
    Sec. 81.41  General.
    
        In this subpart, the Secretary: prohibits discrimination by the 
    GSEs in their mortgage purchases because of race, color, religion, sex, 
    handicap, familial status, age, or national origin, including any 
    consideration of the age or location of a dwelling or age of the 
    neighborhood or census tract where the dwelling is located in a manner 
    that has a discriminatory effect; requires that the GSEs submit 
    information to the Secretary to assist Fair Housing Act and ECOA 
    investigations; provides for advising the GSEs of Fair Housing Act and 
    ECOA violations; provides for reviewing the GSEs' underwriting and 
    appraisal guidelines to ensure compliance with the Fair Housing Act; 
    and requires that the GSEs take actions as directed by the Secretary 
    following Fair Housing Act and ECOA adjudications. Because FHEFSSA 
    provides, generally, that the Director of OFHEO shall enforce 
    violations by the GSEs of FHEFSSA and regulations in this subpart, this 
    subpart also provides for referral of such cases to the Director.
    
    
    Sec. 81.42  Prohibitions against discrimination.
    
        Neither GSE shall discriminate in any manner in making any mortgage 
    purchases because of race, color, religion, sex, handicap, familial 
    status, age, or national origin, including any consideration of the age 
    or location of the dwelling or the age of the neighborhood or census 
    tract where the dwelling is located in a manner that has a 
    discriminatory effect.
    
    
    Sec. 81.43  Reports; underwriting and appraisal guideline review.
    
        (a) Reports. Each GSE, in the AHAR required under Sec. 81.63, shall 
    assess underwriting standards, business practices, repurchase 
    requirements, pricing, fees, and procedures that affect the purchase of 
    mortgages for low- and moderate-income families, or that may yield 
    disparate results based on the race, color, religion, sex, handicap, 
    familial status, age, or national origin of the borrower, including 
    revisions thereto to promote affordable housing or fair lending.
        (b) Review of Underwriting and Appraisal Guidelines. The Secretary 
    shall periodically review and comment on the underwriting and appraisal 
    guidelines of each enterprise to ensure that such guidelines are 
    consistent with the Fair Housing Act and 12 U.S.C. 4545.
    
    
    Sec. 81.44  Submission of information to the Secretary.
    
        (a) General. Upon request from the Secretary, the GSEs shall submit 
    information and data to the Secretary to assist in investigating 
    whether any mortgage lender with which the GSE does business has failed 
    to comply with the Fair Housing Act or ECOA.
        (b) Information requests and submissions. (1) Information requests 
    by the Secretary. The Secretary may require the GSEs to submit 
    information to assist in Fair Housing Act or ECOA investigations of 
    lenders. Under FHEFSSA, other Federal agencies responsible for the 
    enforcement of ECOA must submit requests for information from the GSEs 
    through the Secretary. For matters involving only ECOA, the Secretary 
    will only issue requests for information upon request from the 
    appropriate Federal agency responsible for ECOA.
        (2) Information from established data systems. The Secretary may 
    request that a GSE generate information or reports from its data 
    system(s) to assist a Fair Housing Act or ECOA investigation.
        (3) GSE replies. A GSE receiving any request(s) for information 
    under this section shall reply in a complete and timely manner with any 
    and all information that it is privy to and collects that is responsive 
    to the request.
        (c) Submission to ECOA enforcers. The Secretary shall submit any 
    information received under paragraph (b) of this section concerning 
    compliance with ECOA to appropriate Federal agencies responsible for 
    ECOA enforcement, as provided in section 704 of ECOA.
    
    
    Sec. 81.45  Obtaining and disseminating information.
    
        (a) The Secretary shall obtain information from other regulatory 
    and enforcement agencies of the Federal Government and State and local 
    governments regarding violations by lenders of the Fair Housing Act, 
    ECOA, and/or State or local fair housing/lending laws, and shall make 
    such information available to the GSEs as the Secretary deems 
    appropriate in accordance with applicable law regarding the 
    confidentiality of supervisory information and the right to financial 
    privacy, and subject to the terms of memoranda of understanding and 
    other arrangements between the Secretary and Federal financial 
    regulators and other agencies. In addition, the Secretary shall make 
    information that the Secretary possesses regarding violations of the 
    Fair Housing Act available to the GSEs.
        (b) As contemplated in paragraph (a) of this section, the Secretary 
    shall obtain information regarding violations by lenders of the Fair 
    Housing Act or ECOA involving discrimination with respect to the 
    availability of credit in a residential real-estate-related transaction 
    from other Federal regulatory or enforcement agencies. The Secretary 
    will obtain information from regulators regarding violations of ECOA by 
    lenders only in circumstances in which there is either more than a 
    single ECOA violation, or the ECOA violation could also be a violation 
    of the Fair Housing Act.
    
    
    Sec. 81.46  Remedial actions.
    
        (a) General. The Secretary shall direct the GSEs to take one or 
    more remedial actions, including suspension, probation, reprimand or 
    settlement, against lenders found to have engaged in discriminatory 
    lending practices in violation of the Fair Housing Act or ECOA, 
    pursuant to a final adjudication on the record and an opportunity for a 
    hearing under subchapter II of chapter 5 of title 5, United States 
    Code.
        (b) Definitions. For purposes of this subpart, the following 
    definitions apply:
        Indefinite suspension means that, until directed to do otherwise by 
    the Secretary, the GSEs will refrain from purchasing mortgages from a 
    lender.
        Probation means that, for a fixed period of time specified by the 
    Secretary, a lender that has been found to have violated the Fair 
    Housing Act or ECOA will be subject automatically to more severe 
    sanctions than probation, 
    
    [[Page 61896]]
    e.g., suspension, if further violations are found.
        Remedial action includes a reprimand, probation, temporary 
    suspension, indefinite suspension, or settlement.
        Reprimand means a written letter to a lender from a GSE, which has 
    been directed to be sent by the Secretary, stating that the lender has 
    violated the Fair Housing Act or ECOA and warning of the possibility 
    that the Secretary may impose more severe remedial actions than 
    reprimand if any further violation occurs.
        Temporary Suspension means that, for a fixed period of time 
    specified by the Secretary, the GSEs will not purchase mortgages from a 
    lender.
        (c) Institution of remedial actions. (1) The Secretary shall direct 
    the GSE to take remedial action(s) against a lender charged with 
    violating ECOA only after a final determination on the charge has been 
    made by an appropriate United States District Court or any other court 
    of competent jurisdiction. The Secretary shall direct the GSE to take 
    remedial action(s) against a lender charged with violating the Fair 
    Housing Act only after a final determination on the matter has been 
    made by a United States Court, a HUD Administrative Law Judge, or the 
    Secretary.
        (2) Following a final determination sustaining a charge against a 
    lender for violating the Fair Housing Act or ECOA, in accordance with 
    paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the Secretary shall determine the 
    remedial action(s) that the GSE is to be directed to take for such 
    violation.
        (3) In determining the appropriate remedial action(s), the 
    Secretary shall solicit and fully consider the views of the Federal 
    financial regulator responsible for the subject lender concerning the 
    action(s) that are contemplated to be directed against such lender, 
    prior to directing any such action(s). If such responsible Federal 
    financial regulator makes a written determination that a particular 
    remedial action would threaten the financial safety and soundness of a 
    Federally-insured lender, the Secretary shall consider other remedial 
    actions. Where warranted, the Secretary also shall solicit and fully 
    consider the views of the Director regarding the effect of the 
    action(s) that are contemplated on the safety and soundness of the GSE. 
    In determining what action(s) to direct, the Secretary will also, 
    without limitation, consider the following:
        (i) The gravity of the violation;
        (ii) The extent to which other action has been taken against the 
    lender for discriminatory activities;
        (iii) Whether the lender's actions demonstrate a discriminatory 
    pattern or practice or an individual instance of discrimination;
        (iv) The impact or seriousness of the harm;
        (v) The number of people affected by the discriminatory act(s);
        (vi) Whether the lender operates an effective program of self 
    assessment and correction;
        (vii) The extent of any actions or programs by the lender designed 
    to compensate victims and prevent future fair lending violations;
        (viii) The extent that a finding of liability against a lender is 
    based on a lender's use of a facially-neutral underwriting guideline of 
    a secondary mortgage market entity applied appropriately by the lender 
    in order to sell loans to that secondary mortgage market entity; and
        (ix) Any other information deemed relevant by the Secretary.
        (d) Notice of remedial action(s). (1) Following the Secretary's 
    decision concerning the appropriate remedial action(s) that the GSE is 
    to be directed to take, the Secretary shall prepare and issue to the 
    GSE and the lender a written notice setting forth the remedial 
    action(s) to be taken and the date such remedial action(s) are to 
    commence. The Notice shall inform the lender of its right to request a 
    hearing on the appropriateness of the proposed remedial action(s), 
    within 20 days of service of the Notice, by filing a request with the 
    Docket Clerk, HUD Office of Administrative Law Judges.
        (2) Where a lender does not timely request a hearing on a remedial 
    action, the GSE shall take the action in accordance with the Notice.
        (e) Review and decision on remedial action(s). (1) Where a lender 
    timely requests a hearing on a remedial action, a hearing shall be 
    conducted before a HUD Administrative Law Judge (ALJ) and a final 
    decision rendered in accordance with the procedures set forth in 24 CFR 
    30.10, 30.15, and subpart E of part 30 of this title, to the extent 
    such provisions are not inconsistent with this subpart or FHEFSSA. The 
    lender and the Secretary, but not the GSE, shall be parties to the 
    action. At such hearing, the appropriateness of the remedial action for 
    the violation(s) will be the sole matter for review. The validity or 
    appropriateness of the underlying determination on the violation(s) 
    shall not be subject to review at such hearing.
        (2) The Secretary shall transmit to the GSEs each final decision by 
    HUD on a remedial action and any dispositive settlement of a proceeding 
    on such action.
        (3) The GSE shall take the action(s) set forth in a final decision 
    by HUD on remedial action(s) or any dispositive settlement of such a 
    proceeding setting forth remedial action(s) in accordance with such 
    decision or settlement.
    
    
    Sec. 81.47  Violations of provisions by the GSEs.
    
        (a) FHEFSSA empowers the Director of OFHEO to initiate enforcement 
    actions for GSE violations of the provisions of section 1325 of FHEFSSA 
    and these regulations. The Secretary shall refer violations and 
    potential violations of 12 U.S.C. 4545 and this subpart C to the 
    Director.
        (b) Where a private complainant or the Secretary is also proceeding 
    against a GSE under the Fair Housing Act, the Assistant Secretary for 
    Fair Housing and Equal Opportunity shall conduct the investigation of 
    the complaint and make the reasonable cause/no reasonable cause 
    determination required by section 810(g) of the Fair Housing Act. Where 
    reasonable cause is found, a charge shall be issued and the matter will 
    proceed to enforcement pursuant to sections 812(b) and (o) of the Fair 
    Housing Act.
    
    Subpart D--New Program Approval
    
    
    Sec. 81.51  General.
    
        This subpart details the requirements and procedures for review of 
    requests for new program approval by the Secretary.
    
    
    Sec. 81.52  Requirement for program requests.
    
        (a) Before implementing a new program, a GSE shall submit a request 
    for new program approval (``program request'') to the Secretary for the 
    Secretary's review. Submission of a program request is not required 
    where the program that the GSE proposes to implement is not 
    significantly different from:
        (1) A program that has already been approved in writing by the 
    Secretary; or
        (2) A program that was engaged in by the GSE prior to October 28, 
    1992.
        (b) If a GSE does not submit a program request for a program, the 
    Secretary may request information about the program and require that 
    the GSE submit a program request. The GSE shall comply with the request 
    and may indicate in such response its views respecting whether the 
    program is subject to the Secretary's review.
    
    
    Sec. 81.53  Processing of program requests.
    
        (a) Each program request submitted to the Secretary by a GSE shall 
    be in writing and shall be submitted to the Secretary and the Director, 
    Office of 
    
    [[Page 61897]]
    Government-Sponsored Enterprises, Department of Housing and Urban 
    Development, Washington, D.C. For those requests submitted before 1 
    year after the effective date of the regulations issued by the Director 
    of OFHEO under 12 U.S.C. 4611(e), the GSE shall simultaneously submit 
    the program request to the Director.
        (b) Each program request shall include:
        (1) An opinion from counsel stating the statutory authority for the 
    new program (Freddie Mac Act section 305(a) (1), (4), or (5), or Fannie 
    Mae Charter Act section 302(b)(2)-(5) or 304);
        (2) A good-faith estimate of the anticipated dollar volume of the 
    program over the short- and long-term;
        (3) A full description of: (i) The purpose and operation of the 
    proposed program;
        (ii) The market targeted by the program;
        (iii) The delivery system for the program;
        (iv) The effect of the program on the mortgage market; and
        (v) Material relevant to the public interest.
        (c) Following receipt of a program request, the Secretary and, 
    where a program request is submitted to the Director pursuant to 
    paragraph (a) of this section, the Director shall review the program 
    request.
        (d) Transition standard for approval. Program requests submitted by 
    the GSEs before the date occurring 1 year after the effective date of 
    the regulations issued by the Director under 12 U.S.C. 4611(e) shall be 
    approved or disapproved by the Secretary as provided in 12 U.S.C. 
    4542(b)(2).
        (e) Permanent standard for approval by the Secretary. Program 
    requests submitted after the date occurring one year after the 
    effective date of the regulations issued by the Director under 12 
    U.S.C. 4611(e) establishing the risk-based capital test shall be 
    approved by the Secretary in accordance with 12 U.S.C. 4542(b)(1).
        (f) Time for review. Unless the Secretary and, where appropriate, 
    the Director of OFHEO, need additional information, a program request 
    shall be approved or disapproved within 45 days from the date it is 
    received by the Director, Office of Government-Sponsored Enterprises, 
    and, where applicable, the Director of OFHEO. If within 45 days after 
    receiving a request, the Secretary or the Director of OFHEO determine 
    that additional information is necessary to review the matter and 
    request such information from the GSE, the Secretary may extend the 
    time period for consideration for an additional 15 days.
        (1) Where additional information is requested, the GSE must provide 
    the requested information to the Secretary and, where appropriate, the 
    Director, within 10 days after the request for additional information.
        (2) If the GSE fails to furnish requested information within 10 
    days after the request for information, the Secretary may deny the 
    GSE's request for approval based on such failure and so report to the 
    Committees of Congress in accordance with paragraph (g) of this 
    section.
        (g) Approval or report. Within 45 days or, if the period is 
    extended, 60 days following receipt of a program request, the Secretary 
    shall approve the request, in writing, or submit a report to the 
    Committee on Banking and Financial Services of the House of 
    Representatives and the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban 
    Affairs of the Senate, explaining the reasons for not approving the 
    request. If the Secretary does not act within this time period, the 
    GSE's program request will be deemed approved.
    
    
    Sec. 81.54  Review of disapproval.
    
        (a) Programs disapproved as unauthorized. (1) Where the Secretary 
    disapproves a program request on the grounds that the new program is 
    not authorized, as defined in Sec. 81.53(d) or (e), the GSE may, within 
    30 days of the date of receipt of the decision on disapproval, request 
    an opportunity to review and supplement the administrative record for 
    the decision, in accordance with paragraphs (a) (2) and (3) of this 
    section.
        (2) Supplementing in writing. A GSE supplementing the record in 
    writing must submit written materials within 30 days after the date of 
    receipt of the decision on disapproval, but no later than the date of a 
    meeting, if requested, under paragraph (a)(3) of this section.
        (3) Meeting. Within 10 days of the date of receipt of the decision 
    of disapproval, the GSE may request a meeting. If the request for the 
    meeting is timely, the Secretary shall arrange such a meeting, which 
    shall be conducted by the Secretary or the Secretary's designee within 
    10 working days after receipt of the request. The GSE may be 
    represented by counsel and may submit relevant written materials to 
    supplement the record.
        (4) Determination. The Secretary shall:
        (i) In writing and within 10 days after submission of any materials 
    under paragraph (a)(2) of this section or the conclusion of any meeting 
    under paragraph (a)(3) of this section, whichever is later, withdraw, 
    modify, or affirm the program disapproval; and
        (ii) Provide the GSE with that decision.
        (b) Programs disapproved under public interest determination. When 
    a program request is disapproved because the Secretary determines that 
    the program is not in the public interest or the Director makes the 
    determination in 12 U.S.C. 4542(b)(2)(B), the Secretary shall provide 
    the GSE with notice of, and opportunity for, a hearing on the record 
    regarding such disapproval. A request for a hearing must be submitted 
    by a GSE within 30 days of the Secretary's submission of a report under 
    Sec. 81.53(g) disapproving a program request or the provision of the 
    notice under this paragraph (b), whichever is later. The procedures for 
    such hearings are provided in subpart G of this part.
    
    Subpart E--Reporting Requirements
    
    
    Sec. 81.61  General.
    
        This subpart establishes data submission and reporting requirements 
    to carry out the requirements of the GSEs' Charter Acts and FHEFSSA.
    
    
    Sec. 81.62  Mortgage reports.
    
        (a) Loan-level data elements. To implement the data collection and 
    submission requirements for mortgage data and to assist the Secretary 
    in monitoring the GSEs' housing goal activities, each GSE shall collect 
    and compile computerized loan-level data on each mortgage purchased in 
    accordance with 12 U.S.C. 1456(e) and 1723a(m). The Secretary may, from 
    time-to-time, issue a list entitled ``Required Loan-level Data 
    Elements'' specifying the loan-level data elements to be collected and 
    maintained by the GSEs and provided to the Secretary. The Secretary may 
    revise the list by written notice to the GSEs.
        (b) Quarterly Mortgage reports. Each GSE shall submit to the 
    Secretary quarterly a Mortgage Report. The fourth quarter report shall 
    serve as the Annual Mortgage Report and shall be designated as such.
        (1) Each Mortgage Report shall include:
        (i) Aggregations of the loan-level mortgage data compiled by the 
    GSE under paragraph (a) of this section for year-to-date mortgage 
    purchases, in the format specified in writing by the Secretary; and
        (ii) Year-to-date dollar volume, number of units, and number of 
    mortgages on owner-occupied and rental properties purchased by the GSE 
    that do and do not qualify under each housing goal as set forth in this 
    part. 
    
    [[Page 61898]]
    
        (2) To facilitate the Secretary's monitoring of the GSE's housing 
    goal activities, the Mortgage Report for the second quarter shall 
    include year-to-date computerized loan-level data consisting of the 
    data elements required under paragraph (a) of this section.
        (3) To implement the data collection and submission requirements 
    for mortgage data and to assist the Secretary in monitoring the GSE's 
    housing goal activities, each Annual Mortgage Report shall include 
    year-to-date computerized loan-level data consisting of the data 
    elements required by under paragraph (a) of this section.
        (c) Timing of Reports. The GSEs shall submit the Mortgage Report 
    for each of the first 3 quarters of each year within 60 days of the end 
    of the quarter. Each GSE shall submit its Annual Mortgage Report within 
    75 days after the end of the calendar year.
        (d) Revisions to Reports. At any time before submission of its 
    Annual Mortgage Report, a GSE may revise any of its quarterly reports 
    for that year.
        (e) Format. The GSEs shall submit to the Secretary computerized 
    loan-level data with the Mortgage Report, in the format specified in 
    writing by the Secretary.
    
    
    Sec. 81.63  Annual Housing Activities Report.
    
        To comply with the requirements in sections 309(n) of the Fannie 
    Mae Charter Act and 307(f) of the Freddie Mac Act and assist the 
    Secretary in preparing the Secretary's Annual Report to Congress, each 
    GSE shall submit to the Secretary an AHAR including the information 
    listed in those sections of the Charter Acts and as provided in 
    Sec. 81.43(a) of this part. Each GSE shall submit such report within 75 
    days after the end of each calendar year, to the Secretary the 
    Committee on Banking and Financial Services of the House of 
    Representatives, and the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban 
    Affairs of the Senate. Each GSE shall make its AHAR available to the 
    public at its principal and regional offices. Before making any such 
    report available to the public, the GSE may exclude from the report any 
    information that the Secretary has deemed proprietary under subpart F 
    of this part.
    
    
    Sec. 81.64  Periodic reports.
    
        Each GSE shall provide to the Secretary all:
        (a) Material distributed to the GSE's Housing Advisory Council;
        (b) Press releases;
        (c) Investor reports;
        (d) Proxy statements;
        (e) Seller-servicer guides; and
        (f) Other information disclosed by the GSE to entities outside of 
    the GSE, but only where the GSE determines that such information is 
    relevant to the Secretary's regulatory responsibilities.
    
    
    Sec. 81.65  Other information and analyses.
    
        When deemed appropriate and requested in writing, on a case by-case 
    basis, by the Secretary, a GSE shall furnish the data underlying any of 
    the reports required under this part and shall conduct additional 
    analyses concerning any such report. A GSE shall submit additional 
    reports or other information concerning its activities when deemed 
    appropriate to carry out the Secretary's responsibilities under FHEFSSA 
    or the Charter Acts and requested in writing by the Secretary.
    
    
    Sec. 81.66  Submission of reports.
    
        Each GSE shall submit all hard copy reports or other written 
    information required under this subpart to the Secretary and the 
    Director, Office of Government-Sponsored Enterprises. Each GSE shall 
    submit computerized data required under this subpart to the Director, 
    Financial Institutions Regulations, Office of Policy Development and 
    Research. The address for both of these offices is Department of 
    Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street, S.W. Washington, D.C. 
    20410.
    
    Subpart F--Access to Information
    
    
    Sec. 81.71  General.
    
        This subpart:
        (a) Provides for the establishment of a public-use database to make 
    available to the public mortgage data that the GSEs submit to the 
    Secretary under subsection 309(m) of the Fannie Mae Charter Act and 
    subsection 307(e) of the Freddie Mac Act, and AHAR information that the 
    GSEs submit to the Secretary in the AHAR under subsection 309(n) of the 
    Fannie Mae Charter Act and subsection 307(f) of the Freddie Mac Act;
        (b) Establishes mechanisms for the GSEs to designate mortgage data 
    or AHAR information as proprietary information and for the Secretary to 
    determine whether such mortgage data or AHAR information is proprietary 
    information which should be withheld from disclosure;
        (c) Addresses the availability of HUD procedures to protect from 
    public disclosure proprietary information and other types of 
    confidential business information submitted by or relating to the GSEs;
        (d) Addresses protections from disclosure when there is a request 
    from Congress for information and sets forth protections for treatment 
    of data or information submitted by or relating to the GSEs by HUD 
    officers, employees, and contractors; and
        (e) Provides that data or information submitted by or relating to 
    the GSEs that would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of 
    personal privacy shall not be disclosed to the public.
    
    
    Sec. 81.72  Public-use database and public information.
    
        (a) General. Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, 
    the Secretary shall establish and make available for public use, a 
    public-use database containing public data as defined in Sec. 81.2.
        (b) Examination of submissions. Following receipt of mortgage data 
    and AHAR information from the GSEs, the Secretary shall, as 
    expeditiously as possible, examine the submissions for mortgage data 
    and AHAR information that:
        (1) Has been deemed to be proprietary information under this part 
    by a temporary order, final order, or regulation in effect at the time 
    of submission;
        (2) Has been designated as proprietary information by the GSE in 
    accordance with Sec. 81.73;
        (3) Would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal 
    privacy if such data or information were released to the public; or
        (4) Is required to be withheld or, in the determination of the 
    Secretary, is not appropriate for public disclosure under other 
    applicable laws and regulations, including the Trade Secrets Act (18 
    U.S.C. 1905) and Executive Order 12600.
        (c) Public data and proprietary data. The Secretary shall place 
    public data in the public-use database. The Secretary shall exclude 
    from the public-use database and from public disclosure:
        (1) All mortgage data and AHAR information within the scope of 
    paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(3), and (b)(4) of this section;
        (2) Any other mortgage data and AHAR information under (b)(2) when 
    determined by the Secretary under Sec. 81.74 to be proprietary 
    information; and
        (3) Mortgage data that is not year-end data.
        (d) Access. The Secretary shall provide such means as the Secretary 
    determines are reasonable for the public to gain access to the public-
    use database. To obtain access to the public-use database, the public 
    should contact the Director, Office of Government-Sponsored 
    Enterprises, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 Seventh 
    Street, S.W., Washington, D.C. 
    
    [[Page 61899]]
    20410, telephone (202) 708-2224 (this is not a toll-free number).
        (e) Fees. The Secretary may charge reasonable fees to cover the 
    cost of providing access to the public-use database. These fees will 
    include the costs of system access, computer use, copying fees, and 
    other costs.
    
    
    Sec. 81.73  GSE request for proprietary treatment.
    
        (a) General. A GSE may request proprietary treatment of any 
    mortgage data or AHAR information that the GSE submits to the 
    Secretary. Such a request does not affect the GSE's responsibility to 
    provide data or information required by the Secretary. Where the 
    Secretary grants a request for proprietary treatment, HUD will not 
    include the data or information in the public-use database or publicly 
    disclose the data or information, except as otherwise provided in 
    accordance with this subpart.
        (b) Request for proprietary treatment of mortgage data and AHAR 
    information. Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, a GSE 
    requesting proprietary treatment of mortgage data or AHAR information 
    shall:
        (1) Clearly designate those portions of the mortgage data or AHAR 
    information to be treated as proprietary, with a prominent stamp, typed 
    legend, or other suitable form of notice, stating ``Proprietary 
    Information--Confidential Treatment Requested by [name of GSE]'' on 
    each page or portion of page to which the request applies. If such 
    marking is impractical, the GSE shall attach to the mortgage data or 
    information for which confidential treatment is requested a cover sheet 
    prominently marked ``Proprietary Information--Confidential Treatment 
    Requested by [name of GSE];''
        (2) Accompany its request with a certification by an officer or 
    authorized representative of the GSE that the mortgage data or 
    information is proprietary; and
        (3) Submit any additional statements in support of proprietary 
    designation that the GSE chooses to provide.
        (c) Alternative procedure available for mortgage data or AHAR 
    information subject to a temporary order, final order, or regulation in 
    effect. When the request for proprietary treatment pertains to mortgage 
    data or AHAR information that has been deemed proprietary by the 
    Secretary under a temporary order, final order, or regulation in 
    effect, the GSE may reference such temporary order, final order, or 
    regulation in lieu of complying with paragraphs (b)(2) and (3) of this 
    section.
        (d) Nondisclosure during pendency. Except as may otherwise be 
    required by law, during the time any Request for Proprietary Treatment 
    under Sec. 81.73 is pending determination by the Secretary, the data or 
    information submitted by the GSE that is the subject of the request 
    shall not be disclosed to, or be subject to examination by, the public 
    or any person or representative of any person or agency outside of HUD.
    
    
    Sec. 81.74  Secretarial determination on GSE request.
    
        (a) General. The Secretary shall review all Requests for 
    Proprietary Treatment from the GSEs, along with any other information 
    that the Secretary may elicit from other sources regarding the Request.
        (b) Factors for proprietary treatment. Except as provided in 
    paragraph (c) of this section, in making the determination of whether 
    to accord proprietary treatment to mortgage data or AHAR information, 
    the Secretary's considerations shall include, but are not limited to:
        (1) The type of data or information involved and the nature of the 
    adverse consequences to the GSE, financial or otherwise, that would 
    result from disclosure, including any adverse effect on the GSE's 
    competitive position;
        (2) The existence and applicability of any prior determinations by 
    HUD, any other Federal agency, or a court, concerning similar data or 
    information;
        (3) The measures taken by the GSE to protect the confidentiality of 
    the mortgage data or AHAR information in question, and similar data or 
    information, before and after its submission to the Secretary;
        (4) The extent to which the mortgage data or AHAR information is 
    publicly available including whether the data or information is 
    available from other entities, from local government offices or 
    records, including deeds, recorded mortgages, and similar documents, or 
    from publicly available data bases;
        (5) The difficulty that a competitor, including a seller/servicer, 
    would face in obtaining or compiling the mortgage data or AHAR 
    information; and
        (6) Such additional facts and legal and other authorities as the 
    Secretary may consider appropriate, including the extent to which 
    particular mortgage data or AHAR information, when considered together 
    with other information, could reveal proprietary information.
        (c) Alternative criterion for mortgage data or AHAR information 
    subject to a temporary order, final order, or regulation in effect. 
    Where the request for proprietary treatment pertains to mortgage data 
    or AHAR information that has been deemed proprietary by the Secretary 
    under a temporary order, final order, or regulation in effect, the 
    Secretary shall grant the request with respect to any mortgage data or 
    AHAR information which comes within the order or regulation.
        (d) Determination of proprietary treatment. The Secretary shall 
    determine, as expeditiously as possible, whether mortgage data or AHAR 
    information designated as proprietary by a GSE is proprietary 
    information, or whether it is not proprietary and subject to inclusion 
    in the public-use database and public release notwithstanding the GSE's 
    request.
        (e) Action when according proprietary treatment to mortgage data 
    and AHAR information. (1) When the Secretary determines that mortgage 
    data or AHAR information designated as proprietary by a GSE is 
    proprietary, and the mortgage data or AHAR information is not subject 
    to a temporary order, a final order, or a regulation in effect 
    providing that the mortgage data or AHAR information is not subject to 
    public disclosure, the Secretary shall notify the GSE that the request 
    has been granted. In such cases, the Secretary shall issue either a 
    temporary order, a final order, or a regulation providing that the 
    mortgage data or information is not subject to public disclosure. Such 
    a temporary order, final order, or regulation shall:
        (i) Document the reasons for the determination; and
        (ii) Be provided to the GSE, made available to members of the 
    public, and published in the Federal Register, except that any portions 
    of such order or regulation that would reveal the proprietary 
    information shall be withheld from public disclosure. Publications of 
    temporary orders shall invite public comments when feasible.
        (2) Where the Secretary determines that such mortgage data or 
    information is proprietary, the Secretary shall not make it publicly 
    available, except as otherwise provided in accordance with this 
    subpart.
        (f) Determination not to accord proprietary treatment to mortgage 
    data and AHAR information or to seek further information. When the 
    Secretary determines that such mortgage data or AHAR information 
    designated as proprietary by a GSE may not be proprietary, that the 
    request may be granted only in part, or that questions exist concerning 
    the request, the following procedure shall apply:
        (1) The Secretary shall provide the GSE with an opportunity for a 
    meeting with HUD to discuss the matter, for the 
    
    [[Page 61900]]
    purpose of gaining additional information concerning the request.
        (2) Following the meeting, based on the Secretary's review of the 
    mortgage data or AHAR information that is the subject of a request and 
    the GSE's objections, if any, to disclosure of such mortgage data or 
    AHAR information, the Secretary shall make a determination:
        (i) If the Secretary determines to withhold from the public-use 
    database as proprietary the mortgage data or AHAR information that is 
    the subject of a request, the procedures in paragraph (e) of this 
    section shall apply; or
        (ii) If the Secretary determines that any mortgage data or AHAR 
    information that is the subject of a request is not proprietary, the 
    Secretary shall provide notice in writing to the GSE of the reasons for 
    this determination, and such notice shall provide that the Secretary 
    shall not release the mortgage data or AHAR information to the public 
    for 10 working days.
    
    
    Sec. 81.75   Proprietary information withheld by order or regulation.
    
        Following a determination by the Secretary that mortgage data or 
    AHAR information is proprietary information under FHEFSSA, the 
    Secretary shall expeditiously issue a temporary order, final order, or 
    regulation withholding the mortgage data or AHAR information from the 
    public-use database and from public disclosure by HUD in accordance 
    with 12 U.S.C. 4546. The Secretary may, from time-to-time, by 
    regulation or order, issue a list entitled ``GSE Mortgage Data and AHAR 
    Information: Proprietary Information/Public-Use Data'' providing that 
    certain information shall be treated as proprietary information. The 
    Secretary may modify the list by regulation or order.
    
    
    Sec. 81.76   FOIA requests and protection of GSE information.
    
        (a) General. HUD shall process FOIA requests for information 
    submitted to the Secretary by the GSEs in accordance with:
        (1) HUD's FOIA and Privacy Act regulations, 24 CFR parts 15 and 16;
        (2) 12 U.S.C. 4525, 4543, and 4546 and this subpart; and
        (3) Other applicable statutes, regulations, and guidelines, 
    including the Trade Secrets Act, 18 U.S.C. 1905, and Executive Order 
    12600. In responding to requests for data or information submitted by 
    or relating to the GSEs, the Secretary may invoke provisions of these 
    authorities to protect data or information from disclosure.
        (b) Protection of confidential business information other than 
    mortgage data and AHAR information. When a GSE seeks to protect from 
    disclosure confidential business information, the GSE may seek 
    protection of such confidential business information pursuant to the 
    provisions of HUD's FOIA regulations at 24 CFR part 15, without regard 
    to whether or not it is mortgage data or AHAR information.
        (c) Processing of FOIA requests--(1) FOIA Exemption (b)(4). HUD 
    will process FOIA requests for confidential business information of the 
    GSEs to which FOIA exemption 4 may apply in accordance with 24 CFR part 
    15, and the predisclosure notification procedures of Executive Order 
    12,600.
        (2) FOIA Exemption (b)(8). Under section 1319F of FHEFSSA, the 
    Secretary may invoke FOIA exemption (b)(8) to withhold from the public 
    any GSE data or information contained in or related to examination, 
    operating, or condition reports prepared by, on behalf of, or for the 
    use of HUD. HUD may make data or information available for the 
    confidential use of other government agencies in their official duties 
    or functions, but all data or information remains the property of HUD 
    and any unauthorized use or disclosure of such data or information may 
    be subject to the penalties of 18 U.S.C. 641.
        (3) Other FOIA exemptions. Under 24 CFR part 15, the Secretary may 
    invoke other exemptions including, without limitation, exemption (b)(6) 
    (5 U.S.C. 552(b)(6)), to protect data and information that would 
    constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
        (d) Protection of information by HUD officers and employees. The 
    Secretary will institute all reasonable safeguards to protect data or 
    information submitted by or relating to either GSE, including, but not 
    limited to, advising all HUD officers and employees having access to 
    data or information submitted by or relating to either GSE of the legal 
    restrictions against unauthorized disclosure of such data or 
    information under HUD Standards of Conduct regulations, 24 CFR part O; 
    the Government-wide Standards of Ethical Conduct, 5 CFR part 2635; and 
    the Trade Secrets Act, 18 U.S.C. 1905. Officers and employees shall be 
    advised of the penalties for unauthorized disclosure, ranging from 
    disciplinary action under 24 CFR part O and 5 CFR part 2635 to criminal 
    prosecution.
        (e) Protection of information by contractors. (1) In contracts and 
    agreements entered into by HUD where contractors have access to data or 
    information submitted by or relating to either GSE, HUD shall include 
    detailed provisions specifying that:
        (i) Neither the contractor nor any of its officers, employees, 
    agents, or subcontractors may release data submitted by or relating to 
    either GSE without HUD's authorization; and
        (ii) Unauthorized disclosure may be a basis for:
        (A) Terminating the contract for default;
        (B) Suspending or debarring the contractor; and
        (C) Criminal prosecution of the contractor, its officers, 
    employees, agents, or subcontractors under the Federal Criminal Code.
        (2) Contract provisions shall require safeguards against 
    unauthorized disclosure, including training of contractor and 
    subcontractor agents and employees, and provide that the contractor 
    will indemnify and hold HUD harmless against unauthorized disclosure of 
    data or information belonging to the GSEs or HUD.
    
    
    Sec. 81.77   Requests for GSE information on behalf of Congress, the 
    Comptroller General, a subpoena, or other legal process.
    
        (a) General. With respect to information submitted by or relating 
    to the GSEs, nothing in this subpart F may be construed to grant 
    authority to the Secretary under FHEFSSA to withhold any information 
    from or to prohibit the disclosure of any information to the following 
    persons or entities:
        (1) Either House of Congress or, to the extent of matters within 
    its jurisdiction, any committee or subcommittee thereof, or any joint 
    committee of Congress or subcommittee of any such joint committee;
        (2) The Comptroller General, or any of the Comptroller General's 
    authorized representatives, in the course of the performance of the 
    duties of the General Accounting Office;
        (3) A court of competent jurisdiction pursuant to a subpoena; or
        (4) As otherwise compelled by law.
        (b) Notice of proprietary or confidential nature of GSE 
    information. (1) In releasing data or information in response to a 
    request as set out in paragraph (a) of this section, the Secretary 
    will, where applicable, include a statement with the data or 
    information to the effect that:
        (i) The GSE regards the data or information as proprietary 
    information and/or confidential business information;
        (ii) Public disclosure of the data or information may cause 
    competitive harm to the GSE; and
        (iii) The Secretary has determined that the data or information is 
    proprietary information and/or confidential business information.
    
    [[Page 61901]]
    
        (2) To the extent practicable, the Secretary will provide notice to 
    the GSE after a request from the persons or entities described in 
    paragraphs (a)(1)-(4) of this section for proprietary information or 
    confidential business information is received and before the data or 
    information is provided in response to the request.
        (c) Procedures for requests pursuant to subpoena or other legal 
    process. The procedures in 24 CFR 15.71-15.74 shall be followed when a 
    subpoena, order, or other demand of a court or other authority is 
    issued for the production or disclosure of any GSE data or information 
    that:
        (1) Is contained in HUD's files;
        (2) Relates to material contained in HUD's files; or
        (3) Was acquired by any person while such person was an employee of 
    HUD, as a part of the performance of the employee's official duties or 
    because of the employee's official status.
        (d) Requests pursuant to subpoena or other legal process not served 
    on HUD. If an individual who is not a HUD employee or an entity other 
    than HUD is served with a subpoena, order, or other demand of a court 
    or authority for the production or disclosure of HUD data or 
    information relating to a GSE and such data or information may not be 
    disclosed to the public under this subpart or 24 CFR part 15, such 
    individual or entity shall comply with 24 CFR 15.71-15.74 as if the 
    individual or entity is a HUD employee, including immediately notifying 
    HUD in accordance with the procedures set forth in 24 CFR 15.73(a).
        (e) Reservation of additional actions. Nothing in this section 
    precludes further action by the Secretary, in his or her discretion, to 
    protect data or information submitted by a GSE from unwarranted 
    disclosure in appropriate circumstances.
    
    Subpart G--Procedures for Actions and Review of Actions
    
    
    Sec. 81.81   General.
    
        This subpart sets forth procedures for:
        (a) The Secretary to issue cease-and-desist orders and impose civil 
    money penalties to enforce the housing goal provisions implemented in 
    subpart B of this part and the information submission and reporting 
    requirements implemented in subpart E of this part; and
        (b) Hearings, in accordance with 12 U.S.C. 4542(c)(4)(B), on the 
    Secretary's disapproval of new programs that the Secretary determines 
    are not in the public interest.
    
    
    Sec. 81.82.  Cease-and-desist proceedings.
    
        (a) Issuance. The Secretary may issue and serve upon a GSE a 
    written notice of charges justifying issuance of a cease-and-desist 
    order, if the Secretary determines the GSE:
        (1) Has failed to submit, within the time prescribed in Sec. 81.22, 
    a housing plan that substantially complies with 12 U.S.C. 4566(c), as 
    implemented by Sec. 81.22;
        (2) Is failing or has failed, or there is reasonable cause to 
    believe that the GSE is about to fail, to make a good-faith effort to 
    comply with a housing plan submitted to and approved by the Secretary; 
    or
        (3) Has failed to submit any of the information required under 
    sections 309(m) or (n) of the Fannie Mae Charter Act, sections 307(e) 
    or (f) of the Freddie Mac Act, or subpart E of this part.
        (b) Procedures--(1) Content of notice. The notice of charges shall 
    provide:
        (i) A concise statement of the facts constituting the alleged 
    misconduct and the violations with which the GSE is charged;
        (ii) Notice of the GSE's right to a hearing on the record;
        (iii) A time and date for a hearing on the record;
        (iv) A statement of the consequences of failing to contest the 
    matter; and
        (v) The effective date of the order if the GSE does not contest the 
    matter.
        (2) Administrative Law Judge. A HUD Administrative Law Judge (ALJ) 
    shall preside over any hearing conducted under this section. The 
    hearing shall be conducted in accordance with Sec. 81.84 and, to the 
    extent the provisions are not inconsistent with any of the procedures 
    in this part or FHEFSSA, with Secs. 30.10 and 30.15 and subpart E of 
    part 30 of this title.
        (3) Issuance of order. If the GSE consents to the issuance of the 
    order or the ALJ finds, based on the hearing record, that a 
    preponderance of the evidence established the conduct specified in the 
    notice of charges, the ALJ may issue and serve upon the GSE an order 
    requiring the GSE to:
        (i) Submit a housing plan that substantially complies with 12 
    U.S.C. 4566(c), as implemented by Sec. 81.22;
        (ii) Comply with a housing plan; or
        (iii) Provide the information required under subpart E of this 
    part.
        (4) Effective date. An order under this section shall be effective 
    as provided in 12 U.S.C. 4581(c) and Sec. 81.84(m).
    
    
    Sec. 81.83  Civil money penalties.
    
        (a) Imposition. The Secretary may impose a civil money penalty on a 
    GSE that has failed:
        (1) To submit, within the time prescribed in Sec. 81.22, a housing 
    plan that substantially complies with 12 U.S.C. 4566(c), as implemented 
    by Sec. 81.22;
        (2) To make a good-faith effort to comply with a housing plan 
    submitted and approved by the Secretary; or
        (3) To submit any of the information required under sections 309(m) 
    or (n) of the Fannie Mae Charter Act, sections 307(e) or (f) of the 
    Freddie Mac Act, or subpart E of this part.
        (b) Amount of penalty. The amount of the penalty shall not exceed:
        (1) For any failure described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, 
    $25,000 for each day that the failure occurs; and
        (2) For any failure described in paragraphs (a)(2) or (a)(3) of 
    this section, $10,000 for each day that the failure occurs.
        (c) Factors in determining amount of penalty. In determining the 
    amount of a penalty under this section, the Secretary shall consider 
    the factors in 12 U.S.C. 4585(c)(2) including the public interest.
        (d) Procedures--(1) Notice of Intent. The Secretary shall notify 
    the GSE in writing of the Secretary's determination to impose a civil 
    money penalty by issuing a Notice of Intent to Impose Civil Money 
    Penalties (``Notice of Intent''). The Notice of Intent shall provide:
        (i) A concise statement of the facts constituting the alleged 
    misconduct;
        (ii) The amount of the civil money penalty;
        (iii) Notice of the GSE's right to a hearing on the record;
        (iv) The procedures to follow to obtain a hearing;
        (v) A statement of the consequences of failing to request a 
    hearing; and
        (vi) The date the penalty shall be due unless the GSE contests the 
    matter.
        (2) To appeal the Secretary's decision to impose a civil money 
    penalty, the GSE shall, within 20 days of service of the Notice of 
    Intent, file a written Answer with the Chief Docket Clerk, Office of 
    Administrative Law Judges, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 
    at the address provided in the Notice of Intent.
        (3) Administrative Law Judge. A HUD ALJ shall preside over any 
    hearing conducted under this section, in accordance with Sec. 81.84 
    and, to the extent the provisions are not inconsistent with any of the 
    procedures in this part, FHEFSSA, or Secs. 30.10 and 30.15 and subpart 
    E of part 30 of this title.
        (4) Issuance of order. If the GSE consents to the issuance of the 
    order or the ALJ finds, on the hearing record, that a preponderance of 
    the evidence establishes the conduct specified in the notice of 
    charges, the ALJ may issue an order imposing a civil money penalty. 
    
    [[Page 61902]]
    
        (5) Consultation with the Director. In the Secretary's discretion, 
    the Director of OFHEO may be requested to review any Notice of Intent, 
    determination, order, or interlocutory ruling arising from a hearing.
        (e) Action to collect penalty. The Secretary may request the 
    Attorney General of the United States to bring an action to collect the 
    penalty, in accordance with 12 U.S.C. 4585(d). Interest on, and other 
    charges for, any unpaid penalty may be assessed in accordance with 31 
    U.S.C. 3717.
        (f) Settlement by Secretary. The Secretary may compromise, modify, 
    or remit any civil money penalty that may be, or has been, imposed 
    under this section.
    
    
    Sec. 81.84  Hearings.
    
        (a) Applicability. The hearing procedures in this section apply to 
    hearings on the record to review cease-and-desist orders, civil money 
    penalties, and new programs disapproved based upon a determination by 
    the Secretary that such programs are not in the public interest, in 
    accordance with 12 U.S.C. 4542(c)(4)(B).
        (b) Hearing requirements. (1) Hearings shall be held in the 
    District of Columbia.
        (2) Hearings shall be conducted by a HUD ALJ authorized to conduct 
    proceedings under 24 CFR part 30.
        (c) Timing. Unless an earlier or later date is requested by a GSE 
    and the request is granted by the ALJ, a hearing shall be fixed for a 
    date not earlier than 30 days, nor later than 60 days, after:
        (1) Service of the notice of charges under Sec. 81.82;
        (2) Service of the Notice of Intent to Impose Civil Money 
    Penalty(ies) under Sec. 81.83; or
        (3) Filing of a request for a hearing under Sec. 81.54(b).
        (d) Procedure. Hearings shall be conducted in accordance with the 
    procedures set forth in 24 CFR 30.10, 30.15, and subpart E of part 30 
    of this title to the extent that such provisions are not inconsistent 
    with any of the procedures in this part or FHEFSSA.
        (e) Service. (1) To GSE. Any service required or authorized to be 
    made by the Secretary under this subpart G may be made to the Chief 
    Executive Officer of a GSE or any other representative as the GSE may 
    designate in writing to the Secretary.
        (2) How service may be made. A serving party shall use one or more 
    of the following methods of service:
        (i) Personal service;
        (ii) Delivering the papers to a reliable commercial courier 
    service, overnight delivery service, or the U.S. Post Office for 
    Express Mail Delivery; or
        (iii) Transmission by electronic media, only if the parties 
    mutually agree. The serving party shall mail an original of the filing 
    after any proper service using electronic media.
        (f) Subpoena authority--(1) General. In the course of or in 
    connection with any hearing, the Secretary and the ALJ shall have the 
    authority to:
        (i) Administer oaths and affirmations;
        (ii) Take and preserve testimony under oath;
        (iii) Issue subpoenas and subpoenas duces tecum; and
        (iv) Revoke, quash, or modify subpoenas and subpoenas duces tecum 
    issued under this paragraph (f).
        (2) Witnesses and documents. The attendance of witnesses and the 
    production of documents provided for in this section may be required 
    from any place in any State. A witness may be required to appear, and a 
    document may be required to be produced, at:
        (i) The hearing; and
        (ii) Any place that is designated for attendance at a deposition or 
    production of a document under this section.
        (3) Enforcement. In accordance with 12 U.S.C. 4588(c), the 
    Secretary may request the Attorney General of the United States to 
    enforce any subpoena or subpoena duces tecum issued pursuant to this 
    section. If a subpoenaed person fails to comply with all or any portion 
    of a subpoena issued pursuant to this paragraph (f), the subpoenaing 
    party or any other aggrieved person may petition the Secretary to seek 
    enforcement of the subpoena. A party's petition to the Secretary for 
    enforcement of a subpoena in no way limits the sanctions that may be 
    imposed by the ALJ on a party who fails to comply with a subpoena 
    issued under this paragraph (f).
        (4) Fees and expenses. Witnesses subpoenaed under this section 
    shall be paid the same fees and mileage that are paid witnesses in the 
    district courts of the United States and may seek reasonable expenses 
    and attorneys fees in any court having jurisdiction of any proceeding 
    instituted under this section. Such expenses and fees shall be paid by 
    the GSE or from its assets.
        (g) Failure to appear. If a GSE fails to appear at a hearing 
    through a duly authorized representative, the GSE shall be deemed to 
    have consented to the issuance of the cease-and-desist order, the 
    imposition of the penalty, or the disapproval of the new program, 
    whichever is applicable.
        (h) Public hearings. (1) All hearings shall be open to the public, 
    unless the ALJ determines that an open hearing would be contrary to the 
    public interest. Where a party makes a timely motion to close a hearing 
    and the ALJ denies the motion, such party may file with the Secretary 
    within 5 working days a request for a closed hearing, and any party may 
    file a reply to such a request within 5 working days of service of such 
    a motion. Such motions, requests, and replies are governed by 
    Sec. 30.515 of this title. When a request for a closed hearing has been 
    filed with the Secretary under this paragraph (h)(1), the hearing shall 
    be stayed until the Secretary has advised the parties and the ALJ, in 
    writing, of the Secretary's decision on whether the hearing should be 
    closed.
        (2) Failure to file a timely motion, request or reply is deemed a 
    waiver of any objection regarding whether the hearing will be public or 
    closed. A party must file any motion for a closed hearing within 10 
    days after:
        (i) Service of the notice of charges under Sec. 81.82;
        (ii) Service of the Notice of Intent to Impose Civil Money 
    Penalt(ies) under Sec. 81.83; or
        (iii) Filing of a request for a hearing under Sec. 81.54(b).
        (i) Decision of ALJ. After each hearing, the ALJ shall issue an 
    initial decision and serve the initial decision on the GSE, the 
    Secretary, any other parties, and the HUD General Counsel. This service 
    will constitute notification that the case has been submitted to the 
    Secretary.
        (j) Review of initial decision--(1) Secretary's discretion. The 
    Secretary, in the Secretary's discretion, may review any initial 
    decision.
        (2) Requested by a party. Any party may file a notice of appeal of 
    an initial decision to the Secretary in accordance with Sec. 30.910 of 
    this title. Any waiver of the limitations contained in Sec. 30.910(c) 
    and (d) of this title on the number of pages for notices of appeal and 
    responses, of the time limitation in Sec. 30.910 of this title for 
    filing a notice of appeal of the initial decision, or any other waivers 
    under this subpart shall not be subject to the publication requirements 
    in 42 U.S.C. 3535(q).
        (k) Final decision. (1) The initial decision will become the final 
    decision unless the Secretary issues a final decision within 90 days 
    after the initial decision is served on the Secretary.
        (2) Issuance of final decision by Secretary. The Secretary may 
    review any finding of fact, conclusion of law, or order contained in 
    the initial decision of the ALJ and may issue a final decision in the 
    proceeding. Any decision shall include findings of fact upon which the 
    decision is predicated. The Secretary may affirm, modify, or set aside, 
    in whole or in part, the initial 
    
    [[Page 61903]]
    decision or may remand the initial decision for further proceedings. 
    The final decision shall be served on all parties and the ALJ.
        (l) Decisions on remand. If the initial decision is remanded for 
    further proceedings, the ALJ shall issue an initial decision on remand 
    within 60 days of the date of issuance of the decision to remand, 
    unless it is impractical to do so.
        (m) Modification. The Secretary may modify, terminate, or set aside 
    any order in accordance with 12 U.S.C. 4582(b)(2).
    
    
    Sec. 81.85  Public disclosure of final orders and agreements.
    
        (a) Disclosure. Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this 
    section, the Secretary shall make available to the public final orders; 
    written agreements and statements; and modifications and terminations 
    of those orders, agreements, and statements, as set forth in 12 U.S.C. 
    4586(a) and the implementing regulations in this subpart G. The 
    retention of records of these orders, agreements, and statements, and 
    their modifications and terminations, are governed by 12 U.S.C. 
    4586(e).
        (b) Exceptions to disclosure. Exceptions to disclosure will be 
    determined in accordance with 12 U.S.C. 4586 (c), (d), and (f) and 
    paragraph (c) of this section.
        (c) Filing documents under seal--(1) Request by party. Upon the 
    denial by the ALJ of a motion for a protective order, any party may 
    request the Secretary to file any document or part of a document under 
    seal if the party believes that disclosure of the document would be 
    contrary to the public interest. Any other party may file with the 
    Secretary a reply to such a request within 5 working days after a 
    request is made or some other time to be determined by the Secretary. 
    Such requests and replies are governed by Sec. 30.515 of this title.
        (2) Effect of request. A document or part of a document that is the 
    subject of a timely request to the Secretary to file under seal will 
    not be disclosed under this section until the Secretary has advised the 
    parties and the ALJ, in writing, of the Secretary's decision on whether 
    the document or part of a document should be filed under seal. The ALJ 
    shall take all appropriate steps to preserve the confidentiality of 
    such documents or parts of documents, including closing portions of the 
    hearing to the public.
        (3) Time of request. Failure to file with the Secretary a timely 
    request or a reply is deemed a waiver of any objection regarding the 
    decision on whether a document is to be disclosed. A party must make 
    its request to file a document under seal at least 10 days before the 
    commencement of the hearing. A request may be filed at any other time 
    before or during the course of the hearing, but the requesting party's 
    obligation to produce the document or parts of the document will not be 
    affected by the party's pending request to the Secretary, unless the 
    Secretary expressly directs the ALJ to treat the document as protected 
    from disclosure until the Secretary makes a final written decision on 
    whether the document should be filed under seal. If the Secretary's 
    direction to the ALJ is made orally, that direction must be reduced to 
    writing and filed with the ALJ within 3 working days of the making of 
    the oral order or the document will then be subject to disclosure 
    pending the Secretary's final written decision on disclosure.
    
    
    Sec. 81.86  Enforcement and jurisdiction.
    
        If a GSE fails to comply with a final decision, the Secretary may 
    request the Attorney General of the United States to bring an action in 
    the United States District Court for the District of Columbia for the 
    enforcement of the notice or order. Such request may be made:
        (a) For a cease-and-desist order:
        (1) Upon expiration of the 30-day period beginning on the service 
    of the order on the GSE; or
        (2) Upon the effective time specified in an order issued upon 
    consent; and
        (b) For a civil money penalty, when the order imposing the penalty 
    is no longer subject to review under 12 U.S.C. 4582 and 4583 and the 
    implementing regulations at Secs. 81.84 and 81.87.
    
    
    Sec. 81.87  Judicial review.
    
        (a) Commencement. In a proceeding under 12 U.S.C. 4581 or 4585, as 
    implemented by Secs. 81.82 or 81.83, a GSE that is a party to the 
    proceeding may obtain review of any final order issued under Sec. 81.84 
    by filing in the United States Court of Appeals for the District of 
    Columbia Circuit, within 30 days after the date of service of such 
    order, a written petition praying that the order of the Secretary be 
    modified, terminated, or set aside.
        (b) Filing of record. Upon receiving a copy of a petition, the 
    Chief Docket Clerk, Office of Administrative Law Judges, shall file in 
    the court the record in the proceeding, as provided in 28 U.S.C. 2112.
        (c) No automatic stay. The commencement of proceedings for judicial 
    review under this section shall not, unless specifically ordered by the 
    court, operate as a stay of any order issued by the Secretary.
    
    Subpart H--Book-Entry Procedures
    
    
    Sec. 81.91  Definitions.
    
        As used in this subpart H, the term--
        (a) Reserve bank means a Federal Reserve bank and its branches 
    acting as Fiscal Agent of Fannie Mae and, when indicated, acting in its 
    individual capacity or as Fiscal Agent of the United States.
        (b) Fannie Mae security means any obligation of Fannie Mae (except 
    short-term discount notes and obligations convertible into shares of 
    common stock) issued under 12 U.S.C. 1719 (b), (d), and (e) in the form 
    of a definitive Fannie Mae security or a book-entry Fannie Mae 
    security.
        (c) Definitive Fannie Mae security means a Fannie Mae security in 
    engraved or printed form.
        (d) Book-entry Fannie Mae security means a Fannie Mae security in 
    the form of an entry made as prescribed in this part on the records of 
    a Reserve bank.
        (e) Pledge includes a pledge of, or any other security interest in, 
    Fannie Mae securities as collateral for loans or advances or to secure 
    deposits of public moneys or the performance of an obligation.
        (f) Date of call is, with respect to Fannie Mae securities issued 
    under 12 U.S.C. 1719 (d) and (e), the date fixed in the authorizing 
    resolution of the Board of Directors of Fannie Mae on which the obligor 
    will make payment of the security before maturity in accordance with 
    its terms, and, with respect to Fannie Mae securities issued under 12 
    U.S.C. 1719(b), the date fixed in the offering notice issued by Fannie 
    Mae.
        (g) Member bank means any National bank, State bank, or bank or 
    trust company which is a member of a Reserve bank.
    
    
    Sec. 81.92  Authority of Reserve Bank.
    
        Each Reserve bank is hereby authorized, in accordance with the 
    provisions of this part, to:
        (a) Issue book-entry Fannie Mae securities by means of entries on 
    its records which shall include the name of the depositor, the amount, 
    the loan title (or series) and maturity date;
        (b) Effect conversions between book-entry Fannie Mae securities and 
    definitive Fannie Mae securities;
        (c) Otherwise service and maintain book-entry Fannie Mae 
    securities; and
        (d) Issue a confirmation of transaction in the form of a written 
    advice (serially numbered or otherwise) which specifies 
    
    [[Page 61904]]
    the amount and description of any securities, that is, loan title (or 
    series) and maturity date, sold or transferred, and the date of the 
    transaction.
    
    
    Sec. 81.93  Scope and effect of book-entry procedure.
    
        (a) (1) A Reserve bank as Fiscal Agent of Fannie Mae may apply the 
    book-entry procedure provided for in this part to any Fannie Mae 
    securities which have been or are hereafter deposited for any purpose 
    in accounts with it in its individual capacity under terms and 
    conditions which indicate that the Reserve bank will continue to 
    maintain such deposit accounts in its individual capacity, 
    notwithstanding application of the book-entry procedure to such 
    securities. This paragraph (a) is applicable, but not limited, to 
    securities deposited:
        (i) As collateral pledged to a Reserve bank (in its individual 
    capacity) for advances by it;
        (ii) By a member bank for its sole account;
        (iii) By a member bank held for the account of its customers;
        (iv) In connection with deposits in a member bank of funds of 
    States, municipalities, or other political subdivisions; or
        (v) In connection with the performance of an obligation or duty 
    under Federal, State, municipal, or local law, or judgments or decrees 
    of courts.
        (2) The application of the book-entry procedure under this 
    paragraph (a) shall not derogate from or adversely affect the 
    relationships that would otherwise exist between a Reserve bank in its 
    individual capacity and its depositors concerning any deposits under 
    this section. Whenever the book-entry procedure is applied to such 
    Fannie Mae securities, the Reserve bank is authorized to take all 
    action necessary in respect of the book-entry procedure to enable such 
    Reserve bank in its individual capacity to perform its obligations as 
    depositary with respect to such Fannie Mae securities.
        (b) A Reserve bank as Fiscal Agent of the corporation may apply the 
    book-entry procedure to Fannie Mae securities deposited as collateral 
    pledged to the United States under Treasury Department Circulars Nos. 
    92 and 176, both as revised and amended, and may apply the book-entry 
    procedure, with the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury, to any 
    other Fannie Mae securities deposited with a Reserve bank, as Fiscal 
    Agent of the United States.
        (c) Any person having an interest in Fannie Mae securities which 
    are deposited with a Reserve bank (in either its individual capacity or 
    as Fiscal Agent of the United States) for any purpose shall be deemed 
    to have consented to their conversion to book-entry Fannie Mae 
    securities pursuant to the provisions of this part, and in the manner 
    and under the procedures prescribed by the Reserve bank.
        (d) No deposits shall be accepted under this section on or after 
    the date of maturity or call of the securities.
    
    
    Sec. 81.94  Transfer or pledge.
    
        (a) A transfer or pledge of book-entry Fannie Mae securities to a 
    Reserve bank (in its individual capacity or as Fiscal Agent of the 
    United States), or to the United States, or to any transferee or 
    pledgee eligible to maintain an appropriate book-entry account in its 
    name with a Reserve bank under Secs. 81.91 through 81.98 is effected 
    and perfected, notwithstanding any provision of law to the contrary, by 
    a Reserve bank making an appropriate entry in its records of the 
    securities transferred or pledged. The making of such an entry in the 
    records of a Reserve bank shall:
        (1) Have the effect of a delivery in bearer form of definitive 
    Fannie Mae securities;
        (2) Have the effect of a taking of delivery by the transferee or 
    pledgee;
        (3) Constitute the transferee or pledgee a holder; and
        (4) If a pledge, effect a perfected security interest therein in 
    favor of the pledgee. A transfer or pledge of book-entry Fannie Mae 
    securities effected under this paragraph (a) shall have priority over 
    any transfer, pledge, or other interest, theretofore or thereafter 
    effected or perfected under paragraph (b) of this section or in any 
    other manner.
        (b) A transfer or a pledge of transferable Fannie Mae securities, 
    or any interest therein, which is maintained by a Reserve bank (in its 
    individual capacity or as Fiscal Agent of the United States) in a book-
    entry account under Secs. 81.91 through 81.98, including securities in 
    book-entry form under Sec. 81.93(a)(3), is effected, and a pledge is 
    perfected, by any means that would be effective under applicable law to 
    effect a transfer or to effect and perfect a pledge of the Fannie Mae 
    securities, or any interest therein, if the securities were maintained 
    by the Reserve bank in bearer definitive form. For purposes of transfer 
    or pledge hereunder, book-entry Fannie Mae securities maintained by a 
    Reserve bank shall, notwithstanding any provision of law to the 
    contrary, be deemed to be maintained in bearer definitive form. A 
    Reserve bank maintaining book-entry Fannie Mae securities either in its 
    individual capacity or as Fiscal Agent of the United States is not a 
    bailee for purposes of notification of pledges of those securities 
    under this section, or a third person in possession for purposes of 
    acknowledgment of transfer thereof under this section. Where 
    transferable Fannie Mae securities are recorded on the books of a 
    depositary (a bank, banking institution, financial firm, or similar 
    party, which regularly accepts in the course of its business Fannie Mae 
    securities as a custodial service for customers, and maintains accounts 
    in the names of such customers reflecting ownership of or interest in 
    such securities) or account of the pledgor or transferor thereof and 
    such securities are on deposit with a Reserve bank in a book-entry 
    account, hereunder, such depositary shall, for purposes of perfecting a 
    pledge of such securities or affecting delivery of such securities to a 
    purchaser under applicable provisions of law, be the bailee to which 
    notification of the pledge of the securities may be given or the third 
    person in possession from which acknowledgment of the holding of the 
    securities for the purchaser may be obtained. A Reserve bank will not 
    accept notice or advice of a transfer or pledge effected or perfected 
    under this section, and any such notice or advice shall have no effect. 
    A Reserve bank may continue to deal with its depositor in accordance 
    with the provisions of this part, notwithstanding any transfer or 
    pledge effected or perfected under this paragraph (b).
        (c) No filing or recording with a public recording office or 
    officer shall be necessary or effective with respect to any transfer or 
    pledge of book-entry Fannie Mae securities or any interest therein.
        (d) A Reserve bank shall, upon receipt of appropriate instructions, 
    convert book-entry Fannie Mae securities and deliver them in accordance 
    with such instructions; no such conversion shall affect existing 
    interest in such Fannie Mae securities.
        (e) A transfer of book-entry Fannie Mae securities within a Reserve 
    bank shall be made, in accordance with procedures established by the 
    Reserve bank not inconsistent with this part. The transfer of book-
    entry Fannie Mae securities by a Reserve bank may be made through a 
    telegraphic transfer procedure.
        (f) All requests for transfer or withdrawal must be made prior to 
    the maturity or date of call of the securities.
    
    [[Page 61905]]
    
    
    
    Sec. 81.95  Withdrawal of Fannie Mae securities.
    
        For all book-entry Fannie Mae securities issued prior to March 10, 
    1978:
        (a) A depositor of book-entry Fannie Mae securities may withdraw 
    them from a Reserve bank by requesting delivery of like definitive 
    Fannie Mae securities to itself or on its order to a transferee.
        (b) Fannie Mae securities which are actually to be delivered upon 
    withdrawal may be issued either in registered or in bearer form.
    
    
    Sec. 81.96  Delivery of Fannie Mae securities.
    
        A Reserve bank which has received Fannie Mae securities and 
    effected pledges, made entries regarding them, or transferred or 
    delivered them according to the instructions of its depositor is not 
    liable for conversion or for participation in breach of fiduciary duty 
    even though the depositor had no right to dispose of or take other 
    action in respect of the securities. Customers of a member bank or 
    other depositary (other than a Reserve bank) may obtain Fannie Mae 
    securities only by causing the depositor of the Reserve bank to order 
    the withdrawal thereof from the Reserve bank under the conditions set 
    forth in Sec. 81.95.
    
    
    Sec. 81.97  Registered bonds and notes.
    
        No formal assignment shall be required for the conversion to book-
    entry Fannie Mae securities of registered Fannie Mae securities held by 
    a Reserve bank (in either its individual capacity or as Fiscal Agent of 
    the United States) on the effective date of this part for any purpose 
    specified in Sec. 81.93(a). Registered Fannie Mae securities deposited 
    thereafter with a Reserve bank for any purpose specified in Sec. 81.93 
    shall be assigned for conversion to book-entry Fannie Mae securities. 
    The assignment, which shall be executed in accordance with the 
    provisions of subpart F of 31 CFR part 306, so far as applicable, shall 
    be to ``Federal Reserve Bank of ______________, as Fiscal Agent of the 
    Federal National Mortgage Association, for conversion to book-entry 
    Fannie Mae securities.''
    
    
    Sec. 81.98  Servicing book-entry Fannie Mae securities; payment of 
    interest; payment at maturity or upon call.
    
        Interest becoming due on book-entry Fannie Mae securities shall be 
    charged to Fannie Mae's account at the New York Federal Reserve Bank on 
    the interest due date and remitted or credited in accordance with the 
    depositor's instructions. Such securities shall be redeemed and charged 
    to Fannie Mae's account at the New York Federal Reserve Bank on the 
    date of maturity, call or advance refunding, and the redemption 
    proceeds, principal and interest, shall dispose of in accordance with 
    the depositor's instructions.
    
    
    Sec. 81.99  Treasury Department regulations; applicability to Fannie 
    Mae.
    
        The provisions of Treasury Department Circular No. 300, 31 CFR part 
    306 (other than subpart O), as amended from time to time, shall apply, 
    insofar as appropriate, to obligations of Fannie Mae for which a 
    Reserve bank shall act as Fiscal Agent of Fannie Mae and to the extent 
    that such provisions are consistent with agreements between Fannie Mae 
    and the Reserve banks acting as Fiscal Agents of Fannie Mae. 
    Definitions and terms used in Treasury Department Circular No. 300 
    should read as though modified to effectuate the application of the 
    regulations to Fannie Mae.
    
    Subpart I--Other Provisions
    
    
    Sec. 81.101  Equal employment opportunity.
    
        Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac shall comply with sections 1 and 2 of 
    Executive Order 11478 (3 CFR, 1966-1970 Compilation, p. 803), as 
    amended by Executive Order 12106, (3 CFR, 1978, Compilation, p. 263), 
    providing for the adoption and implementation of equal employment 
    opportunity, as required by section 1216 of the Financial Institutions 
    Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989 (12 U.S.C. 1833e).
    
    
    Sec. 81.102  Independent verification authority.
    
        The Secretary may independently verify the accuracy and 
    completeness of the data, information, and reports provided by each 
    GSE, including conducting on-site verification, when such steps are 
    reasonably related to determining whether a GSE is complying with 12 
    U.S.C. 4541-4589 and the GSE's Charter Act.
    
        Dated: November 21, 1995.
    Henry G. Cisneros,
    Secretary.
    
        2. The following Appendices A through F will not appear in the Code 
    of Federal Regulations.
    
    Appendix A--Secretarial Considerations to Establish the Low- and 
    Moderate-Income Housing Goal
    
    A. Introduction
    
    1. Establishment of Goal
    
        In establishing the annual Low- and Moderate-Income Housing Goal, 
    the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 
    1992 requires the Secretary to consider:
        1. National housing needs;
        2. Economic, housing, and demographic conditions;
        3. The performance and effort of the enterprises toward achieving 
    the Low- and Moderate-Income Housing Goal in previous years;
        4. The size of the conventional mortgage market serving low- and 
    moderate-income families relative to the size of the overall 
    conventional mortgage market; 1
    
        \1\ ``Conventional'' mortgages are those which do not carry any 
    government insurance, guarantee, or other obligation. That is, 
    conventional mortgages exclude Federal Housing Administration (FHA), 
    Farmers Home Administration (FmHA), and Veterans Administration (VA) 
    loans.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        5. The ability of the enterprises to lead the industry in making 
    mortgage credit available for low- and moderate-income families; and
        6. The need to maintain the sound financial condition of the 
    enterprises.
    
    2. Underlying Data
    
        In considering the statutory factors in establishing these goals, 
    HUD relied upon data from the American Housing Survey, the 1990 Census 
    of Population and Housing, the 1991 Residential Finance Survey, other 
    government reports, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act (HMDA) reports, 
    and the GSEs. HUD used data provided by the GSEs to determine their 
    financial condition and their prior performance in meeting the needs of 
    low- and moderate-income families. These data included loan-level 
    information on all mortgages purchased by the GSEs in 1993 and 1994.
        Section B responds to comments from the GSEs and other commenters 
    on Appendix A in the proposed rule and Section C presents an updated 
    discussion of each of the factors listed above. Section D summarizes 
    the Secretary's rationale for selecting the levels of the Low- and 
    Moderate-Income Housing Goals for 1996 and 1997-99 and thereafter.
    
    B. Summary and Response to Public Comments
    
        The GSEs and several other commenters furnished comments on 
    Appendix A as it appeared in the proposed rule. Because the GSEs' 
    comments covered all of the points made by other commenters, this 
    appendix refers exclusively to the GSEs' comments. The GSEs took issue 
    with HUD's application of the factors identified in Section A above and 
    the analysis by which HUD determined the levels of the goals. The GSEs 
    commented that Appendix A: (1) confused general housing needs with 
    those for which the GSEs have an 
    
    [[Page 61906]]
    appropriate responsibility; (2) failed to identify the broad range of 
    economic conditions which might be relevant over the coming years; (3) 
    incorrectly assessed the past performance of the GSEs and postulated a 
    very narrow concept of market leadership; (4) minimized the potential 
    economic impact of higher-risk multifamily mortgage purchases and 
    assumed the GSEs should have equal penetration of single-family and 
    multifamily markets; and (5) used flawed data estimates for calculating 
    the size of the conventional market for the Low- and Moderate-Income 
    Housing Goal.2
    
        \2\ The credit risk criticism is addressed in the Economic 
    Analysis that accompanies this rule and the market share criticism 
    is addressed in Appendix D.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    1. ``Linking'' Housing Needs to GSEs
    
        The GSEs expressed concern that HUD did not distinguish between 
    general housing needs of low- and moderate-income households and those 
    needs that the GSEs could reasonably be expected to address. HUD 
    conducted an analysis of general housing needs to comply with FHEFSSA, 
    which requires the Secretary to consider such needs when establishing 
    the housing goals. HUD's examination of national housing needs does not 
    suggest that the GSEs can or should meet all of those needs. Rather, 
    the analysis was intended to provide background on the evolution and 
    current state of the housing markets for low- and moderate-income 
    households. HUD recognizes that the GSEs can do little to mitigate the 
    more extreme problems, such as homelessness, identified in this 
    analysis (Section C.1 below).
        With focused effort the GSEs can assist in addressing problems 
    discussed in the Appendix with regard to single-family and multifamily 
    housing. On the single-family side, the GSEs support of more customized 
    mortgage products and underwriting with greater outreach will likely 
    have mutually beneficial effects for both investors and low- and 
    moderate-income borrowers who have not been served with traditional 
    products, underwriting, and marketing. The GSEs have already embarked 
    on this path and continued efforts are encouraged.
        On the multifamily side, with new product development and 
    partnerships the GSEs can reduce the credit gaps in the current market 
    for affordable rental housing--specifically small existing properties, 
    redevelopment projects, housing for the elderly, and new construction 
    in some markets. By sustaining a secondary market in units that meet 
    the low- and moderate-income goal, the GSEs will bring increased 
    liquidity, added stability, and ultimately lower rents for lower-income 
    families in these segments of the market.
        Moreover, the GSEs can work to improve overall efficiency and 
    stability of the market for financing multifamily housing by promoting 
    increased standardization, which would allow more direct links to 
    capital markets independent of specific financial intermediaries or 
    investors. The GSEs have been immensely successful in this area with 
    regard to the financing of single-family housing. While HUD recognizes 
    that multifamily finance is different from single-family finance, 
    improvements may well be possible through, for example, creative 
    partnerships and risk-sharing with local institutions.
    
    2. Mortgage Market Volatility
    
        Both GSEs expressed concern that establishing the levels of the 
    housing goals on the basis of experience under the recent unusually 
    favorable mortgage market conditions for financing homeownership could 
    place unreasonable expectations on the GSEs. The GSEs commented that 
    the market for home purchase and finance is very dynamic and 
    susceptible to significant changes in conditions that affect whether 
    home purchase is feasible or accessible to low- and moderate-income 
    households. The current levels of interest rates, home prices, borrower 
    incomes, alternative rental costs, and consumer confidence, as well as 
    expectations about their future levels, play a role in determining 
    whether homeownership is feasible or desirable for any particular 
    household. HUD agrees that forecasting all these factors for upcoming 
    years to obtain a picture of the future climate for home purchase and 
    finance is difficult.
        However, setting goals so that they can be met even under the worst 
    of circumstances is unreasonable. If macroeconomic conditions change 
    dramatically, then the levels of the goals can be revised to reflect 
    the changed conditions. FHEFSSA and HUD recognize that conditions could 
    change in ways that would require revised expectations. Thus, HUD is 
    given the statutory discretion: (1) to revise the goals if the need 
    arises and (2) if a GSE fails to meet a housing goal, to determine that 
    the goal was not feasible, and not take further action. Furthermore, as 
    discussed in Appendix D, HUD conducted detailed sensitivity analysis 
    for each of the housing goals to reflect economic conditions that are 
    less conducive to homeownership than those that existed during 1993 and 
    1994.
    
    3. GSEs Already Innovate and Serve Low- and Moderate-Income Borrowers
    
        The GSEs commented that Appendix A and the proposed rule failed to 
    recognize that the GSEs already make a sizable contribution toward 
    serving the housing needs of a wide range of American families, 
    including low- and moderate-income households, in diverse geographic 
    areas, through their overall operations. Congress chartered the GSEs to 
    carry out four public purposes: (a) provide stability; (b) respond 
    appropriately to the private capital market; (c) provide assistance to 
    the residential mortgage market, including serving low- and moderate-
    income families; and (d) promote access to mortgage credit throughout 
    the nation. In FHEFSSA, Congress developed a mechanism to ensure that 
    the GSEs finance housing for and provide services to low- and moderate-
    income families and housing in underserved areas. Congress 
    acknowledged, as does HUD, the substantial contributions the GSEs have 
    made and continue to make in creating liquidity and stability in the 
    overall mortgage market. No additional measures were thought necessary 
    to ensure that such contributions continue to take place. However, in 
    FHEFSSA, Congress focused on enhancing the GSEs' efforts to carry out 
    their other Charter purposes. HUD, through its focus on the goals, is 
    carrying out that Congressional intent.
    
    4. Multifamily Market Is Different
    
        The GSEs commented that the origination and purchase of multifamily 
    mortgages is fundamentally different from the origination and purchase 
    of single-family mortgages. Both GSEs commented that the GSEs do not 
    dominate the multifamily market to the same extent as the single-family 
    market and that they should not be required to obtain the same 
    multifamily market share that they have in the single-family market. 
    Freddie Mac argued that the purchase of creditworthy multifamily loans 
    is far more difficult than for single-family loans.
        HUD agrees that the multifamily mortgage business is a different 
    business from single-family finance, posing a different level of risk. 
    Underwriting multifamily mortgages is more like underwriting business 
    loans than underwriting many small and relatively uniform single-family 
    mortgages. However, with regard to the argument that multifamily 
    lending is much more difficult, the evidence is not convincing. 
    
    [[Page 61907]]
    
        Much of the difficulty with multifamily mortgages in recent years 
    was related to the aftermath of wide swings in the tax treatment of 
    multifamily housing. The tax-driven rather than market-driven 
    overbuilding of the early and mid-1980s was followed by the subsequent 
    withdrawal of tax support and the resulting credit crunch in the late 
    1980s and the early 1990s. During the early 1990s, underwriting of 
    creditworthy multifamily loans may have been difficult. These 
    conditions have now improved markedly.
        Currently, multifamily properties offer less risk of loss than most 
    commercial property classes, according to Moody's Investors 
    Service.3 In overbuilt markets, vacancies have declined due to 
    depressed construction levels in the early 1990s. Accordingly, 
    competition for multifamily loans has increased and securitization has 
    increased in 1993 and again in 1994. Credit risk remains a concern to 
    investors, but new techniques in multi-class securitization have helped 
    mitigate credit risk on multifamily mortgage pools.
    
        \3\ ``Moody's: Multifamily Offers Less Loss Risk,'' National 
    Mortgage News, May 1, 1995.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        HUD realizes that achievement of the housing goals may require 
    deeper penetration of the multifamily mortgage market than the GSEs 
    have heretofore achieved. As discussed in Section C.2 below, Fannie Mae 
    purchased a large portion (nearly half) of the large multifamily loans 
    (those with balances of $1.0 million or more) that were originated in 
    1993 and reported in the HMDA data. An alternative to very deep 
    penetration of the large loan market would be for the GSEs to broaden 
    their penetration by shifting their focus toward purchase of smaller 
    multifamily loans. There is no evidence that smaller loans represent 
    higher credit risks. Such a shift may require the GSEs to develop 
    additional capabilities to underwrite smaller loans, such as forming 
    new partnerships with community lenders. This may pose some initial 
    difficulty, but the suggestion that there are long-term fundamental 
    difficulties in the purchase of smaller (less than $1 million) 
    multifamily loans is not consistent with the current market trends 
    toward higher multifamily lending activity and new techniques of credit 
    risk management.
    
    5. HUD's Market Methodology
    
        In establishing the goals, the Secretary is required to assess, 
    among a number of factors, the size of the conventional market for each 
    goal. HUD developed a straightforward technique for estimating the size 
    of the conventional conforming market for each of the goals. This 
    technique draws on the existing major sources of data on mortgage 
    market activity.
        Both GSEs expressed strong criticism of HUD's use of specific data 
    elements in constructing its estimates of market size, for example, 
    estimates of the proportion of 1- to 4-unit rental properties or the 
    level of multifamily originations. Although both GSEs criticized how 
    data had been interpreted in HUD's market-share models, neither GSE, 
    nor any other commenter, objected to HUD's basic model for calculating 
    the size of the markets relevant to each of the housing goals. However, 
    Freddie Mac provided a detailed set of objections to the use of certain 
    data sources or assumptions, concluding that HUD's market estimates 
    were ``fatally flawed.'' Fannie Mae argued that market estimates 
    employed by HUD ``created an artificial market description based on 
    interpretations of the data available to [HUD], which are not 
    consistent.'' Fannie Mae commented that the Secretary deliberately 
    selected existing data interpretations to yield higher goals.
        Freddie Mac maintained that the flaws in HUD's estimation process 
    would result in goals that were too high, because HUD had overestimated 
    the size of the rental market. Freddie Mac presented a comparison of 
    available market-share estimates, explained deficiencies it believed 
    were present in the data employed by HUD, and claimed that HUD had 
    chosen the least-favorable of the data bases that could have been 
    employed in establishing appropriate goals for the GSEs.
        Both GSEs argued that the role of multifamily financing in the 
    mortgage market was consistently overstated in the proposed rule. 
    Freddie Mac provided data to support its assertion that the rule's 
    estimates of multifamily originations overstated both the total amount 
    of originations to be expected and the degree to which multifamily 
    originations are available to the secondary market.
        In considering the levels of the goals, HUD examined carefully the 
    comments on the methodology used to establish the market share for each 
    of the goals. HUD contracted with the Urban Institute to conduct an 
    independent review that drew upon its resources of well-respected 
    academics and others in evaluating HUD's methodology. Based on that 
    thorough evaluation, as well as HUD's additional analysis, the basic 
    methodology employed by HUD is a reasonable and valid approach to 
    estimating market share, and Freddie Mac's claim that the methodology 
    is ``fatally flawed'' is without merit.
        HUD agrees that a comprehensive source of information on mortgage 
    markets is not available. HUD considered and analyzed a number of data 
    sources for the purpose of estimating market size, because no single 
    source could provide all the data elements needed. In the appendices, 
    HUD has carefully defined the range of uncertainty associated with each 
    of these data sources and has conducted sensitivity analyses to show 
    the effects of various assumptions. Technical papers prepared by the 
    Urban Institute and other academics support HUD's analysis.
        A number of technical changes have been made in response to the 
    comments and the evaluation by outside experts and HUD, but the 
    approach for determining market size has not been substantially 
    modified. The detailed evaluations show that the methodology, as 
    modified, produces reasonable estimates of the market share for each 
    goal.
        Criticism of the methodology focused, in part, on the estimated 
    size of the multifamily market. The GSEs proposed that HUD use the 
    volume of originations as reported in the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act 
    (HMDA) data base--$15 billion in 1994--as the accurate number of 
    multifamily originations, as opposed to HUD's $30 billion estimate 
    derived from other data sources. Four of the studies HUD commissioned 
    from the Urban Institute considered various aspects of the multifamily 
    market. HUD also consulted with experts at the Federal Reserve Board, 
    the Bureau of the Census, and in industry trade groups to assist HUD in 
    carefully evaluating the GSEs' claim that HMDA data provide an accurate 
    number of total multifamily originations.
        HUD found consensus that HMDA data underreport multifamily 
    originations. HMDA, alone, is not an accurate survey of the total 
    market; it was not designed to be one. It includes only information 
    reported by a subset of institutions that originate multifamily loans: 
    large commercial banks, thrifts, and mortgage bankers in metropolitan 
    areas. In addition, HMDA underestimates multifamily lending by both 
    mortgage bankers and commercial banks. The additional analyses 
    conducted in response to the comments support the $30 billion 
    multifamily estimate used by HUD.
    
    c. Consideration of the Factors
    
        Overview of Sections C.1 and C.2. These sections cover a range of 
    topics on housing needs and economic and 
    
    [[Page 61908]]
    demographic trends that are important for understanding mortgage 
    markets. Most of the information, such as trends in refinancing 
    activity, is provided because it describes the market environment in 
    which the GSEs must operate and is therefore useful for gauging the 
    reasonableness of specific levels of the Low- and Moderate-Income 
    Housing Goal. In addition, the severe housing problems faced by lower-
    income families are discussed.
        This information has led the Secretary to the following 
    conclusions:
         The volume of mortgage originations fell from its 1993 
    record level of one trillion dollars to $773 billion in 1994 and is 
    expected to be about $650 and $700 billion in 1995 and 1996, 
    respectively. Purchase mortgages, including those for first-time 
    homebuyers, have replaced refinance mortgages as the dominant mortgage 
    type.
         The increase in interest rates from the 25-year lows of 
    1993 could make it more difficult for marginal borrowers to afford 
    homeownership. However, interest rates continue to remain lower and 
    housing more affordable than any previous extended period since 1977. 
    Borrowers also have been helped by the rising incomes that accompany 
    economic growth, which helped to boost the GSEs' purchases of low- and 
    moderate-income mortgages in 1994, beyond levels recorded in 1993.
         Purchasing a home became increasingly difficult for lower-
    income and younger families during the 1980s. Low-income families with 
    children, who could most benefit from the advantages of ownership, bore 
    the brunt of the decline in ownership rates. The share of the nation's 
    children living in owner-occupied homes fell from 71 percent to 63 
    percent between 1980 and 1991.
         Very-low-income renters often must pay an unduly high 
    share of their income for rent.
         Several demographic changes will affect the demand for 
    housing over the next few years. The continued influx of immigrants 
    will increase the demand for both rental and owner-occupied housing and 
    help to offset declines due to the aging of the baby-boom generation. 
    Non-traditional households will become more important as overall 
    household formation rates have slowed. With later marriage, divorce, 
    and other non-traditional living arrangements, the fastest-growing 
    household groups will be single-parent and single-person households.
         The multifamily mortgage market is far less integrated 
    into the broader capital markets than the single-family market. 
    Increased liquidity will bring more capital, at lower cost, to fill 
    current and future credit gaps for maintenance of existing affordable 
    stock and construction of affordable units in higher growth markets.
    1. National Housing Needs
        This section reviews the general housing problems of both low- and 
    moderate-income homeowners and then discusses past and current economic 
    conditions affecting the single-family and multifamily housing markets. 
    HUD recognizes that the GSEs can do little to mitigate many of the more 
    extreme problems discussed in the next sections. These sections are 
    meant to portray the general state of the housing markets for low- and 
    moderate-income households as they exist today and are expected to 
    continue in the near future.
    a. Housing Problems Among Low- and Moderate-Income Owners and Renters
        Under the income definitions in FHEFSSA, almost three-fifths of 
    U.S. households in 1993 qualified as low- or moderate-income families. 
    Almost half of all homeowners (48 percent) had incomes below their 
    (unadjusted) area median family income, while 76 percent of renters had 
    income below their area's HUD-adjusted median family income.4
    
        \4\ HUD is required by statute to adjust median family income in 
    developing its official income cutoffs for each Metropolitan 
    Statistical Area (MSA) and non-metropolitan county. Income limits 
    based on HUD-Adjusted Area Median Family Incomes (HAMFI) are 
    adjusted 1) with upper and lower caps for areas with low or high 
    ratios of housing costs to income; 2) by setting state 
    nonmetropolitan average income as a floor for nonmetropolitan 
    counties; and 3) by household size. The adjusted annual estimates of 
    area median family income provide the base for the ``50 percent'' 
    and ``80 percent'' of HAMFI cutoffs that are assigned to a household 
    of four. Household size adjustments then range from 70 percent of 
    the base for a 1-person household to 132 percent of the base for an 
    8-person household.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Housing needs vary with income. In 1993, roughly 21 percent of 
    owners with moderate incomes (income 80 to 100 percent of area median) 
    and 24 percent of moderate-income renters had a housing problem, 
    compared to 25 percent of low-income owners and 36 percent of low-
    income renters (with income 60 to 80 percent of area median). Moreover, 
    two-thirds of the 14 million households with incomes below 30 percent 
    of median paid more than 30 percent of income for housing or lived in 
    inadequate or crowded housing.5
    
        \5\ Tabulations of U.S. Departments of Housing and Urban 
    Development and Commerce, American Housing Survey for the United 
    States in 1993 (April 1995) performed by HUD Office of Policy 
    Development and Research.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    b. Unmet Demands for Homeownership
        Homeownership is a key aspiration for most Americans and a basic 
    concern of government. Homeownership fosters family responsibility and 
    self-sufficiency, expands housing choice and economic opportunity, and 
    promotes community stability. Ownership also improves access to the 
    larger homes and better neighborhoods particularly needed by families 
    with children. Children of homeowners are more likely to graduate from 
    high school, less likely to commit crime, and less likely to bear 
    children as teenagers than children of renters.6 Recent surveys 
    indicate that lower-income and minority families who do not own their 
    homes will make considerable sacrifices to attain this goal.
    
        \6\ These tendencies are especially strong for lower-income 
    households. Children of low-income homeowners are 15 percent more 
    likely to stay in school than children of non-homeowners. Michelle 
    White and Richard Green, ``Measuring the Benefits of Homeowning: 
    Effects on Children,'' University of Chicago, unpublished paper, 
    February 1994.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Ownership rates rose dramatically in the late 1940s and 1950s, 
    increasing from 43.6 percent to 61.9 percent between 1940 and 1960. 
    During the 1960s, homeownership rates rose more slowly, reaching 62.9 
    percent by 1970, and--after several years of high house price 
    appreciation--an all-time high of 65.6 percent in 1980. In the early 
    1980s, historically high interest rates, low price appreciation, and a 
    series of deep regional recessions caused the homeownership rate to 
    decline to 63.9 percent by 1985. The rate increased only slightly 
    between 1985 and 1994.7
    
        \7\ The stability in ownership after 1985 resulted from 
    increases among elderly households and single individuals, offset by 
    further declines among families with children.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        During the 1980s, the goal of homeownership became more elusive for 
    low- and moderate-income families. Declines in ownership rates during 
    the 1980s were most pronounced for younger, lower-income households, 
    particularly those with children:
    
        Between 1980 and 1992, homeownership among younger households 
    dropped roughly 10 percentage points, from 43.3 percent to 33.1 
    percent for households with the head aged 25 to 29, and from 61.1 
    percent to 50.0 percent for households with the head aged 30 to 34. 
    These declines were concentrated among single-parent households and 
    married couples with children.8
    
        \8\ Joint Center for Housing Studies of Harvard University, The 
    State of the Nation's Housing, 1993, Table A-4.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Homeownership rates fell by 4 percentage points each for 
    moderate-income households and low-income households during the 
    1980s, and by 3 percentage points for households below 50 percent of 
    area median, adjusted for family size. At each income 
    
    [[Page 61909]]
    level, declines were greatest for families with children. Among very 
    low-income families with children, homeownership rates dropped by 
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    nearly a fourth.9
    
        \9\ Kathryn Nelson and Jill Khadduri, ``To Whom Should Limited 
    Housing Resources Be Directed?'' Housing Policy Debate, Vol. 3, 
    1992, pp. 1-55, Table 3.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        In sum, the families with children who could most benefit from 
    ownership were most adversely affected by declines in ownership. 
    Between 1980 and 1991, the dip in the total ownership rate from 65.6 to 
    64.2 percent included a fall of seven percentage points among families 
    with children, from 70.4 percent to 63.4 percent.
    c. Obstacles to Homeownership
        Insufficient income, high debt burdens, and limited savings are 
    obstacles to homeownership for younger families. As home prices 
    skyrocketed during the late 1970s and early 1980s, real incomes 
    stagnated, with earnings growth particularly slow for blue collar and 
    less educated workers. Through most of the 1980s, the combination of 
    slow income growth and increasing rents made saving for home purchase 
    more difficult and relatively high interest rates required larger 
    fractions of family income for homeowner mortgage payments. Thus, fewer 
    households had the financial resources to meet down payment 
    requirements, closing costs, and monthly mortgage payments. One-fifth 
    of first-time homeowners had to rely on their relatives for most of 
    their down payment.10 One-third of recent first-time homeowners 
    relied on gifts and loans from parents.11
    
        \10\ National Association of Home Builders, Profile of the New 
    Home Buyer Survey, 1991.
        \11\ National Association of Realtors, Survey of Homeowners and 
    Renters, 1991.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        In addition to low income, high debts are a primary reason 
    households cannot afford to purchase a home. Nearly 53 percent of 
    renter families have both insufficient income and excessive debt 
    problems that may cause difficulty in financing a home purchase.12 
    High debt-to-income ratios frequently make potential borrowers 
    ineligible for mortgages based on the underwriting criteria established 
    in the conventional mortgage market.
    
        \12\ Howard Savage and Peter Fronczek, Who Can Afford to Buy A 
    House in 1991?, U.S. Bureau of the Census, Current Housing Reports 
    H121/93-3, July 1993, p. ix.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    d. Affordability Problems and Worst Case Housing Needs
        Finding affordable housing is by far the most common housing 
    problem for American families nationwide.13 Between 1979 and 1991, 
    shares of households paying more than 30 percent of their income for 
    housing fluctuated around 42 percent among renters and rose from 17 
    percent to 20 percent among owners.14 Over this period, the number 
    of low-income renter households spending 50 percent or more of their 
    income on housing rose from 4.3 million in 1978 to 6.0 million in 
    1991.15 Poor homeowners also paid high proportions of their income 
    for housing costs. Between 1978 and 1989, the share of poor homeowners 
    spending over 60 percent of income on housing rose from 30.6 percent to 
    33.1 percent.16
    
        \13\ ``Affordable housing'' is generally interpreted as housing 
    for which the homeowner or renter pays no more than 30 percent of 
    family income for housing costs, including utilities.
        \14\ U.S. Departments of Housing and Urban Development and 
    Commerce, American Housing Survey for the United States in 1991, 
    April 1993.
        \15\ 1974-1979 figures from Nelson and Khadduri, ``To Whom 
    Should Limited Housing Resources Be Directed,'' 3 Housing Policy 
    Debate 1, 16, 1992. 1991 figure from Worst Case Needs for Housing 
    Assistance in the United States in 1990 and 1991. HUD-1481-PDR, June 
    1994.
        \16\ Center on Budget and Policy Priorities and Low Income 
    Housing Service, A Place to Call Home, April 1989; and U.S. 
    Departments of Housing and Urban Development and Commerce, American 
    Housing Survey for the United States in 1989, July 1991.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Although affordability problems affect two-fifths of low-income 
    renters and one-eighth of low-income owners, they are most frequent and 
    severe among the very lowest income owners and renters. In 1991, when 
    the average gross rent/income ratio for renters with incomes above area 
    median income was 23 percent, this ratio was 72 percent for renters 
    with incomes below 30 percent of area median income and 41 percent for 
    renters with incomes between 30 and 49 percent of median.17
    
        \17\ Tabulations of U.S. Departments of Housing and Urban 
    Development and Commerce, American Housing Survey for the United 
    States in 1991, April 1993, performed by HUD Office of Policy 
    Development and Research.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Priority problems--defined as paying more than half of income for 
    rent and utilities, being displaced, or living in severely inadequate 
    housing--were heavily concentrated among renters with incomes below 50 
    percent of area median. Half of renters with incomes below 30 percent 
    of median, and one-fourth of those with incomes 31-50 percent of 
    median, had these severe ``worst case'' housing needs.18
    
        \18\ Congress defines ``worst case needs'' for housing 
    assistance as unassisted renters with incomes below 50 percent of 
    area median income who have priority problems.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        According to HUD's third Congressionally-mandated study of worst 
    case needs, severe affordability problems were not only the 
    overwhelming cause of worst case needs but often a family's only 
    housing problem.19 Fully 94 percent of the 5.3 million households 
    with worst case needs reported severe rent burden as a problem, and for 
    almost three-fourths, severe rent burden was their only problem.
    
        \19\ Worst Case Needs for Housing Assistance in the United 
    States in 1990 and 1991, HUD-1481-PDR, June 1994.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The number of households with worst case needs increased by nearly 
    400,000 between 1989 and 1991, rising most rapidly among families with 
    children. Large families were more likely than smaller ones to have 
    priority problems and to need to move to another housing unit because 
    of crowding or excessive rent burden. Between 1989 and 1991, worst case 
    needs among very-low-income families with three or more children 
    increased from 34.7 percent to 40.2 percent. Elderly households were 
    the least likely to have worst case needs.
    
    2. Economic, Housing, and Demographic Conditions
    
        A number of economic, housing, and demographic considerations have 
    influenced the Secretary's establishment of the Low- and Moderate-
    Income Housing Goals. Increasing income inequality and changes in 
    household composition suggest that needs for housing affordable to 
    very-low-income families will continue to be most acute, placing 
    additional pressure on the inadequate stock of rental housing 
    affordable to families with incomes below 30 percent of median income. 
    Although volatile interest rates strongly influence both single-family 
    starts and mortgage market activity, rates that are relatively low by 
    historical standards have improved affordability for first-time 
    homebuyers.
    a. Underlying Demographic Conditions
        (1) Household Formations. The demand for housing and mortgages 
    depends heavily on household formations. During the 1970s, as the 
    leading edge of the baby boom generation (born between 1946 and 1964) 
    entered adulthood, household formation surged to an annual average of 
    1.7 million. Aided by rising incomes and low real interest rates, 
    household heads aged 25-34 purchased homes in record numbers. During 
    the 1980s, annual household growth fell slightly to an average of 1.5 
    million. Many in the ``housing upgrade'' group (aged 35-44) had 
    benefitted from substantial increases in the prices of their first 
    homes, and were able to afford bigger and higher quality homes during 
    the 1980s. Household formation is expected to drop sharply during the 
    1990s. The 
    
    [[Page 61910]]
    Census Bureau projects that the older baby boomers (aged 45 to 54) will 
    be the fastest growing population group during this decade.
        The effects of these demographic trends on housing demand have been 
    debated in the economics literature for several years. In 1989, Gregory 
    Mankiw and David Weil predicted that the aging of the baby boomers and 
    the small size of the following ``baby bust'' generation would 
    substantially reduce housing demand and cause housing prices to 
    collapse during the 1990s.20 Other researchers disagree. 
    Reductions in housing demand due to aging of the baby boom generation 
    could be offset by many factors, including rising incomes, pent-up 
    demand for homeownership by those priced out of the housing market 
    during the 1980s, and high levels of immigration.21
    
        \20\ W. Gregory Mankiw and David N. Weil, ``The Baby Boom, the 
    Baby Bust, and the Housing Market,'' Regional Science and Urban 
    Economics, May 1989.
        \21\ See, for example, Joint Center for Housing Studies of 
    Harvard University, The State of the Nation's Housing 1994, 1994.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (2) Immigration. The continued increase in immigration during the 
    1990s will help offset declines in the demand for housing caused by the 
    aging of the baby boom generation. During the 1980s, 6 million legal 
    immigrants entered the United States, up from 4.2 million during the 
    1970s and 3.2 million during the 1960s. The Hispanic population 
    residing in the U.S. increased by 50 percent during the 1980s, while 
    the Asian population doubled. About one-quarter of the Hispanics living 
    in the U.S. in 1990 had immigrated during the 1980s. Immigration is 
    projected to add even more new Americans in the 1990s than it did 
    during the 1980s. Asians and Pacific Islanders are expected to be the 
    fastest growing group, with annual growth rates that may exceed 4 
    percent in the 1990s. Total population is now projected to rise by 25 
    million in each of the decades from 1991 to 2020. The tendency of 
    immigrants, particularly Hispanics, to locate in certain ``gateway'' 
    cities (e.g., Los Angeles and Miami) will place increased demands on 
    the housing stock in some major urban areas.
        (3) Non-traditional Households. While overall growth in new 
    households has slowed, non-traditional households have become more 
    important. With later marriages, divorce, and other non-traditional 
    living arrangements, household growth has been fastest among single-
    parent and single-person households. The number of single parents with 
    one or more children under 18 was 10.5 million in 1992; the vast 
    majority of those single parents were women.22 About 62 percent of 
    African-American families with children were single-parent families in 
    1992, compared with 34 percent for Hispanics and 24 percent for Whites. 
    Since only 35 percent of single-parent households are homeowners 
    compared to 74 percent of married couples, their increase should spur 
    demand for rental housing and for affordable ownership opportunities. 
    In addition, HUD's analysis of the nation's worst case housing needs 
    shows that female-headed households suffer some of the most severe 
    housing problems.
    
        \22\ U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of the Census, How 
    We're Changing: Demographic State of the Nation: 1993. Special 
    Studies Series, P-23, No. 184, February 1993.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (4) Single Person Households are playing an increasingly important 
    role in the housing market. Singles accounted for one-fourth of all 
    households in 1990. While one-half owned their own home, many of these 
    were elderly people with little or no mortgage debt and probably no 
    intention of entering the housing market. Never-married singles, on the 
    other hand, have been a significant factor in the homebuying market in 
    large urban areas. Never-married singles rose as a proportion of first-
    time homebuyers from just over one-quarter in 1990 and 1991 to roughly 
    a third in 1992 and 1993 before declining to about a 30 percent share 
    in 1994.23 As discussed above, ownership rates among non-elderly 
    single individuals rose steadily during the 1980s. Low interest rates 
    during the past two years apparently enticed even more single renters 
    to become homeowners.
    
        \23\ Chicago Title and Trust Family of Insurers, Who's Buying 
    Homes in America, 1992, 1993, 1994, and 1995.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (5) Growing Income Inequality in the distribution of income over 
    the last 20 years has made it more difficult for those at the bottom of 
    the income distribution to purchase adequate shelter. The share of the 
    nation's income received by the richest 5 percent of American families 
    rose from 18.6 percent in 1977 to 24.5 percent in 1990, while the share 
    received by the poorest 20 percent fell from 5.7 percent to 4.3 
    percent. This widening income inequality was due in large part to a 
    widening disparity in earned incomes; as the economy has moved away 
    from manufacturing to more service industry jobs and more advanced 
    computer and technologically-intensive industry jobs, the wages of 
    unskilled, entry-level, and blue collar workers have fallen relative to 
    the wages of professional and technical workers. The result has been an 
    increase in the working poor and a decrease in the middle class.
        In addition, higher real interest rates and declining inflation 
    through the 1980s increased the return to capital, raising nonwage 
    incomes of upper and upper middle income families. This too contributed 
    to the increasing inequality in the distribution of income.
    b. Economic and Housing Conditions--Single-Family Market
        (1) Interest Rate Trends. As the 1980s began, mortgage interest 
    rates were above 12 percent and rose quickly to over 15 percent. After 
    1982, they drifted slowly downward to the 9 percent range in 1987 
    before rising to over 10 percent in the 1989-1990 period. Rates 
    returned to 9.3 percent in 1991 and then fell further to 8.2 percent in 
    1992 and 7.2 percent in 1993. The October 1993 rate of 6.80 percent was 
    the lowest level in more than twenty years.24 Rates rose nearly a 
    full percentage point in 1994, and peaked at 8.3 percent in early 1995, 
    but have since fallen by about 50 basis points.
    
        \24\ Council of Economic Advisers, Economic Indicators, August 
    1995 and Economic Report of the President, February 1995.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Volatile interest rates were a principal cause of the housing 
    market volatility of the 1980s and they continue to be a major 
    determinant of housing and mortgage market activity. During 1992 and 
    1993, homeowners responded to the record low rates by refinancing 
    existing mortgages. While refinancing accounted for less than 25 
    percent of mortgage originations in 1989-90 when interest rates 
    exceeded 10 percent, the sharp decline in interest rates led 
    refinancings to account for over 50 percent of all mortgage 
    originations in 1992 and 1993.25 Because of the heavy refinancing 
    activity, single-family mortgage originations surged from less than 
    $500 billion in 1990 to record levels of $894 billion in 1992 and over 
    $1 trillion in 1993. As mortgage rates rebounded from the 1993 lows, 
    refinancing subsided and home purchase returned as the predominant 
    component of mortgage originations. Origination volume totalled $773 
    billion in 1994 and is projected to be about $650 and $700 billion in 
    1995 and 1996, respectively.
    
        \25\ Monthly average refinancing data obtained from Freddie 
    Mac's Primary Mortgage Market Survey.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Single-family housing starts have also responded to interest rates, 
    with record low volumes in 1981 and 1982, peaks in 1986 and 1987, and 
    less severe lows in 1990 and 1991. Low interest rates and economic 
    recovery in 1992 and 1993 made homeownership more affordable 
    
    [[Page 61911]]
    and helped to turn the housing market around. Single-family starts 
    increased from less than 900,000 during the recessionary years of 1990 
    and 1991 to 1.03 million in 1992, 1.13 million in 1993, and 1.20 
    million in 1994. Volume in 1994 was 43 percent higher than 1991's 
    recessionary low of 840,000.
        (2) First-time Homebuyers have been the driving force in the 
    recovery of the nation's housing market over the past several years. 
    First-time homebuyers are typically people in the 25-34 year-old age 
    group that purchase modestly priced houses. As the post-World War II 
    baby boom generation ages, the percentage of Americans in this age 
    group has shrunk, from 28.3 percent in 1980 to 25.4 percent in 
    1992.\26\ Nonetheless, first-time homebuyers have bucked these 
    demographic trends to increase their share of home sales. During the 
    1980s, first-time buyers accounted for about 40 percent of home sales; 
    this figure rose to 45 percent in 1991, 48 percent in 1992, receding to 
    46 percent in 1993, and rebounding to 47 percent in 1994.\27\ The 1992 
    figure was the highest percentage for first-time buyers since the 
    annual Home Buyers Survey was initiated in 1976.
    
        \26\ U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of the Census, Money 
    Income of Households, Families, and Persons in the United States: 
    1992, Special Studies Series P-60, No. 184, Table B-25, October 
    1993.
        \27\ Chicago Title and Trust Family of Insurers, Who's Buying 
    Homes in America, 1992, 1993, 1994, and 1995.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Among the first-time buyers was a record number of single-
    individual households. The 1992 and 1993 Home Buyers Surveys found that 
    approximately 30 percent of first-time buyers in these years were 
    single, compared to 21 percent in 1991. The more affluent, move-up home 
    buyers, on the other hand, have recently played a smaller role. A 
    sluggish economy, uncertain outlooks for many white-collar jobs, and 
    slow house price appreciation have kept many trade-up buyers out of the 
    housing market.
        Reflecting these trends, the average income for recent home buyers 
    has fallen. In 1991, one of every three buyers had a family income of 
    $50,000 or less; in 1993, those earning less than $50,000 accounted for 
    44 percent of all home buyers. Apparently, two years of low interest 
    rates induced many renters who had previously been priced out of the 
    market to become homeowners. A strong pent-up demand to own a home is 
    not surprising given the large reductions in homeownership rates 
    experienced by several groups during the 1980s (see Section C.1.d 
    above). A recent survey of renters by the National Association of 
    Realtors (NAR) indicated that only one-third prefer to remain renters 
    for the foreseeable future.\28\ Thus there are many potential home 
    buyers among the 34 million households that are currently renting.
    
        \28\ National Association of Realtors, Survey of Homeowners and 
    Renters, 1991.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (3) Potential Homebuyers. As noted above, immigration is expected 
    to be a major source of future homebuyers. Fannie Mae's 1995 National 
    Housing Survey revealed that immigrant renter households are almost 3 
    times as likely as renter households in general to list home purchase 
    as their ``number-one priority.'' Immigrants as a group are currently 
    more than one-and-two-thirds times as likely to be renters although 
    they appear as financially capable as the population at large.\29\ The 
    Joint Center for Housing Studies estimates that if the homebuying 
    potential of immigrant households were realized--i.e., they purchased 
    with the same propensity as non-immigrants with similar 
    characteristics--that the number of homeowners in the largest 40 
    metropolitan areas would increase by about 900,000. In addition, the 
    Joint Center estimates that another 950,000 native-born minority 
    households in the same metropolitan areas would become homeowners if 
    their rate of homeownership matched that of their native-born white 
    counterparts with similar income and demographic characteristics.\30\
    
        \29\ Fannie Mae National Housing Survey 1995, pp. 3 and 5.
        \30\ State of the Nation's Housing, 1995, Joint Center for 
    Housing Studies of Harvard University, p. 30, Table A-8.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        As part of the process of revising the GSE rule, HUD sought 
    information on two key questions: how large is the underserved 
    potential homebuyer market and what are the default risks associated 
    with expanded homeownership among lower-income, underserved households? 
    To help answer these questions, the Urban Institute and HUD developed a 
    logit-based analysis of households in the 1990 Survey of Income and 
    Program Participation (SIPP). The probability of a renter making the 
    transition to homeownership was then estimated directly by applying a 
    logit regression to the mid-1992 sub-sample of white suburban renters 
    and recently-transitioned homeowners. These probabilities were then 
    linked to all the remaining renter SIPP households to identify renters 
    having relatively good prospects for transitioning to homeownership. Of 
    the 20.3 million remaining renter households (i.e., 84 percent of all 
    remaining renters) having low or moderate incomes, roughly 16 percent 
    had a probability of transitioning into homeownership which was greater 
    than that for half of the renter households who actually did become 
    homeowners over the sample period. When one also took into account 
    their likelihood of defaulting relative to the average expected for 
    those actually transitioned to homeownership, 13.4 percent of all 
    remaining low- and moderate-income renters had better-than-median 
    probability of transitioning to homeownership and lower than average 
    probability of default, assuming the purchase of a lower-cost home 
    priced at the 10th percentile of area home prices. The proportion of 
    high-probability, low-risk potential low- and moderate-income 
    homebuyers declines to 10.6 percent if the purchase of homes priced at 
    the median price for the area is assumed for these households.\31\ 
    These results indicate the existence of a significant population of 
    lower-risk, potential homebuyer households that might be reached with 
    more aggressive outreach.
    
        \31\ George Galster and others, ``Estimating the Size, 
    Characteristics, and Risk Profile of Potential Homebuyers,'' (The 
    Urban Institute, September 1995) mimeo.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (4) Affordability. Potential homebuyers in 1992-1994 enjoyed the 
    most affordable market in almost twenty years. The National Association 
    of Realtors (NAR) tracks housing affordability by measuring the degree 
    to which an average family can afford monthly mortgage payments on a 
    typical house, assuming that the family has enough cash for a 20 
    percent down payment. Specifically, NAR's composite affordability index 
    measures the ratio of median family income to the income required to 
    qualify for a conventional loan on a median-priced house. After 
    averaging slightly over 110 between 1986 and 1991, the index jumped to 
    125 in 1992 and 133 in 1993, before slipping to 130 in 1994. The 1994 
    figure indicates that the U.S median family income was 30 percent more 
    than was needed to qualify for a mortgage on the nation's median priced 
    house.\32\
    
        \32\ The South and North Central census regions were the most 
    affordable for homebuyers, with affordability indexes of 141 and 
    176, respectively, in 1993. Affordability remained much more of a 
    problem in the Northeast and West, where NAR's indexes were 110-117.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        In addition to its overall affordability index, NAR also estimates 
    the ability of first-time home buyers to purchase modestly-priced 
    homes. When this index equals 100, the typical first-time buyer can 
    afford the typical starter home under existing financial conditions 
    with a 10 percent down payment; a score 
    
    [[Page 61912]]
    below 100 indicates that the monthly mortgage payment places a 
    significant burden on first-time home buyers, even during a period of 
    record low interest rates. NAR's first-time home buyer index ranged 
    from 75 to 86 between 1991 and 1993 (84 in 1994).
        (5) Increased Interest Rates. The 1994 jump in interest rates 
    reduced housing affordability. According to Freddie Mac's primary 
    market survey, interest rates for conventional, 30-year, fixed rate 
    mortgages increased from a 25-year low of 7.05 percent in the fourth 
    quarter of 1993 to 9.10 percent in the fourth quarter of 1994, with a 
    subsequent decline to 7.95 percent in the second quarter of 1995. The 
    1994 increase made it more difficult for potential first-time home 
    buyers to qualify for conventional mortgages, as reflected in the 
    decline in NAR's composite affordability index from 142 in the fourth 
    quarter of 1993 to 127 in the fourth quarter of 1994. The first-time 
    home buyer's index dropped from 92.3 to 82.4 during this period. Both 
    indexes would have fallen further if incomes had not risen to partially 
    offset the effects of increased interest rates.\33\ However, interest 
    rates continue to remain lower and housing more affordable than was 
    true for any previous extended period since 1977. Moreover, as the 
    economic recovery continues, rising incomes should continue to offset 
    the effects of higher interest rates.
    
        \33\ The qualifying payment-to-income ratio depends essentially 
    on three elements: The interest rate, loan amount, and borrower's 
    income. It can be shown that for every 100 basis point increase in 
    interest rates (one percentage point), payment-to-income ratios rise 
    by approximate 8 percent. However, this effect can be offset with 
    either an 8 percent increase in income or an 8 percent reduction in 
    the loan amount.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        While all of the factors identified above are subject to change, 
    interest rates are perhaps the most volatile. HUD assessed the impact 
    on Fannie Mae's and Freddie Mac's business from a 100- or 200-basis-
    point increase above actual 1993 and 1994 interest rates, that averaged 
    7.33 and 8.35 percent, respectively.\34\ Table A.1. shows the resulting 
    changes in purchases, assuming no offsetting increases in income or 
    reductions in loan amounts for households with less than median 
    incomes.
    
        \34\ The GSE data were limited to long-term, fixed-rate loans 
    for one-unit, owner-occupied properties in metropolitan areas. A 
    payment ratio was estimated for each loan using the Freddie Mac 
    coupon rate prevailing 2 months prior to the origination date, an 
    assumed annual tax and insurance rate of 1.8 percent, acquisition 
    unpaid principal balance, and borrower's income. Estimated payment 
    ratios would be biased upward to the extent the associated monthly 
    Freddie Mac coupon rate or tax and insurance percentages exceed 
    actual loan-specific rates. Because the monthly average of interest 
    rates varied by less than one-half percentage point over any two-
    month period in 1993 or 1994, the potential bias is likely to be 
    less than 1 percentage point in either direction.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Holding everything else constant, a 100-basis-point increase in 
    mortgage interest rates would result in a 2-3 percentage point drop in 
    the GSEs' purchases of lower-income mortgages.\35\ While the percentage 
    of business in the lower-income category changes by less than 2 to 3 
    percentage points, the proportional change relative to its small base 
    is far greater than that on the GSEs' share of higher-income business. 
    This is because the lower the income classification, the greater the 
    concentration of households near the 28 percent limit on the qualifying 
    payment-to-income ratio. As Table A.1 shows, the pattern becomes more 
    exaggerated with a 200 basis point change.
    
        \35\ It was assumed that the lower-income, i.e., below-median-
    income, households whose payment-to-income ratios rose above 28 
    percent would leave the GSE distribution and either pursue non-GSE 
    conventional or FHA mortgages to maintain their loan amount or defer 
    their home purchase. Above-median-income households whose payment-
    to-income ratios rose above 28 percent were retained in the 
    subsequent distributions under the expectation that they would 
    either lower their loan amounts, raise their down payments, or 
    switch to an ARM.
    
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-P
    
    [[Page 61913]]
    [GRAPHIC][TIFF OMITTED]TR01DE95.003
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-C
    
    [[Page 61914]]
    
    c. Economic and Housing Conditions: Multifamily Market
        (1) The Secondary Mortgage Markets: Multifamily Differs from 
    Single-Family. Over the past two decades, the single-family mortgage 
    market has evolved from a fragmented set of local markets to an 
    efficient, national market that is well integrated into the broader 
    capital markets. In particular, the development of the secondary market 
    for single-family mortgages has increased the flow of capital available 
    to homeowners and lowered its cost.
        The same cannot be said of multifamily rental housing. The 
    secondary market has increased its purchase volume for multifamily 
    mortgages in recent years, but remains much less of a factor in 
    providing capital for multifamily housing than it does for single-
    family housing. About one-third of multifamily mortgage originations 
    are sold to the secondary market, compared to about three-fourths of 
    single-family mortgages in some years. The GSEs do not dominate the 
    multifamily mortgage market like they dominate the single-family 
    market--the GSE's purchases of multifamily mortgages in 1994 were $5.7 
    billion out of a total market estimated to be in excess of $30 billion.
        (2) Multifamily Continues to Rely on Portfolio Lenders. As a 
    result, debt financing for multifamily mortgages remains very dependent 
    on portfolio lenders, many of whom are depository institutions (banks 
    and thrifts). Yet several institutional changes in the past two decades 
    have made it increasingly difficult for depository institutions to 
    originate and hold multifamily mortgages.
        These changes include a significant downsizing of the thrift 
    industry after the savings and loan (S&L) debacle of the 1980s, and the 
    enactment of the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and 
    Enforcement Act (FIRREA) of 1989 which imposed new risk standards for 
    depository institutions to prevent a recurrence of the S&L scandal.\36\
    
        \36\ Two specific changes instituted by FIRREA that affect 
    multifamily mortgages are risk-based capital requirements under 
    which most multifamily mortgages are assigned 100 percent risk 
    weights (compared to 50 percent risk weights for single-family loans 
    which are not backed by a federal credit agency), and a lending 
    limitation to a single borrower of 15 percent of an institution's 
    unimpaired capital.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (3) A Role for the GSEs in Multifamily Housing. In addition to 
    institutional changes, the difficulty with multifamily lending in 
    recent years was also related to market conditions. The tax-driven 
    overbuilding of the early 1980s was followed by a credit crunch due to 
    the Tax Reform Act of 1986, FIRREA, and the soft market conditions for 
    all properties (both new and existing properties) caused by the 
    overbuilding. As a result, underwriting creditworthy multifamily deals 
    was difficult in the early 1990s, especially for portfolio lenders. 
    These conditions have now improved markedly.
        Currently, multifamily properties offer less risk of loss than most 
    other commercial property classes according to Moody's Investors 
    Service.\37\ In overbuilt markets, vacancies have declined due to 
    depressed construction levels in the early 1990s. Accordingly, 
    competition for multifamily loans has increased and spreads over 
    Treasury rates of these loans have declined in the past year.
    
        \37\ ``Moody's: Multifamily Offers Less Loss Risk,'' National 
    Mortgage News, May 1, 1995.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Credit risk remains a concern of investors, but new techniques in 
    multiclass securitization have helped mitigate credit risk on 
    multifamily mortgage pools.\38\
    
        \38\ For example, Fannie Mae ``swap transactions'' in which 
    Fannie Mae swaps its securities for the top 85 percent, or the ``A'' 
    piece, of a multifamily mortgage pool, leaves the riskier ``B'' 
    piece, which absorbs the first credit losses from the pool, to be 
    sold at discount on the market. Recently there has been considerable 
    investor interest in these higher yielding B pieces.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Much of the benefit of increased competition for multifamily 
    mortgages results from reduced spreads on these mortgages, which lower 
    capital costs for owners, and ultimately reduce rents for borrowers. As 
    discussed in background section (7) below, the recent market upturn has 
    not been equally beneficial to multifamily properties affordable to 
    lower-income households. Among these are smaller, inner-city 
    properties, which comprise a significant portion of the existing 
    affordable stock, as well as larger redevelopment projects, seniors' 
    housing, and affordable new construction in faster-growing markets.
        By sustaining a secondary market for multifamily mortgages, the 
    GSEs can extend the benefits that come from increased mortgage 
    liquidity to many more lower-income families while helping private 
    owners to maintain the quality of the existing affordable housing 
    stock. That is, greater liquidity and stability in the secondary market 
    due to a significant presence by the GSEs will benefit lower-income 
    renters without the need for subsidy--much as the GSEs now provide 
    benefits to homebuyers without subsidies. Providing liquidity and 
    stability is the main role for the GSEs in the multifamily market, just 
    as in the single-family market.
        (4) The Current Availability of Credit is not the Key Issue 
    Regarding the Role of the GSEs. As described above, an important 
    consideration in determining the appropriate role for the GSEs in the 
    multifamily housing market is the potential benefit from increased 
    liquidity in the long term. The current ``snapshot'' of market 
    conditions and recent trends in the availability of mortgage credit are 
    temporary features of the mortgage market.
        Today's ample supply of credit for certain multifamily properties 
    and credit gaps for other classes of properties (see part vi of Section 
    7 below) are temporary features of a changeable market. For example, 
    the current return to multifamily lending by banks and thrifts may be 
    driven in part by a desire by these institutions to maintain loan 
    volume and fee income following the single-family refinance boom of 
    1993-1994, and in part by Community Reinvestment Act considerations.
        Portfolio lenders may eventually feel the burden of FIRREA 
    standards or other portfolio management pressures and seek to reduce 
    their holdings of multifamily mortgages. This could rather rapidly 
    reverse many of the private investment decisions that have contributed 
    to current market conditions. In such circumstances, the liquidity of 
    an efficient secondary market for multifamily mortgages would help 
    these lenders and other lenders maintain a presence in the primary 
    market during such shifts in investment strategy.
        (5) The Importance of Increased Liquidity. Anecdotal information 
    available to HUD indicates that lack of liquidity, rather than credit 
    risk, is a major obstacle preventing lenders from holding more 
    affordable housing investments in portfolio. HUD examined the current 
    sources of multifamily capital to determine if mortgages originated 
    were available for purchase by the GSEs, including institutional 
    mortgage originators and holders such as life insurance companies and 
    pension funds.
        Investors in multifamily mortgages make their investment decisions 
    based on how well the characteristics of an asset matches their 
    portfolio objectives. Increasing the liquidity of an asset like 
    multifamily mortgages would increase the interest of all investors in 
    holding these assets.
        Life insurance companies report, for example, that it is generally 
    true that they buy mortgages with the original intent of holding them. 
    However, life insurance companies do sell multifamily mortgages from 
    time to 
    
    [[Page 61915]]
    time, particularly when they need to make adjustments in the 
    composition of their portfolios. These companies would increase their 
    sales of multifamily mortgages if these investments were more liquid. 
    In the current market, absent a highly liquid and efficient secondary 
    market for multifamily mortgages, life companies that wish to sell a 
    mortgage must pay the high transaction costs for a private placement. 
    These companies might even buy and hold more multifamily mortgages, 
    including mortgages on affordable units, in portfolio if there were a 
    more active secondary market for these assets that made them more 
    liquid.
        (6) Increased Liquidity Will Make More Multifamily Mortgages 
    Available for GSE Purchase. The GSEs have the ability to expand the 
    multifamily secondary market and to bring increased liquidity to 
    multifamily mortgages. The increases in liquidity that their sustained 
    presence in this market would bring would make investments in 
    multifamily mortgages more attractive for all investors. As noted 
    above, even traditional portfolio investors can be a source of 
    mortgages for GSE purchase through sales of existing, seasoned 
    mortgages.\39\
    
        \39\ A potential new source of existing multifamily mortgages 
    that may be available for GSE purchase in 1996 and well into the 
    next decade could come from the Department's proposed ``mark-to-
    market'' solution to reducing the long-term costs of Section 8 
    project-based assistance programs. If Congress enacts the 
    Department's proposal, several billion dollars of existing mortgages 
    on privately-owned low-income multifamily properties could be sold 
    as current Section 8 assistance contracts expire and are not 
    renewed.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Existing multifamily mortgages currently lack standardization with 
    regard to loan-to-value, debt coverage, and other underwriting ratios, 
    as well as with regard to loan terms, property use restrictions, and 
    other factors. Not all existing mortgages would be suitable for GSE 
    purchase. However, the GSEs can play an important role in bringing 
    basic standards to this market, much as they have done with the single-
    family market, increasing the supply of seasoned mortgages available 
    for purchase in the future.
        (7) Background on Multifamily Market Conditions. The following 
    discussion provides a more detailed overview of multifamily market 
    conditions and trends.
        (i) Historical Trend: Decline in Debt Financing. As mentioned 
    above, the downsizing of the thrift industry in the late 1980s and the 
    FIRREA changes contributed to a credit crunch for multifamily lending. 
    Debt financing for multifamily housing became difficult to obtain in 
    the early 1990s. Conventional multifamily mortgage originations peaked 
    at $41 billion in 1986, and then declined every year to a trough of 
    about $25 billion in 1992. In 1993 the level rose to almost $29 
    billion, and rose again in 1994 when originations were estimated to be 
    about $33 billion. The recent increases in originations suggest that 
    the credit crunch is effectively over.
        The thrift industry's problems played a major role in the decline 
    of the multifamily market. In 1985, thrift institutions originated 42 
    percent of multifamily mortgages. The thrifts' share of multifamily 
    originations declined every year since that peak. Their holdings have 
    decreased by $41 billion since 1988, due to defaults and write-offs, 
    failure of institutions and refinancing of thrift-held mortgages. 
    Multifamily mortgages remained close to 8.5 percent of total thrift 
    assets from 1985 to 1992, but the high failure rate of these 
    institutions has reduced their total assets. After passage of FIRREA in 
    1989, multifamily mortgage holdings by thrifts continued to 
    decline.\40\
    
        \40\ Thrift holdings of multifamily mortgages fell by over one-
    third between 1989 and 1994, reducing their share of holdings among 
    financial institutions from 34.5 percent to 23.3 percent according 
    to the Federal Reserve Board.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (ii) Historical Trend: Decline in New Construction. Multifamily 
    mortgage construction activity has paralleled the decline in 
    multifamily mortgage originations. Along with the decline in debt 
    financing, the value of new multifamily construction declined for seven 
    consecutive years until it edged up again in 1994 to $12.1 billion.\41\ 
    However, peaks and troughs have always characterized multifamily 
    construction starts. The most recent peak year was 1985, in which 
    576,000 multifamily units were started.\42\ The downturn from this peak 
    was particularly severe. Over the next 3 years, multifamily housing 
    production reached the lowest levels recorded since the Government 
    began collecting these data 35 years ago. In 1993, the number of new 
    multifamily units started fell to a low of 132,600. Multifamily starts 
    rose to 223,500 in 1994, but even this level was far below the annual 
    average of 435,000 units from 1964 through 1992.
    
        \41\ Joint Center for Housing of Harvard University, State of 
    the Nation's Housing, 1995.
        \42\ The record high was 906,200 multifamily units started in 
    1972.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Much of the current production of affordable multifamily housing is 
    due to Low-Income Housing Tax Credits \43\--about 100,000 units per 
    year since 1992.\44\ An increasing share of affordable housing is being 
    produced by non-traditional developers, particularly community-based, 
    nonprofit developers. Although current production levels do not meet 
    the demand for low-cost rental housing, housing affordable to lower-
    income families is a significant share of the multifamily units that 
    are being produced.
    
        \43\ The Low Income Housing Tax Credit (LIHTC) program was 
    introduced by the Tax Reform Act of 1986.
        \44\ Exact figures for the LIHTC program are not yet available. 
    The estimate in the text includes existing units under 
    rehabilitation as well as new construction, although the majority 
    are estimated to be new construction. Not all of these units have 
    actually started construction or rehabilitation.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (iii) Supply and Demand Considerations. Other market forces besides 
    the thrift industry downsizing and FIRREA contributed to the decline in 
    multifamily lending and construction in the early 1990s. For example, 
    the generous tax treatment allowed by the Economic Recovery Tax Act of 
    1981 resulted in overbuilding of multifamily housing in many markets. 
    When the Tax Reform Act of 1986 reduced the favorable tax treatment, 
    investment decisions on multifamily mortgages appropriately returned to 
    sound market fundamentals of supply and demand at the local market 
    level. Accordingly, an excess supply of multifamily units in many 
    markets kept the demand for both new construction and debt financing 
    low for many years.
        The 1994 upturn in multifamily construction is evidence that local 
    rental markets are now stabilizing. Multifamily production has resumed 
    in these markets, but it has been generally limited to higher-rent 
    luxury units. HUD has anecdotal evidence of this happening throughout 
    the Southeast, for example, and elsewhere.45
    
        \45\ HUD, Office of Policy Development and Research. May 1995. 
    ``U.S. Housing Market Conditions,'' pp. 27-47.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (iv) Outlook for New Construction and Debt Financing. Despite the 
    upturn in starts, the demand for new multifamily construction, but not 
    multifamily mortgage credit, is likely to be weak for the remainder of 
    the decade. The aging of the baby-boom generation means that single-
    family tradeup homes will dominate the new-construction market, while 
    declines in households under age 35 will limit the demand for new 
    rental housing, except in very fast-growing areas in which migration 
    from other parts of the nation and foreign immigration will offset the 
    decline.46
    
        \46\ Joint Center for Housing of Harvard University, 1995.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        HUD believes that the weak demand for new multifamily construction 
    for the remainder of the decade will not result in a reduction in the 
    overall demand for multifamily mortgage credit. The new 
    
    [[Page 61916]]
    construction weakness will be offset by a growing demand associated 
    with the existing stock. Specifically, mortgage demand in the remainder 
    of the decade will include refinancings of long-term loans to reduce 
    interest rates, rollover of shorter-term balloon loans coming due, 
    refinancings to rehabilitate buildings, and existing property sales. 
    Some observers expect that the $33 billion origination volume in 1994 
    to increase to over $35-$40 billion in 1996 and 1997.47
    
        \47\ Robert Dunsky, James Follain, and Jan Ondrich, ``An 
    Alternative Methodology to Estimate the Volume of Multifamily 
    Mortgage Originations,'' Report prepared for the Department of 
    Housing and Urban Development, September 1995.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (v) Interpreting the Trends. These trends have been interpreted by 
    some as evidence that the private capital markets in the mid-1990s are 
    capable of providing the necessary liquidity to the multifamily market. 
    However, there are other considerations to be weighed.
        Despite the upturn in lending for new construction and the 
    increased participation by banks, private conduits and REITs, there are 
    indications that the private credit markets may not be meeting the full 
    range of multifamily credit needs. The loans most likely to be 
    originated by banks or sold to private conduits and real estate 
    investment trusts (REITs) are not secured by affordable rental units. 
    One market observer noted, ``* * * while Wall Street has recently 
    sought to fill multifamily lending gaps through conduits, these 
    conduits barely nick the surface of affordable housing, concentrating 
    primarily on market-rate multifamily properties.'' 48
    
        \48\ Stuart J. Boesky, ``Tax Credits at Work,'' Mortgage 
    Banking, September 1995.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        There are several reasons for the continued gap in multifamily 
    finance. First, multifamily mortgages, like small business loans, lack 
    standardization. This is particularly true for affordable housing loans 
    because the developments often require a mix of financing sources in 
    order to make the project affordable to low-income households. Second, 
    multifamily loans are also relatively large, making multifamily 
    mortgage pools more difficult to diversify than single-family pools. 
    Third, there is far less information about the performance of 
    multifamily mortgages than there is for single-family mortgages, 
    particularly those secured by affordable developments.
        (vi) Current Credit Gaps: Property Types. HUD has anecdotal 
    evidence that credit shortages exist currently for certain classes of 
    existing affordable properties: smaller multifamily properties (i.e., 5 
    to 20 unit properties) in older urban areas, and properties of all 
    sizes in inner cities in need of rehabilitation.49 While some may 
    consider these to be market ``niches,'' they are not insignificant 
    markets. For example, small multifamily properties actually comprise a 
    major component of the nation's affordable housing stock: the 1991 
    Residential Finance Survey shows that there were about 470,000 
    properties in the U.S. with between 5 and 19 units, but only 150,000 
    with 20 or more units.
    
        \49\ Participants at numerous industry forums and working group 
    meetings sponsored by the Department have attested to the existence 
    of these credit gaps.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Affordable housing for seniors is another class of properties that 
    the conventional market has had difficulty financing. The primary 
    reason for this difficulty appears to be uncertainty by the market over 
    the nature of seniors' housing.50 Compared to other multifamily 
    rental housing, seniors' housing is more specialized and non-
    homogeneous. It is a currently evolving product, and investors are 
    especially uncertain of its financial performance.
    
        \50\ Campbell, W. Donald. 1995. ``Seniors Housing Finance.'' 
    Paper prepared for AARP/White House Mini-Conference ``Expanding 
    Housing Choices for Older People,'' January 26-27, 1995, in 
    Washington, D.C.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Finally, there is inadequate capital to finance construction of new 
    affordable units, which usually involve low-income housing tax credits, 
    in higher-growth markets.
        (vii) Current Credit Gaps: Lending Terms. Terms of conventional 
    financing can also restrict access to credit for units intended for 
    lower-income families. For example, an obstacle to the financing of new 
    construction or substantial rehabilitation of housing for lower-income 
    families is the inability to lock-in an interest rate (without payment 
    of an exorbitant fee) for the permanent loan. Over 60 percent of 
    outstanding multifamily debt either carries a variable interest rate, 
    or will have a balloon payment due in less than 10 years.
        The construction financing for most new construction or substantial 
    rehabilitation projects covers both the actual construction and the 
    initial rent-up periods, while the interest rate usually floats until 
    the project has reached the required occupancy level and is ready for 
    permanent loan takeout and possible securitization. The inability to 
    lock-in permanent rates without paying prohibitive lock-in fees, makes 
    it much more difficult to finance affordable housing because a rate 
    increase during construction and rent-up can make an affordable project 
    infeasible.51 If the GSEs are able to provide new financial 
    instruments that include forward rate commitments at reasonable cost, 
    for example, the credit gaps for affordable units can be reduced.
    
        \51\ Another example of the terms of conventional financing that 
    restricts access to credit for affordable units is the lack of long-
    term fixed rate loans. About 60 percent of conventional multifamily 
    loans are adjustable rates or fixed rate balloon loans with terms of 
    10 years or less. The rollover of a balloon loan generally resets 
    the interest rate. In either case, if the rate increases at a 
    scheduled adjustment period, the higher debt service expense may be 
    more difficult for an affordable property to absorb.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (viii) The Impact of Credit Gaps. A major problem facing low-income 
    households is that low-cost housing units continue to disappear from 
    the existing stock.52 The ability of the nation to maintain the 
    quality of the affordable housing stock and to stabilize inner city 
    neighborhoods depends on the availability of adequate capital for small 
    existing properties, redevelopment projects, and senior housing.
    
        \52\ The Joint Center's State of the Nation's Housing for 1995 
    finds that the number of unsubsidized low-cost units in the 
    Northeast has fallen by half since 1974. In the Midwest the addition 
    of new subsidized units has offset the loss of unsubsidized low-cost 
    units, but in every other region the total low-cost stock 
    (subsidized and unsubsidized) is below 1974 levels.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The current availability of multifamily credit for certain types of 
    multifamily mortgages is not a valid argument that the GSEs are 
    unneeded in the multifamily credit markets. Rather, the current 
    competition for multifamily mortgages on amenity-rich apartments and 
    the tightening spreads between the yields of privately issued 
    multifamily MBS and comparable maturity Treasury bonds demonstrate the 
    benefits that increased liquidity in multifamily markets could provide 
    to the affordable rental housing market. That is, the GSEs' 
    participation in the market can reduce the cost of capital and 
    ultimately improve housing quality and/or decrease rents paid by low-
    income families.
        (ix) Rentals in 1- to 4-Unit Buildings. HUD is also aware that a 
    significant portion of the demand for rental housing is satisfied by 
    rental units in properties containing 1 to 4 units. In 1993, about 57 
    percent of the rental housing in the nation was in buildings with fewer 
    than 5 units. However, there is considerable variation across local 
    markets in the portion of the rental stock that is contained in 1- to 
    4-unit properties. The New York area, for example, has only 30 percent 
    of its rental units in 1- to 4-unit properties, while Chicago has 46 
    percent and 
    
    [[Page 61917]]
    Boston has 56 percent of its rental stock in 1- to 4-unit buildings. 
    The market-specific variations suggest that rental housing in 1- to 4-
    unit properties is not a perfect substitute for multifamily rental 
    housing. The need for multifamily housing is relatively greater in some 
    cities.
        The financing of 1- to 4-unit properties is provided by the 
    standard single-family primary and secondary mortgage markets if one of 
    the units is owner-occupied. This segment is relatively well-served by 
    the existing capital-delivery system. If the 1- to 4-unit property is 
    investor-owned, the single-family market is still used, but with 
    greater restrictions such as tighter underwriting ratios. These 
    restrictions are generally in response to the greater credit risk posed 
    by investor-owned 1- to 4-unit properties. The investor-owned side of 
    the 1- to 4-unit rental market also has access to the liquidity of the 
    single-family secondary market, albeit with restrictions.
        (x) Credit Risk of Affordable Housing. Credit risk is an important 
    factor to be considered by the GSEs in their participation in the 
    multifamily mortgage markets. Does credit risk pose a major obstacle to 
    the development of an efficient and highly liquid secondary market for 
    multifamily mortgages that addresses the full range of multifamily 
    credit needs? If the GSEs broaden their penetration of the multifamily 
    market to purchase more small (under $1 million) mortgages, will the 
    GSEs be taking on additional risk? Unfortunately, the academic 
    literature is deficient in addressing these questions. However, 
    numerous sources suggest that credit risk is not an insurmountable 
    obstacle.
        On a whole loan basis, risk levels of multifamily lending are often 
    higher than for single family. There are four major reasons for this. 
    First, multifamily loans, like small business loans, lack 
    standardization. This is particularly true for affordable housing 
    because the financial package often involves tax credits or local 
    subsidy which complicates the loans. Second, multifamily loans are also 
    relatively large, making multifamily portfolios more difficult to 
    diversify than single-family portfolios. Third, there is far less 
    information about the performance of multifamily mortgages than there 
    is for single-family mortgages, particularly those secured by 
    affordable units. And finally, private mortgage insurance is not 
    generally available for multifamily loans as it is for single-family 
    loans.
        However, multifamily investments in today's market often involve 
    mortgage pools rather than whole loans. Credit risk remains a concern 
    of investors, but new techniques in multiclass securitization have 
    helped mitigate credit risk on multifamily mortgage pools. For example, 
    Fannie Mae ``swap transactions'' in which Fannie Mae swaps its 
    securities for the top 85 to 90 percent, or the ``A'' piece, of a 
    multifamily mortgage pool, leaves the riskier ``B'' piece, which 
    absorbs the first credit losses from the pool, to be sold at discount 
    in the market.
        The B-piece that absorbs all credit losses up to 15 percent of the 
    total unpaid balance on a typical multiclass multifamily pool provides 
    considerable loss protection. This makes the A-piece highly marketable. 
    Recently there has been considerable investor interest in these higher 
    yielding B-pieces as well.
        A source of anecdotal information on the credit risk involved with 
    affordable multifamily housing comes from participants in the low-
    income housing tax credit (LIHTC) program which was created by the 1986 
    Tax Reform Act. Tax credits are the only major Federal assistance 
    program for new or rehabilitated low-income housing that is currently 
    active. Detailed data on the composition and performance of tax credit 
    projects are not yet available. However, both academic and industry 
    experts have been observing the tax credit program since its inception, 
    and a number of them have shared their observations with HUD.
        These market observers tell HUD that tax credit deals typically are 
    financed with 30 to 40 percent equity obtained from investors receiving 
    the tax credits, first mortgage debt of about 40 to 60 percent, and the 
    remaining amount up to 30 percent comes from local subsidies often in 
    the form of ``soft'' second mortgages. Market observers tell us that 
    the trend in tax credit deals is toward increased equity as a share of 
    the total development cost due to increased competition among tax 
    credit syndicators.
        The lenders who provide first mortgage financing for tax credit 
    deals consider their loans on these affordable units to be less risky 
    than loans for market-rate multifamily projects. There are several 
    reasons for this conclusion. First, the loan-to-value ratio on these 
    deals is at most 60 percent, which gives lenders substantial protection 
    from credit risk. If the lender must foreclose, the tax credits stay 
    with the property, giving the lender the ability to attract equity from 
    new investors. Other reasons that first mortgage financing on 
    affordable tax credit deals is considered less risky are the low 
    turnover rates of affordable units which keeps project vacancies low, 
    the high potential for future appreciation of the property, and the 
    close scrutiny to initial underwriting by the equity provider or 
    syndicator.53 This anecdotal experience suggests that not all 
    mortgages on affordable multifamily loans need be high-credit-risk 
    lending.
    
        \53\ See Stuart J. Boesky, ``Tax Credits at Work,'' Mortgage 
    Banking, September 1995.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Continued achievement of the housing goals in this rule may require 
    the GSEs to develop additional capabilities to underwrite classes of 
    multifamily loans such as smaller existing properties, redevelopment 
    projects, seniors' housing, and tax credit deals. This may pose some 
    initial administrative difficulty for the GSEs, but there are no 
    apparent fundamental difficulties in multifamily mortgage origination 
    and purchase activities, such as unmanageable risks. If there were, 
    such risks would be difficult to explain, given the current market 
    trends toward higher multifamily lending activity and new techniques of 
    risk management.
    
    3. Performance and Effort of the GSEs toward Achieving the Low- and 
    Moderate-Income Goal in Previous Years
    
        Each GSE has submitted data on its 1993 and 1994 performance to the 
    Secretary. This is the first time that such detailed information has 
    been made available on the GSEs' activities, which in 1993 involved the 
    purchase of 2.97 million mortgages on 3.24 million dwelling units by 
    Fannie Mae and the purchase of 2.32 million mortgages on 2.38 million 
    dwelling units by Freddie Mac. In 1994, due to rising interest rates 
    and the decline in mortgage refinancings, aggregate purchase volume (in 
    dwelling units) fell by 43 percent, with Fannie Mae purchasing 1.66 
    million mortgages on 1.97 million units, and Freddie Mac purchasing 
    1.25 million mortgages on 1.34 million units.
        Each GSE also has submitted detailed loan-level data on each loan 
    it purchased in 1993 and 1994. HUD has done extensive analyses to 
    verify the GSEs' stated performance and to measure aspects of their 
    mortgage purchase activities in 1993-94 not contained in tables 
    submitted to HUD in which the GSEs' aggregate data in various 
    ways.54
    
        \54\ In the following discussion, the GSEs' performance is 
    measured using the counting rules which will be in effect under the 
    final rule, not those under the Interim Notice, which have been used 
    by the GSEs in reporting performance to HUD. For this reason, in 
    some cases the following data differ slightly from the data reported 
    by the GSEs.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Fannie Mae's data for 1993 show that 34.3 percent of total units 
    financed by its mortgage purchases were affordable to low- and 
    moderate-income families. 
    
    [[Page 61918]]
    This represented a significant increase in the low- and moderate-income 
    percentage from an estimated 28 percent in 1992, and Fannie Mae's 
    performance substantially exceeded the 30 percent goal established for 
    Fannie Mae by the Secretary.55 A further gain was recorded in 
    1994, as 45.4 percent of Fannie Mae's purchases qualified for the Low- 
    and Moderate-Income Housing Goal, which was also 30 percent in 
    1994.56
    
        \55\ Some mortgage purchases are not eligible for inclusion 
    under the low- and moderate-income goal, such as federally 
    guaranteed mortgages, mortgages on second homes, and mortgages 
    originated prior to January 1, 1993 that were missing relevant 
    borrower income or rent data. Such mortgages were excluded from both 
    the numerator and the denominator in calculating the performance 
    under this goal. These exclusions amounted to 14 percent of Fannie 
    Mae's purchases and 9 percent of Freddie Mac's purchases.
        \56\ A portion of the increase from 1993 reflects a decline in 
    the share of refinancings, which have been less common among low- 
    and moderate-income families.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Freddie Mac's data for 1993 show that 30.0 percent of total units 
    financed by its mortgage purchases were affordable to low- and 
    moderate-income families. There was a significant increase from an 
    estimated 24 percent in 1992, and Freddie Mac's performance exceeded 
    the 28 percent goal established for Freddie Mac by the Secretary. A 
    further gain was also recorded in 1994, when 38.0 percent of total 
    units financed by Freddie Mac's mortgage purchases qualified for the 
    low- and moderate-income goal, which was raised from 28 percent in 1993 
    to 30 percent in 1994 for Freddie Mac.
        Although the GSEs surpassed the low- and moderate-income goals in 
    1993 and 1994, approximately 50 percent of their one-unit single-family 
    owner-occupied purchases, the bulk of their business, were secured by 
    housing for families with incomes in excess of 120 percent of area 
    median income, as indicated in Table A.2.57 These results indicate 
    that achievement of the Low- and Moderate-Income Goal in 1993 and 1994 
    did not impede the GSEs from buying many mortgages on properties 
    purchased by higher-income families.
    
        \57\ Cases with missing data have been excluded from the table.
    
     Table A.2.--Distribution of Dwelling Units in GSE Single-family Owner- 
        Occupied 1-Unit Purchases by Income Class of Mortgagor, 1993-1994   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
       Income of mortgagor(s)       Fannie     Fannie    Freddie    Freddie 
       relative to area median    Mae, 1993  Mae, 1994  Mac, 1993  Mac, 1994
             income (%)              (%)        (%)        (%)        (%)   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    0-60........................        6.8        8.8        6.2        6.8
    60-80.......................       11.3       13.2       10.8       11.3
    80-100......................       15.0       16.5       14.9       15.2
    100-120.....................       15.4       15.8       15.6       16.0
    > 120.......................       51.5       45.7       52.5       50.7
                                 -------------------------------------------
        Total...................      100.0      100.0      100.0      100.0
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    4. Size of the Conventional Conforming Mortgage Market Serving Low- and 
    Moderate-Income Families Relative to the Overall Conventional 
    Conforming Market
    
        The low- and moderate-income share of the mortgage market is 
    estimated to be 48-52 percent. Appendix D presents in detail the 
    underlying analysis for this estimate.
    
    5. GSEs' Ability to Lead the Industry
    
        FHEFSSA requires the Secretary to consider the GSEs' ability to 
    lead the market in determining the level of the Low- and Moderate-
    Income Goal. The GSEs' ability to lead the industry depends on their 
    dominant role in the mortgage market, their ability--through their 
    underwriting standards and new programs and products--to influence the 
    types of loans that private lenders are willing to make, their 
    utilization of cutting edge technology, their highly competent and 
    well-trained staffs, and their financial resources.
    a. Dominant Role in Market
        The GSEs purchased 71 percent of all conventional conforming 
    single-family mortgages in 1993--up from 15 percent in 1980, 34 percent 
    in 1985, 50 percent in 1991, and 64 percent in 1992.63 The GSEs' 
    share of the relevant market fell to 55 percent in 1994. This was due 
    in part to the increase in the adjustable rate mortgage (ARM) share of 
    the mortgage market, from 20 percent in 1993 to 39 percent in 
    1994.64 However, the GSEs' market share in 1994 exceeded that in 
    all years except 1992 and 1993.
    
        \63\ Estimates provided by Fannie Mae's Economics Department.
        \64\ Federal Housing Finance Board, ``Rates & Terms on 
    Conventional Home Mortgages,'' Annual Summary, 1994, Table 3. ARMs 
    present less interest rate risk to lenders than fixed-rate 
    mortgages, and therefore are more likely to be retained in 
    portfolio.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Most of the mortgages purchased by the GSEs are securitized, but 
    sizable amounts are held in portfolio--in fact Fannie Mae and Freddie 
    Mac have the first- and fourth-largest mortgage portfolios, 
    respectively, of all mortgage holders in the United States. The GSEs 
    now hold or securitize about 30 percent of the total dollar volume of 
    mortgages outstanding, compared to about 7 percent in 1980, and they 
    have accounted for over 40 percent of the net increase in mortgages 
    outstanding between 1980 and 1992 and over 70 percent of the net 
    increase between 1989 and 1992.65
    
        \65\ John C. Weicher, ``The New Structure of the Housing Finance 
    System,'' Federal Reserve Bank of St, Louis Review, July/August 
    1994, pp. 51-52.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The dominant position of the GSEs is reinforced by their 
    relationship to other market institutions. Banks and savings and loans 
    are both their competitors and their customers--they compete as 
    portfolio lenders, but at the same time they sell mortgages to the GSEs 
    and buy mortgage securities from them, and also buy the debt securities 
    that the GSEs use to finance their portfolios.
    b. Set Underwriting Standards for Market
        The GSEs' underwriting guidelines are followed by virtually all 
    mortgage originators, including lenders who do not sell many of their 
    mortgages to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac.66 The guidelines are also 
    commonly followed in underwriting ``jumbo'' mortgages, which exceed the 
    maximum principal amount which can be purchased by the GSEs (the 
    conforming loan limit), because such mortgages eventually 
    
    [[Page 61919]]
    might be sold to the GSEs as the principal balance is amortized or the 
    conforming loan limit is increased. By setting the credit standards 
    against which the mortgage applications of lower-income families will 
    be judged, the GSEs influence the rate at which mortgage funds flow to 
    low-income borrowers and underserved neighborhoods. Congress realized 
    the crucial role played by the GSEs' underwriting guidelines when it 
    required each enterprise to submit a study on its guidelines to the 
    Secretary and to Congress.
    
        \66\ The underwriting guidelines published by the two GSEs are 
    not identical, but they are very similar in most aspects. And since 
    November 30, 1992, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have provided lenders 
    the same Uniform Underwriting and Transmittal Summary (Fannie Mae 
    Form 1008/Freddie Mac Form 1077), which is used by originators to 
    collect certain mortgage information that they need for data entry 
    when mortgages are sold to either GSE.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    c. Leading Edge Technology
        Both GSEs are in the forefront of new developments in mortgage 
    industry technology. For example, Fannie Mae has developed 
    FannieMaps, a computerized mapping service offered to 
    lenders, nonprofit organizations, and state and local governments to 
    help them implement community lending programs. Both GSEs released 
    automated underwriting systems in 1995. The Freddie Mac system is based 
    on credit scoring, which allows explicit consideration of compensating 
    factors, while the Fannie Mae system automates current underwriting 
    standards. Such systems have the potential to reduce the cost of loan 
    origination, particularly for low-risk loans.
    d. Staff Resources
        Both GSEs are well-known throughout the mortgage industry for the 
    expertise of their staffs in carrying out their current programs, 
    researching and developing improvements in the mortgage market in 
    general, developing innovative new programs, and conducting research 
    that may lead to new programs in the future. Their key executives 
    frequently testify before Congressional committees on a wide range of 
    housing issues, and both GSEs have developed extensive working 
    relationships with a broad spectrum of mortgage market participants, 
    including various nonprofit groups and government housing authorities.
    e. Financial Strength
        The benefits that accrue to the GSEs because of their GSE status 
    and solid management have made them two of the nation's most profitable 
    businesses. Fannie Mae's net income has increased steadily from $807 
    million in 1989 to $2.1 billion in 1994, and for the first two quarters 
    of 1995 net income was accruing at an annual rate of $2.3 billion, 
    despite a 46 percent drop in mortgage purchases and a 60 percent drop 
    in MBS issued in comparison with the first half of 1994. Through the 
    second quarter of 1995, Fannie Mae has recorded 30 consecutive quarters 
    of increased net income. Fannie Mae's return on equity averaged 27.5 
    percent over the 1990-94 period--far above the rates achieved by most 
    financial corporations. In addition, Fannie Mae's dividends per share 
    more than tripled over this period, rising from $0.72 in 1990 to $2.40 
    in 1994.
        Freddie Mac has shown similar trends. Freddie Mac's net income has 
    increased steadily from $414 million in 1990 to $983 million in 1994, 
    and for the first two quarters of 1995 net income was accruing at an 
    annual rate of $1.04 billion, despite declines in business volume 
    similar to those experienced by Fannie Mae. Freddie Mac's return on 
    equity averaged 20.9 percent over the 1990-94 period--also well above 
    the rates achieved by most financial corporations. Freddie Mac's 
    dividends per share nearly doubled over this period, rising from $0.53 
    in 1990 to $1.04 in 1994.
        One measure of the strength of the GSEs was provided by a recent 
    ranking of American corporations. This survey found that Fannie Mae was 
    first of all companies in total assets and Freddie Mac ranked 17th; 
    with regard to total profits, Fannie Mae ranked 20th and Freddie Mac 
    ranked 52nd.67
    
        \67\ Business Week, March 27, 1995, p. 154.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Under FHEFSSA, beginning with the second quarter of 1994, the GSEs 
    must meet fully phased-in minimum core capital requirements of 2.5 
    percent of on-balance sheet assets and 0.45 percent of outstanding 
    mortgage-backed securities and other off-balance sheet obligations, 
    except as adjusted by the Director of OFHEO.68 For the transition 
    period from June 30, 1993 through March 31, 1994, the corresponding 
    percentages were 2.25 percent and 0.40 percent respectively. Based on 
    the relation between actual core capital and minimum core capital, a 
    GSE is classified as adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, 
    significantly undercapitalized, or critically undercapitalized.
    
        \68\ Core capital is defined as the sum of the par or stated 
    value of outstanding common or perpetual, noncumulative preferred 
    stock, paid-in capital, and retained earnings.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The Director has found both GSEs adequately capitalized for all 
    nine quarters ending June 30, 1993 through June 30, 1995. At the end of 
    the second quarter of 1995, Fannie Mae's core capital of $10.323 
    billion exceeded its minimum capital requirement of $9.684 billion by 
    $639 million, and Freddie Mac's core capital of $5.538 billion exceeded 
    its minimum capital requirement of $5.256 billion by $282 million.
    f. Conclusion About Leading the Market
        In light of these factors, the Secretary has determined that the 
    GSEs have the ability to lead the industry in making mortgage credit 
    available for low- and moderate-income families.
    
    6. The Need to Maintain the Sound Financial Condition of the GSEs
    
        HUD has undertaken a separate, detailed economic analysis of this 
    rule, which includes consideration of the financial safety and 
    soundness implications of the housing goals. The analysis considered 
    the likely mortgage default implications of the goals and implications 
    for the profitability of the GSEs under various alternative economic 
    assumptions. Among the conclusions are: that the goals will have, at 
    most, only limited impacts on credit risk, which the GSEs should be 
    able to handle without significant lowering of underwriting standards; 
    that risks associated with increased multifamily mortgage purchase 
    volumes under the goals are manageable, considering the scope of the 
    increases implied by the goals; and that the goals imply no meaningful 
    increase in risk to the sound financial condition of the GSEs' 
    operations. Based on this analysis, HUD concludes that the goals raise 
    minimal, if any, safety and soundness concerns.
    
    D. Determination of the Low- and Moderate-Income Housing Goals
    
        The annual goal for 1996 for each GSE's purchases of mortgages 
    financing housing for low- and moderate-income families is established 
    at 40 percent of the total number of dwelling units financed by each 
    GSE's mortgage purchases. The goal for 1997 and thereafter, unless 
    changed, is 42 percent. These goals represent an increase over the 
    statutorily-mandated 1994 goal of 30 percent, but they are conservative 
    relative to the market share estimates in Appendix D, below Fannie 
    Mae's low-mod performance in 1994, and only slightly above Freddie 
    Mac's performance in 1994. The Secretary's considerations of the six 
    statutory factors led to the choice of these goals.
    
    1. Housing Need
    
        Almost three-fifths of American households qualify as low- and 
    moderate-income under FHEFSSA's definitions--half of owners and 70 
    percent of renters. Data from the Census and from the American Housing 
    Surveys demonstrate that housing problems and needs for affordable 
    housing are indeed substantial among 
    
    [[Page 61920]]
    low- and moderate-income families. These households, particularly those 
    with very-low-incomes, are burdened by high rent payments and will 
    likely continue to face serious housing problems, given the dim 
    prospects for earnings growth in entry-level occupations.
        With respect to homeownership, many younger, minority, and lower-
    income families did not become homeowners during the 1980s due to the 
    slow growth of earnings, high real interest rates, and continued house 
    price increases. Recently, low interest rates and low inflation have 
    improved affordability conditions and first-time homeowners have become 
    a major driving force in the home purchase market. A large pent-up 
    demand for homeownership exists on the part of low-income families 
    closed out of the market during the 1980s, particularly families with 
    children in need of larger units and better neighborhoods.
        Several demographic changes will strain the housing finance system 
    during the 1990s. The continued influx of immigrants will increase 
    demand for both rental and owner-occupied housing. Non-traditional 
    households have become more important as overall household formation 
    rates have slowed. With later marriages, divorce, and non-traditional 
    living arrangements, the fastest growing household groups are single-
    parent and single-person households.
        The multifamily mortgage market is far less integrated into the 
    broader capital markets than is the single-family market. The GSEs do 
    not dominate the multifamily secondary mortgage market as they do the 
    single-family market, and they may never dominate the multifamily 
    market to this extent--multifamily loans are more complex than single-
    family mortgages, and because of the large size of the component loans, 
    multifamily mortgage pools are more difficult to diversify. Portfolio 
    lending may remain a greater factor in multifamily markets.
        Current market conditions indicate that the supply of multifamily 
    mortgage credit is adequate for amenity-rich, suburban garden style 
    apartments. However, credit gaps do exist, particularly with regard to 
    the maintenance of the existing affordable stock and construction of 
    affordable units in higher growth markets. Increased liquidity can make 
    investments in affordable multifamily housing more attractive to all 
    investors, including portfolio lenders, which would bring more capital 
    at lower cost to fill current and future multifamily credit gaps. The 
    GSEs' active participation in the market can lead to this needed 
    increase in liquidity.
    
    2. Past Performance and Ability to Lead the Industry
    
        The GSEs have been assisting the overall secondary market, 
    increasing their share of purchases of conventional conforming single-
    family mortgage origination from 42 percent in 1989 to 70 percent in 
    1993 before dropping to 55 percent in 1994. In fact, most industry 
    observers would agree that the recent growth in the secondary market 
    was the reason the decline of the thrift industry had only minor 
    effects on the nation's housing finance system.
        The GSEs' performance on the low- and moderate-income goal has also 
    been improving. Fannie Mae's performance increased from 34.3 percent in 
    1993 to 45.4 percent in 1994. Freddie Mac's performance also increased 
    from 30.0 to 38.0 percent during this period.
        Single-family Market. The Secretary is concerned about the GSEs' 
    assistance to the lower-income end of the market. Figure A.1 presents 
    the distribution of the GSEs' single-family mortgage purchases by 
    income category. In 1994, homeowners with incomes less than 60 percent 
    of median represented roughly 7 percent of GSE purchases, and those 
    with incomes less than 80 percent of median represented no more than 19 
    percent of GSE purchases. Families with incomes over 120 percent of 
    median, on the other hand, accounted for approximately 50 percent of 
    single-family mortgages purchased by the GSEs.
        While the GSEs have improved their performance, they continue to 
    purchase a smaller proportion of mortgages for very-low-income 
    homebuyers than do portfolio lenders operating in the conforming 
    market. According to the AHS, about 10 percent of conforming loans were 
    originated for very-low-income homebuyers in 1993, compared to about 5 
    percent of GSE purchases in 1993. Figure A.2 uses HMDA data to compare 
    the GSEs with the non-GSE portion of the conforming market. In 1993 and 
    1994, very-low-income loans accounted for a higher percentage of the 
    business of portfolio (non-GSE) lenders than they did of GSE business. 
    The 1993 and 1994 HMDA data suggest that there is room for the GSEs to 
    improve their performance in purchasing loans at the lower-income end 
    of the market.
        Moreover, there is evidence that there is a significant population 
    of potential homebuyers who might well respond to aggressive outreach. 
    As mentioned above, both Fannie Mae and the Joint Center expect 
    immigration to be a major source of future homebuyers. Furthermore, 
    analysis by The Urban Institute indicates the existence of a large 
    untapped potential. Indeed, the GSE's recent experience with new 
    outreach and affordable housing initiatives is important confirmation 
    of this potential.
        Multifamily Market. The Secretary is particularly concerned about 
    the level of Freddie Mac's activity in the multifamily area. In 1994, 
    Freddie Mac purchased $913 million in multifamily mortgages, which was 
    an increase over its purchase of $191 million in 1993. Given the 
    affordability problems faced by renters and the need for a well-
    functioning secondary market for multifamily loans, it is imperative 
    that Freddie Mac's multifamily business be increased. By sustaining a 
    secondary market in units that meet the special affordable goal, the 
    GSEs will bring increased liquidity, added stability, and ultimately 
    lower rents for lower-income families in these segments of the market. 
    In addition, their promotion of increased standardization in 
    multifamily finance would allow for more direct links to capital 
    markets and improve overall market efficiency and stability. The 1996 
    and 1997-99 goals are intended to encourage a minimum level of 
    multifamily activity by Freddie Mac.
    
    3. Market Feasibility and Changing Market Conditions
    
        As detailed in Appendix D, the low- and moderate-income mortgage 
    market is quite large, accounting for 48 to 52 percent of dwelling 
    units financed by conventional conforming mortgages. Figure A.3 
    compares recent GSE performance, the 1996 and 1997-1999 goals, and the 
    size of the low- and moderate-income market. Having considered the 
    projected market and economic and demographic conditions for 1996-1999 
    and the GSEs' recent performance, HUD has determined that goals for 
    low- and moderate-income purchases of 40 percent for 1996, 42 percent 
    for 1997-1999, and 42 percent thereafter pending establishment of a new 
    goal, are feasible.
        In estimating the size of the market, HUD also used assumptions 
    about future economic and market conditions that were less favorable 
    than those that existed over the last two years. HUD is well aware of 
    the volatility of mortgage markets and the possible impacts on the 
    GSE's ability to meet the housing goals. Should conditions change such 
    that the goals are no longer reasonable or feasible, the Secretary has 
    the authority to revise the goals. 
    
    [[Page 61921]]
    
    
    4. Parity Between the GSEs
    
        The Secretary is establishing identical goals for both Fannie Mae 
    and Freddie Mac. Freddie Mac consistently lags behind Fannie Mae on the 
    housing goals. In part, this is due to Freddie Mac's limited 
    multifamily activity--their 1994 multifamily mortgage purchases 
    accounted for only 8.9 percent of their overall performance under this 
    housing goal (versus 23.8 percent for Fannie Mae). Freddie Mac has used 
    the past four years to rebuild its multifamily operations and has 
    recently brought on new staff, developed new systems, and is pursuing 
    an aggressive acquisition strategy. On the single-family side, Freddie 
    Mac serves the same lenders and offers the same products as Fannie Mae. 
    Therefore, Freddie Mac should be able to match Fannie Mae's performance 
    in achieving the single-family goals. Moreover, the legislative history 
    supports the idea of parity after the transition period, noting that 
    ``because the enterprises have essentially equal opportunities, their 
    respective annual goals should generally be set at comparable levels.'' 
    69
    
        \69\ Senate Report 102-282, p. 36.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    5. Conclusions
    
        The Secretary has determined that the 1996 and 1997-1999 goals set 
    forth above address national housing needs and current economic, 
    housing, and demographic conditions, and that they take into account 
    the GSEs' performance in the past in purchasing low- and moderate-
    income mortgages, as well as the size of the conventional mortgage 
    market serving low- and moderate-income families. Moreover, the 
    Secretary has considered the GSEs' ability to lead the industry as well 
    as the GSEs' financial condition. The Secretary has determined that the 
    goals are necessary and achievable.
    
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-P
    
    [[Page 61922]]
    [GRAPHIC][TIFF OMITTED]TR01DE95.004
    
    
    
    [[Page 61923]]
    [GRAPHIC][TIFF OMITTED]TR01DE95.005
    
    
    
    [[Page 61924]]
    [GRAPHIC][TIFF OMITTED]TR01DE95.006
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-C
    
    [[Page 61925]]
    
    
    Appendix B--Secretarial Considerations to Establish the Central Cities, 
    Rural Areas, and Other Underserved Areas Goal
    
    A. Establishment of Goal
    
    1. Introduction
    
        The Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act 
    of 1992 (FHEFSSA) requires the Secretary to establish an annual goal 
    for the purchase of mortgages on housing located in central cities, 
    rural areas, and other underserved areas (the ``Geographically Targeted 
    Goal'').
        In establishing this annual housing goal, FHEFSSA requires the 
    Secretary to consider:
        1. Urban and rural housing needs and the housing needs of 
    underserved areas;
        2. Economic, housing, and demographic conditions;
        3. The performance and effort of the GSEs toward achieving the 
    Geographically Targeted Goal in previous years;
        4. The size of the conventional mortgage market for central cities, 
    rural areas, and other underserved areas relative to the size of the 
    overall conventional mortgage market;
        5. The ability of the GSEs to lead the industry in making mortgage 
    credit available throughout the United States, including central 
    cities, rural areas, and other underserved areas; and
        6. The need to maintain the sound financial condition of the GSEs.
        Organization of Appendix. Section A defines the goal and summarizes 
    HUD's assessment of other proposed definitions of the Geographically 
    Targeted Goal. Section B reports findings on access to mortgage credit 
    and Section C addresses the factors listed above. Section D summarizes 
    the Secretary's rationale for setting the level for the Geographically 
    Targeted Goal.
    
    2. HUD's Geographically Targeted Goal
    
        As required by FHEFSSA, during 1993-1995 only mortgages located in 
    central cities, as designated by the Office of Management and Budget 
    (OMB), counted toward the Geographically Targeted Goal. FHEFSSA 
    directed the Secretary to expand the Geographically Targeted Goal to 
    include rural areas and other underserved areas.
        HUD's definition of the Geographically Targeted Goal is based on 
    studies of mortgage lending and mortgage credit flows conducted by 
    academic researchers, community groups, the GSEs, HUD and other 
    government agencies. While more research must be done before mortgage 
    access for different types of people and neighborhoods is fully 
    understood, one finding from the existing research literature stands 
    out--minority and low-income neighborhoods have higher mortgage denial 
    rates and lower mortgage origination rates than other neighborhoods. A 
    neighborhood's minority composition and its level of income are useful 
    proxies for measuring access to mortgage credit.
        Metropolitan Areas. The rule provides that within metropolitan 
    areas, mortgage purchases will count toward the goal when those 
    mortgage purchases finance properties that are located in census tracts 
    where either the median income of families in the tract does not exceed 
    90 percent of the area median income, or minorities comprise 30 percent 
    or more of the residents and the median income of families in the tract 
    does not exceed 120 percent of the area median income.
        The final rule's definition includes 20,326 of the 43,232 census 
    tracts (47 percent) in metropolitan areas and accounts for 44 percent 
    of the metropolitan population.1 The tracts included in this 
    definition suffer from poor mortgage access and depressed socioeconomic 
    conditions. The average mortgage denial rate in these tracts is 21 
    percent, almost twice the denial rate in non-included tracts.
    
        \1\ Tracts are excluded from the analysis if median income is 
    suppressed or there are no population or owner-occupied 1-4 unit 
    properties. There are 2,033 of these tracts. When reporting denial, 
    origination, and application rates, tracts are excluded from the 
    analysis if there are no purchase or refinance applications. Tracts 
    are also excluded from the analysis if: (1) group quarters 
    constitute more than 50 percent of housing units or (2) there are 
    less than 15 home purchase applications in the tract and the tract 
    denial rates equal 0 or 100 percent. Excluded tracts account for a 
    small percentage of mortgage applications (1.4 percent). These 
    tracts are not excluded from HUD's underserved areas if they meet 
    the income and minority thresholds. Rather, the tracts are excluded 
    to remove the effects of outliers from the analysis.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The definition in the final rule adds 3,657 additional tracts to 
    the definition in the proposed rule. These tracts have significant 
    problems with access to credit, as evidenced by relatively high 
    mortgage denial rates and low origination rates.
        Nonmetropolitan Areas. The final rule provides that in non-
    metropolitan areas, mortgage purchases that finance properties that are 
    located in counties will count toward the Geographically Targeted Goal 
    where: minorities comprise 30 percent or more of the residents and the 
    median income of families does not exceed 120 percent of the state 
    nonmetropolitan median income; or the median income of families does 
    not exceed 95 percent of the greater of the state nonmetropolitan 
    median income or the nationwide nonmetropolitan median income.
        Two important factors influenced HUD's definition of 
    nonmetropolitan underserved areas--lack of available data for measuring 
    mortgage availability in rural areas and the difficulty in operating 
    mortgage programs at the census-tract level in rural areas. Because of 
    these factors, the final rule uses a more inclusive, county-based 
    definition of underservedness in rural areas. HUD's definition includes 
    1,511 of the 2,305 counties (66 percent) in nonmetropolitan areas and 
    accounts for 54 percent of the nonmetropolitan population.
        Goal Levels. The Geographically Targeted Goal is 21 percent in 1996 
    and 24 percent in 1997 and thereafter. HUD estimates that the mortgage 
    market in areas included in the Geographically Targeted Goal accounts 
    for 25-28 percent of the total number of newly-mortgaged dwelling 
    units. In 1994, 29 percent of Fannie Mae's purchases financed dwelling 
    units located in these areas, compared with 24 percent of Freddie Mac's 
    purchases.
    
    3. Alternative Definitions
    
        Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac each proposed alternative definitions of 
    underserved areas. Several other commenters suggested alternative 
    definitions similar to those proposed by the GSEs. Fannie Mae would 
    define all central city and nonmetropolitan census tracts as 
    underserved; a suburban or non-central city tract would be considered 
    underserved if minorities comprise 50 percent or more of the residents; 
    or if the median income of families does not exceed 80 percent of the 
    area median income. Freddie Mac would define a tract as underserved if 
    minorities comprise 20 percent or more of the residents; or if the 
    median income of families does not exceed 100 percent of the area 
    median income.
        HUD conducted extensive analysis of these and other alternative 
    definitions of underserved areas. HUD also contracted with the Urban 
    Institute to evaluate the alternative definitions of underserved 
    areas.2 That analysis, which is reported in Section B of this 
    appendix, concluded that HUD's definitions in both the proposed rule 
    and this final rule provide much better measures of mortgage access 
    problems.
    
        \2\ George Galster, ``Comments on Defining `Underserved' Areas 
    in Metropolitan Regions,'' Urban Institute, prepared for the U.S. 
    Department of Housing and Urban Development, August 15, 1995.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Fannie Mae Definition. The research conducted by the GSEs, other 
    mortgage 
    
    [[Page 61926]]
    market economists, and HUD supports the premise that the location of a 
    census tract--whether within a central city or a suburb--has minimal 
    relationship to whether the tract is underserved. Instead, these 
    studies have found that mortgage flows in a census tract are strongly 
    correlated with the minority concentration or median income of that 
    tract. The Urban Institute criticized the continued use of OMB-
    designated central cities in the goal because it treats all areas in 
    central cities as if they have access problems. However, substantial 
    evidence shows that mortgage access problems are not the same across 
    central city neighborhoods.
        Use of the definition advanced by Fannie Mae would add 8,833 
    central-city tracts to 13,554 central city tracts under this rule's 
    definition. Credit access is not a problem in these added tracts--their 
    average mortgage denial rate is 11 percent, which is one-half of the 22 
    percent denial rate for central city tracts covered by this final rule.
        Freddie Mac Definition. Use of the definition proposed by Freddie 
    Mac would add substantially more tracts and tracts that have lower 
    denial rates than the definition in the final rule. Credit access does 
    not appear to be a problem in the 5,367 tracts added by the Freddie Mac 
    definition. The denial rate for the added tracts is 15 percent, which 
    is only slightly above the 13 percent denial rate for all metropolitan 
    tracts and significantly less than the 21 percent denial rate for 
    metropolitan area tracts covered by this final rule.
    
    B. Underlying Data and Identifying Underserved Areas
    
    1. Introduction and Overview
    
        Data on mortgage credit flows are far from perfect, and issues 
    regarding the identification of areas with inadequate access to credit 
    are both complex and controversial. For this reason, before considering 
    housing needs and past GSE performance, it is essential to define 
    ``underserved areas'' as accurately as possible from existing data. To 
    provide essential background for understanding the final rule's 
    definition of underserved areas for this goal, this section carefully 
    reviews the literature investigating access to credit and reports 
    findings from HUD's analysis of 1993 and 1994 HMDA and Census data 
    bases. The first part of this section discusses research and data 
    analysis in urban areas; the latter part discusses rural areas.
        Three main points are made in this section:
         The existence of substantial geographic disparities in 
    mortgage credit is well documented for metropolitan areas. Research has 
    demonstrated that areas with lower incomes and higher shares of 
    minority population consistently have poorer access to mortgage credit, 
    with higher mortgage denial rates and lower origination rates for 
    mortgages. Thus, the income and minority composition of an area is a 
    good method of determining whether that area is being underserved by 
    the mortgage market.
         The research supports a targeted definition. Studies 
    conclude that characteristics of the applicant and the neighborhood 
    where the property is located are the major determinants of mortgage 
    denials and origination rates. Once these characteristics are accounted 
    for, other influences such as location in an OMB-designated central 
    city play only a minor role in explaining disparities in mortgage 
    lending.3
    
        \3\ For the sake of brevity, in the remainder of this appendix, 
    the term ``central city'' is used to mean ``OMB-designated central 
    city.''
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
         Research on mortgage credit needs in rural areas is not 
    extensive because of the lack of mortgage data. The available research 
    does suggest that income and minority composition identify rural areas 
    that experience housing and mortgage access problems. The lack of 
    mortgage data, however, suggests the use of a broader underserved 
    definition than in metropolitan areas.
    
    2. Evidence About Access to Credit in Urban Areas
    
        The viability of neighborhoods--whether urban, rural, or suburban--
    depends on the access of their residents to mortgage capital to 
    purchase and improve their homes. While neighborhood problems are 
    caused by a wide range of factors, including substantial inequalities 
    in the distribution of the nation's income and wealth, there is 
    increasing agreement that imperfections in the nation's housing and 
    mortgage markets are hastening the decline of distressed neighborhoods. 
    Disparate denial of credit based on geographic criteria can lead to 
    disinvestment and neighborhood decline. Discrimination and other 
    factors, such as inflexible and restrictive underwriting guidelines, 
    limit access to mortgage credit and leave potential borrowers in 
    certain areas underserved.
    a. Early Credit Flow Studies
        Most studies of geographical disparities have used Home Mortgage 
    Disclosure Act (HMDA) data. A number of studies using the early HMDA 
    data sought to test for the existence of geographical redlining, which 
    is the refusal of lenders to make loans in certain neighborhoods 
    regardless of the creditworthiness of the individual applicant.4 
    Consistent with the redlining hypothesis, these studies found lower 
    volumes of loans going to low-income and high-minority 
    neighborhoods.5 However, such analyses were criticized because 
    they did not distinguish between demand and supply effects 6--that 
    is, whether loan volume was low because people in high-minority and 
    low-income areas were unable to afford home ownership and therefore 
    were not applying for mortgage loans, or because lenders refused to 
    make loans in these areas. Moreover, the early HMDA data were 
    incomplete because non-depository lenders (e.g., mortgage bankers, who 
    originate most FHA loans) were not included.
    
        \4\ Prior to 1990, HMDA data showed only the total number and 
    aggregate dollar volume of loans made in each census tract for 
    depository institutions; no information was reported on individual 
    borrowers or on applications denied.
        \5\ These studies, which were conducted at the census tract 
    level, typically involved regressing the number of mortgage 
    originations (relative to the number of properties in the census 
    tract) on characteristics of the census tract including its minority 
    composition. A negative coefficient estimate for the minority 
    composition variable was often interpreted as suggesting redlining. 
    For a discussion of these models, see Eugene Perle, Kathryn Lynch, 
    and Jeffrey Horner, ``Model Specification and Local Mortgage Market 
    Behavior,'' Journal of Housing Research, Volume 4, Issue 2, 1993, 
    pp. 225-243.
        \6\ For critiques of the early HMDA studies, see Andrew Holmes 
    and Paul Horvitz, ``Mortgage Redlining: Race, Risk, and Demand,'' 
    The Journal of Finance, Volume 49, No. 1, March 1994, pp. 81-99; and 
    Michael H. Schill and Susan M. Wachter, ``A Tale of Two Cities: 
    Racial and Ethnic Geographic Disparities in Home Mortgage Lending in 
    Boston and Philadelphia,'' Journal of Housing Research, Volume 4, 
    Issue 2, 1993, pp. 245-276.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Like early HMDA studies, an analysis of deed transfer data in 
    Boston found lower rates of mortgage activity in minority 
    neighborhoods.7 The discrepancies held even after controlling for 
    income, house values and other economic and non-racial factors that 
    might explain differences in demand and housing market activity.8 
    
    [[Page 61927]]
    In addition, a larger percentage of transactions in such neighborhoods 
    were financed by the seller or other non-traditional institutional 
    lenders (e.g., credit unions, governments, universities, business 
    leaders, real estate trusts, and pension funds). Greater seller 
    financing may suggest unmet demand for mortgages, since it is not 
    likely that minority sellers prefer, more than whites, to finance the 
    sale of their homes rather than being paid in cash.9 The study 
    concluded that ``the housing market and the credit market together are 
    functioning in a way that has hurt African American neighborhoods in 
    the city of Boston.''
    
        \7\ Katherine L. Bradbury, Karl E. Case, and Constance R. 
    Dunham, ``Geographic Patterns of Mortgage Lending in Boston, 1982-
    1987,'' New England Economic Review, September/October 1989, pp. 3-
    30.
        \8\ Using an analytical approach similar to that of Bradbury, 
    Case, and Dunham, Anne Shlay found evidence of fewer mortgage loans 
    originated in black census tracts in Chicago and Baltimore. See Anne 
    Shlay, ``Not in That Neighborhood: The Effects of Population and 
    Housing on the Distribution of Mortgage Finance within the Chicago 
    SMSA,'' Social Science Research, Volume 17, No. 2, 1988, pp. 137-
    163; and ``Financing Community: Methods for Assessing Residential 
    Credit Disparities, Market Barriers, and Institutional Reinvestment 
    Performance in the Metropolis,'' Journal of Urban Affairs, Volume 
    11, No. 3, 1989, pp. 201-223.
        \9\ Analysis of 1985 American Housing Survey data also showed a 
    greater reliance on non-institutional financing by low- and 
    moderate-income owners in both metropolitan and rural areas. See the 
    Urban Institute, ``The Availability and Use of Mortgage Credit in 
    Rural Areas,'' 1990.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    b. Improved HMDA Data--Wider Coverage and Mortgage Denial Rates
        HMDA reporting was expanded in 1990 to provide information on the 
    disposition of loan applications (originated, approved but not accepted 
    by the borrower, denied, withdrawn, or not completed), to include the 
    activity of large independent mortgage companies, and to provide 
    information on the race and income of individual loan applicants. An 
    additional expansion in 1993 covered mortgage companies that originated 
    100 or more home purchase loans in the preceding calendar year. HUD's 
    analysis using the expanded HMDA data for 1993 and 1994 shows that 
    high-minority and low-income census tracts have both higher loan 
    application denial rates and lower loan origination rates.10
    
        \10\ HUD's previous analysis of 1992 HMDA produced comparable 
    results. For a similar analysis based on 1992 HMDA data, see Glenn 
    B. Canner, Wayne Passmore, and Dolores S. Smith, ``Residential 
    Lending to Low-Income and Minority Families: Evidence from the 1992 
    HMDA Data,'' Federal Reserve Bulletin, Volume 80, February 1994, pp. 
    79-108.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Table B.1 presents mortgage denial and origination rates by the 
    minority composition and median income of census tracts for 
    metropolitan areas. Two patterns are clear:
         Census tracts with higher percentages of minority 
    residents have higher mortgage denial rates and lower mortgage 
    origination rates than all-white or substantially-white tracts. For 
    example, the denial rate for census tracts that are over 90 percent 
    minority is over two-and-a-half times that for census tracts with less 
    than 10 percent minority.
         Census tracts with lower incomes have higher denial rates 
    and lower origination rates than higher income tracts. The average 
    number of 1993 mortgage originations in the highest-income census 
    tracts (i.e., tracts with a median income over 150 percent of area 
    median) was 20.0 per 100 owner-occupants; this compares with a range of 
    4.4 to 9.0 originations for the census tract deciles with income less 
    than 90 percent of area median.11
    
        \11\ Origination rates in 1994 are lower than origination rates 
    in 1993 for all income and minority levels because of the lower 
    number of refinance mortgages.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Denial rates in 1993 increased from 10.7 to 29.3 percent as 
    minority concentration changes from low-minority to 90-percent-minority 
    tracts.12 They declined from 24.2 to 7.8 percent as tract income 
    increases from 60 percent of area median to over 150 percent of area 
    median. Similar patterns arose in 1994.
    
        \12\ The denial rates in Table B.1 are for purchase mortgages. 
    Denial rates are several percentage points lower for refinance loans 
    than for purchase loans, but denial rates follow the same pattern 
    for both types of loans: rising with minority concentration and 
    falling with increasing income.
    
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-P
    
    [[Page 61928]]
    [GRAPHIC][TIFF OMITTED]TR01DE95.007
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-C
    
    [[Page 61929]]
    
        Table B.2 aggregates the data in Table B.1 into six minority and 
    income combinations that exhibit very different credit flows. The low-
    minority (less than 30 percent minority), high-income (over 120 percent 
    of area median) group has a denial rate of 8 percent and an origination 
    rate of 19 per 100 owner occupants. The high-minority (over 50 
    percent), low-income (under 90 percent of area median) group has a 
    denial rate of 27 percent and an origination rate of only 6 per 100 
    owner occupants. The other groupings fall between these two extremes.
        The advantages of HUD's underserved area definition can be seen by 
    examining the minority-income combinations highlighted in Table B.2. 
    The sharp differences in denial rates and origination rates between the 
    underserved and remaining served categories illustrate that HUD's 
    definition delineates areas that have significantly less success in 
    receiving mortgage credit. Underserved areas have almost twice the 
    average denial rate of served areas (21 percent versus 11 percent) and 
    half the average origination rate per 100 owner occupants (8 versus 
    16). HUD's definition does not include high-income (over 120 percent of 
    area median) census tracts even if they meet the minority threshold. 
    The mortgage origination rate per 100 owner occupants (15) for high-
    income tracts with a minority share of population over 30 percent is 
    about the same as the average (16) for all served areas.
    
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-P
    
    [[Page 61930]]
    [GRAPHIC][TIFF OMITTED]TR01DE95.008
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-C
    
    [[Page 61931]]
    
    c. Recent HMDA Studies--Controlling for Applicant Credit Risk
        An important question is whether variations in denial rates reflect 
    lender bias against certain kinds of neighborhoods and borrowers, or 
    simply the credit quality of the potential borrower (as indicated by 
    the applicant's available assets, credit rating, employment history, 
    etc.). The technical improvements offered by recent studies of credit 
    disparities have attempted to control for credit risk factors that 
    might influence a lender's decision to approve a loan. Without fully 
    accounting for the creditworthiness of the borrower, racial differences 
    in denial rates cannot be attributed to lender bias. The best example 
    of accounting for credit risk is the study by researchers at the 
    Federal Reserve Bank of Boston, which analyzed mortgage denial 
    rates.13 To control for credit risk, the Boston Fed researchers 
    included 38 borrower and loan variables indicated by lenders to be 
    critical to loan decisions. The study found that minorities' higher 
    denial rates could not be explained fully by income and credit risk 
    factors. African Americans and Hispanics were about 60 percent more 
    likely to be denied credit than Whites, even after controlling for 
    credit risk characteristics such as credit history, employment 
    stability, liquid assets, self-employment, age, and family status and 
    composition. Although almost all highly-qualified applicants of all 
    races were approved, differential treatment was observed among 
    borrowers with lesser qualifications.14
    
        \13\ Alicia H. Munnell, Lynn E. Browne, James McEneaney, and 
    Geoffrey M. B. Tootell, ``Mortgage Lending in Boston: Interpreting 
    HMDA Data,'' Federal Reserve Bank of Boston, Working Paper Series, 
    No. 92-7, October 1992.
        \14\ This study was the subject of substantial criticism with 
    regard to data quality and model specification, but even after 
    accounting for these problems, the race conclusions were found to 
    persist in a re-estimation of the model by Fannie Mae. See James H. 
    Carr and Isaac F. Megbolugbe, ``The Federal Reserve Bank of Boston 
    Study on Mortgage Lending Revisited,'' Journal of Housing Research, 
    Volume 4, Issue 2, 1993, pp. 277-313. Other criticisms, however, 
    have also been mentioned. For instance, the fact that the credit 
    risk variables included in the model are correlated with the 
    minority variable suggests that the latter may be picking up the 
    effects of still other credit risk variables omitted from the model. 
    See John Straka, ``Boston Federal Reserve Study of Mortgage 
    Discrimination,'' Secondary Mortgage Markets, Volume 10, No. 1, 
    Winter 1993, pp. 8-9, for a useful discussion of other aspects of 
    the Boston Fed study.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        A recent HUD study also found mortgage denial rates for minorities 
    to be higher in ten metropolitan areas, even after controlling for 
    credit risk.15 In addition, the higher denial rates observed in 
    minority neighborhoods were not purely a reflection of the higher 
    denial rates experienced by minorities. Whites experienced higher 
    denial rates in some minority neighborhoods than in some predominantly 
    white neighborhoods.
    
        \15\ Ann B. Schnare and Stuart A. Gabriel, ``The Role of FHA in 
    the Provision of Credit to Minorities,'' ICF Incorporated, prepared 
    for the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, April 25, 
    1994.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        A more recent reassessment and refinement of the data used by the 
    Federal Reserve Bank of Boston has confirmed the findings of that 
    study.16 William C. Hunter of the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago 
    also found that race was a factor in denial rates of marginal 
    applicants. While denial rates were comparable for borrowers of all 
    races with ``good'' credit ratings, among those with ``bad'' credit 
    ratings or high debt ratios, minorities were significantly more likely 
    to be denied than similarly-situated whites. The study concludes that 
    the racial differences in denial rates are due to a cultural gap 
    between white loan officers and minority applicants, and conversely, a 
    cultural affinity with white applicants.
    
        \16\ William C. Hunter, ``The Cultural Affinity Hypothesis and 
    Mortgage Lending Decisions,'' WP-95-8, Federal Reserve Bank of 
    Chicago, 1995.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The two Fed studies and the HUD study concluded that the effect of 
    borrower race on mortgage rejections persists even after controlling 
    for legitimate determinants of lenders' credit decisions. Thus, they 
    give some legitimacy to denial rate comparisons such as those in Tables 
    B.1 and B.2. However, the independent race effect identified in these 
    studies is still difficult to interpret. In addition to lender bias, 
    access to credit can be limited by loan characteristics that reduce 
    profitability 17 and by underwriting standards that have disparate 
    effects on minority and lower income borrowers and 
    neighborhoods.18
    
        \17\ Lenders are discouraged from making smaller loans in older 
    neighborhoods. Since upfront loan fees are frequently determined as 
    a percentage of the loan amount, such loans generate lower revenue 
    and thus are less profitable to lenders.
        \18\ Standard underwriting practices may exclude lower income 
    families that are, in fact, creditworthy. Such families tend to pay 
    cash, leaving them without a credit history. In addition, the usual 
    front-end and back-end ratios applied to applicants' housing 
    expenditures and other on-going costs may be too stringent for lower 
    income households, who typically pay higher shares of their income 
    for housing than higher income households.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    d. Recent HMDA Studies--Controlling for Neighborhood Risk and Demand 
    and Tests of the Redlining Hypothesis
        Two recent statistical studies sought to test the redlining 
    hypothesis by more completely controlling for differences in 
    neighborhood risk and demand. These studies do not support claims of 
    racially induced mortgage redlining--the explanatory power of 
    neighborhood race is reduced to the extent that the effects of 
    neighborhood risk and demand are accounted for. However, these studies 
    cannot reach definitive conclusions about redlining because of the 
    correlation of neighborhood race with other explanatory variables 
    included in their models.
        First, Andrew Holmes and Paul Horvitz used 1988-1991 HMDA data to 
    examine the flow of conventional mortgage originations across census 
    tracts in Houston.19 Their regression model included as 
    explanatory variables the economic viability of the loan and 
    characteristics of residents of the tract (e.g., house value, income, 
    age distribution and education level), measures of demand (e.g., recent 
    movers and change in owner-occupied units between 1980 and 1990), and 
    measures of credit risk (defaults on government-insured loans and 
    change in tract house values between 1980 and 1990). To determine the 
    existence of racial redlining, the model also included as explanatory 
    variables the percentages of African American and Hispanic residents in 
    the tract and the increase in the tract's minority percentage between 
    1980 and 1990. Most of the neighborhood risk and demand variables were 
    significant determinants of the flow of conventional loans in Houston. 
    The coefficients of the racial composition variables were insignificant 
    which, led Holmes and Horvitz to conclude that allegations of redlining 
    could not be supported, at least in the Houston market.
    
        \19\ Holmes and Horvitz also analyzed the flow of government-
    insured loans and obtained what are now standard results in the 
    literature--compared with conventional loans, government-insured 
    loans are more targeted to lower income and risky neighborhoods.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        One of their more interesting findings, however, was that the 
    racial composition variables became significant and negative, thus 
    suggesting the existence of redlining, when they re-estimated their 
    model twice, once without the credit risk variables and once without 
    the demand variables. This finding is consistent with earlier credit 
    flow studies that concluded that redlining exists. Holmes and Horvitz 
    caution against relying on findings from these earlier studies because 
    they did not adequately account for differences in neighborhood risk 
    and demand. The authors conclude that ``a claim of racially based 
    geographic discrimination in mortgage lending must be based on a 
    consideration of race after taking 
    
    [[Page 61932]]
    account of variables that are rationally connected with the economics 
    of the mortgage lending process.'' 20
    
        \20\ Holmes and Horvitz, page 97 (emphasis added). The authors 
    recognize that many of the risk and demand variables in their model 
    are rather highly correlated with the racial composition variables 
    also included in their model. Thus, one could argue that their risk 
    and demand variables are serving, to a certain extent, as proxies 
    for race, which would mean that their results suggest a high degree 
    of redlining in the Houston market. Holmes and Horvitz dismiss this 
    argument by stating that several of their non-racial variables are 
    reasonable proxies for other prudent lending variables such as 
    wealth and job stability for which they did not have direct data.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        In the second study, Michael Schill and Susan Wachter attempt to 
    improve on earlier studies of redlining by examining whether mortgage 
    denials are related to neighborhood racial composition.21 Schill 
    and Wachter argue that HMDA data on mortgage rejections, first released 
    in 1990, allow researchers to address perhaps the major shortcoming of 
    earlier credit flow studies--the inability to separate demand 
    influences from supply influences. Analyzing information on whether 
    lenders accept or reject individual loan applicants permits Schill and 
    Wachter to study the determinants of the supply decision 
    separately.22
    
        \21\ Schill and Wachter. Although their methodology and findings 
    are similar to those of studies discussed in the next section, it is 
    informative to review Schill and Wachter's study in detail because 
    it illustrates issues that must be dealt with before definitive 
    conclusions can be reached about redlining.
        \22\ Perle also agrees that micro-based models of mortgage 
    denial rates are more appropriate for studying redlining than macro-
    based credit flow models that fail to separate demand and supply 
    effects.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        In their empirical work, Schill and Wachter focused on loan 
    acceptances rather than denials. Their model posits that the 
    probability that a lender will accept a specific mortgage application 
    depends on characteristics of the individual loan application 23 
    and characteristics of the neighborhood where the property 
    collateralizing the loan is located. Because they rely on public data, 
    Schill and Wachter did not have information on several loan and 
    property risk variables, such as loan-to-value ratio, that are known to 
    affect the mortgage decision. To compensate for the lack of these 
    variables, the study includes neighborhood risk proxies that are likely 
    to affect the future value of the properties.24 Finally, to test 
    for the existence of racially-induced lending patterns across census 
    tracts, Schill and Wachter included the percentage of persons in the 
    census tract that were African American and Hispanic.
    
        \23\ Individual loan characteristics include loan size 
    (economies of scale cause lenders to prefer large loans to small 
    loans) and all individual borrower variables included in the HMDA 
    data (the applicant's income, sex, and race).
        \24\ Their neighborhood risk proxies include median income and 
    house value (inverse indicators of risk), percent of households 
    receiving welfare, median age of houses, homeownership rate (an 
    inverse indicator), vacancy rate, and the rent-to-value ratio (an 
    inverse indicator). A high rent-to-value ratio suggests lower 
    expectations of capital gains on properties in the neighborhood.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The authors tested their model for conventional mortgages in 
    Philadelphia and Boston. They first estimated their model including as 
    explanatory variables only the individual loan and racial composition 
    variables. The applicant race variables--whether the applicant was 
    African American or Hispanic--showed significant negative effects on 
    the probability that a loan would be accepted. Schill and Wachter 
    stated that this finding does not provide evidence of individual race 
    discrimination because applicant race is most likely serving as a proxy 
    for credit risk variables omitted from their model (e.g., credit 
    history, wealth and liquid assets). In this first analysis, the 
    percentage of the census tract that was African American also showed a 
    significant and negative coefficient, a result that is consistent with 
    redlining. However, when the neighborhood risk proxies were included in 
    the model along with the individual loan variables, the percentage of 
    the census tract that was African American becomes insignificant. Thus, 
    similar to Holmes and Horvitz, Schill and Wachter stated that ``once 
    the set of independent variables is expanded to include measures that 
    act as proxies for neighborhood risk, the results do not reveal a 
    pattern of redlining.'' 25
    
        \25\ Schill and Wachter, page 271. Munnell, et al. reached 
    similar conclusions in their study of Boston. They found that the 
    race of the individual mattered, but that once individual 
    characteristics were controlled, racial composition of the 
    neighborhood was insignificant.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        In their conclusion, however, Schill and Wachter stated that while 
    their results did not support the hypothesis of redlining, they could 
    not say definitively that neighborhood race is unrelated to lenders' 
    decisions to accept or reject loan applications. One reason for their 
    hesitancy is that many of their individual loan variables (as well as 
    their neighborhood risk variables) are correlated with the racial 
    composition of the census tract. For instance, the applicant's race 
    variable (i.e., whether the applicant is African American or Hispanic) 
    remained highly significant and negative in all their estimations. 
    Because of the high degree of racial segregation that exists in urban 
    areas, the applicant race variable was positively correlated with the 
    census tract race variable. It may be that the applicant race variable 
    was picking up effects that should properly be attributed to the census 
    tract race variable.26 If this were the case, Schill and Wachter's 
    conclusions about the existence of racially induced redlining would 
    necessarily change.
    
        \26\ In their study of individual loan denial rates, Avery, 
    Beeson, and Sniderman obtain significant and positive coefficients 
    for the individual applicant's race. Unlike Schill and Wachter, they 
    found that denial rates were higher in low-income tracts even after 
    controlling for the effects of the applicant's race and income. 
    Although denial rates were not higher overall for purchase and 
    refinance loans in minority tracts after controlling for the race of 
    the applicant, denial rates were higher in minority tracts for white 
    applicants. In other words, minorities have higher denial rates 
    wherever they attempt to borrow, but whites face higher denials when 
    they attempt to borrow in areas dominated by minorities. In 
    addition, denial rates were higher in minority areas for home-
    improvement loans. See Robert B. Avery, Patricia E. Beeson, and Mark 
    S. Sniderman, ``Underserved Mortgage Markets: Evidence from HMDA 
    Data,'' Working Paper Series 94-16, Federal Reserve Bank of 
    Cleveland, October 18, 1994.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    e. Geographic Dimensions of Underserved Areas--Targeted versus Broad 
    Approaches
        An important issue for the GSE regulations is whether geographic 
    areas under this goal should be broadly or narrowly defined. Is central 
    city location an adequate proxy for lack of access to mortgage credit? 
    What is gained by more targeted neighborhood-based definitions? This 
    section reports findings from three studies that address these 
    questions. All three support defining underserved areas in terms of the 
    minority and/or income characteristics of census tracts, rather than in 
    terms of a broad definition such as all areas of all central cities.
        HUD's Analysis. Tables B.1 and B.2 documented the relatively high 
    denial rates and low mortgage origination rates in underserved areas as 
    defined by HUD. This section extends that analysis by comparing 
    underserved and served areas within central cities and suburbs. Figure 
    B.1 shows that HUD's definition targets central city neighborhoods that 
    are experiencing problems obtaining mortgage credit. The 22 percent 
    denial rate in these neighborhoods is twice the 11 percent denial rate 
    in the remaining areas of central cities. Similarly, the average 
    mortgage origination rate (per 100 owner occupants) in HUD-defined 
    underserved areas of central cities is 7, much lower than the average 
    of 15 for the remaining areas of central cities.
        A broad, inclusive definition of ``central city'' that includes all 
    areas of all OMB-designated central cities would include the 
    ``remaining'' portions of these cities. Figure B.1 shows that these 
    
    [[Page 61933]]
    areas, which account for approximately 42 percent of the population in 
    OMB-designated central cities, appear to be well served by the mortgage 
    market. They are not experiencing problems obtaining access to mortgage 
    credit.27
    
        \27\ The Preamble to this rule provides additional reasons why 
    central city location should not be used as a proxy for underserved 
    areas.
    
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-P
          
          
    
    [[Page 61934]]
        [GRAPHIC][TIFF OMITTED]TR01DE95.009
        
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-C
    
    [[Page 61935]]
    
        HUD's definition also targets in the suburbs as well as in central 
    cities--for example, the average denial rate in underserved suburban 
    areas is almost twice that in the remaining served areas of the 
    suburbs. Low-income and high-minority suburban tracts appear to have 
    credit problems similar to their central city counterparts. These 
    suburban tracts, which account for 31 percent of the suburban 
    population, are encompassed by the definition of other underserved 
    areas. Thus, the advantage of HUD's targeted definition of underserved 
    areas is illustrated by sharp differences in measures of mortgage 
    access between served and underserved areas within both central cities 
    and suburbs.
        William Shear, James Berkovec, Ann Dougherty, and Frank Nothaft, 
    economists at Freddie Mac, recently completed an analysis of mortgage 
    flows and application acceptance rates in 32 metropolitan areas that 
    also supported a targeted definition of underserved areas.28 These 
    researchers regressed the number of mortgage originations per 100 
    properties in the census tract on several independent variables that 
    are intended to account for some, but admittedly not all, of the demand 
    and supply (i.e., credit risk) influences at the census tract level. 
    Examples of the demand and supply variables at the census tract level 
    include: tract income relative to the area median income, the increase 
    in house values between 1980 and 1990, the percentage of units boarded 
    up, and the age distributions of households and housing units. The 
    tract's minority composition and central city location were included to 
    test if these characteristics are associated with underserved 
    neighborhoods after controlling for the demand and supply variables. 
    Several of their findings relate to the issue of defining underserved 
    areas:
    
        \28\ William Shear, James Berkovec, Ann Dougherty, and Frank 
    Nothaft, ``Unmet Housing Needs: The Role of Mortgage Markets,'' 
    presented at mid-year meeting of the American Real Estate and Urban 
    Economics Association, June 1, 1994. See also Susan Wharton Gates, 
    ``Defining the Underserved,'' Secondary Mortgage Markets, 1994 
    Mortgage Market Review Issue, pp. 34-48.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
         Census tracts with high concentrations of African American 
    and Hispanic families have lower rates of applications, originations, 
    and acceptance rates. For instance, the regression estimates suggest 
    that all-White census tracts would have an average 10.5 originations 
    per 100 properties, while all-African American and all-Hispanic census 
    tracts would have about 7 originations per 100 properties.
         Tract income influences mortgage flows--tracts at 80 
    percent of median income are estimated to have 8.6 originations per 100 
    owners as compared with 10.8 originations for tracts over 120 percent 
    of median income.
         Once census tract influences are accounted for, central 
    city location has only a minimal effect on credit flows.
        Shear, Berkovec, Dougherty, and Nothaft recognized that it is 
    difficult to interpret their estimated minority effects--the effects 
    may indicate lender discrimination, supply and demand effects not 
    included in their model but correlated with minority status, or some 
    combination of these factors. They explain the implications of their 
    results for measuring underserved areas as follows:
    
        * * * While it is not at all clear how we might rigorously 
    define, let alone measure, what it means to be underserved, it is 
    clear that there are important housing-related problems associated 
    with certain location characteristics, and it is possible that, in 
    the second or third best world in which we live, mortgage markets 
    might be useful in helping to solve some of these problems. We then 
    might use these data to help single out important areas or at least 
    eliminate some bad choices. * * * The regression results indicate 
    that income and minority status are better indicators of areas with 
    special needs than central city location.29
    
        \29\ Shear et al., p. 18.
    
        HUD Analysis. HUD used 1993 HMDA data to update the analysis of 
    Shear et al. HUD focused on denial and origination rates for conforming 
    conventional applications and included all metropolitan areas in the 
    analysis.30 HUD's analysis also supports a targeted underserved 
    definition. Lower-income census tracts and census tracts with 
    concentrations of African American and Hispanic families have lower 
    origination rates and higher denial rates. For example, the regression 
    estimates suggest that all-White census tracts would have an average 
    13.7 percent denial rate and 13.4 originations per 100 properties, 
    while census tracts that are 50 percent African American (Hispanic) 
    would have an average 22.3 (19.7) percent denial rate and 9.8 (12.0) 
    originations per 100 properties. Furthermore, the regression analysis 
    indicates central-city location has a minimal effect on denial and 
    origination rates, after controlling for census tract effects.31
    
        \30\ Including FHA applications in the analysis--as in Shear et 
    al.--does not significantly change the results reported in this 
    section.
        \31\ Central city location had no significant effect on 
    origination rates. For denial rates, the difference between the 
    average central city denial rate and the average suburban denial 
    rate was .56 percent.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Robert Avery, Patricia Beeson, and Mark Sniderman of the Federal 
    Reserve Bank of Cleveland recently presented a paper specifically 
    addressing the issue of underserved areas in the context of the GSE 
    legislation.32 Their study examines variations in application 
    rates and denial rates for all individuals and census tracts included 
    in the 1990 and 1991 HMDA data base. They seek to isolate the 
    differences that stem from the characteristics of the neighborhood 
    itself rather than the characteristics of the individuals that apply 
    for loans in the neighborhood or lenders that happen to serve them. 
    Similar to the two studies of redlining reviewed in the previous 
    section, Avery, Beeson and Sniderman hypothesize that variations in 
    mortgage application and denial rates will be a function of several 
    risk variables such as the income of the applicant and changes in 
    neighborhood house values; they test for independent racial effects by 
    adding to their model the applicant's race and the racial composition 
    of the census tract. Econometrics are used to separate individual 
    applicant effects from neighborhood effects.
    
        \32\ See Avery, et al.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Based on their empirical work, Avery, Beeson and Sniderman reach 
    the following conclusions:
         The individual applicant's race exerts a strong influence 
    on mortgage application and denial rates. African American applicants, 
    in particular, have unexplainably high denial rates.
         Once individual applicant and other neighborhood 
    characteristics are controlled for, overall denial rates for purchase 
    and refinance loans were only slightly higher in minority census tracts 
    than non-minority census tracts.33 For white applicants, on the 
    other hand, denial rates were significantly higher in minority 
    tracts.34 That is, minorities 
    
    [[Page 61936]]
    have higher denial rates wherever they attempt to borrow but whites 
    face higher denials when they attempt to borrow in minority 
    neighborhoods. In addition, Avery et al. found that home improvement 
    loans had significantly higher denial rates in minority neighborhoods. 
    Given the very strong effect of the individual applicant's race on 
    denial rates, Avery et al. note that since minorities tend to live in 
    segregated communities, a policy of targeting minority neighborhoods 
    may be warranted.
    
        \33\ Avery et al. find very large unadjusted differences in 
    denial rates between white and minority neighborhoods, and although 
    the gap is greatly reduced by controlling for applicant 
    characteristics (such as race and income) and other census tract 
    characteristics (such as house price and income level), a 
    significant difference between white and minority tracts remains 
    (for purchase loans, the denial rate difference falls from an 
    unadjusted level of 16.7 percent to 4.4 percent after controlling 
    for applicant and other census tract characteristics, and for 
    refinance loans, the denial rate difference falls from 21.3 percent 
    to 6.4 percent). However, when between-MSA differences are removed, 
    the gap drops to 1.5 percent and 1.6 percent for purchase and 
    refinance loans, respectively. See Avery, et al., p. 16.
        \34\ Avery, et al., page 19, note that, other things equal, a 
    black applicant for a home purchase loan is 3.7 percent more likely 
    to have his/her application denied in an all-minority tract than in 
    an all-white tract, while a white applicant from an all-minority 
    tract would be 11.5 percent more likely to be denied.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
         The median income of the census tract had strong effects 
    on both application and denial rates of purchase and refinance loans, 
    even after other variables were accounted for.
         There is little difference in overall denial rates between 
    central cities and suburbs, once individual applicant and census tract 
    characteristics are controlled for.
        Avery, Beeson and Sniderman conclude that a tract-level definition 
    would be a more effective way to define underserved areas in the GSE 
    regulation than using the list of OMB-designated central cities as a 
    proxy.
        The next section will also document that there are equally 
    widespread and pervasive differences in socioeconomic conditions across 
    neighborhoods.
    f. Conclusions From HUD's Analysis and the Economics Literature About 
    Urban Underserved Areas
        The implications of studies by HUD and others for defining 
    underserved areas can be summarized briefly. First, the existence of 
    large geographic disparities in mortgage credit is well documented. 
    HUD's analysis of 1993 and 1994 HMDA data shows that low-income and 
    high minority neighborhoods receive substantially less credit than 
    other neighborhoods and, by most reasonable criteria, fit the 
    definition of being underserved by the nation's credit markets.
        Second, researchers are testing models that more fully account for 
    the various risk, demand, and supply factors that determine the flow of 
    credit to urban neighborhoods. The studies by Holmes and Horvitz and 
    Schill and Wachter are good examples of this recent research. Their 
    attempts to test the redlining hypothesis show the analytical insights 
    that can be gained by more rigorous modeling of this issue. However, as 
    those two studies show, the fact that our urban areas are highly 
    segregated means that the various loan, applicant, and neighborhood 
    characteristics currently being used to explain credit flows are often 
    highly correlated with each other which makes it difficult to reach 
    definitive conclusions about the relative importance of any single 
    variable such as neighborhood racial composition. Thus, the need 
    continues for further research on the underlying determinants of 
    geographic disparities in mortgage lending.35
    
        \35\ Methodological and econometric challenges that researchers 
    will have to deal with are discussed in Mitchell Rachlis and Anthony 
    Yezer, ``Serious Flaws in Statistical Tests for Discrimination in 
    Mortgage Markets,'' Journal of Housing Research, Volume 4, 1993, pp. 
    315-336.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Finally, much research strongly supports a targeted definition of 
    underserved areas. Studies by Shear, et al. and Avery, Beeson, and 
    Sniderman conclude that characteristics of both the applicant and the 
    neighborhood where the property is located are the major determinants 
    of mortgage denials and origination rates--once these characteristics 
    are controlled for, other influences such as central city location play 
    only a minor role in explaining disparities in mortgage lending. HUD's 
    analysis shows that both credit and socioeconomic problems are highly 
    concentrated in underserved areas within central cities and suburbs. 
    The remaining, high-income portions of central cities and suburbs 
    appear to be well served by the mortgage market.
        HUD recognizes that the mortgage origination and denial rates 
    forming the basis for the research mentioned in the preceding 
    paragraph, as well as for HUD's definition of underserved areas, are 
    the result of the interaction of individual risk, demand and supply 
    factors that analysts have yet to disentangle and interpret. The need 
    continues for further research addressing this problem. HUD believes, 
    however, that the economics literature is consistent with a targeted 
    rather than a broad approach for defining underserved areas.
    
    3. Alternative Underserved Area Definitions for Urban Areas 36
    
        This section compares the final rule's underserved definition to 
    the alternative definitions advanced by Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae. 
    Other comments were essentially variations on the two distinct 
    approaches suggested by the GSEs. Therefore, rather than analyzing all 
    variants, this section analyzes the two major alternative definitions--
    using all central cities and all rural areas, or expanding on the 
    proposed rule's tract-based approach. The tracts added by these two 
    alternative definitions have lower denial rates and higher origination 
    rates than the tracts covered by the final rule. A study by the Urban 
    Institute, summarized below, criticized both alternative definitions 
    for being too broad in coverage.
    
        \36\ The analysis in this section relies on 1993 HMDA data.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    a. The Fannie Mae Definition
        Fannie Mae urged that HUD use the following definition for the 
    geographically targeted goal: All central cities as defined by OMB, all 
    non-metropolitan areas, and all other metropolitan census tracts that 
    are more than 50 percent minority or that have an income less than 80 
    percent of area median income. The alternative definition proposed by 
    Fannie Mae includes central city tracts that are substantially better 
    off and have fewer problems accessing credit than underserved tracts 
    covered by the final rule's definition. In suburban areas, the Fannie 
    Mae definition excludes suburban tracts that appear to have mortgage 
    access problems.
        Table B.3 reports mortgage denial and origination rates and 
    socioeconomic characteristics of served and underserved census tracts 
    under the Fannie Mae definition. Credit access does not appear to be a 
    problem in the added tracts--mortgage denial rates are one-half of 
    mortgage denial rates in central city tracts covered by HUD's 
    underserved definition. Moreover, the added central city census tracts 
    appear substantially better off than the central-city census tracts 
    covered by HUD's definition. The 7 percent poverty rate for the central 
    city tracts added by Fannie Mae's underserved definition is only about 
    one-third the 22 poverty rate for tracts included in central cities 
    under the final rule.
        The suburban tracts excluded from Fannie Mae's definition do not 
    appear as distressed as other suburban underserved tracts covered by 
    the final rule. For example, the 10 percent poverty rate in the 
    excluded tracts is lower than the 14 percent poverty rate in all HUD 
    suburban underserved tracts. But these tracts do appear to have 
    problems accessing mortgage credit as evidenced by their high denial 
    rates. The denial rate in the excluded tracts is 18 percent compared to 
    the 20 percent denial rate in all underserved suburban tracts covered 
    by the final rule.
    
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-P
    
    [[Page 61937]]
    [GRAPHIC][TIFF OMITTED]TR01DE95.010
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-C
    
    [[Page 61938]]
    
    b. The Freddie Mac Definition
        A tract is underserved, according to Freddie Mac, if minorities 
    comprise 20 percent or more of the residents or the median income of 
    families does not exceed 100 percent of area median income. Freddie 
    Mac's definition includes areas covered by the Geographically Targeted 
    Goal as well as 5,367 additional tracts where median family income is 
    between 90 and 100 percent of area median income or minorities comprise 
    20-30 percent of tract population.
        Table B.4 reports characteristics of the census tracts added by 
    Freddie Mac's underserved area definition. Mortgage credit access does 
    not appear to be a major problem in these added tracts. Their 15 
    percent mortgage denial rate is only slightly above average and much 
    lower than the 21 percent denial rate for tracts included in the 
    Geographically Targeted Goal. Mortgage origination patterns in these 
    tracts show a similar disparity.
    
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-P
    
    [[Page 61939]]
    [GRAPHIC][TIFF OMITTED]TR01DE95.011
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-C
    
    [[Page 61940]]
    
    c. The Urban Institute Study.
        HUD commissioned the Urban Institute to evaluate the Department's 
    effort to define underserved metropolitan areas. The Urban Institute 
    analysis examined how HUD's, Fannie Mae's, and Freddie Mac's 
    underserved definitions are related to a measure of credit flow 
    problems. An underserved definition can be judged on how accurately it 
    predicts the ``credit flow measure.'' In its analysis, the Urban 
    Institute used mortgage denial rates as the credit flow measure.
        The Urban Institute tested each of the definitions using a denial 
    rate threshold of 22 percent.37 The proposed rule's definitions 
    correctly predict the credit flow measure for 71 percent of the tracts, 
    while the Freddie Mac definition correctly predicts only 63 percent of 
    the tracts, and the Fannie Mae definition only 58 percent of the 
    tracts. Moreover, the HUD definition is not sensitive to changes in the 
    threshold that defines credit flow problems. The Urban Institute also 
    concluded that the final rule's definition is superior to the Freddie 
    Mac and Fannie Mae definitions when the tract denial rate threshold is 
    reduced to 17 percent.
    
        \37\ The unweighted average of denial rates across metropolitan 
    census tracts is 17 percent. The weighted average, which takes into 
    account the number of applications in a tract, is 13 percent.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    4. Identifying Underserved Locations in Rural Areas 38
    
        \38\ In this Appendix definition, ``rural'' is used synonymously 
    with ``nonmetropolitan,'' which differs from the terminology 
    employed by the Census Bureau.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        This section discusses the final rule's definition of rural 
    underserved areas, reviews the existing literature on rural housing 
    needs and rural mortgage credit problems, and summarizes discussions 
    held with rural lenders, rural housing developers, public interest 
    groups, and the GSEs at forums on rural lending sponsored by 
    HUD.39 In addition, this section explains why defining 
    underservedness in rural areas is more difficult than in metropolitan 
    areas.
    
        \39\ Records of these forums are part of the public docket for 
    this rule, and are available for public inspection at the HUD 
    Headquarters Building, Room 10276.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    a. Basic Characteristics of Rural Areas
        Identifying underserved rural areas is more difficult than 
    identifying underserved metropolitan areas. In part, this difficulty 
    results from the use of multiple definitions of ``rural'' by 
    researchers, policy makers, and Federal agencies. The Census Bureau 
    defines rural as communities with fewer than 2,500 residents. The 
    Department of Agriculture's Rural Housing and Community Development 
    Service (formerly the Farmers Home Administration) uses several 
    definitions of rural, each specific to one of its housing programs. 
    Maps outlining the areas covered by the various RHCDS programs are 
    available only at local agriculture field offices.40
    
        \40\ For example, the Rural Housing and Community Development 
    Service (RHCDS) defines rural for its Rural Guaranteed Housing 
    Program as any community with less than 10,000 people in a 
    metropolitan area and less than 20,000 outside an MSA.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        For the purposes of the final rule, HUD defines rural to be any 
    area that lies outside of metropolitan boundaries established by OMB. 
    The OMB nonmetropolitan definition is easily understood by lenders and 
    the GSEs. Approximately 21 percent of the United States population 
    lives in nonmetropolitan areas, with 75 percent of the nonmetropolitan 
    population concentrated in the South and Midwest.
        Proportionately more poor people and fewer minorities live in 
    nonmetropolitan areas than in metropolitan areas. The poverty rate in 
    nonmetropolitan areas is 17 percent, compared to 12 percent in 
    metropolitan areas; minorities make up 15 percent of the population in 
    nonmetropolitan areas compared to 27 percent in metropolitan areas. The 
    South and West nonmetropolitan regions have the highest poverty rates 
    and minority percentages. The South, for example, has a 21 percent 
    poverty rate and a 23 percent minority concentration. Poverty rates are 
    highest in remote counties that are not adjacent to a metropolitan area 
    and have less than 2,500 in urban areas. These remote counties account 
    for 12 percent of nonmetropolitan population.
    b. Data Issues and Previous Research
        Defining rural underserved areas requires a different approach than 
    in metropolitan areas because of the lack of mortgage flow data, 
    differences in housing needs between urban and rural areas, and the 
    difficulty of implementing mortgage programs at the census tract level 
    in rural areas. Evaluating which rural areas are underserved in terms 
    of access to mortgage credit cannot be done with HMDA data, the source 
    used for most studies of credit needs, because HMDA does not provide 
    geographic identifiers on mortgage activity outside of metropolitan 
    statistical areas.41
    
        \41\ Lenders are not required to report under HMDA the location 
    of those mortgage applications for properties outside MSA 
    boundaries. Moreover, a large portion of the data compiled by 
    banking regulators does not distinguish between mortgage activity of 
    rural branches of large regional banks and mortgage activity of the 
    bank's metropolitan headquarters.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        There are few conclusive studies on access to mortgage credit in 
    rural areas because of the lack of adequate data.42 The studies 
    that do exist only suggest broad conclusions about credit flows in 
    rural areas. Recognizing this lack of research on credit flows in rural 
    areas, the Department consulted with researchers from academia, the 
    Department of Agriculture, the Census Bureau, the Housing Assistance 
    Council, and the Congressional Budget Office. The Department also 
    conducted a series of forums to solicit information on rural mortgage 
    markets from lenders, rural housing groups, and the GSEs. The following 
    section summarizes the existing research on rural credit flows and 
    describes further analysis conducted by HUD.
    
        \42\ Studies include: ``Analysis of Underserved Rural Areas,'' 
    Housing Assistance Council, 1995; ``Effect of Federal Home Loan Bank 
    System District Banks on the Housing Finance System in Rural 
    Areas,'' ICF Incorporated, 1993; ``The Availability and Use of 
    Mortgage Credit in Rural Areas,'' The Urban Institute, 1990; and 
    ``Location, Location, Location: Report on Residential Mortgage 
    Credit Availability in Rural Areas,'' The Center for Community 
    Change, 1990.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The Urban Institute Study (``The Availability and Use of Mortgage 
    Credit in Rural Areas'' 1990) concludes that while little data on 
    mortgage credit in rural areas is available, evidence suggests that 
    there is no rural credit shortage that would warrant changes in federal 
    mortgage credit policy. Symptoms of credit shortage identified by the 
    Urban Institute include low homeownership rates, limited borrowing to 
    finance home purchase, adverse credit terms for qualified borrowers, 
    and larger portions of income spent on housing. Because these symptoms 
    do not exist in the majority of rural areas, the Urban Institute 
    concluded that most rural areas suffering from inactive local mortgage 
    markets have weak economies in which demand for home mortgages is low.
        The Urban Institute's indicators of a credit shortage and their 
    focus on fixed-rate conventional mortgages could have led to the wrong 
    conclusions about mortgage credit availability in rural areas. Higher 
    homeownership rates in rural areas, for example, are not necessarily 
    indicative of the lack of a credit shortage. Although nonmetropolitan 
    households are more likely to own their homes than metropolitan 
    households--the homeownership rate is 73 and 62 percent, respectively, 
    in nonmetropolitan and metropolitan areas--the higher homeownership 
    rate likely reflects the lack of rental 
    
    [[Page 61941]]
    opportunities and the high percentage of mobile homes in rural areas. 
    Mobile homes account for 15 percent of owner-occupied units in 
    nonmetropolitan areas, compared with only 6 percent in metropolitan 
    areas. Mobile homes are starter homes for many rural households because 
    of their affordability and the availability of dealer financing. The 
    homeownership rate, exclusive of mobile homes, is approximately equal 
    in metropolitan and nonmetropolitan areas indicating that 
    nonmetropolitan households who buy mobile homes are the counterparts of 
    metropolitan households who live in rental housing.
        Furthermore, it is not surprising that studies that focus on fixed-
    rate home purchase mortgages lead to the conclusion that credit terms 
    in rural areas do not differ significantly from credit terms in urban 
    areas.43 Properties that meet the underwriting criteria for fixed-
    rate mortgages are similar to urban properties that meet these 
    criteria. Many rural properties, however, do not satisfy the criteria 
    designed for mortgages underwritten in urban areas.
    
        \43\ The ICF study also concludes that credit terms do not 
    differ significantly between metropolitan and nonmetropolitan 
    mortgages but their focus is only on fixed-rate and adjustable rate 
    conventional mortgages.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The Center for Community Change Study (``Location, Location, 
    Location'', 1990) suggests that financing of housing in rural areas is 
    made difficult by underwriting standards designed for urban areas: 
    ``Interviews with bankers and realtors indicate that federal mortgage 
    assistance programs and secondary market underwriting criteria continue 
    to be geared to an urban market with a fire hydrant on every block and 
    hard surface roads throughout.'' Moreover, the Center for Community 
    Change reports that in many remote areas and areas with high 
    concentrations of minorities and low-income households, a number of 
    barriers prevent borrowers from accessing mortgage credit. These 
    barriers include lower lender participation in federal mortgage 
    assistance programs, lack of financial expertise among rural lenders, 
    lack of private mortgage insurance, and a decreasing number of lending 
    institutions located in rural communities as a result of the savings 
    and loan crisis of the 1980s.
        Housing Assistance Council Study. The connection between high-
    minority, low-income populations and poor access to mortgage credit was 
    examined in a 1995 study conducted by the Housing Assistance Council 
    (HAC) for HUD. HAC focused on the impact of alternative combinations of 
    HUD's proxies of underserved areas--minority concentration and median 
    income. The HAC study reiterated the difficulty of establishing an 
    underserved areas definition that balances the priority of targeting 
    those areas with the most severe credit problems with the priority of 
    including enough areas so that the GSEs could build an infrastructure 
    to facilitate and stimulate mortgage lending in rural areas. HAC 
    suggested that the income criteria be high enough to include persistent 
    poverty areas with low minority concentrations.
        USDA's Economic Research Service. ``Rural Conditions and Trends'', 
    a periodic research publication, shows that urban proximity is 
    important: Economic conditions and housing problems tend to be worse in 
    counties most remote from metropolitan areas or smaller cities.44 
    In particular, counties with ``persistent low-income,'' which are 
    disproportionately more rural and remote, have had little recent 
    economic activity, stagnation in real family income during the 1980s, 
    and continue to have the highest incidence of housing lacking complete 
    plumbing. These high poverty counties are concentrated in Appalachia 
    and in areas with high proportions of minority residents.
    
        \44\ Rural Conditions and Trends, Volume 4, No. 3, Fall 1993, a 
    special 1990 census issue, documents differences among counties in 
    population, education, employment, income, poverty, and housing.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The ICF Study. Prepared for the Federal Housing Finance Board, this 
    1993 study examines the effect of the Federal Home Loan Bank System 
    (FHLBS) District Banks on the housing financing system in rural areas. 
    The study concluded that nonmetropolitan commercial banks and savings 
    and loans are more likely than their metropolitan counterparts to hold 
    loans in portfolio than to participate in the secondary market. Banks 
    and savings and loans are the largest holders of fixed-rate mortgages 
    in nonmetropolitan communities. In metropolitan areas, however, 
    conventional mortgages are more often held or securitized by GSEs. 
    Membership in the FHLBS is beneficial to commercial banks, savings and 
    loans, and thrifts because the Bank System can provide them with 
    capital, in the form of advances secured by the portfolio loans, to 
    originate additional mortgage loans.\45\ The importance of the FHLBS to 
    rural lenders suggests that increased access to the secondary market 
    would also be important for rural lenders.
    
        \45\ ICF Incorporated, ``Effect of Federal Home Loan Bank System 
    District Banks on the Housing Finance System in Rural Areas,'' p.30.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        RFS Analysis. HUD's analysis of the Residential Finance Survey 
    shows that 17 percent of all mortgages originated between 1989 and 1991 
    were in nonmetropolitan areas. This percentage is consistent with the 
    overall percentage of owner-occupied units in nonmetropolitan areas, 
    especially after taking into account the lower mobility of 
    nonmetropolitan residents and the fact that more households use cash 
    and other non-bank sources to finance home purchases.\46\
    
        \46\ Using 1989 AHS data, ICF reports that the mobility rate of 
    nonmetropolitan owners is 18 percent lower than the mobility rate of 
    metropolitan owners. Data from the Residential Finance Survey show 
    that 10 percent of metropolitan households and 18 percent of 
    nonmetropolitan households use cash to acquire their homes.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Nonmetropolitan households are less likely to hold FHA mortgages 
    than their metropolitan counterparts. According to RFS data, FHA's 
    share of mortgages originated in nonmetropolitan areas is approximately 
    half its share of mortgages in metropolitan areas. In part, the lower 
    FHA share is attributable to the presence of the Rural Housing and 
    Community Development Service (formerly the Farmers Home 
    Administration) in nonmetropolitan areas. According to RFS data, the 
    RHCDS 502 Direct Loan Program accounted for 5 percent of rural home 
    purchase mortgages between 1989 and 1991.\47\ The funds for this 
    program, however, have been dwindling from $1.8 billion dollars in 1994 
    to $900 million in 1995. In 1991, the RHCDS created the 502 Guaranteed 
    Rural Housing Loan Program, which guarantees losses up to 90 percent of 
    the loan amount on 100-percent loan-to-value loans. The borrower's 
    income cannot exceed 115% of county median income to qualify for these 
    loans. Having to hold a 30-year fixed-rate mortgage in portfolio and 
    being subject to recourse on the loan prevents many lenders from 
    participating in the program.
    
        \47\ This Program offers 100-percent loan-to-value (including 
    closing costs) fixed-rate mortgages for 30 years at subsidized 
    interest rates; it is targeted to rural households at 80 percent of 
    area median income or less. To make Program funds go further, the 
    RHCDS created the Rural Direct Leveraging Program where the lender 
    and the RHCDS each make a 50-percent loan-to-value loan.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        According to the RFS, conventional mortgages held by financial 
    institutions differ in metropolitan and nonmetropolitan areas. First, 
    fewer nonmetropolitan mortgages are privately insured--16 percent of 
    mortgages in nonmetropolitan areas are insured compared to 22 percent 
    of mortgages in metropolitan areas.\48\ Second, 
    
    [[Page 61942]]
    nonmetropolitan households rely more on short-term loans with balloon 
    payments than their metropolitan counterparts.\49\ Finally, the 
    mortgage term for conventional fixed-rate mortgages is shorter for 
    nonmetropolitan households.\50\
    
        \48\ According to the Center for Community Change study, the 
    higher percentage of uninsured conventional mortgages could imply 
    that nonmetropolitan residents make higher down payments than metro 
    residents because private market insurance is unavailable.
        \49\ In nonmetropolitan areas with fewer than 10,000 people, for 
    example, 63 percent of conventional mortgages are fixed-rate, 16 
    percent are short-term with balloon payments, and 21 percent are 
    adjustable rate mortgages. In nonmetropolitan areas with more than 
    10,000 people, 68 percent of conventional mortgages are fixed rate, 
    11 percent are short-term with balloon payments, and 20 percent are 
    adjustable rate. In metro areas, however, 75 percent are fixed-rate, 
    5 percent are short-term balloons, and 19 percent are adjustable 
    rate.
        \50\ In metro areas, 72 percent of fixed-rate mortgages have 
    mortgage terms greater than 20 years, compared with only 33 percent 
    in nonmetropolitan communities with less than 10,000 population and 
    59 percent in nonmetropolitan communities with more than 10,000 
    population. A similar story can be told for adjustable rate 
    mortgages although the differential in percentages between metro and 
    nonmetropolitan is not as pronounced. In particular, nonmetropolitan 
    areas with more than 10,000 people have similar terms as metro 
    areas. Nonmetropolitan areas with fewer than 10,000 people have 
    shorter mortgage terms than other in nonmetropolitan and 
    metropolitan areas.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Rural Forums. In addition to examining available research, HUD 
    convened three forums on rural housing issues with rural lenders, rural 
    housing groups, housing industry organizations, the Department of 
    Agriculture's Economic Research Service and Rural Housing and Community 
    Development Service, the Congressional Budget Office, and the GSEs, 
    which focused on the unique nature of mortgage lending and the role of 
    the secondary market in rural areas. Participants agreed that some of 
    the difficulty associated with financing housing in rural areas results 
    from inappropriate underwriting and appraisal standards, inadequate 
    resources, and the lack of access to government programs and secondary 
    mortgage funds.
        Participants emphasized that mortgage lending in rural areas is 
    very different from lending in urban areas. The heterogeneity of 
    housing types, nontraditional and often seasonal incomes of rural 
    borrowers, and lack of credit history for many rural borrowers make 
    underwriting in rural areas difficult for urban-oriented lenders. 
    Appraisers may lack comparable sales or must rely on comparables over 
    one year old or in a nearby town in order to determine a property's 
    value.
        Participation of rural lenders in the secondary market is limited. 
    The low volume of loans originated by rural lenders serving smaller 
    nonmetropolitan communities makes this business less profitable, and 
    thus less attractive, to the secondary marketing firms.\51\ Rural 
    lenders are more likely to make short-term loans, 3-to-5 year balloons 
    or adjustable rate mortgages, and hold them in portfolio. Many rural 
    lenders do not participate in federal housing programs because they do 
    not want to deal with the ``red tape'' of government or they are 
    unaware of how the programs work and do not have the resources 
    necessary to train staff. Moreover, some small rural banks may not be 
    equipped to do the kind of labor-intensive loans that are required to 
    qualify low-income borrowers.
    
        \51\ Twenty-nine percent of commercial banks (including the 
    branches of banks headquartered elsewhere) are community banks. 
    Fifty percent of these banks are in towns with 2,500 or fewer 
    residents. The average community bank has only $50 million in 
    assets.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Larger financial institutions, which do have experience with 
    government programs and the secondary market, target more urbanized 
    nonmetropolitan communities because of the higher demand for loans and 
    lower costs of business. These lenders concentrate on loans with larger 
    loan amounts and lower servicing costs, focus less on remote areas, and 
    originate loans that are more easily sold to the secondary market. 
    
    [[Page 61943]]
    
        Efforts have been made to overcome housing finance difficulties in 
    rural areas. For example, the Farm Credit System, Farmer Mac, and 
    Fannie Mae recently created a conduit to provide affordable loans to 
    residents of rural communities with populations under 2,500.\52\ The 
    underwriting provisions of the program accommodate the unique features 
    of rural housing, such as large lot sizes and few comparable sales for 
    appraisal. In 1994, Fannie Mae established new, more flexible, 
    underwriting guidelines for rural areas. These changes in the industry 
    could contribute to increased secondary market activity and account for 
    the increase in the proportion of Fannie Mae's business in rural areas. 
    In 1994, Fannie Mae's purchases in rural areas increased to 9.3 percent 
    of its total business, compared to 8.3 percent in 1993. Rural areas 
    accounted for about 12.5 percent of Freddie Mac's business in both 1993 
    and 1994.
    
        \52\ Conduits provide assistance to smaller lenders so that they 
    have access to secondary market funds. Moreover, conduits can 
    provide guarantees and recourse to secondary market investors that 
    low volume lenders cannot provide.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    c. HUD's Definition of Underserved Counties
        The Secretary has determined that in nonmetropolitan areas 
    ``underserved areas'' are defined as counties where: minorities 
    comprise 30 percent or more of the residents and the median income of 
    families does not exceed 120 percent of the state nonmetropolitan 
    median income; or the median income of families does not exceed 95 
    percent of the greater of the state nonmetropolitan median income or 
    the nationwide nonmetropolitan median income. Comparing county median 
    income to state nonmetropolitan median income ensures that poor 
    counties in high-income states are included as underserved rural areas 
    and comparing county median income to national nonmetropolitan median 
    income ensures that poor counties in poor states are included as 
    underserved rural areas.
        Table B.5 compares the final rule's definition with Freddie Mac's 
    and Fannie Mae's definitions of rural underserved areas as well as with 
    a 90/30 definition that is analogous to HUD's metropolitan underserved 
    areas definition.\53\ HUD, however, chose the broader 95/30 definition 
    for rural areas because the 90/30 definition did not include a 
    significant number of persistent poverty counties.\54\
    
        \53\ Freddie Mac's definition includes counties as underserved 
    if county median income does not exceed state nonmetropolitan median 
    income or minority composition exceeds 20 percent. Fannie Mae's 
    underserved definition includes all nonmetropolitan counties.
        \54\ A county experiences persistent poverty if its poverty rate 
    is at least 20 percent over the last 3 decades.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The final rule's definition of rural underserved areas balances the 
    competing priorities of a targeted definition that provides greater 
    mortgage opportunities to counties experiencing the worst problems and 
    of a broad definition that encourages the GSEs to provide a secondary 
    market infrastructure that encourages mortgage lending in all 
    nonmetropolitan areas. The final rule's definition covers 54 percent of 
    the nonmetropolitan population, 67 percent of poor persons, and 75 
    percent of the minority population.\55\ The counties included have 
    poverty rates (21 percent) and minority percentages (21 percent) well 
    above the average poverty rate (17 percent) and minority percentage (15 
    percent) for all nonmetropolitan areas. Thus, HUD's definition 
    encompasses 66 percent of all nonmetropolitan counties, including the 
    most distressed nonmetropolitan counties.
    
        \55\ The 54 percent coverage rate in nonmetropolitan areas is 
    similar to the 58 percent coverage rate in central cities.
    
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-P
    
    [[Page 61944]]
    [GRAPHIC][TIFF OMITTED]TR01DE95.012
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-C 
    
    [[Page 61945]]
    
        Counties not included under the final rule's definition but 
    included by the broader Freddie Mac or Fannie Mae definitions have 
    relatively low poverty rates and low minority percentages. The Freddie 
    Mac definition includes an additional 221 counties and approximately 6 
    million additional people. These additional counties have a 14 percent 
    poverty rate and minorities comprise 9 percent of the population. The 
    Fannie Mae definition includes an additional 794 counties and 
    approximately 23 million people. These additional counties have a 12 
    percent poverty rate and minorities comprise 8 percent of the 
    population.
        The HUD definition also targets specific geographic areas with high 
    poverty and minority concentrations. For example, 71 percent of the 
    nonmetropolitan population in the South is covered by HUD's definition. 
    Similarly, HUD's definition includes 84 percent of the population that 
    reside in remote counties that are not adjacent to metropolitan areas 
    and have fewer than 2,500 residents in towns.
    d. Tract Versus County Definition
        A number of commenters, including the GSEs, argued that a 
    definition based on rural census tracts was ill-advised because lenders 
    in rural areas do not understand or lend on the basis of census tracts. 
    Fannie Mae commented that use of census tract data was inappropriate 
    because census tracts have ``no practical meaning'' in rural areas from 
    a marketing standpoint; that geographic measurements used in the rule 
    should be ``widely understood, easily measured, and practical from a 
    marketing point of view;'' and that census tracts in rural areas ``fail 
    these tests.''
        In contrast, some commenters, such as HAC, noted that a county-
    based definition is not as targeted as a tract definition since it 
    excludes tracts which could be considered underserved in served 
    counties and includes tracts which could be considered adequately 
    served in underserved counties.
        The final rule uses the county designation, as opposed to a census 
    tract-based definition. Counties are easy to identify and geocode, 
    which will simplify the reporting process for the GSEs and for the 
    lenders who provide the GSEs with loan level data. County boundaries 
    are commonly recognized by housing industry representatives involved in 
    the loan and marketing process, including lenders and appraisers.
        Under this county-based definition, the GSEs may have an incentive 
    to buy mortgages in the parts of underserved counties that have higher 
    incomes. Although 21 percent of the homeowners that live in underserved 
    rural areas reside in served tracts, these tracts accounted for 39 
    percent of GSE purchases. Even though HUD recognizes that a census 
    tract definition better targets underserved areas, HUD decided to use a 
    county-based definition because the operational difficulties associated 
    with census tract and Block Numbering Area (BNA) boundaries outweigh 
    the benefits of improved targeting of underserved areas.
    
    C. Consideration of the Housing, Economic, and Demographic Factors
    
        As Section B shows, the most thorough studies available provide 
    strong evidence that in metropolitan areas low income and minority 
    composition identify neighborhoods that are underserved by the mortgage 
    market. As this section discusses, geographical differentials in 
    housing, social, and economic problems and past discrimination against 
    minorities confirm that problems are greater throughout the nation in 
    the areas covered by the Geographically Targeted Goal. Section C.1. 
    briefly describes housing, social, and economic problems of distressed 
    neighborhoods. Section C.2. discusses discrimination and other housing 
    problems faced by minorities. Although few studies have yet analyzed 
    the specific geographic areas targeted by the final rule, the 
    segregation of minorities within the nation's inner cities and poorer 
    rural counties makes this information pertinent to analysis of 
    underserved areas and to the goal set by the Secretary.
    
    1. Urban and Rural Housing Needs and the Housing Needs of Underserved 
    Areas
    
        Over the past three decades evidence of growing poverty 
    concentrations has increased concern about poor living conditions in 
    the nation's distressed neighborhoods. John Kasarda has focused on 
    trends in the neighborhood concentration of poverty and measures of the 
    ``underclass'' population such as school dropouts, unemployed and 
    underemployed adult males, single-parent families, and families 
    dependent upon welfare.56 Kasarda has not only documented the 
    extreme deprivation that exists in minority and low-income 
    neighborhoods throughout our major urban areas, but he has also shown 
    that neighborhood distress and concentrations of lower-income residents 
    in tracts with high poverty worsened during the 1980s.
    
        \56\ ``Inner-City Concentrated Poverty and Neighborhood 
    Distress: 1970 to 1990.'' Housing Policy Debate, 4(3): 253-302.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Analysis within 44 major metropolitan areas showed that in the late 
    1980s renters were most likely to have worst case needs in the poorest 
    neighborhoods.57 Although only one-tenth of households lived in 
    neighborhoods with poverty rates above 20 percent, those poorest 
    neighborhoods housed almost one-fourth of worst case renters. These 
    poorest zones closely resemble tracts identified as poor ghettos or 
    underclass areas. They contained older, smaller units that were more 
    often physically inadequate and crowded than other housing in the 
    metropolitan areas studied.58 Additional discussion of housing 
    needs is contained in Appendix A.
    
        \57\ U.S. Dept. of Housing and Urban Development, 1992. The 
    Location of Worst Case Needs in the Late 1980s: A Report to 
    Congress. HUD-1387-PDR.
        \58\ Kathryn P. Nelson, 1993. ``Intra-urban Mobility and 
    Location Choice in the 1980s,'' pp. 53-95 in Thomas Kingsley and 
    Margery Turner, eds., Housing Markets and Residential Mobility, 
    Washington, DC: The Urban Institute Press.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    2. Economic, Housing, and Demographic Conditions
    
        Appendix A includes detailed discussion of economic, housing, and 
    demographic conditions. That discussion was considered in establishing 
    the Geographically Targeted Goal. This section discusses other 
    conditions.
    a. Discrimination in the Housing Market
        In addition to discrimination in the lending market, substantial 
    evidence exists of discrimination in the housing market. The 1989 
    Housing Discrimination Study sponsored by HUD found that minority home 
    buyers encounter some form of discrimination about half the time when 
    they visit a rental or sales agent to ask about advertised 
    housing.59 The incidence of discrimination was higher for African 
    Americans than for Hispanics and for homebuyers than for renters. For 
    renters, the incidence of discrimination was 46 percent for Hispanics 
    and 53 percent for African Americans. The incidence among buyers was 56 
    percent for Hispanics and 59 percent for African Americans.
    
        \59\ Margery A. Turner, Raymond J. Struyk, and John Yinger. 
    Housing Discrimination Study: Synthesis, Washington, D.C., U.S. 
    Department of Housing and Urban Development: 1991.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        While discrimination is rarely overt, minorities are more often 
    told the unit of interest is unavailable, shown fewer properties, 
    offered less attractive terms, offered less financing assistance, or 
    provided less information than similarly situated non-minority 
    homeseekers. 
    
    [[Page 61946]]
    Some evidence indicates that properties in minority and racially-
    diverse neighborhoods are marketed differently from those in White 
    neighborhoods. Houses for sale in non-White neighborhoods are rarely 
    advertised in metropolitan newspapers, open houses are rarely held, and 
    listing real estate agents are less often associated with a multiple 
    listing service.60
    
        \60\ Margery A. Turner, ``Discrimination in Urban Housing 
    Markets: Lessons from Fair Housing Audits,'' Housing Policy Debate, 
    Vol. 3, Issue 2, 1992, pp. 185-215.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    b. Housing Problems of Minorities and their Neighborhoods
        Because they face discrimination in access to housing or lending, 
    minorities and their neighborhoods face severe housing problems:
         Discrimination in the housing and lending markets is 
    evidenced by racial disparities in homeownership. In 1991, the 
    homeownership rate was 68 percent for Whites, 43 percent for African 
    Americans, and 39 percent for Hispanics. Although differences in 
    income, wealth, and family structure explain much of the differences, 
    racial disparities persist after accounting for these factors.61
    
        \61\ Susan M. Wachter and Isaac F. Megbolugbe, ``Racial and 
    Ethnic Disparities in Homeownership,'' Housing Policy Debate, Vol. 
    3, Issue 2, 1992, pp. 333-370.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
         Discrimination, while not the only cause, contributes to 
    the pervasive level of segregation that persists between African 
    Americans and Whites in our urban areas.
         Hispanics are the group most likely to have worst case 
    needs for housing assistance, but least likely to receive assistance; 
    in 1991, only 21 percent of very low-income Hispanics lived in public 
    or assisted housing. The 1989 to 1991 increase in worst case needs was 
    the largest for Hispanic households, rising from 39.2 to 44.4 percent 
    of very low-income Hispanic renters.
        Homeownership rates vary consistently by neighborhood 
    characteristics. As Table B.6 shows, on average homeownership rates 
    decrease as the minority concentration in census tracts increases, and 
    as income falls relative to the area median. These patterns are 
    consistent with the demographic patterns described earlier, that 
    minorities and low-income households have lower homeownership rates. An 
    exception to this pattern occurs in tracts with incomes below 50 
    percent of the area median, in which homeownership rates rise with 
    minority concentration in some cases. However, only a very small 
    proportion of households live in these tracts.
    
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-P
    
    [[Page 61947]]
    [GRAPHIC][TIFF OMITTED]TR01DE95.013
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-C
    
    [[Page 61948]]
    
    
    3. Previous Performance and Effort of the GSEs In Connection With the 
    Central Cities, Rural Areas and Other Underserved Areas Goal
    
        Table B.7 summarizes GSE acquisitions in underserved areas during 
    1993 and 1994. Fannie Mae's performance in underserved metropolitan 
    areas increased from 23 percent in 1993 to 29 percent in 1994, and 
    Freddie Mac's performance increased from 21 percent to 24 percent. 
    Table B.7 also shows the level of the GSEs' purchases in rural 
    underserved areas. Slightly more than 25 percent of their 1994 
    purchases in rural areas were in underserved areas.
    
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-P
    
    [[Page 61949]]
    [GRAPHIC][TIFF OMITTED]TR01DE95.014
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-C
    
    [[Page 61950]]
    
    
    4. Size of the Conventional Conforming Mortgage Market for Underserved 
    Areas
    
        HUD estimates that underserved areas account for 25-28 percent of 
    the conventional conforming mortgage market. The analysis underlying 
    this estimate is detailed in Appendix D.
    
    5. Ability to Lead the Industry
    
        This factor is the same as the fifth factor considered under the 
    goal for mortgage purchases on housing for low- and moderate-income 
    families. Accordingly, see Section C.5 of Appendix A for discussion of 
    this factor.
    
    6. Need to Maintain the Sound Financial Condition of the Enterprises
    
        HUD has undertaken a separate, detailed economic analysis of this 
    rule, which includes consideration of the financial safety and 
    soundness implications of the housing goals. The analysis considered 
    the likely mortgage default implications of the goals and implications 
    for the profitability of the GSEs under various alternative economic 
    assumptions. Among the conclusions are: that the goals will have, at 
    most, only limited impacts on credit risk, which the GSEs should be 
    able to handle without significant lowering of underwriting standards; 
    that risks associated with increased multifamily mortgage purchase 
    volumes under the goals are manageable, considering the scope of the 
    increases implied by the goals; and that the goals imply no meaningful 
    increase in risk to the sound financial condition of the GSEs' 
    operations. Based on this analysis, HUD concludes that the goals raise 
    minimal, if any, safety and soundness concerns.
    
    D. Determination of the 1995 and 1996 Central Cities, Rural Areas, and 
    Other Underserved Areas Goal
    
        This section summarizes the Secretary's rationale for choosing 
    targeted definitions of central cities, rural areas, and other 
    underserved areas, compares the characteristics of served and 
    underserved areas, and addresses other issues related to determining 
    the goal. The section draws heavily from earlier sections which have 
    reported findings from HUD's analyses of mortgage credit needs as well 
    as findings from other research studies investigating access to 
    mortgage credit.
    
    1. Market Failure
    
        The nation's housing finance market is a highly efficient system 
    where most homebuyers can put down relatively small amounts of cash and 
    obtain long-term funding at relatively small spreads above the lender's 
    borrowing costs. Indeed, the growth of the secondary mortgage market 
    during the 1980s integrated a previously thrift-dominated mortgage 
    market with the nation's capital markets so that mortgage funds are 
    more readily available and mortgage costs are more closely tied to 
    movements in Treasury interest rates.
        Unfortunately, this highly efficient financing system does not work 
    everywhere or for everyone. Access to credit often depends on improper 
    evaluation of characteristics of the mortgage applicant and the 
    neighborhood in which the applicant wishes to buy. HUD's analysis of 
    1993 and 1994 HMDA data shows that mortgage credit flows are 
    substantially lower in minority and low-income neighborhoods and 
    mortgage denial rates are much higher for minority applicants.
        Admittedly, disagreement exists in the economics literature 
    regarding the underlying causes of these disparities in access to 
    mortgage credit, particularly as related to the roles of 
    discrimination, ``redlining'' of specific neighborhoods, and the 
    barriers posed by underwriting guidelines to potential minority and 
    low-income borrowers. Because the mortgage system is quite complex and 
    involves numerous participants, it will take more data and research to 
    gain a fuller understanding of why these disparities exist. Still, 
    studies reviewed in Section B of this Appendix found that the 
    individual's race and the racial and income composition of 
    neighborhoods influence mortgage access even after accounting for 
    demand and risk factors that may influence borrowers' decisions to 
    apply for loans and lenders' decisions to make those loans. Therefore, 
    the Secretary concludes that minority and low-income communities are 
    underserved by the mortgage system.
    
    2. Identifying Urban Underserved Areas
    
        To identify areas underserved by the mortgage market, HUD focused 
    on two traditional measures used in a number of HMDA studies: 62 
    application denial rates and mortgage origination rates per 100 owner-
    occupied units. 63 Tables B.1 and B.2 in Section B presented 
    detailed data on denial and origination rates by the racial composition 
    and median income of census tracts for metropolitan areas.64 
    Aggregating those data is useful for examining denial and origination 
    rates for broader groupings of census tracts:
    
        \62\ HMDA data have been expanded in 1993 to cover independent 
    mortgage companies that originated 100 or more home purchase loans 
    in the preceding calendar year. HMDA provides no useful information 
    on rural areas. In addition, although HMDA data now include 
    applications to provide some measure of overall loan demand, pre-
    screening discrimination can discourage would-be homebuyers from 
    applying for a mortgage, leading to an underestimation of demand. 
    Nevertheless, the HMDA data, while not necessarily definitive, are 
    still useful in helping to define underserved areas.
        \63\ Analysis of application rates are not reported here. 
    Although application rates are sometimes used as a measure of 
    mortgage demand, they provide no additional information beyond that 
    provided by looking at both denial and origination rates. The 
    patterns observed for application rates are still very similar to 
    those observed for origination rates.
        \64\ As shown in Table B.1, no sharp breaks occur in the denial 
    and origination rates across the minority and income deciles--
    mostly, the increments are somewhat similar as one moves across the 
    various deciles that account for the major portions of mortgage 
    activity.  .........................................................
    
                                                                            
    
    [[Page 61951]]
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Denial rate  Origination                                                       Denial rate  Origination
             Minority composition (percent)           (percent)       rate                    Tract income (percent)                 (percent)       rate   
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    0-30...........................................         11.8         14.1  Less than 90.......................................         21.3          7.5
    30-50..........................................         19.1         10.7  90--120............................................         13.5         12.6
    50-100.........................................         24.4          7.2  Greater than 120...................................          8.9         18.8
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    
    
    Two points stand out from these data. First, census tracts with higher 
    percentages of minority residents have higher denial and lower 
    origination rates. Tracts that are over 50 percent minority have twice 
    the denial rate and half the origination rate of tracts that are under 
    30 percent minority.65 Second, census tracts with lower incomes 
    have higher denial rates and lower origination rates than higher income 
    tracts. Tracts with income less than or equal to 90 percent of area 
    median have more than two times the denial rate and less than one-half 
    the origination rate of tracts with income over 120 percent of area 
    median.
    
        \65\ The differentials in denial rates are due, in part, to 
    differing risk characteristics of the prospective borrowers in 
    different areas. However, use of denial rates is supported by the 
    findings in the Boston Fed study which found that denial rate 
    differentials persist, even after controlling for risk of the 
    borrower. See Section B for a review of that study.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        HUD chose over 30-percent minority and under 90-percent of area 
    median income as the thresholds for defining metropolitan underserved 
    areas. There are two advantages to HUD's definition. First, the cutoffs 
    produce sharp differentials in denial and origination rates between 
    served and underserved areas. For instance, the overall denial rate (21 
    percent) in underserved areas is almost double that (11 percent) in 
    served areas. Thus, an advantage of a targeted definition of 
    underserved areas is illustrated by sharp differences in mortgage 
    access between served and underserved areas.66
    
        \66\ The Final Rule changed the income threshold from 80 percent 
    to 90 percent. This added 3,645 tracts with a denial rate of 18 
    percent.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        A second advantage is that the minority and income cutoffs are 
    useful for defining mortgage problems in the suburbs as well as in OMB-
    defined central cities. Underserved areas account for 31 percent of the 
    suburban population, compared with 58 percent of the central city 
    population. The average denial rate in underserved suburban areas is 
    almost twice that in the remaining areas of the suburbs. (See Figure 
    B.1 in Section B.) Thus, the minority and income thresholds in HUD's 
    definition identify those suburban tracts that seem to be experiencing 
    mortgage credit problems.
    
    3. Characteristics of Urban Underserved Areas
    
        The final rule's definition of metropolitan underserved areas 
    includes 20,326 of the 43,232 census tracts in metropolitan areas, 
    covering 44 percent of the metropolitan population, 58 percent of the 
    OMB-defined central city population, and 31 percent of the suburban 
    population. As shown in Table B.8, the final rule's definition covers 
    most of the population of the nation's most distressed OMB-defined 
    central cities: Newark (99 percent), Detroit (96 percent), Hartford (97 
    percent), Baltimore (90 percent), and Cleveland (90 percent). The 
    nation's five largest cities also contain large concentrations of 
    underserved areas: New York (62 percent), Los Angeles (69 percent), 
    Chicago (77 percent), Houston (67 percent), and Philadelphia (80 
    percent).
        High-Income-Minority Tracts. It should be noted that the final 
    rule's definition of underserved areas excludes high minority tracts 
    with median income above 120 percent of area median income. As shown in 
    Table B.9, these tracts, which represent about two percent of 
    metropolitan area population, appear to be relatively well off: they 
    have low levels of poverty (7 percent), and high relative house values 
    (122 percent). The high-income-minority tracts are concentrated in a 
    few metropolitan areas: 7 percent of Los Angeles' population lives in 
    them; the corresponding figures are 7 percent for New York, 5 percent 
    for Miami, 25 percent for Honolulu, and 12 percent for San Antonio. By 
    contrast, most relatively distressed metropolitan areas have few 
    households in such areas--for example, Cleveland (1 percent), Detroit 
    (2 percent), Memphis (1 percent), Milwaukee (0 percent), and 
    Philadelphia (1 percent).
        Income Threshold. Among other issues considered in setting the 
    underserved definition for metropolitan areas included raising the area 
    income threshold, to include more moderate-income census tracts. This 
    alternative would add tracts with incomes between 90 and 100 percent of 
    the area median. However, it should be noted that high-minority tracts 
    (over 30 percent minority) at this income level are already included in 
    HUD's underserved areas definition, and that raising the income limit 
    to 100 percent would add only tracts with low-minority concentration 
    (below 30 percent). These areas represent 4,486 census tracts, and 
    comprise 11 percent of metropolitan population.\67\
    
        \67\ In addition to including tracts with income between 90 and 
    100 percent of area median as underserved, the Freddie Mac 
    definition includes tracts between 20 and 30 percent minority 
    concentration; this would add an additional 881 tracts. Table B.4 
    compares the HUD and Freddie Mac definitions.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        These low-minority moderate-income tracts have denial rates almost 
    30 percent below the tracts that meet HUD's underserved definition (15 
    versus 21 percent). By contrast, high-minority moderate-income tracts 
    have a denial rate almost identical to the overall underserved denial 
    rate. The origination rate in moderate-income low-minority tracts (11 
    per 100 owner occupants) is noticeably higher than that in underserved 
    tracts (8 per 100 owner occupants).
    
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-P
    
    [[Page 61952]]
    [GRAPHIC][TIFF OMITTED]TR01DE95.015
    
    
    
    [[Page 61953]]
    [GRAPHIC][TIFF OMITTED]TR01DE95.016
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-C
    
    [[Page 61954]]
    
    
    4. Rural Underserved Areas
    
        Recognizing both the difficulty of defining rural underserved areas 
    and the need to encourage GSE activity in such areas, HUD has chosen a 
    rather broad, county-based definition of underservedness in rural 
    areas. Its definition includes 1,511 of the 2,305 counties in 
    nonmetropolitan areas and covers 54 percent of the nonmetropolitan 
    population. Still, HUD's definition targets the most disadvantaged 
    rural counties. It covers 67 percent of the nonmetropolitan poor and 75 
    percent of nonmetropolitan minorities. The average poverty rate of 
    underserved counties is 21 percent, significantly greater than the 12 
    percent poverty rate in counties designated as ``served''.
        The HUD definition also targets specific geographic areas with high 
    poverty and minority concentrations. For example, HUD's definition 
    includes 84 percent of the population that reside in remote counties 
    that are not adjacent to metropolitan areas and have fewer than 2,500 
    residents in towns.
    
    5. GSE Activity in Underserved Areas
    
        Figure B.2 uses 1993 and 1994 HMDA data for single-family mortgages 
    to compare GSE and non-GSE funding in underserved areas. The non-GSE 
    part of the conventional conforming market consists mainly of bank and 
    thrift portfolio lenders. The share of funding going to underserved 
    areas increased between 1993 and 1994 for both GSEs and non-GSEs. A 
    larger proportion of non-GSE mortgages finance properties in 
    underserved areas than do mortgages purchased by the GSEs. This was 
    particularly the case for Freddie Mac in 1994--22 percent of Freddie 
    Mac's single-family business was in underserved areas, compared with 27 
    percent of non-GSE business.68
    
        \68\ The HMDA data has been adjusted for 100,000 mobile homes 
    along the lines discussed in Appendix D.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        In terms of overall business, 29 percent of Fannie Mae's 1994 
    business was in underserved areas as was 24 percent of Freddie Mac's. 
    The fact that underserved areas have much lower incomes than other 
    areas does not mean that GSE purchase activity in underserved areas 
    derives totally from lower income families. In 1993, above-median 
    income households accounted for 48 percent of the mortgages that the 
    GSEs purchased in underserved areas and in 1994, they accounted for 37 
    percent. This suggests these areas are quite diverse.
    
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-P
    
    [[Page 61955]]
    [GRAPHIC][TIFF OMITTED]TR01DE95.017
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-C
    
    [[Page 61956]]
    
    
    6. Market Feasibility and Changing Market Conditions
    
        As detailed in Appendix D, the market for mortgages in underserved 
    areas accounts for 25 to 28 percent of dwelling units financed by 
    conventional conforming mortgages. Figure B.3 compares recent GSE 
    performance, the 1996 and 1997-1999 goals, and the size of the market. 
    Having considered the projected market and economic and demographic 
    conditions for 1996-1999 and the GSEs' recent performance, HUD has 
    determined that goals for mortgage purchases in central cities, rural 
    areas, and other underserved areas 21 percent for 1996, 24 percent for 
    1997-1999, and 24 percent thereafter pending establishment of a new 
    goal, are feasible.
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-P
    
    [[Page 61957]]
    [GRAPHIC][TIFF OMITTED]TR01DE95.018
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-C
    
    [[Page 61958]]
    
    
    7. Conclusion
    
        The Secretary has determined that the goals of 21 percent in 1996 
    and 24 percent in 1997 and thereafter are necessary and feasible.
    
    Appendix C--Secretarial Considerations To Establish the Special 
    Affordable Housing Goal
    
    A. Introduction
    
    1. Establishment of the Goal
    
        The Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act 
    of 1992 (FHEFSSA) requires the Secretary to establish a special annual 
    goal designed to adjust the purchase by each GSE of mortgages on rental 
    and owner-occupied housing to meet the unaddressed needs of, and 
    affordable to, low-income families in low-income areas and very-low-
    income families (the Special Affordable Housing Goal).
        In establishing the Special Affordable Housing Goal, FHEFSSA 
    requires the Secretary to consider:
        (1) Data submitted to the Secretary in connection with the Special 
    Affordable Housing Goal for previous years;
        (2) The performance and efforts of the GSEs toward achieving the 
    Special Affordable Housing Goal in previous years;
        (3) National housing needs of targeted families;
        (4) The ability of the GSEs to lead the industry in making mortgage 
    credit available for low-income and very-low-income families; and
        (5) The need to maintain the sound financial condition of the 
    enterprises.
    
    2. The Goal
    
        The final rule provides that the Special Affordable Housing Goal 
    for 1996 is 12 percent of the total number of dwelling units financed 
    by each GSE's mortgage purchases. The goal for 1997 and subsequent 
    years is 14 percent. Of the total Special Affordable Housing Goal for 
    each year, each GSE must purchase multifamily mortgages in an amount at 
    least equal to 0.8 percent of the total dollar volume of mortgages 
    purchased by the GSE in 1994.
        Approximately 20-23 percent of the conventional conforming mortgage 
    market would qualify under the Special Affordable Housing Goal as 
    defined in the final rule. Using the final rule's conventions for what 
    will count toward the goal, 16.7 percent of Fannie Mae's 1994 business 
    and 11.4 percent of Freddie Mac's would have qualified toward the goal.
        Units that count toward the goal: Subject to further provisions 
    specified below, units that count toward the Special Affordable Housing 
    Goal include units occupied by low-income owners and renters in low-
    income areas, and very-low-income owners and renters. Low-income rental 
    units in multifamily properties where at least 20 percent of the units 
    are affordable to families whose incomes are 50 percent of area median 
    income or less or where at least 40 percent of the units are affordable 
    to families whose incomes are 60 percent or less of area median income 
    count toward the goal.
    
    B. Underlying Data
    
        In considering the factors under FHEFSSA to establish the Special 
    Affordable Housing Goal, HUD relied upon data gathered from the 
    American Housing Survey, the Census Bureau's 1991 Residential Finance 
    Survey, the 1990 Census of Population and Housing, other government 
    reports, Home Mortgage Disclosure Act (HMDA) data and reports, and the 
    GSEs. Among other new data resources, full-year 1994 data from the 
    GSEs, as well as HMDA data for 1994, became available to HUD since 
    publication of the proposed rule. Appendix D discusses in detail how 
    these data resources were used and how the size of the conventional 
    conforming market for this goal was estimated.
        Section C discusses the factors listed above, and Section D 
    provides the Secretary's rationale for establishing the special 
    affordable goal.
    
    [[Page 61959]]
    
    
    C. Consideration of the Factors
    
    1 and 2. Data Submitted to the Secretary in Connection With the Special 
    Affordable Housing Goal for Previous Years, and the Performance and 
    Efforts of the Enterprises Toward Achieving the Special Affordable 
    Housing Goal in Previous Years
    
        The discussions of these two factors have been combined because 
    they overlap to a significant degree.
    a. GSE Performance Relative to the 1993-94 Goals
        For the 1993-94 transition period the Special Affordable Housing 
    Goal was established in dollar terms. FHEFSSA called for special 
    affordable purchases of $2.0 billion by Fannie Mae and $1.5 billion by 
    Freddie Mac, and the legislative history made it clear that such 
    purchases should be ``above and beyond their existing performance and 
    commitments.'' 1 The specified amounts of the goals were evenly 
    divided between multifamily and single family housing.
    
        \1\ Senate Report, p. 36.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The Special Affordable Housing Goals for 1993-94 were $12.7 billion 
    single family and $3.6 billion multifamily for Fannie Mae, and $11.1 
    billion single family and $0.8 billion multifamily for Freddie 
    Mac.2
    
        \2\ The 1993-94 dollar-based goals were extended on a pro-rated 
    basis for 1995.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Fannie Mae's qualifying mortgage purchases in 1993 and 1994 
    together amounted to $16.7 billion single-family and $4.5 billion 
    multifamily. Thus Fannie Mae surpassed the 1993-94 single-family and 
    multifamily portions of the goal by 32 percent and 26 percent, 
    respectively.
        Freddie Mac's qualifying mortgage purchases in 1993 and 1994 
    together amounted to $12.2 billion single-family and $495 million 
    multifamily. Thus Freddie Mac surpassed the 1993-94 single-family goal 
    by 10 percent but fell short on the multifamily portion of the goal by 
    38 percent.
    b. 1993-94 GSE Performance Relative to Final Rule Special Affordable 
    Housing Goals for 1996-1999
        Owner-occupied housing. Between 1993 and 1994, both GSEs increased 
    significantly the purchase of mortgages on owner-occupied housing that 
    would qualify under this goal. (See Table C.1.)
        Rental housing. As in the case of owner-occupied housing, between 
    1993 and 1994 both GSEs increased significantly the purchase of 
    mortgages financing rental units affordable to very-low-income 
    families. (See Table C.2.)
        In this final rule, the Special Affordable Housing Goal has been 
    broadened relative to the proposed rule, to include low-income renters 
    in low-income areas. This change increases the number of qualifying 
    mortgages by 8.5 percent for Fannie Mae in 1993 and 10.2 percent in 
    1994, and 6.1 percent for Freddie Mac in 1993 and 6.5 percent in 1994. 
    (See Table C.3.)
        This final rule also includes as eligible all rental units 
    affordable to low-income families in properties where at least 40 
    percent of the units qualify as very-low-income, or where at least 20 
    percent of the units qualify as especially-low-income. (Especially-low-
    income means no more than 50 percent of area median.) This provision 
    makes a difference of approximately 5,100 units in Fannie Mae's 1993 
    performance, and 11,600 in 1994. For Freddie Mac, there is no effect 
    for 1993, and approximately 1,300 units for 1994. (See Table C.4.)
        Summary. Table C.5 summarizes the GSEs' purchases in 1993 and 1994 
    that would qualify under the final rule's Special Affordable Housing 
    Goal: Fannie Mae's and Freddie Mac's qualifying purchases in 1994 were 
    16.7 percent and 11.4 percent of total eligible purchases, 
    respectively. Thus Fannie Mae would have achieved both the 1996 goal 
    and the goal for 1997 and thereafter, and Freddie Mac would nearly have 
    achieved the 1996 goal.
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-P
    
    [[Page 61960]]
    [GRAPHIC][TIFF OMITTED]TR01DE95.019
    
    
    
    [[Page 61961]]
    [GRAPHIC][TIFF OMITTED]TR01DE95.020
    
    
    
    [[Page 61962]]
    [GRAPHIC][TIFF OMITTED]TR01DE95.021
    
    
    
    [[Page 61963]]
    [GRAPHIC][TIFF OMITTED]TR01DE95.022
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-C
    
    [[Page 61964]]
    
    
    3. National Housing Needs of Low-Income Families in Low-Income Areas 
    and Very-Low-Income Families
    
        The following discussion closely follows HUD's analysis of national 
    housing needs in Appendix C of the proposed rule, which has been 
    updated in various respects. As in the proposed rule, this discussion 
    concentrates on very-low-income families with the greatest needs, 
    because Section C of Appendix A presents detailed analyses of housing 
    problems and demographic trends for lower-income families.
    a. Housing Problems Among Very-low-income Families
        Data from the 1990 Census and from the 1989, 1991, and 1993 
    American Housing Surveys demonstrate that housing problems and needs 
    for affordable housing are more pressing in the lowest-income 
    categories than among moderate-income families. Analyses of special 
    tabulations of the 1990 Census prepared for use in developing 
    Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategies (the CHAS database), 
    which have been updated to 1993 using American Housing Survey Data, 
    show clearly that sharp differentials by income characterized all 
    regions of the nation as well as their city, suburban, and 
    nonmetropolitan portions. Nationally, approximately one-fourth of 
    moderate-income renters and owners experienced one or more housing 
    problems, compared to nearly three-fourths of very-low-income renters 
    and nearly half of very-low-income owners.\3\ Severe cost burdens--
    paying more than half of income for housing and utilities--varied even 
    more markedly by income, involving less than 2 percent of moderate-
    income households, but nearly two-fifths of the 10.5 million owners 
    with incomes below 30 percent of area median income.
    
        \3\ The problems covered by the Census include paying over 30 
    percent of income for housing, lacking complete kitchen or plumbing, 
    and overcrowding. See Appendix Tables 18A and 19A of Amy Bogdon, 
    Joshua Silver, and Margery A. Turner, National Analysis of Housing 
    Affordability, Adequacy, and Availability: A Framework for Local 
    Housing Strategies, HUD-1448-PDR, 1994.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The CHAS tabulations are based on HUD-adjusted median income for 
    both owners and renters, rather than on unadjusted median income for 
    owners, as FHEFSSA specifies for mortgages counted toward the housing 
    goals.\4\ But tabulations of the 1993 AHS using the GSE income 
    definitions reveal the same pattern of problems for lower-income 
    families. As the following table details, for both owners and renters, 
    housing problems are much more frequent for the lowest-income 
    groups.\5\ Priority problems of severe cost burden or severely 
    inadequate housing are noticeably concentrated among renters and owners 
    with incomes below 35 percent of area median income.
    
        \4\ To determine eligibility for Section 8 and other HUD 
    programs, HUD adjusts income limits derived from the median family 
    income for household size. The ``very low'' and ``low'' income 
    limits at 50 percent and 80 percent of median apply to 4-person 
    households. Relative to the income limits for a 4-person household, 
    the limit is 70 percent for a 1-person household, 80 percent for a 
    2-person household, 90 percent for a 3-person household, 108 percent 
    for a 5-person household, 116 percent for a 6-person household, etc.
        \5\ Tabulations of the 1993 American Housing Survey by HUD's 
    Office of Policy Development and Research. The results in the table 
    categorize renters reporting housing assistance as having no housing 
    problems. Almost one-third of renters with incomes 0-30 percent of 
    median and one-fifth of those with incomes 30-50 percent of median 
    are assisted.
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         Renters               Owners       
                                 -------------------------------------------
     Income as % of area median      Any      Priority     Any      Priority
          income (percent)         problems   problems   problems   problems
                                  (percent)  (percent)  (percent)  (percent)
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Less than 35................        89         44         62         36 
    36-50.......................        78         17         40         13 
    51-80.......................        48          5         29          7 
    81-100......................        24          1         21          4 
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Comparisons by income reveal that owners and renters (with incomes 
    between 50 and 80 percent of area median) resemble moderate-income 
    households in seldom having priority problems. Priority problems are 
    heavily concentrated among households with incomes below 50 percent of 
    median.6 In 1991, 5.3 million unassisted renter households with 
    incomes below 50 percent of area median income had ``worst case'' 
    housing needs.7 This total does not include homeless persons and 
    families, although they also qualify for preference. For three-fourths 
    of the renter families with worst case problems, the only problem was 
    affordabilitythey do not have problems with housing adequacy or 
    crowding.
    
        \6\ For all housing programs of HUD (other than the GSE goals) 
    and the Department of Agriculture, ``very-low-income'' is defined as 
    not exceeding 50 percent of area median income.
        \7\  ``Worst case housing needs'' for housing assistance are 
    defined as unassisted renters with income below 50 percent of area 
    median income who meet a Federal preference for admission to rental 
    assistance because they pay more than half of income for rent and 
    utilities, have been displaced, or live in severely substandard 
    housing (which includes being homeless).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    b. Needs for Housing Affordable to Very-Low-Income Families
        The existing housing stock satisfies the physical needs of most 
    very-low-income renters. In most cases families are able to find 
    adequate housing. The problem is that much of this housing is not 
    affordable to very-low-income familiesi.e., these families must pay 
    more than 30 percent of their income for housing. The main exception to 
    this generalization occurs among extremely-low-income families (defined 
    as families below 30 percent of area median income) with three or more 
    children. The 1993 American Housing Survey shows that 47 percent of 
    these families live in crowded housing. A certain amount of variation 
    in need exists, by region and degree of urbanization. Although 22 
    percent of worst case renters experience crowding or severe inadequacy, 
    this figure varies from 11 percent in the Northeastern suburbs to 35 
    percent in the South's nonmetropolitan areas. Shortages of affordable 
    housing units continued to be greatest and vacancy rates lowest in 
    California.
        The relative decline in inexpensive dwelling units has been 
    concentrated among the least expensive rental unitsthose with rents 
    affordable to families with incomes below 30 percent of area median 
    income. In 1979, the number of units in this rent range was 28 percent 
    less than the number of renters with incomes below 30 percent of area 
    median income; by 1989, the gap had widened to 39 percent, a shortage 
    of 2.7 million units.8 This shortage is a problem particularly at 
    the extremely low end of the rent distribution. Both nationally and in 
    most states, there are surpluses of rental housing affordable to 
    families with incomes between 30 and 50 percent of area median income 
    and to those in the 50-80 percent range.9 Furthermore, in most 
    states, vacancy rates were high in 1990 among units with rents 
    affordable to families with incomes at or below 50 percent of 
    median.10 Thus, like housing problems, unmet needs for affordable 
    housing are heavily concentrated in rent ranges affordable to renters 
    with incomes below 30 percent of area median income.
    
        \8\ Tabulations by HUD's Office of Policy Development and 
    Research, based on U.S. Departments of Housing and Urban Development 
    and Commerce, American Housing Survey for the United States in 1989, 
    July 1991.
        \9\ HUD's Office of Policy Development and Research, Worst Case 
    Needs for Housing Assistance in the United States in 1990 and 1991, 
    1994, Table 8.
        \10\ Id., Table 6. 
    
    [[Page 61965]]
    
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    4. The Ability of the Enterprises to Lead the Industry in Making 
    Mortgage Credit Available for Low-Income and Very-Low-Income Families
    
        The discussion of the ability of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to lead 
    the industry in Section C.5 of Appendix A is relevant to this 
    factorthe GSEs' dominant role in the market, their role in 
    establishing widely-applied underwriting standards, their role in the 
    development of new technology for mortgage origination, their strong 
    staff resources, and their financial strength. Additional analysis on 
    the potential ability of the enterprises to lead the industry in the 
    low- and very-low-income market appears belowin Section D.2 generally, 
    and in Section D.3 with respect to multifamily housing.
        The ability of the GSEs to lead the industry in the special 
    affordable market is best demonstrated by the significant gains both 
    enterprises have made in this market. As a percentage of total units in 
    the properties whose mortgages they purchased, the special affordable 
    share for the GSEs combined rose from 7.7 percent in 1993 to 13.9 
    percent in 1994 and 16.4 percent for the first half of 1995. The 1994 
    increase was truly impressive, as special affordable units rose by 6 
    percent while total units declined by 41 percent.
    
    5. The Need to Maintain the Sound Financial Condition of the GSEs
    
        HUD has undertaken a separate, detailed economic analysis of this 
    rule, which includes consideration of the financial safety and 
    soundness implications of the housing goals. The analysis considered 
    the likely mortgage default implications of the goals and implications 
    for the profitability of the GSEs under various alternative economic 
    assumptions. Among the conclusions are: that the goals will have, at 
    most, only limited impacts on credit risk, which the GSEs should be 
    able to handle without significant lowering of underwriting standards; 
    that risks associated with increased multifamily mortgage purchase 
    volumes under the goals are manageable, considering the scope of the 
    increases implied by the goals; and that the goals imply no meaningful 
    increase in risk to the sound financial condition of the GSEs' 
    operations. Based on this analysis, HUD concludes that the goals raise 
    minimal, if any, safety and soundness concerns.
    
    D. Determination of the Goal
    
        Several considerations, many of which have been reviewed in earlier 
    sections of this Appendix, led to the determination of the Special 
    Affordable Housing Goal.
    
    1. Severe Housing Problems
    
        The data presented in Section C.3 demonstrate that housing problems 
    and needs for affordable housing are much more pressing in the lowest-
    income categories than among moderate-income families. The high 
    incidence of severe problems among the lowest-income renters reflects 
    severe shortages of units affordable to those renters. At incomes below 
    30 percent of median, two-thirds of owners and 70 percent of renters 
    pay more than 30 percent of their income for housing, live in 
    inadequate housing, or are crowded. As the analysis presented above 
    shows, priority problemspaying more than half of income for housing or 
    living in severely inadequate housingare heavily concentrated among 
    renters with incomes below 50 percent of median. Housing and 
    affordability problems are particularly acute for renters with income 
    below 30 percent of area median income.
    
    2. GSE Performance and the Market
    
        The Special Affordable Housing Goal is designed, in part, to ensure 
    that the GSEs maintain a consistent focus on serving the very-low-
    income portion of the housing market where housing needs are greatest. 
    The bulk of the GSEs' low- and moderate-income mortgage purchases are 
    for the higher-income portion of the low- and moderate-income category. 
    The lowest-income borrowers accounted for a very small percentage of 
    each GSEs' purchases. Five percent of the GSEs' 1993 mortgage purchases 
    financed homes for single-family homeowners with incomes below 60 
    percent of area median, and 7 percent in 1994. (See Figure A.1 in 
    Appendix A.)
        Specification of the goal. The Special Affordable Housing Goal is 
    established as percentages of the GSEs' total business for the 1996-99 
    period. This kind of specification is preferable to a fixed, dollar-
    based specification because: (1) The size of the market for housing 
    eligible to count toward the Special Affordable Housing Goal fluctuates 
    with the size of the overall market rather than remaining at any fixed 
    dollar level (as shown by analysis of HMDA data); and (2) fixed-dollar 
    goals, if based on a high-volume year, could be unattainable in a low-
    volume year; if based on a low-volume year, could represent 
    insufficient support by the GSEs for the special affordable market in a 
    high-volume year; and if based on an average-volume year, could 
    alternate between being unattainable in some years and insufficient in 
    other years.
        GSEs' Performance Relative to the Market. Analysis of American 
    Housing Survey and HMDA data shows that the GSEs are purchasing a 
    smaller proportion of loans for very-low-income homebuyers than are 
    portfolio lenders operating in the conforming market (see the 
    discussion of Figure A.2 in Appendix A). That analysis suggests that 
    there is room in the very-low-income end of the homebuyer market for 
    the GSEs to improve their performance.
        A reasonable estimate of the size of the market for both single 
    family and multifamily mortgages that would be eligible to count toward 
    the Special Affordable Housing Goal is 20-23 percent of the overall 
    conventional conforming market, as explained in Section H.2 of Appendix 
    D.
        Under the final rule's counting conventions 16.7 percent (7.9 
    percent owner-occupied and 8.8 percent rental) of units covered by 
    Fannie Mae's mortgage purchases in 1994 would have been eligible to 
    count toward this goal, and 11.4 percent (7.1 percent owner-occupied 
    and 4.3 percent rental) of units covered by Freddie Mac's mortgage 
    purchases would have been eligible to count toward this goal. Figure 
    C.1 compares recent GSE performance, the 1996 and 1997-99 Special 
    Affordable Housing Goals, and the size of the market.
    
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-P
    
    [[Page 61966]]
    [GRAPHIC][TIFF OMITTED]TR01DE95.023
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-C
    
    [[Page 61967]]
    
    
    3. Multifamily Purchases
    
        The GSEs can bring an important benefit to the multifamily market 
    in the form of long-term liquidity. In the multifamily arena, however, 
    a secondary market is only in its infancy (see Section C.2.c in 
    Appendix A). Given the GSEs' overall experience and financial strength, 
    it is reasonable to expect that they would play major roles in this 
    development.
        Recent tightening of interest rate spreads for ``better'' 
    multifamily mortgage originations demonstrates that increased liquidity 
    can lower spreads. This suggests that participation by the GSEs can 
    lower financing costs and ultimately rents across the broad range of 
    multifamily properties, including properties occupied by low- and very-
    low-income tenants. (Section C.2.c of Appendix A elaborates on these 
    themes.)
        A minimum multifamily special affordable volume of 0.8 percent of 
    total 1994 volume of business is reasonable, both relative to the size 
    of the market and relative to the GSEs' recent volume of qualifying 
    multifamily purchases. The implied volumes are $950 million for Freddie 
    Mac (relative to $118.8 billion total volume) and $1.22 billion for 
    Fannie Mae (relative to $153.0 billion total volume). Their 1994 
    volumes of multifamily business that would have qualified as special 
    affordable under this final rule were $425 million for Freddie Mac 
    (0.36 percent of 1994 business), or half of the necessary volume for 
    1996, and $1.91 billion for Fannie Mae (1.25 percent of 1994 business), 
    or $690 million more than necessary for 1996. The size of the total 
    multifamily market that would qualify under the Special Affordable 
    Housing Goal is approximately $10 billion annually.
        Expressing the multifamily subgoals for every year covered by this 
    rule as percentages of total 1994 purchases is a reasonable approach, 
    since multifamily subgoals expressed as percentages of current-year 
    total business could be difficult to achieve in some years. Total 
    volume is driven by the single-family business, which is subject to 
    wide swings due to refinancing waves, as in 1992-93, and to changes in 
    the ARM share of the market.
        The Secretary selected 0.8 percent of total 1994 business volume 
    after careful review of the GSEs' past performance and consideration of 
    the need to maintain a minimum level of attention to multifamily 
    housing. This percentage may seem small, but that is because the 
    multifamily market (measured in dollar terms) comprises only a fraction 
    of the total mortgage market, and the special affordable share of the 
    GSEs' multifamily purchases in 1994 was just above 50 percent.11 
    For this same reason, changes in this subgoal of even 0.1 percent are 
    significant.
    
        \11\  Multifamily properties account for a much higher 
    percentage of dwelling units financed by mortgages than their 
    percentage of total dollar mortgage volume.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        These subgoals are below recent levels of special affordable 
    multifamily purchases by Fannie Mae, but above recent levels of such 
    purchases by Freddie Mac. It should be emphasized that these are 
    minimum purchase amounts; thus HUD in no way is encouraging Fannie Mae 
    to reduce its volume of multifamily business, which is important in its 
    overall efforts to meet the Special Affordable Housing Goal and Low- 
    and Moderate-Income Housing Goals. HUD very much supports Freddie Mac's 
    actions to rebuild its multifamily business, and encourages further 
    efforts in this area. To date Freddie Mac has had no delinquencies on 
    its multifamily business since it reentered this market, and the GSE's 
    multifamily business has been creditworthy and profitable.12
    
        \12\ American Banker, October 12, 1995, p. 12.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    4. Conclusion
    
        HUD has determined that the Special Affordable Housing Goal 
    established in the final rule addresses national housing needs within 
    the income categories specified for this goal, while accounting for the 
    GSEs' performance in the past in purchasing mortgages meeting the needs 
    of very-low-income families and low-income families in low-income 
    areas. HUD has also considered the size of the conventional mortgage 
    market serving very-low-income families and low-income families in low-
    income areas. Moreover, HUD has considered the GSEs' ability to lead 
    the industry as well as their financial condition. HUD has determined 
    that goals of 12 percent in 1996, 14 percent in 1997-1999, and 14 
    percent thereafter pending establishment of a new goal, with fixed 
    multifamily subgoals of 0.8 percent of 1994 volumes of business, are 
    both necessary and achievable.
    
    Appendix D--Estimating the Size of the Conventional Conforming Market 
    for Each Housing Goal
    
        In establishing the three housing goals, the Secretary is required 
    to assess, among a number of factors, the size of the conventional 
    market for each goal. This Appendix explains HUD's methodology for 
    estimating the size of the conventional market for each of the three 
    housing goals. Section A provides an overview of public comments on the 
    methodology described in the proposed rule. Section B describes the 
    main components of HUD's market-share model and identifies those 
    parameters that have a large effect on the relative market shares. 
    Sections C and D discuss two particularly important market parameters--
    the size of the multifamily market and the share of the single-family 
    mortgage market accounted for by rental properties. With this as 
    background, Section E provides a more systematic presentation of the 
    model's equations and main assumptions. Sections F, G, and H report 
    HUD's estimates for the Low- and Moderate-Income Goal, the Central 
    Cities, Rural Areas, and other Underserved Areas Goal, and the Special 
    Affordable Housing Goal, respectively.
    
    A. Overview of Comments on Market Methodology
    
    1. Overall Issue
    
        Both GSEs expressed strong criticism of HUD's use of specific data 
    elements in constructing its estimates of market size. Although both 
    GSEs criticized how data had been interpreted in the proposed rule's 
    market share model, neither GSE, nor any commenter, objected to HUD's 
    basic model for calculating the size of the markets relevant to each of 
    the goals. However, Freddie Mac presented a detailed set of objections 
    to the use of certain data sources or assumptions, concluding that 
    HUD's market estimates were ``fatally flawed.'' Freddie Mac commented 
    that ``the Proposed Rule uses a combination of data sources and a set 
    of arbitrary assumptions in order to estimate the size of the current 
    conforming, conventional market,'' adding that ``in nearly every case, 
    HUD has chosen an estimate at the highest end of calculable 
    estimates.''
        Freddie Mac proposed a number of revisions to the assumptions or 
    data sets used in the proposed rule, for example--using HMDA data to 
    estimate the size of the multifamily and single-family rental markets, 
    using American Housing Survey rent data on recently-completed 
    properties to estimate the affordability of the newly-mortgaged rental 
    properties, using discount factors to reduce the size of the rental and 
    low-income owner markets, etc. HUD has carefully considered these 
    comments in revising the market estimates for each of the goals. 
    However, HUD disagrees with Freddie Mac's overarching comment that 
    because data are not always available in the form and format desired, 
    HUD should use minimal estimates of market activity. Such an 
    
    [[Page 61968]]
    approach does not take advantage of the wealth of information currently 
    available on mortgage activity.
        In revising the rule, HUD has carefully reviewed existing 
    information on mortgage activity in order to understand the weakness of 
    various data sources, has conducted sensitivity analyses to show the 
    effects of alternative parameter assumptions, and has hired independent 
    researchers to assist in determining best estimates for the more 
    important determinants of the housing goal market shares. HUD is well 
    aware of uncertainties with some of the data and much of this Appendix 
    is spent discussing the effects of these uncertainties on the market 
    estimates.
        The remainder of this section responds to several major comments 
    about the market share methodology made by Freddie Mac and others. But 
    with respect to Freddie Mac's statements that HUD's methodology is 
    ``fatally flawed'' and based on ``arbitrary assumptions,'' HUD has 
    three specific comments here:
        (A) HUD contracted with Urban Institute researchers to 
    independently evaluate its methodology for estimating market shares for 
    the various goals. They concluded that HUD's conceptual approach is ``a 
    reasonable approach to determining the size of the low- and moderate-
    income, underserved areas, and special affordable markets relative to 
    the size of the overall conventional, conforming mortgage market.'' 
    1 They also concluded that Freddie Mac's approach for measuring 
    mortgage market property shares was the wrong approach (see discussion 
    below).
    
        \1\ Dixie M. Blackley and James R. Follain, ``A Critique of the 
    Methodology Used to Determine Affordable Housing Goals for the 
    Government-Sponsored Housing Enterprises,'' October 1995, p. 21.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (B) Freddie Mac commissioned Abt Associates to evaluate HUD's 
    methodology for the proposed rule. Abt Associates concluded that ``the 
    point is not that HUD misused the data. On the contrary, HUD made 
    reasonable attempts to arrive at plausible estimates.'' 2 
    (Emphasis added.)
    
        \2\ Abt Associates, ``Evaluation of HUD-Proposed Housing Goals 
    for the GSEs,'' February 6, 1995, p. 12.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (C) HUD has set conservative goals. For example, the Low- and 
    Moderate-Income Goal is 40 percent for 1996 and 42 percent for 1997 and 
    subsequent years. These goals are well below the market shares 
    projected by HUD and the Urban Institute. In addition, the Abt study 
    estimated that the low- and moderate-income market was 41-57 percent, 
    placing the Low- and Moderate-Income Goal for 1997 and subsequent years 
    at the bottom of Abt's range of estimates of market size. It should 
    further be noted that Abt's estimates were made based on the proposed 
    rule. A number of liberalizations in the counting rules have been made 
    in the final rule, which mean that market estimates should be revised 
    upward in light of these changes.
        It also should be emphasized that neither GSE objected to HUD's 
    basic model for calculating the size of the markets relevant to each of 
    the housing goals, which involves estimating (1) the share of the 
    market (in dwelling units) by type of property (single-family-owner, 
    single-family-rental, and multifamily), (2) the proportion of dwelling 
    units financed by mortgages for each type of property meeting each 
    goal, and (3) projecting the size of the market by weighting each such 
    goal share by the corresponding market share. The GSEs' comments 
    focused on how the underlying estimates were derived and the resulting 
    impacts on the size of the market for each goal. As noted above, HUD 
    recognizes the uncertainty regarding some of these estimates, which led 
    the Department to undertake a number of sensitivity analyses and to 
    contract with Urban Institute researchers to reduce some of this 
    uncertainty.
    
    2. Major Issues
    
        (1) Market volatility. Freddie Mac commented that HUD's analysis 
    ignores the impact that changes in national economic conditions can 
    have on the size of the market, stating that its recent efforts to 
    expand the reach of the secondary market in support of low- and 
    moderate-income people ``were aided by very favorable interest rates 
    and macroeconomic conditions that made housing extraordinarily 
    affordable.'' However, Freddie Mac observed, fluctuations of interest 
    rates of approximately 250 basis points in the past year have 
    demonstrated that housing can become much less affordable in a short 
    period, but ``HUD's market estimates assume that the favorable 
    conditions of 1993 and 1994 will continue indefinitely.''
        HUD response. HUD has addressed the concerns about market 
    volatility in two major ways:
        (A) HUD has conducted detailed sensitivity analyses for each of the 
    housing goals. These analyses present different estimates of market 
    size by varying key assumptions: the size of the multifamily market; 
    the low- and moderate-income shares of single-family owner-occupied 
    homes 3, single-family rental homes, and multifamily units; the 
    breakdown of the single-family market between owner-occupied units and 
    rental units; and the multifamily loan amount per unit. These analyses 
    support the feasibility of the goals under a wide range of conditions.
    
        \3\ The GSEs have generally advocated use of the HMDA data. In a 
    number of the sensitivity analyses, the percentages of single-family 
    owner-occupied homes which qualify for the low-mod goal have been 
    reduced below the levels reported by the 1993 and 1994 HMDA data.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (B) With regard to volatility in the multifamily market, Freddie 
    Mac stated the HUD's use of Residential Finance Survey (RFS) data is 
    inappropriate, because they draw on a period when multifamily lending 
    was unusually high. HUD did not use the RFS data in its baseline model. 
    As the proposed rule noted, the RFS, based on a period with a high 
    level of multifamily originations, overstates the probable level of 
    multifamily originations in the 1996-97 period.
        HUD recognizes that there is volatility in the multifamily market, 
    and for this reason contracted with Urban Institute researchers to 
    develop a ``steady-state'' multifamily originations model which 
    abstracts from the volatility of interest rates, refinancings, and 
    waves of maturing balloon mortgages.4 This model generated 
    projections of multifamily activity no less than, and in some cases 
    substantially greater than, those used by HUD in this rule.
    
        \4\ Robert Dunsky, James R. Follain, and Jan Ondrich, ``An 
    Alternative Methodology to Estimate the Volume of Multifamily 
    Mortgage Originations,'' September 1995.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (2) Size of the multifamily market. Both GSEs commented that in the 
    proposed rule the role of multifamily financing is consistently 
    overstated. In particular, both GSEs advocated the use of data from the 
    Home Mortgage Disclosure Act (HMDA) reports, rather than the Survey of 
    Mortgage Lending Activity (SMLA), used by HUD in the proposed rule.
        HUD response. HUD addressed this comment in two ways:
        (A) HUD commissioned four papers on the multifamily market by Urban 
    Institute researchers 5 and held two seminars on this topic with a 
    wide range of participants, including the GSEs. These papers compared 
    and evaluated 
    
    [[Page 61969]]
    information about the size of the multifamily market in detail. They 
    supported HUD's projections of the size of the market, and at least one 
    of their analyses suggested that higher estimates were reasonable. They 
    concluded that the HMDA data base underreports multifamily 
    originations. Details are presented in section C.2, below.
    
        \5\ These are: The previously cited papers by Blackely and 
    Follain (1995) and Dunsky, Follain, and Ondrich (1995); ``Estimating 
    the Volume of Multifamily Mortgage Originations by Commercial Banks 
    Using the Survey of Mortgage Lending Activity and Home Mortgage 
    Disclosure Act data,'' by Amy D. Crews, Robert Dunsky, and James 
    Follain (October 1995); and ``What We Know About Multifamily 
    Mortgage Originations,'' by Amy D. Crews, Robert M. Dunsky, and 
    James R. Follain (October 1995).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (B) In its sensitivity analyses, HUD has used lower estimates of 
    the size of the multifamily market than the base case in the proposed 
    rule.
        Section C below provides a more detailed response to the GSEs' 
    comments about the size of the multifamily market.
        (3) Size of the single-family rental market. Freddie Mac stated 
    that HUD's use of the Survey of Mortgage Lending Activity (SMLA) caused 
    it to overstate the size of the single-family rental market, arguing 
    that a more accurate estimate is derived from HMDA.
        HUD response. HUD did not use the SMLA to estimate the rental share 
    of the single-family market--rather, it closely analyzed data from the 
    Residential Finance Survey (RFS) and the HMDA reports. In its base case 
    HUD projected the investor share of the single-family market at 10.0 
    percent, well below the 17.3 percent reported by the RFS, but slightly 
    above the 8.0 percent reported by the 1994 HMDA data. Again, the Urban 
    Institute researchers concluded that the HMDA estimate was too low and 
    a 10-12 percent estimate was reasonable. At the same time, HUD has 
    acknowledged that there is some uncertainty about the rental share of 
    the single-family market, and has reflected this in its sensitivity 
    analyses (Table D.3).
        (4) Multifamily market penetration. Fannie Mae stated that the 
    multifamily lending industry is fundamentally different from the 
    single-family industry and that the GSEs do not dominate the 
    multifamily market to the degree that they dominate the single-family 
    market. Fannie Mae concluded that ``origination volumes in multifamily 
    lending are not a reliable indicator of what is available to either 
    Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac in the secondary market.'' Freddie Mac 
    concurred with this view.
        HUD response. The GSEs are able to purchase loans from any 
    multifamily lender. Explicitly considering only multifamily loans 
    originated by certain lenders in the estimate of market size would 
    implicitly amount to intervention in the GSEs' mortgage purchase 
    decisions, and be tantamount to ``micromanagement'' of the GSEs' 
    operations, which both HUD and the GSEs wish to avoid. (Appendix A 
    discusses HUD's response to this issue in more detail.)
        At the same time, HUD realizes that the GSEs have been and are 
    likely to continue to be less active in the multifamily market than in 
    the single-family market. It is also true that multifamily originations 
    play a significant role in estimating the size of the Low- and 
    Moderate-Income and Special Affordable Housing Goals. For these 
    reasons, both of these goals have been conservatively set in relation 
    to HUD's estimates of the size of these markets, including all 
    multifamily originations.
    
    Other Issues
    
        (5) Distortions caused by mobile home loans in the HMDA data. 
    Fannie Mae commented that the HMDA data used in HUD's analysis included 
    mobile home loans, which ``are an important source of affordable 
    housing for low- and moderate-income families, but which are not a 
    significant product line for either Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac,'' adding 
    that if mobile home originations are eliminated, ``the amount of 
    mortgages meeting this [low- and moderate-income] goal available to 
    Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac is significantly reduced.'' Freddie Mac was 
    in general agreement with this view.
        HUD response. HUD has undertaken discussions with industry 
    representatives and mobile home lenders and has examined the effects of 
    adjusting the HMDA data for mobile homes.6 However, as Section F 
    discusses in detail, it is not clear how many mobile home loans are 
    included in the HMDA data. Thus, HUD also uses American Housing Survey 
    data that does not include mobile homes. To a certain extent, HUD had 
    anticipated this issue in its proposed rule by excluding small loans 
    from its analysis of HMDA data.
    
        \6\ These adjustments involved identifying all loans originated 
    by four mobile home lenders, examining borrower income data for 
    these loans, extrapolating from this data to estimate the size of 
    the total mobile home market by income level in the HMDA data, and 
    deducting the resulting estimates from the HMDA data.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (6) American Housing Survey (AHS) data on housing affordability. 
    Freddie Mac stated that HUD's use of the AHS led to an overstatement of 
    housing affordability, because ``it is well known that income reported 
    in the AHS [is] lower than other independent estimates of income.''
        HUD response. This issue requires distinguishing between owner-
    occupied and rental units using special 1990 Census tabulations. HUD 
    compared data on household income to official HUD estimates of area 
    median income for each location in the country. These Census 
    tabulations should be more accurate than the AHS in two ways--because 
    the Census income data are better, and because the Census income data 
    were compared to accurate median family income data for each metro area 
    or nonmetro county in the country. The AHS estimates of the income of 
    very-low-, low-, and moderate-income homeowners are about two 
    percentage points higher than the corresponding Census data. However, 
    these comparisons fail to take into account the changes which were made 
    in the AHS in 1993, which has reduced income underreporting by the AHS. 
    (See Section F.1.c below.) Thus, it appears that income underreporting 
    is not a serious problem with the recent AHS data. As noted above, one 
    advantage of the AHS data is that it excludes mobile home loans.
        The Census tabulations show that the AHS and the Census data are 
    remarkably similar with regard to renters' incomes. But the Department 
    used rent data, not income data, in measuring affordability of rental 
    units. The AHS asks more questions about rent components than any other 
    survey and it is the only source of information on gross rent (contract 
    rent plus the cost of utilities), thus it is the best source of 
    information about rents.
        (7) Use of rent levels inflates rental housing importance. Freddie 
    Mac stated that the proposed rule uses rent levels to qualify rental 
    units as serving low- or moderate-income levels. They added that ``This 
    is reasonable, but has the effect of increasing the importance of 
    rental housing in meeting goals,'' because ``many higher income 
    households live in lower cost rental units.''
        HUD response. It is true that many higher-income households live in 
    lower-rent units, but this is irrelevant. If the GSEs undertook a 
    concerted effort to gather comprehensive data on renter income, as 
    allowed (but not required) by the FHEFSSA, HUD would base its low- and 
    moderate-income rental share on renters' income data. But in fact both 
    GSEs have repeatedly said that data on tenant income is not generally 
    available, and HUD has therefore allowed the GSEs to use data on rents 
    in determining affordability. To be consistent with this practice, HUD 
    has used rents in estimating the size of the market related to the 
    various goals. This procedure does not inflate the importance of rental 
    housing relative to what is available for purchase by the GSEs. 
    
    [[Page 61970]]
    
    
    B. Overview of HUD's Market Share Methodology
    
    1. Definition
    
        The size of the market for each housing goal is one of the factors 
    that the Secretary is required to consider when setting the level of 
    each housing goal.7 Using the Low- and Moderate-Income Housing 
    Goal as an example, the market share in a particular year is defined as 
    follows:
    
        \7\ Sections 1332(b)(4), 1333(a)(2), and 1334(b)(4).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Low- and Moderate-Income Share of Market: The number of dwelling 
    units financed by the primary mortgage market in a particular 
    calendar year that are occupied by (or affordable to, in the case of 
    rental units) families with incomes less than the area median income 
    divided by the total number of dwelling units financed in the 
    conforming conventional primary mortgage market.
    
        There are three important aspects to this definition. First, the 
    market is defined in terms of ``dwelling units'' rather than, for 
    example, ``value of mortgages'' or ``number of properties.'' Second, 
    the units are ``financed'' units rather than the entire stock of all 
    mortgaged dwelling units; that is, the market-share concept is based on 
    the mortgage flow in a particular year, which will be smaller than 
    total outstanding mortgage debt. Third, the low- and moderate-income 
    market is expressed relative to the overall conforming conventional 
    market, which is the relevant market for the GSEs.8 The low- and 
    moderate-income market is defined as a percentage of the conforming 
    market; this percentage approach maintains consistency with the method 
    for computing each GSE's performance under the low- and moderate-income 
    goal (that is, the number of low- and moderate-income dwelling units 
    financed by GSE mortgage purchases relative to the overall number of 
    dwelling units financed by GSE mortgage purchases).
    
        \8\ So-called ``jumbo'' mortgages, greater than $203,150 for 1-
    unit properties, are excluded in defining the conforming market. 
    There is some overlap of loans eligible for purchase by the GSEs 
    with loans insured by the FHA and guaranteed by the Veterans 
    Administration.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    2. Three-Step Procedure
    
        Ideally, computing the low- and moderate-income market share would 
    be straightforward, consisting of three steps:
        (Step 1) Projecting the market shares of the four major property 
    types included in the conventional conforming mortgage market:
        (a) Single-family owner-occupied dwelling units (SF-O units);
        (b) Rental units in 2-4 unit properties where the owner occupies 
    one unit (SF 2-4 units); 9
    
        \9\ The owner of the SF 2-4 property is counted in (a).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (c) Rental units in one-to-four unit investor-owned properties (SF 
    investor units); and,
        (d) Rental units in multifamily (5 or more units) properties (MF 
    units).10
    
        \10\ Property types (b), (c), and (d) consist of rental units. 
    Property types (b) and (c) must sometimes be combined due to data 
    limitations; in this case, they are referred to as ``single-family 
    rental units'' (SF-R units).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (Step 2) Projecting the ``goal percentage'' for each of the above 
    four property types (for example, the ``low- and moderate-income goal 
    percentage for single-family owner-occupied properties'' is the 
    percentage of those dwelling units financed by mortgages in a 
    particular year that are occupied by households with incomes below the 
    area median).
        (Step 3) Multiplying the four percentages in (2) by their 
    corresponding market shares in (1), and summing the results to arrive 
    at an estimate (weighted average) of the overall share of dwelling 
    units financed by mortgages that are occupied by low- and moderate-
    income families.
        The four property types are analyzed separately because of their 
    differences in low- and moderate-income occupancy. Rental properties 
    have substantially higher percentages of low- and moderate-income 
    occupants than owner-occupied properties. This can be seen by the 
    following illustration of Step 3's basic formula for calculating the 
    size of the low- and moderate-income market: 11
    
        \11\ The property shares and low-mod percentages reported here 
    are based on one set of model assumptions; other sets of assumptions 
    are discussed in Section E.
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              (Step 1)   (Step 2)   (Step 3)
                                              share of   low-mod    multiply
                 Property type                 market     share    (1) x (2)
                                             (percent)  (percent)  (percent)
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (a) SF-O...............................      71.0         36       25.6 
    (b) SF 2-4.............................       2.0         85        1.7 
    (c) SF Investor........................      10.6         85        9.1 
    (d) MF.................................      16.4         90       14.8 
                                            --------------------------------
          Total Market.....................     100.0   .........      51.2 
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    In this example, low- and moderate-income dwelling units are estimated 
    to account for slightly over 51 percent of the total number of dwelling 
    units financed in the conforming mortgage market. To examine the other 
    housing goals, the ``goal percentages'' in Step 2 would be changed and 
    the new ``goal percentages'' would be multiplied by Step 1's property 
    distribution, which remains constant.
    
    3. Data Issues
    
        Unfortunately, complete and consistent mortgage data are not 
    readily available for carrying out the above three steps. A single data 
    set for calculating either the property shares or the housing goal 
    percentages does not exist. However, there are several major data bases 
    that provide a wealth of useful information on the mortgage market. HUD 
    combined information from the following sources: the Home Mortgage 
    Disclosure Act (HMDA) reports, the American Housing Survey (AHS), HUD's 
    Survey of Mortgage Lending Activity (SMLA), and the Census Bureau's 
    Residential Finance Survey (RFS).
        Property Shares. To derive the property shares, HUD started with 
    forecasts of single-family mortgage originations. These forecasts, 
    which are readily available from industry groups and the GSEs, are 
    based on HUD's SMLA. The SMLA does not provide information on 
    conforming mortgages, on owner versus renter mortgages, or on the 
    number of units financed. Thus, to estimate the number of single-family 
    units financed in the conforming conventional market, HUD had to 
    project certain market parameters based on its judgment about the 
    reliability of different data sources. Sections D and E report HUD's 
    findings related to the single-family market.
        Total market originations are obtained by adding multifamily 
    originations to the single-family estimate. Because of the wide range 
    of estimates available, the size of the multifamily mortgage market 
    turned out to be one of the most controversial issues raised in the 
    public comments. In 1994, HMDA reported about $15 billion in 
    conventional multifamily originations while the SMLA reported double 
    that amount ($30 billion). Because most renters qualify under the low- 
    and moderate-income goal, the chosen market size for multifamily can 
    have a substantial effect on the overall estimate of the low- and 
    moderate-income market (as well as on the estimate of the special 
    affordable market). Thus, it is important to have a reliable estimate 
    of the size of the multifamily market. Section C discusses this issue 
    in detail.
        Goal Percentages. To derive the goal percentages for each property 
    type, HUD relied heavily on HMDA and AHS data. For single-family owner 
    originations, HMDA provides comprehensive information on borrower 
    incomes and 
    
    [[Page 61971]]
    census tract locations for metropolitan areas. Unfortunately, it 
    provides no information on the incomes of renters living in mortgaged 
    properties (either single-family or multifamily) or on the 
    affordability of rental units in mortgaged properties. The AHS, 
    however, does provide a wealth of information on the affordability of 
    rental properties. Thus, an important issue here concerns whether 
    affordability data from rental properties can serve as a proxy for the 
    affordability of newly-mortgaged rental properties. This issue as well 
    as other technical issues related to the goal percentages (such as the 
    need to exclude mobile homes from HMDA data) are discussed in Sections 
    F, G, and H.
    
    4. Conclusions
    
        HUD has attempted to reduce the range of uncertainty around its 
    market estimates by carefully reviewing all known major mortgage data 
    sources and by conducting numerous sensitivity analyses to show the 
    effects of alternative assumptions. The remainder of this Appendix 
    reports findings from the additional analyses that HUD has conducted in 
    response to public comments received. Sections C, D, and E report 
    findings related to the property share distributions called for in Step 
    1, while Sections F, G, and H report findings related to the goal-
    specific market parameters called for in Step 2. These latter sections 
    also report the overall market estimates for each housing goal 
    calculated in Step 3.
        HUD contracted with the Urban Institute to comment on the 
    reasonableness of its market share approach and to conduct analyses 
    related to specific comments received from the public about its market 
    share methodology. Findings from several Urban Institute reports will 
    be discussed throughout this Appendix.
    
    C. Size of the Multifamily Mortgage Market
    
        This section derives projections of multifamily mortgage 
    originations, in dollars and in numbers of units in mortgaged 
    properties.
        The multifamily sector is especially important in the establishment 
    of housing goals for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac because multifamily 
    properties are overwhelmingly occupied by low- and moderate-income 
    families. For example, in 1994 11 percent of units financed by Fannie 
    Mae were multifamily, but 93 percent of those units were low- and 
    moderate-income units, accounting for 23 percent of all of Fannie Mae's 
    low- and moderate-income purchases for that year.
        This discussion is organized as follows: Section 1 reviews the 
    proposed rule's approach to multifamily market estimation, the public 
    comments on the methodology, and HUD's approach to resolve various 
    questions raised. Section 2 identifies and evaluates available 
    historical data resources. Section 3 undertakes an analysis of 
    projected aggregate origination volume for 1996 and 1997 for the entire 
    multifamily market and then considers the portion of the market 
    relevant as a basis for establishing housing goals for Fannie Mae and 
    Freddie Mac.
    
    1. The Proposed Rule, Public Comments, and HUD's Approach to Resolving 
    Issues Raised
    
        Proposed rule. The proposed rule presented two projections of the 
    size of the multifamily market. The first, based on the Bureau of the 
    Census's 1991 Survey of Residential Finance (RFS), was $35 billion of 
    conventional multifamily originations, which was projected to be 7 
    percent of the total dollar volume of conventional originations. The 
    second, based on HUD's Survey of Mortgage Lending Activity (SMLA), was 
    $33 billion of conventional multifamily originations, which was 
    projected to be 5 percent of the total dollar volume of conventional 
    originations.
        Public comments. Both GSEs maintained that in deriving market-share 
    estimates for all three of the statutory goals, HUD had made 
    projections of the size of the multifamily market that were 
    unreasonably high. They claimed that HUD had chosen the poorest and 
    least-favorable of the data bases that could have been employed for 
    this purpose.
        The following points were made by the GSEs in support of this 
    general criticism:
        a. HUD's reliance on the Survey of Mortgage Lending Activity 
    (SMLA): The GSEs commented that this survey's estimates of multifamily 
    lending volumes in the early 1990s are based on data for a sample of 
    commercial banks that is known to be out-of-date and too small, yet 
    this survey is the one on which HUD relied most heavily.
        b. HUD's use of the Residential Finance Survey (RFS): The GSEs 
    commented that HUD used mortgage assumptions data that should have been 
    excluded in estimating mortgage origination volumes; that HUD 
    improperly ignored the nature of RFS as a survey of outstanding 
    mortgages still outstanding after a period of time had passed since 
    their origination and did not adequately allow for differential 
    prepayment rates between multifamily and single-family mortgages over 
    that passage of time; that HUD had relied on RFS data for mortgages 
    originated over a longer-than-necessary time interval (1987-1991, when 
    1989-91 could have been used); that HUD had not recognized the decline 
    in origination rates that occurred in the early 1990s, after the end of 
    the period reflected in RFS and after a period of turmoil in the market 
    in 1990-91; that HUD had failed to recognize that originations in 1990-
    91 included significant numbers of multifamily loan restructurings that 
    would have been reported as new loans in RFS (as well as SMLA) but 
    would not have been available for GSE purchase.
        c. HUD's neglect of evidence on the multifamily market in the Home 
    Mortgage Disclosure Act (HMDA) data base: The GSEs stated their belief 
    that HMDA covers nearly 100 percent of the relevant lender base; and 
    that commercial banks are known to file HMDA reports reliably, making 
    this a better source of information on banks than SMLA. As a general 
    matter, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac contended that the HMDA figure for 
    1993 mortgage originations is the more accurate one, based on what they 
    understood to be methodological deficiencies in SMLA and limited 
    applicability of RFS.
        Activities to resolve issues. HUD contracted with the Urban 
    Institute for a wide-ranging evaluation of data sources and exploration 
    of factors that could potentially affect multifamily originations in 
    the next few years. This work included analyses of RFS, SMLA, and HMDA 
    data, investigations of the methodologies used to construct these three 
    data sources, and discussions with knowledgeable individuals in the 
    lending community. This was supplemented by HUD in-house analyses of 
    RFS, HMDA, SMLA, and GSE data on multifamily volumes. In addition, HUD 
    convened two meetings with experts involved in the collection and 
    compilation of RFS, SMLA, and HMDA data and other experts on mortgage 
    originations. HUD also organized a discussion of affordable multifamily 
    development and the secondary market involving a diverse group of 
    lenders, with Urban Institute researchers. Representatives of Fannie 
    Mae and Freddie Mac were present at all of these meetings. The results 
    of these analyses are summarized below.
    
    2. Multifamily Origination Volumes, 1987-1994
    
        The principal sources of evidence on historical multifamily 
    origination volumes are RFS, SMLA, and HMDA. RFS data show the 
    aggregate face value of mortgage loans by year of origination 
    
    [[Page 61972]]
    (in groups of years in the public use RFS data base) which were still 
    outstanding as of the spring 1991 survey date. SMLA and HMDA data 
    represent annual aggregate dollar volumes of loan originations. Table 
    D.1 presents figures for 1987 through 1994.
    
                                        Table D.1.--Multifamily Market Estimates                                    
                                                  [Billions of dollars]                                             
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      RFS mortgages outstanding, spring       SMLA          HMDA    
                    Origination year                                 1991                 originations  originations
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1987...........................................  35.7 (avg.)........................        45.1    ............
    1988...........................................  35.7 (avg.)........................        38.2    ............
    1989...........................................  37.4 (avg.)........................        31.1    ............
    1990...........................................  37.4 (avg.)........................        23.6    ............
    1991...........................................  37.4 (avg.)........................        25.5    ............
    1992...........................................  37.4 (avg.)........................        25.7          10.2  
    1993...........................................  37.4 (avg.)........................        31.7          13.3  
    1994...........................................  37.4 (avg.)........................        31.3          15.2  
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The RFS figures in Table D.1 are expressed on an annualized basis, 
    i.e., value of mortgages originated in 1987 and 1988 (and still 
    outstanding as of 1991) divided by 2, and value originated in 1989-1991 
    (similarly), divided by 2\1/3\ (based on the survey date approximately 
    one-third of the way through 1991).
        To address the public comments, it is necessary to understand the 
    methods used to compile each of these sources. Findings from HUD's 
    comparative analysis will then be presented.
        RFS begins with a sample of properties based on the lists of 
    properties constructed for the decennial censuses of population and 
    housing. The owner of each property is then located and interviewed--
    whether an owner-occupant or an absentee owner of a property that 
    contains entirely rental or vacant units. The survey instrument 
    includes questions on the mortgage(s) that apply to the property, as 
    well as on property and owner characteristics. Each owner is asked to 
    identify the holder or servicer of any applicable mortgage loans, and a 
    separate lender survey instrument is administered. Responses from the 
    owner questionnaires are linked to responses from the lender 
    questionnaires in the data base as released by the Census Bureau. The 
    strength of this survey is that it presents a highly comprehensive 
    picture of residential financing, since it is based on a property 
    sample rather than on a survey of lenders. Consistent and rigorous 
    statistical and operational quality control procedures are applied 
    throughout.
        The data that enter into SMLA are compiled by HUD from source 
    materials generated in various ways from the different institutional 
    types of mortgage lenders. Data on savings associations are collected 
    for HUD by the Office of Thrift Supervision; these data cover all 
    thrifts, not a sample. Mortgage company and life insurance company data 
    are collected through sample surveys conducted by the Mortgage Bankers 
    Association of America and the American Council of Life Insurance, 
    respectively. Data on commercial banks and mutual savings banks are 
    collected on a HUD form from samples of such lenders. The Federal 
    credit agencies and State credit agencies report their data directly to 
    HUD. Local credit agency data are collected by HUD staff from a 
    publication that lists their mortgage financing activities. HUD 
    contracted with ICF, Inc., in 1994 to evaluate the methodology used in 
    constructing the SMLA.12 ICF concluded that, with respect to the 
    survey of commercial banks and mutual savings banks, ``while there do 
    not appear to be any significant problems with the sampling plan, the 
    sample has never been redrawn since the origination of the [SMLA], and 
    . . . has very likely become seriously outdated . . ..'' 13 With 
    respect to mortgage bankers, ICF said that MBA staff had expressed 
    ``concern that estimated data on multifamily . . . originations may not 
    be as reliable as corresponding data on single-family mortgage 
    originations.'' Subsequently, MBA has stopped reporting multifamily 
    originations data to HUD and has begun work to revise its survey 
    procedures. With these two exceptions, ICF concluded that no efforts to 
    improve data collection methodologies appeared warranted.
    
        \12\ Evaluation of Design and Implementation of the Gross Flows 
    Survey of Mortgage Lending Activity, Final Report submitted to HUD, 
    July 31, 1994.
        \13\ HUD's Office of Housing has issued a Request for Proposals 
    for help with improving the commercial banks component of SMLA.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        HMDA data are collected by lending institutions and reported to 
    their respective regulators as required by law. HMDA was enacted as a 
    mechanism to permit the public to determine locations of properties on 
    which local depository institutions make mortgage loans, ``to enable 
    them to determine whether depository institutions are filling their 
    obligations to serve the housing needs of the communities and 
    neighborhoods in which they are located . . .'' (12 USC 2801). HMDA 
    reporting requirements apply to lenders which have offices in 
    Metropolitan Statistical Areas and which have more than $10 million in 
    total assets. (For mortgage bankers, the $10 million includes assets of 
    any parent corporations, reporting is required only if home purchase 
    loan originations exceed 10 percent of total loan originations, and 
    reporting since 1993 has been required only if the institution's annual 
    home purchase loan origination volume is at least 100.) Reporting is 
    required for all loans closed in the name of the lending institution 
    and loans approved and later acquired by the lending institution, 
    including multifamily loans. Thus, the HMDA data base concentrates on 
    lending by depository institutions in metropolitan areas but, unlike 
    SMLA and RFS, it is not a sample survey; it is intended to include 
    loan-level data on all loans made by the institutions that are required 
    to file reports.
        The Urban Institute researchers concluded, based on comparison of 
    the methodologies used in the three surveys and on reported problems 
    with SMLA and HMDA (reviewed above), and on direct analyses of each 
    data base (discussed below) that the RFS is ``an excellent survey which 
    represents a good source of information about multifamily originations 
    in the years just prior to the survey, i.e., 1989-1991''.14 They 
    infer from RFS an estimate of at least $30 billion per year of 
    multifamily originations in 1987-1991.
    
        \14\ ``What We Know About Multifamily Mortgage Originations'', 
    p. 5.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        With this in mind, we proceed to an examination of origination 
    volumes reported by the three data sources by type of lender. Table D.2 
    shows the basic figures. The column headed ``RFS'' shows the annualized 
    aggregate face value of multifamily loans outstanding as of the 1991 
    survey date that were originated in the indicated years, as in Table 
    D.1, but disaggregated in table D.2 by category of loan servicer as of 
    the 1991 survey date. The columns headed ``SMLA'' and ``HMDA'' show 
    aggregate dollar volumes of loan originations by category of originator 
    in the indicated years.
        In addition to category of loan servicer, RFS also reports the 
    category of holder. Use of data from the servicer category, as in Table 
    D.2, produces the more reliable comparison with the other surveys 
    because multifamily loans that are sold into the secondary market tend 
    to remain serviced by the same category of originating lender. There 
    are several major differences between the servicer and holder 
    breakdowns in RFS. Commercial banks hold 20-30 percent more loans for 
    each origination period than they service. Mortgage bankers hold about 
    one-quarter of the value of loans that they serviceone would expect 
    even fewer. Since independent mortgage banking companies are not 
    
    [[Page 61973]]
    chartered to hold loans, these holdings presumably reflect a mis-
    categorization problem such as loans held by depository institutions of 
    which the mortgage bankers are affiliates. Life insurance companies, 
    pension funds, and REITs hold more than double the value of loans than 
    they service. Federally-sponsored secondary market agencies and pools, 
    and to a lesser extent conventional pools, are significant non-
    servicing holders of mortgages.
        The total SMLA figure for 1987-88 is greater than the corresponding 
    total RFS figure, consistent with attrition from the inventory of 
    multifamily mortgages outstanding before the date of administration of 
    the RFS. SMLA figures are also greater than RFS figures for lender 
    categories, except for mortgage bankers.
        The total RFS figure for 1989-91 is greater than the corresponding 
    SMLA figure. To a significant extent, the difference reflects 
    categories of lenders that SMLA does not cover: finance companies, 
    individuals and estates, and ``other'' lendersthese include trust 
    accounts administered by banks, nonprofit organizations, and insurance 
    companies other than life insurance companies.
        The main question raised by this comparison is why SMLA and HMDA 
    report such different multifamily estimates for 1993. SMLA reports 
    $31.7 billion while HMDA reports $13.3 billion. The Urban Institute 
    conducted extensive analysis to answer this question. The researchers 
    concluded both that the SMLA multifamily origination volume was too 
    high and the HMDA estimate was too low, creating the large gap in 
    reported 1993 multifamily originations. They concluded that the 1993 
    lending volume was actually in the range of $25-30 billion, i.e., the 
    SMLA figure may be as much as $7 billion too high and the 1993 HMDA 
    figure is likely at least $12 billion too low. This conclusion is 
    supported by the following analyses:
    
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-P
    
    [[Page 61974]]
    [GRAPHIC][TIFF OMITTED]TR01DE95.024
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-C
    
    [[Page 61975]]
    
        (a) A commercial banks figure of $7-8 billion is more plausible 
    than SMLA's $18.8 billion for 1993. Comparison of HMDA and SMLA data on 
    loans purchased in 1993 indicates that HMDA missed a significant volume 
    of multifamily loan originations; thus the $4.8 billion HMDA figure is 
    too low. A $7-8 billion figure is implied by combining the HMDA and 
    SMLA data.15
    
        \15\  ``Estimating the Volume of Multifamily Mortgage 
    Originations for Commercial Banks.''
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (b) The SMLA overestimate for banks is offset by underestimation of 
    multifamily loans for some lender categories, particularly mortgage 
    bankers, loans by individuals, and life insurance companies.16
    
        \16\  ``What We Know About Mortgage Originations,'' p. 20.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (c) A conclusion that HMDA underreports multifamily originations is 
    supported by a comparison between HMDA and Fannie Mae data. Loans 
    reported in HMDA as sold to Fannie Mae in 1993 tend to be smaller in 
    size than Fannie Mae's 1993 multifamily originations as shown in the 
    Fannie Mae data base. In addition, 41 percent of Fannie Mae's 1993 
    multifamily mortgage purchases were found to be in tracts where HMDA 
    reported no multifamily originations. It appears that larger 
    multifamily loans tend not to be reported in HMDA. Further evidence of 
    the poor quality of the HMDA multifamily data is the fact that it 
    reported that in 1993 more multifamily loans were sold to Freddie Mac 
    than to Fannie Mae, when in fact Freddie Mac's purchases were only a 
    small fraction of Fannie Mae's purchases.
        (d) In addition, the HMDA data base does not cover a number of 
    important categories of multifamily lenders such as life insurance 
    companies and State housing finance agencies, providing another reason 
    that the HMDA data understates the size of the multifamily market.
        (e) The conclusion regarding HMDA is further supported by an 
    analysis of RFS data, projecting loan terminations for to 1993 based on 
    RFS's estimates of loans outstanding by maturity in 1991, using a 
    hazard modeling framework.17
    
        \17\  ``An Alternative Methodology to Estimate the Volume of 
    Multifamily Mortgage Originations.''
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The SMLA figures, with the adjustments for 1993 discussed above, 
    indicate a volume of multifamily mortgage originations of at least $30 
    billion around 1990, dropping to around $25 billion in the early 1990s. 
    The inconsistency between the revised SMLA estimate and the HMDA 1993 
    estimate is the result of HMDA's underestimation for commercial banks 
    and mortgage companies, and omission of several important lending 
    categories shown in SMLA and RFS.
        The estimate of $25-30 billion annual lending volume for 1993 and 
    other years in the early 1990s represents around 10 percent of the 
    aggregate value of multifamily mortgage debt outstanding, which was 
    estimated by RFS at $329 billion as of Spring 1991.18 Such an 
    originations-to-outstanding debt ratio is consistent with the value of 
    this ratio during the preceding several years, which provides further 
    support both for the conclusion regarding 1993 and for HUD's 
    extrapolation to 1996 and beyond.
    
        \18\  SMLA's figure is $245 billion as of the end of 1992. 
    SMLA's coverage is less than RFS's. This figure is based on call 
    reports and not subject to the methodological comments concerning 
    SMLA's bank origination volume estimates.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    3. Projections for 1996 and Beyond
    
        Of the three data bases described above, the greatest confidence 
    appears warranted for the RFS. The Urban Institute researchers 
    therefore developed a model to project multifamily origination volumes 
    from the 1991 survey date forward, based on RFS data on mortgages by 
    year since origination. They applied a statistical model of mortgage 
    terminations based on Freddie Mac's experience from the mid-1970s to 
    around 1990. While mortgage characteristics in 1990 are not wholly 
    similar to the characteristics of these historical mortgages financed 
    by Freddie Mac, nevertheless the prepayment propensities of 
    contemporary mortgages may at least be approximated by the prepayment 
    experience of these historical mortgages. The research methodology took 
    account of the influence of interest rate fluctuations on prepayments 
    of the historical mortgages; the projections assumed that prepayments 
    are motivated mainly by property sales.19
    
        \19\ This is the methodology used to construct the 1993 RFS-
    based estimate cited above.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The analysis began with the $273 billion of outstanding first 
    mortgage debt shown by RFS for 1991. Forecast mortgage origination 
    volumes based on mortgages existing in 1991 were: $27 billion for 1993 
    (providing a useful point of comparison with the HMDA and SMLA figures 
    referenced earlier), $37 billion for 1996 and $40 billion for 1997, the 
    years to which this rulemaking applies. New construction was projected 
    to add slightly less than $7 billion of mortgage lending volume each 
    year to these figures.
        These analyses imply an aggregate volume approaching $40 billion 
    for the whole multifamily market in 1996. To derive an estimate of the 
    market relevant to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, we exclude (a) FHA-
    insured loans, and (b) loans insured by State bonding agencies and held 
    by State and local credit agencies. Other categories of mortgages, 
    considering the type of insurer, servicer, or holder, do not tend to 
    have mortgage characteristics that differ substantially from the 
    multifamily mortgages that are purchased by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. 
    There is thus no particular basis for excluding them.
        Based on this analysis, $30-$35 billion per year are reasonable 
    projections of multifamily mortgage origination volumes for 1996. Urban 
    Institute analysis indicates an increasing level in 1997 and 
    beyond.20
    
        \20\ ``An Alternative Methodology to Estimate the Volume of 
    Multifamily Mortgage Originations.''
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    D. Single-Family Owner and Rental Mortgage Market Shares
    
    1. Available Data
    
        HUD projects that originations for single-family properties will 
    total $700 billion in 1996. Because this projection is based on HUD's 
    Survey of Mortgage Lending Activity, it combines mortgage originations 
    for the three different types of single-family properties: owner-
    occupied, one-unit properties (SF-O); 2-4 unit rental properties (SF 2-
    4); and 1-4 unit rental properties owned by investors (SF-Investor). 
    The fact that the goal percentages are much higher for the two rental 
    categories argues strongly for disaggregating single-family mortgage 
    originations by property type. This section discusses available data 
    for estimating the relative size of the single-family rental mortgage 
    market.
        The RFS and HMDA are the two data sources for estimating the 
    relative size of the single-family rental market. The RFS provides 
    mortgage origination estimates for each of the three single-family 
    property types. HMDA divides single-family mortgage originations into 
    two property types: 21
    
        \21\ This ignores the HMDA loans with ``non-applicable'' for 
    owner type.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (1) Owner-occupied originations, which include both SF-O and SF 2-
    4.
        (2) Non-owner-occupied mortgage originations, which include SF 
    Investor.
        The percentage distributions of mortgages from these data sources 
    are as follows:
    
                                                                                                                    
    
    [[Page 61976]]
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                             HUD's  
                                                                                   1994 HMDA    1987-91     proposed
                                                         1993 HMDA (percent)       (percent)    \22\ RFS      rule  
                                                                                               (percent)   (percent)
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    SF-O.........................................  94.3..........................      92.0        80.4        88.0 
    SF 2-4.......................................  (Included above)..............  .........        2.3         2.0 
                                                  ------------------------------------------------------------------
    SF Investor..................................  5.7...........................       8.0        17.3        10.0 
          Total..................................  100.0.........................     100.0       100.0       100.0 
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    
    
    Because HMDA combines the first two categories, the comparisons between 
    the data bases must necessarily focus on the SF investor category. The 
    RFS estimate of 17.3 percent is over twice HMDA's highest estimate. In 
    its proposed rule, HUD projected a 10.0 percent share for the SF 
    investor group, only two percentage points higher than the 1994 HMDA 
    figure. In fact, HUD's projection appears quite conservative relative 
    to the RFS estimate of 17.3 percent.
    
        \22\ The year-by-year distributions from the RFS were not too 
    different from the average distribution given in the text.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    2. Urban Institute Analysis--Investor Market Share
    
        HUD asked the Urban Institute to analyze the differences between 
    the RFS and HMDA investor shares and determine which was the more 
    reasonable. The Urban Institute's analysis of this issue is contained 
    in a report by Dixie Blackley and James Follain.23 Blackley and 
    Follain provide reasons why HMDA should be adjusted upward as well as 
    reasons why the RFS should be adjusted downward. One reason for 
    adjusting HMDA's investor share upward is that the investor share of 
    mortgage originations as reported by HMDA is much lower that the 
    investor share of the single-family rental stock as reported by the 
    AHS. The fact that investor loans prepay at a faster rate than other 
    single-family loans suggests to Blackley and Follain that the investor 
    share of single-family mortgage originations should be higher--not 
    lower--than the investor share of the single-family housing stock. 
    Follain and Blackley conclude that ``this brings into question the 
    investor share based upon HMDA data'' (page 15).
    
        \23\ Dixie M. Blackley and James R. Follain, ``A Critique of the 
    Methodology Used to Determine Affordable Housing Goals for the 
    Government Sponsored Housing Enterprises,'' October 1995.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The RFS's investor share should be adjusted downward in part 
    because the RFS assigns all vacant properties to the rental group, but 
    some of these are likely intended for the owner market, especially 
    among one-unit properties. Blackley and Follain's analysis of this 
    issue suggests lowering the investor share from 17.3 percent to about 
    14-15 percent.
        Blackley and Follain note that a conservative estimate of the SF 
    investor share is advisable because of the difficulty of measuring the 
    magnitudes of the various effects that they analyzed.24 They 
    conclude that 10 percent and 12 percent are reasonable estimates of the 
    investor share of single-family mortgage originations.25 As noted 
    earlier, HUD projected an investor share of 10 percent in its proposed 
    rule. Blackley and Follain caution that uncertainty exists around these 
    estimates because data bases needed to estimate these parameters do not 
    provide precise measures of their size.
    
        \24\ For example, they note that discussions with some lenders 
    suggest that because of higher mortgage rates on investor 
    properties, some HMDA-reported owner-occupants may in fact be 
    ``hidden'' investors; however, it would be difficult to quantify 
    this effect. They also note that some properties may switch from 
    owner to renter properties soon after the mortgage is originated. 
    While such loans would be classified by HMDA as owner-occupied at 
    the time of mortgage origination, they could be classified by the 
    RFS as rental mortgages. Again, it would be difficult to quantify 
    this effect given available data.
        \25\ Ibid., page 22.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    3. Single-Family Market in Terms of Unit Shares
    
        The market share estimates for the housing goals need to be 
    expressed as percentages of units rather than as percentages of 
    mortgages. Thus, it is necessary to compare unit-based distributions of 
    the single-family mortgage market under the alternative estimates 
    discussed so far. The mortgage-based distributions given above in 
    Section D.1 were adjusted in two ways. First, the owner-occupied HMDA 
    data were disaggregated between SF-O and SF 2-4 mortgages based on RFS 
    data, which show that SF 2-4 mortgages represent approximately 2 
    percent of all single-family mortgages. Second, the resulting mortgage-
    based distributions were shifted to unit-based distributions by 
    applying the unit-per-mortgage assumptions in HUD's proposed rule. HUD 
    assumed 2.25 units per SF 2-4 property and 1.35 units per SF investor 
    property; both figures were derived from the 1991 RFS.26
    
        \26\ The unit-per-mortgage data from the 1991 RFS match closely 
    the GSE purchase data for 1993 and 1994. Blackley and Follain show 
    that an adjustment for vacant investor properties would raise the 
    average units per mortgage to 1.4; however, this increase is so 
    small that it has little effect on the overall market estimates.  ..
    
                                                                                                                    
    
    [[Page 61977]]
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                HUD's     Blackley/ 
                                                                                    1987-91    proposed    Follain  
                                                          1994 HMDA (percent)         RFS        rule    alternative
                                                                                   (percent)  (percent)   (percent) 
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    SF-O...........................................  85.4                              73.8       83.0        80.6  
    SF-2-4 Owner 27................................  1.9                                2.1        1.9         1.9  
                                                     (est.)                                                         
    SF 2-4 Renter..................................  2.4                                2.7        2.4         2.3  
                                                     (est.)                                                         
    SF Investor....................................  10.3                              21.4       12.7        15.2  
                                                    ----------------------------------------------------------------
          Total....................................  100.0                            100.0      100.0       100.0  
    SF-Rental......................................  12.7                              24.1       15.1        17.5  
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    
    
        Three points should be made about these data. First, notice that 
    the ``SF-Rental'' row highlights the share of the single-family 
    mortgage market accounted for by all rental units.
    
        \27\ Notice that the SF 2-4 category has been divided into its 
    owner and renter subcomponents. This is easily done based on the 
    assumption of 2.25 units per SF 2-4 mortgage. For each mortgage, one 
    unit represents the owner occupant and 1.25 additional units 
    represent renter occupants. The owner-occupant is included in the 
    SF-O category in this Appendix. This is necessary because different 
    data sources are used to estimate the owner's income and the 
    affordability of the rental units. The income of owners of 2-4 
    properties are included in the borrower income data reported by 
    HMDA. The AHS will be used to estimate the affordability of the 
    rental units.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Second, notice that the rental categories represent a larger share 
    of the unit-based market than they did of the mortgage-based market 
    reported earlier. This, of course, follows directly from applying the 
    loan-per-unit expansion factors.
        Third, notice that the rental share under HMDA's unit-based 
    distribution is again about one-half of the rental share under the 
    RFS's distribution. The rental share in HUD's proposed rule is slightly 
    larger than that reported by HMDA. The rental share in the ``Blackley-
    Follain'' alternative is slightly above that in HUD's proposed 
    rule.28
    
        \28\ Blackley and Follain say that 10 or 12 percent are 
    reasonable estimates. Since HUD's proposed rule was approximately 10 
    percent, the ``Blackley-Follain'' alternative assumes that investors 
    account for 12 percent of all single-family mortgages.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    4. Conclusions
    
        This section has reviewed data and analyses related to determining 
    the rental share of the single-family mortgage market. There are two 
    main conclusions:
        (1) The analytical findings do not support public commenters who 
    argued that HUD had overestimated the single-family rental market in 
    its proposed rule. While there is uncertainty concerning the relative 
    size of this market, the projections made by HUD appear reasonable and, 
    in fact, are below one set of the ``best estimates'' provided by 
    Blackley and Follain.
        (2) HMDA likely underestimates the single-family rental mortgage 
    market. Thus, this part of the HMDA data are not considered reliable 
    enough to use in computing the market shares for the housing goals. 
    HMDA's rental data are included, however, in various sensitivity 
    analyses of the market shares conducted in Sections F, G, and H. These 
    analyses will show the effects on the overall market estimates of the 
    different projections about the size of the single-family rental 
    market.
    
    E. HUD's Market Share Model
    
        This section integrates findings from the previous two sections 
    about the absolute size of the multifamily mortgage market and the 
    relative distribution of single-family owner and rental mortgages into 
    a single model of the mortgage market. The section provides the basic 
    equations for HUD's market share model and identifies the remaining 
    parameters that must be estimated.
        The output of this section is a unit-based distribution for the 
    four property types discussed in Section B.29 Sections F-H will 
    apply goal percentages to this property distribution in order to 
    determine the size of the mortgage market for each of the three housing 
    goals.
    
        \29\ The property distribution reported in Section A is an 
    example of the output of the market share model. Thus, this section 
    completes Step 1 of the three-step procedure outlined in Section A.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    1. Basic Equations for Determining Units Financed in the Mortgage 
    Market
    
        The model first estimates the number of dwelling units financed by 
    conventional conforming mortgage originations for each of the four 
    property types. It then determines each property type's share of the 
    total number of dwelling units financed.
    a. Single-Family Units
        This section estimates that 5.11 million single-family units will 
    be financed in the conventional conforming market in 1996, where 
    single-family units (SF-UNITS) are defined as:
    
    SF-UNITS = SF-O + SF 2-4 + SF-INVESTOR
    
        First, we estimate the dollar volume of conventional conforming 
    single-family mortgages (CCSFM$):
    
    (1) CCSFM$ = CONF% * CONV% * SFORIG$
    
    Where:
    
    CONF% = conforming mortgage originations as a percent (measured in 
    dollars) of conventional single-family originations; estimated to be 
    83%.30
    
        \30\ The model projects that the conventional market share will 
    increase slightly over its 81.4 percent of total mortgage 
    originations in 1994.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    CONV% = conventional mortgage originations as a percent of total 
    mortgage originations; forecasted to 78% by industry and GSEs.31
    
        \31\ Data provided by Fannie Mae show that conforming loans have 
    been about 78 percent of total conventional loans over the past few 
    years.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    SFORIG$ = dollar volume of single-family one-to-four unit mortgages; 
    projected to be $700 billion 32 in 1996 based on industry and GSE 
    market forecasts.33
    
        \32\ Single-family mortgage originations are estimated to be 
    $700 billion in 1996, a reduction of $310 billion from the record 
    setting $1,010 billion in 1993 and a reduction of $70 billion from 
    the $770 billion in 1994. These reductions are due to the decline in 
    refinance activity which is projected to fall from almost 60 percent 
    of originations in 1993 to 25 percent in 1996.
        \33\ Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and the Mortgage Bankers 
    Association have provided HUD with projections of 1996 single-family 
    originations. Because the 1997 market is expected to be similar to 
    the 1996 market, the discussion focuses on the 1996 market. The 
    various market estimates reported in Sections E, F, and G for the 
    1996 market serve as a proxy for the 1997 market.
    
    Substituting these values into (1) yields an estimate for CCSFM$ of 
    $453 billion. 
    
    [[Page 61978]]
    
        Second, we estimate the number of conventional conforming single-
    family mortgages (CCSFM#):
    
    (2) CCSFM# = CCSFM$/SFLOAN$
    
    Where:
    
    SFLOAN$ = the average conventional conforming mortgage amount for 
    single-family properties; estimated to be $94,000.34
    
        \34\ The Federal Housing Finance Board's 1994 Mortgage Interest 
    Rate Survey (MIRS) reported an average loan size of $109,900 for 
    one-unit, owner-occupied conventional mortgages. Assuming that 78 
    percent of the dollar volume of conventional single-family 
    originations is conforming and that 90 percent of the number of 
    conventional originations are conforming, the average loan amount 
    for one-unit, owner-occupied mortgages in the conforming market is 
    obtained by multiplying $109,900 by (.78/.90); this produces 
    $95,246. A small adjustment (based on GSE data) is applied to this 
    figure to reflect the fact that SFORIG$ includes a relatively small 
    volume of mortgages for two-to-four-unit and investor properties 
    (see Section C above). This produces an average loan size of about 
    $94,000 for the conventional conforming market.
    
    Substituting this value into (2) yields an estimate of 4.82 million 
    mortgages in 1996.
        Third, we estimate the total number of single-family mortgages 
    among the three single-family property types. Using the 88/2/10 
    percentage distribution for single-family mortgages from HUD's proposed 
    rule (see Section C), the following results are obtained:
    
    (3a) SF-OM# = .88 * CCSFM# = number of owner-occupied, one-unit 
    mortgages = 4.24 million.
    (3b) SF-2-4M# = .02 * CCSFM# = number of owner-occupied, two-to-four 
    unit mortgages = .10 million.
    (3c) SF-INVM# = .10 * CCSFM# = number of one-to-four unit investor 
    mortgages = .48 million.
    
        Fourth, we determine the number of dwelling units financed by these 
    single-family mortgages:
    
    (4a) SF-O = SF-OM# + SF-2-4M# = number of owner-occupied dwelling units 
    financed = 4.34 million.
    (4b) SF 2-4 = 1.25 * SF-2-4M# = number of rental units in 2-4 
    properties where a owner occupies one of the units = .12 
    million.35
    
        \35\ Based on the RFS, there is an average of 2.25 housing units 
    per mortgage for 2-4 properties. 1.25 is used here because one 
    (i.e., the owner occupant) of the 2.25 units is allocated to the SF-
    O category. The RFS is also the source of the 1.35 used in (4c).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    (4c) SF-INVESTOR = 1.35 * SF-INVM# = number of single-family investor 
    dwelling units financed = .65 million.
    
    Summing equations 4a-4c gives 5.11 million for the projected number of 
    newly-mortgaged single-family units (SF-UNITS).
    b. Multifamily Units
        The number of dwelling units financed by conventional conforming 
    multifamily originations is:
    
    (5) MF-UNITS = CCMFM$/MFLOAN$
    
    Where:
    
    CCMFM$ = conventional conforming mortgage originations, which are 
    projected to be $30 billion; as discussed in Section C, alternative 
    estimates of the multifamily market will be included in the analysis.
    MFLOAN$ = average loan amount per housing unit in multifamily 
    properties = $30,000.36
    
        \36\ Blackley and Follain, op. cit., p. 10.
    
    Substituting these values into (5) yields a projection for MF-UNITS of 
    1.0 million.
    c. Total Units Financed
        The total number of dwelling units financed by the conventional 
    conforming mortgage market (TOTAL) can be expressed in three useful 
    ways:
    
    (6a) TOTAL = SF-UNITS + MF-UNITS = 6.11 million
    (6b) TOTAL = SF-O + SF 2-4 + SF-INVESTOR + MF-UNITS
    (6c) TOTAL = SF-O + SF-RENTAL + MF-UNITS
    
    Where SF-RENTAL equals SF-2-4 plus SF-INVESTOR.
    
    2. Property Distributions
    
        The next step is to express the number of dwelling units financed 
    for each property type as a percentage of the total number of units 
    financed by conventional conforming mortgage originations.37
    
        \37\ The share of the mortgage market accounted for by owner 
    occupants is (SF-O)/TOTAL; the share of the market accounted for by 
    all single-family rental units is SF-RENTAL/TOTAL; and so on.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The projections used above in equations (1)-(6) produce the 
    following distributions of financed units by property type:
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        Percent                      Percent
                                         share                        share 
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    SF-O..............................     71.0                             
    SF 2-4............................      2.0  SF-O..............  \38\ 71
                                                                          .8
    SF INVESTOR.......................     10.6  SF-RENTER.........     12.6
    MF-UNITS..........................     16.4  MF-UNITS..........     16.4
                                       -------------------------------------
          Total.......................    100.0    ................    100.0
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Sections  C and D discussed alternative projections for the volume 
    of the multifamily originations and the investor share of single-family 
    mortgages. The analysis in this appendix will consider three 
    multifamily origination levels--$23 billion, $30 billion, and $35 
    billion--and three projections about the investor share of single-
    family mortgages--7 percent, 10 percent, and 12 percent. The middle 
    values ($30 billion and 10 percent) will be considered the ``baseline'' 
    projections throughout the Appendix.
    
        \38\ Owners of 2-4 properties account for 1.6 percentage points 
    of the 71.0 percent for SF-O.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Table D.3 reports the unit-based distributions produced by HUD's 
    market share model for different combinations of these projections. The 
    effects of the different projections can best be seen by examining the 
    owner category which varies by 9 percentage points, from a low of 67.2 
    percent (multifamily originations of $35 billion coupled with an 
    investor mortgage share of 12 percent) to a high of 76.0 percent 
    (multifamily originations of $23 billion coupled with an investor 
    mortgage share of 7 percent). The owner share under the baseline 
    projections ($30 billion and 10 percent) is 71.0 percent.
    
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-P
    
    [[Page 61979]]
    [GRAPHIC][TIFF OMITTED]TR01DE95.025
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-C 
    
    [[Page 61980]]
    
        Comparison with the RFS. The Residential Finance Survey is the only 
    mortgage data source that provides unit-based property distributions 
    similar to those reported in Table D.3. Based on RFS data for 1987 to 
    1991, HUD estimated that, of total dwelling units in properties 
    financed by recently acquired conventional conforming mortgages, 56.5 
    percent were owner-occupied units, 17.9 percent were single-family 
    rental units, and 25.6 percent were multifamily rental units.39 
    Thus, the RFS presents a much lower owner share than does HUD's model. 
    This difference is due mainly to the relatively high level of 
    multifamily originations during the mid- to late-1980s, which is the 
    period covered by the RFS.40
    
        \39\ Restricting the RFS analysis to 1991 resulted in only minor 
    changes to the market shares.
        \40\ Between 1987 and 1991, annual multifamily mortgage 
    originations averaged $32 billion, representing 7.2 percent of 
    conventional mortgage originations. In 1994, conventional 
    multifamily originations stood at $30 billion but because of the 
    increase in single-family originations since the late 1980s, the 
    multifamily share of total originations had dropped to 4.5 percent. 
    In HUD's projection model, the $30 billion in multifamily 
    originations represents 4.9 percent of total conventional 
    originations for 1996.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    3. Sensitivity of Property Distributions to Changes in Other Model 
    Parameters
    
        The multifamily and single-family rental markets are not the only 
    areas where some degree of uncertainty exists about their magnitudes. 
    HUD examined the sensitivity of the property distributions given in 
    Table D.3 to changes in several other model parameters. Most of these 
    sensitivity analyses will be reported when discussing the market 
    estimates for each of the housing goals. Suffice it to say here that 
    any changes that reduce the owner categorysuch as reducing the overall 
    level of single-family origination activity or raising the per unit 
    loan amounts for single-family mortgagestend to increase the market 
    estimates for each of the housing goals. This occurs because the goal 
    percentages for owner mortgages are lower than those for rental 
    housing.
    
    F. Size of the Conventional Conforming Mortgage Market Serving Low- and 
    Moderate-Income Families
    
        This section estimates the size of the low- and moderate-income 
    market by applying low- and moderate-income percentages to the property 
    shares given in Table D.3. This section essentially accomplishes Steps 
    2 and 3 of the three-step procedure discussed in Section B.
        Technical issues and data adjustments related to the low- and 
    moderate-income percentages for owners and renters are discussed in the 
    first two subsections. Then, estimates of the size of the low- and 
    moderate-income market are presented along with several sensitivity 
    analyses. Based on these analyses, HUD concludes that 48-52 percent is 
    a reasonable estimate of the mortgage market's low- and moderate-income 
    share for 1996 and 1997. It is assumed that similar shares will exist 
    following 1997.
        The final rule establishes the Low- and Moderate-Income Goal for 
    1996 at 40 percent of the total number of dwelling units financed by 
    the GSE's mortgage purchases for 1996. The level of the goal for 1997 
    and subsequent years is 42 percent of each year's mortgage purchases.
    
    1. Low- and Moderate-Income Percentage for Single-Family Owner 
    Mortgages
    
    a. HMDA Data
        The most important determinant of the low- and moderate-income 
    share of the mortgage market is the income distribution of single-
    family borrowers. HMDA reports annual income data for families living 
    in metropolitan areas who purchase a home or refinance their existing 
    mortgage.41 Table D.4 gives the percentage of mortgages taken out 
    by low- and moderate-income families for the years 1992, 1993, and 
    1994. For each year, an unadjusted low- and moderate-income percentage 
    is reported as well as one based on the adjustments that HUD made in 
    its proposed rule, that is, excluding loans less than $15,000 and 
    excluding loans where the loan-to-income ratio was greater than 
    six.42 The additional adjustments reported for 1993 and 1994 will 
    be discussed below.
    
        \41\ As noted earlier, HMDA data are expressed in terms of 
    number of loans rather than number of units. In addition, HMDA data 
    do not distinguish between owner-occupied one-unit properties and 
    owner-occupied 2-4 properties. This is not a particular problem for 
    this section's analysis of owner incomes.
        \42\ The purpose of the first adjustment was to drop from the 
    analysis small loans (such as mobile home loans) which the GSEs do 
    not typically purchase; the purpose of the second adjustment was to 
    cleanse the data base of outliers and likely coding errors. As 
    discussed below, a more direct adjustment for mobile homes is made 
    in this final rule.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Table D.4 also reports similar data for very-low-income families 
    (that is, families with incomes less than 60 percent of area median 
    income). These data will be used in Section H to estimate the special 
    affordable mortgage market.
        Two trends in the income data should be mentioned. First, the 
    percentage of borrowers with less than area median income has increased 
    significantly over the past three yearsborrowers with less than median 
    income increased from 33.5 percent of the home purchase market in 1992 
    to 42.6 percent of that market in 1994. This jump in low-income lending 
    has been attributed to historically low interest rates during this 
    period and to affordable lending initiatives and outreach efforts on 
    the part of lenders, private mortgage insurers, and the GSEs. Second, 
    the characteristics of borrowers refinancing mortgages appears to have 
    changed between 1993 and 1994. During the refinancing waves of 1992 and 
    1993, refinancing borrowers had much higher incomes than borrowers 
    purchasing homes. But during 1994 these two groups exhibited 
    practically the same income distributions.
    
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-P
    
    [[Page 61981]]
    [GRAPHIC][TIFF OMITTED]TR01DE95.026
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-C 
    
    [[Page 61982]]
    
    b. Adjustment for Mobile Home Loans
        The GSEs do not purchase mobile home loans under their seller/
    servicer guidelines unless they are real estate loans, that is, the 
    home must have a permanent foundation and the site must be either 
    purchased as part of the transaction or already owned by the borrower. 
    A 1993 study estimated that only 10 percent of existing mobile homes 
    could qualify under GSE guidelines, but industry trends (more homes on 
    private lots and on concrete foundations) suggest that this percentage 
    has grown in the past few years.43 Mobile home loans present a 
    problem for this analysis because an unknown number of them are 
    included in the HMDA data. Since mobile homes are disproportionately 
    occupied by lower-income families, their inclusion in HMDA data 
    overstates the number of low-income loans eligible for GSE purchase 
    under their seller/servicer guidelines. In other words, the 42.6 
    percent share for less-than-median-income home purchasers given in 
    Table D.4 overstates the low- and moderate-income share of home 
    purchase loans available to the GSEs in 1994.
    
        \43\ See the study conducted by The Hamilton Securities Group 
    (dated September 1993) for the National Commission on Manufactured 
    Housing. Data supporting the 10 percent estimate for existing mobile 
    homes was not provided by Hamilton.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        According to industry representatives, it is unclear how many 
    mobile home lenders report to HMDA, and for those that do report to 
    HMDA, how many provide information on their non-real estate loans. HUD 
    was able to identify four lenders in the HMDA data that primarily 
    originate mobile home loans.44 According to HMDA, these lenders 
    originated 101,493 owner-occupied loans in 1993 and 124,251 in 1994. 
    Reflecting the fact that over half of all mobile homes are sold in 
    nonmetropolitan areas, only 33,813 (33 percent) of the four lenders' 
    1993 loans and 48,400 (39 percent) of their 1994 loans had geocode 
    information (such as census tract or MSA code) indicating that the 
    loans were for properties located in metropolitan areas.
    
        \44\ These lenders were Green Tree Acceptance, Vanderbilt 
    Mortgage, The CIT Group, and Oakwood. Green Tree is estimated to 
    account for 20-30 percent of the mobile home market.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        With this information, ``ineligible'' mobile home loans under the 
    GSE seller/servicer guidelines could be deducted from the unadjusted 
    HMDA data in three steps. First, the percentage income distribution of 
    the above-mentioned geocoded mobile home loans 45 could be applied 
    to an ``estimate'' of the total number of geocoded mobile home loans 
    included in the HMDA data base. (As discussed below, obtaining this 
    ``estimate'' is the difficult part.) This would produce numbers of 
    projected mobile home loans by income category. Next, the projected 
    mobile home loans could be deducted from HMDA's unadjusted numbers for 
    each income category. This would produce estimates of HMDA-reported, 
    non-mobile-home loans by income category. Finally, a percentage income 
    distribution could be calculated from these adjusted HMDA data.
    
        \45\ The income distribution for the 48,400 loans included in 
    the 1994 HMDA data is: 34.5% had income less than 60% of AMI, 23.6% 
    had income 60-80% of AMI, 17.2% had income 80-100% of AMI, and 24.7% 
    had income greater than 100% of AMI. This can be compared with the 
    income distribution for all HMDA loans reported in Table D.4. A 
    mobile home loan borrower is almost three times more likely to have 
    a very low income than the typical borrower (34.5% versus 12.5%). 
    (Similar results were obtained for 1993 HMDA data.)
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        HUD examined other data on the size of the mortgage market for 
    mobile homes in order to determine some upper bounds for the 
    ``estimate'' required in the first step. According to the American 
    Housing Survey, there were 235,000 newly-constructed mobile homes in 
    1993, and 99,300 of these were located in metropolitan areas. About 
    85,000 of the newly-constructed mobile homes in metropolitan areas were 
    financed with a mortgage or installment contract, rather than purchased 
    ``free and clear.'' The other major category of mobile home lending 
    involves purchases of existing mobile homes.46 According to the 
    AHS, 95,000 existing mobile homes located in metropolitan areas were 
    sold and purchased using a mortgage or installment contract during 
    1993. Thus, the AHS estimates that there were about 180,000 owner-
    occupied mobile homes purchased and financed during 1993.47 
    Assuming that 10-15 percent of these 180,000 loans are ``eligible'' 
    under the GSE guidelines would reduce the estimate of ineligible loans 
    to the 155,000-165,000 range.
    
        \46\ Only about 5 percent of the identified mobile home loans 
    were refinance loans. This explains why the income percentages for 
    refinance loans in Table D.4 do not change very much, and why the 
    change in total loans is much less than the change in home purchase 
    loans. Manufactured Housing Insurance staff tell us that mobile home 
    refinance loans are uncommon. Even if mobile home refinance loans 
    were important, the 25 percent refinance share for 1996 loans in 
    HUD's model would reduce the importance of this issue.
        \47\ It should be noted that the AHS sample for recent movers 
    purchasing mobile homes was small which means that this estimate is 
    subject to some degree of uncertainty.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Adjusted HMDA Data. Table D.4 shows the effects of a series of 
    estimates of the size of the mobile home loan market included in HMDA. 
    Adjusting HMDA data in the manner described earlier reduces the low- 
    and moderate-income percentage for 1993 home purchase loans from the 
    unadjusted HMDA figure of 39.6 percent to 37.9 percent if one assumes 
    that 75,000 ineligible mobile home loans are included in HMDA income 
    data, and to 37.3 percent if one assumes 100,000.48 Increasing the 
    assumptions to 125,000 and 150,000 ineligible mobile home loans reduces 
    the low- and moderate-income percentage further to 36.6 percent and 
    36.0 percent, respectively.
    
        \48\ It should be noted that the adjustments made in HUD's 
    proposed rule produce about the same effects as the mobile home 
    adjustments discussed above; this can be seen by comparing 
    percentages in row B with those in rows C(1) and C(2) of Table D.4. 
    One reason for this similarity is that many mobile home loans are 
    less than $15,000 and these were excluded from HUD's analysis in the 
    proposed rule.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        As shown in Table D.4, the market share for very-low-income 
    families is proportionately more affected by the adjustment than is the 
    market share for less-than-median-income families. For instance, the 
    home purchase share for very-low-income home purchase borrowers falls 
    from 11.5 percent to 10.3 percent assuming that 75,000 mobile home 
    loans are included in the 1993 HMDA data, and to 9.0 percent assuming 
    that 150,000 mobile home loans are included in the HMDA data.
        Mobile home loans were excluded from the AHS income data reported 
    in Table D.4. For home purchase loans, that data show a 38.7 percent 
    low- and moderate-income percentage and a 12.9 percent very-low-income 
    percentage for 1993. Thus, the AHS income data suggest that the larger 
    deductions for mobile homes (125,000 and 150,000) are probably too 
    high.49 In addition, when the 150,000 ``estimate'' was applied in 
    the above three-step procedure, mobile homes accounted for all of the 
    low- and moderate-income loans less than $15,000 included in the 1993 
    HMDA data base.50 While the appropriate deduction of mobile home 
    loans from HMDA data is not known, it appears to be much less than the 
    higher estimates reported in Table D.4.
    
        \49\ Even adjusting the 12.9 percent figure for possible 
    underreporting of income in the AHS (see discussion below) would not 
    affect this conclusion. The AHS estimate of the very-low-income 
    percentage would remain much higher than the 9.4 (9.0) percent 
    figure associated with deducting 125,000 (150,000) mobile home loans 
    from the 1993 HMDA data.
        \50\ This also happened when the 200,000 ``estimate'' was 
    applied to 1994 HMDA data. Table D.4 gives higher ``estimates'' for 
    1994 HMDA because the U.S. Census reports that newly-constructed 
    mobile homes increased by 50,000 (on a nationwide basis) between 
    1993 and 1994. Whether purchases of existing mobile homes also 
    increased, or even declined, is not known.
    
    [[Page 61983]]
    
    c. Additional Adjustments to HMDA Data
        Proposed Rule Adjustments. After deducting estimates of ineligible 
    mobile home loans, HUD made the same deductions as in its proposed 
    rulethat is, from the remaining estimate of non-mobile-home loans, HUD 
    deducted loans less than $15,000 and loans with a loan-to-income ratio 
    greater than six. The effects of these adjustments are shown in rows 
    D(1) and D(2) of Table D.4. For instance, the low- and moderate-income 
    percentage for 1994 home purchase loans falls from 42.6 percent 
    (unadjusted HMDA) to 40.8 percent (due to dropping 100,000 mobile 
    homes) to 39.6 percent (due to the proposed rule adjustments). In this 
    case, the 1994 market share for very-low-income borrowers falls from 
    13.1 percent to 11.9 percent to 10.3 percenta reduction of over 20 
    percent. When the AHS percentages given in Table D.4 are adjusted for 
    loans less than $15,000 and for loans with a loan-to-income ratio 
    greater than six, the low- and moderate-income percentage for home 
    purchase loans falls from 38.7 to 37.2, while the very-low-income 
    percentage for home purchase loans falls from 12.9 to 11.1.
        Possible Bias in HMDA Data. There is evidence that HMDA may be 
    over-reporting lower-income loans relative to higher-income loans. Jim 
    Berkovec and Peter Zorn compared loans that were reported by HMDA as 
    being sold to Freddie Mac with loans that Freddie Mac's own records 
    show as being purchased by Freddie Mac.51 Their major conclusion 
    was that 1992 and 1993 HMDA data contain only 65-70 percent of 
    conventional mortgage loans. They also found that HMDA's coverage 
    varied across census tracts, with coverage being higher in lower-income 
    census tracts.52 While there was some correlation with the percent 
    minority population in the census tract, it largely disappeared when 
    controlling for income.
    
        \51\ Jim Berkovec and Peter Zorn, ``How Complete is HMDA?: HMDA 
    Coverage of Freddie Mac Purchases,'' Freddie Mac, January 4, 1995.
        \52\ Berkovec and Zorn offer two possible reasons for why HMDA 
    reporting may be better in low-income areas. First, regulatory and 
    CRA pressure is greater on larger banks and thrifts and all of these 
    are required to report to HMDA. Smaller suburban lenders making 
    loans in higher income tracts are not all required to report to HMDA 
    and less likely to encounter intense regulatory pressure. Second, 
    lenders have more incentive to report lower-income loans and thus 
    are more careful in reporting these loans.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        For a census tract configuration approximating the underserved area 
    definition in HUD's proposed rule, Berkovec and Zorn's simulations 
    suggest that the market share for these tracts should be adjusted by a 
    factor of 90%-95% in 1992 and by 85%-95% in 1993.53 However, 
    Berkovec and Zorn caution that their analysis does not look at the 
    whole mortgage market; rather, it looks only at HMDA loans reported as 
    being sold to Freddie Mac. Loans sold to Fannie Mae are not included in 
    Berkovec and Zorn's analysis. Thus, systematic over-reporting of low 
    income loans sold to Freddie Mac could also explain their findings.
    
        \53\ These percentages were derived from their Tables 8 and 9 by 
    comparing market shares under the three adjustment methods with the 
    market share actually reported by HMDA. To approximate the 
    underserved definition in HUD's proposed rule, high-minority tracts 
    (31-100 percent) with incomes between 100 and 120 percent of area 
    median income were assigned one-half of the market share of the 
    high-minority tracts with income greater than area median income.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The low- and moderate-income goal is defined in terms of borrower 
    incomes, not census tract incomes as analyzed by Berkovec and Zorn. 
    Thus, HUD compared income distributions of loans that HMDA reports were 
    originated in 1993 and 1994 and sold to one of the GSEs in the year of 
    origination with income distributions of loans that the GSEs report 
    were purchased by them in 1993 and 1994 in the same year as 
    origination. The results were consistent with Berkovec and Zorn's 
    findings that HMDA may be over-reporting lower-income loans and that 
    the over-reporting may be greater the lower the income. In 1993, the 
    low- and moderate-income share of loans reported by HMDA as being sold 
    to the GSEs was 1.7 percentage points greater than the low- and 
    moderate-income share of loans that the GSEs report they purchased in 
    1993 (34.2 percent versus 32.5 percent); this translates into a five 
    percent rate of over-reporting. The corresponding very-low-income 
    shares, on the other, differed by almost ten percent (7.1 percent based 
    on HMDA data versus 6.5 percent based on GSE data). But as noted by 
    Berkovec and Zorn, the absolute difference (0.6 percent in this case) 
    is not so great because of the relatively small number of loans 
    originated for very-low-income borrowers. Similar results were obtained 
    when comparing 1994 HMDA and GSE data.
        The above comparisons suggest that low- and moderate-income 
    percentages reported in row D of Table D.4 may need a slight further 
    adjustment for HMDA's over-reporting of lower income loans. But, as 
    noted earlier, 1993 AHS data suggest that HMDA data does not need to be 
    adjusted downward. Because of this uncertainty, HUD considers several 
    possible values of the low- and moderate-income percentage for owners 
    when computing the low- and moderate-income market share estimates in 
    Section F.3 below.
    d. American Housing Survey Data
        Borrower income data from the American Housing Survey are included 
    in Table D.4.\54\ The low- and moderate-income percentages from the 
    1993 AHS are similar to those reported by 1993 HMDA data. According to 
    the AHS, 38.7 percent of those families who recently purchased their 
    homes, and who obtained conventional mortgages below the conforming 
    loan limit, had incomes below the area median; this compares with 37.3 
    percent based on 1993 HMDA data that excludes 100,000 mobile homes.
    
        \54\ The AHS data reported in this final rule were derived using 
    different methods than the corresponding data reported in HUD's 
    proposed rule. The differences will be explained below when 
    discussing AHS data on rent affordability.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        A longer-term perspective of the mortgage market can be gained by 
    examining income data from the last five American Housing Surveys, 
    conducted in 1985, 1987, 1989, 1991, and 1993. The low- and moderate-
    income share was in the 32-34 percent range except for 1985 (27 
    percent) and 1991 (36 percent). The overall average during the 1985-93 
    period was 32.3 percent.
        AHS Under-Reporting of Income. In commenting on the proposed rule, 
    the GSEs criticized HUD's reliance on AHS data on the grounds that 
    income reported in the AHS is lower than other independent estimates of 
    income,\55\ and questioned AHS estimates that 60 percent of all 
    households qualify as low- or moderate-income under definitions of the 
    Act.\56\ The reported discrepancy is 
    
    [[Page 61984]]
    based on a comparison with sources such as Gross Domestic Product (GDP) 
    and the Social Security Administration, and relates to specific sources 
    of income, such as interest income and assistance income, which are 
    more significant portions of the incomes of households at the upper and 
    lower ends of the spectrum. AHS estimates of wage and salary income are 
    quite comparable to these aggregate sources. It is unclear how these 
    discrepancies affect the percentages of interest here.
    
        \55\ See Codebook for the American Housing Survey Data Base: 
    1973-1993, at page 1-11.
        \56\ Claiming that 50 percent of the country's households are 
    ``below the true median by definition,'' Freddie Mac proposed 
    adjusting for AHS underreporting of income by inflating incomes of 
    all households until 50 percent of AHS households are ``above median 
    income.'' This suggestion has a major flaw: it fails to distinguish 
    between median household income and the Act's definition of ``median 
    income'' as: the unadjusted median family income for the area, as 
    determined and published annually by the Secretary. [Sec. 1303 (9), 
    emphasis added.] Because more than 30 percent of households are 
    occupied by single persons or unrelated individuals and families 
    often have more earners than households, median family income is 
    appreciably higher than median household income. In 1990, for 
    example, U.S. median family income was $35,353, 18 percent above the 
    median household income of $29,943. Interpolating from the household 
    income distribution, in 1990 58.3 percent of households had income 
    less than national median family income. Table 695 of the 1992 
    Statistical Abstract gives the 1990 household income distribution in 
    dollars with $35,000 as one cutoff. It shows that 57.9% of 
    households had income below $35,000 in 1990 and 17.5% had income in 
    the $35,000-$49,999 category.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        A more relevant issue is a comparison of AHS sample data with 
    special tabulations of 1990 Census data, which has more accurate income 
    data, since it explicitly asks amounts of income by source for each 
    individual. Moreover, decennial Census data on median family income are 
    the basic source of HUD's official estimates of area median income that 
    define ``median income'' for this rule.\57\
    
        \57\ Note that in setting the median family income for an MSA, 
    HUD compares the Census estimate to the AHS estimate. The Census 
    estimate is used, unless it falls outside the confidence interval 
    for the AHS estimate, in which case the AHS estimate is used. 
    Currently, the Census estimate is used for all MSAs.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        In special Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy (CHAS) 
    tabulations, 1990 Census data on household income were compared to 
    official HUD estimates of area median income for each location in the 
    country. These CHAS tabulations should be more accurate than the AHS in 
    two ways--because the Census income data are better, and because the 
    CHAS income data were compared to accurate median family income data 
    for each metro area or nonmetro county in the country.
        Comparison between the 1989 AHS income distribution (which, taken 
    in fall of 1989, is the closest in time to the April 1, 1990 Census) 
    and the CHAS tabulations shows that two income distributions are 
    remarkably similar for renters:
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           Percent of total 
                                                             below cutoff   
                        Income cutoff                    -------------------
                                                            CHAS       AHS  
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    50% of median.......................................     38.7%     38.5%
    80% of median.......................................     59.0%     59.0%
    95% of median.......................................     68.0%     67.5%
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        For owners, shares appear to differ by about 2 percentage points 
    throughout the very low- to moderate-income range.\58\:
    
        \58\ These estimates of income are adjusted for family size, and 
    therefore should not be taken as direct estimates of shares of 
    owners qualifying as ``low or moderate income'' under GSE income 
    definitions. The comparison should however provide a valid estimate 
    of the effect of income underreporting on the AHS estimates of low 
    or moderate income made without family size adjustments.
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           Percent of total 
                                                             below cutoff   
                        Income cutoff                    -------------------
                                                            CHAS       AHS  
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    50% of median.......................................     15.5%     17.6%
    80% of median.......................................     29.7%     32.2%
    95% of median.......................................     37.8%     40.1%
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        This suggests that reducing the 1989 AHS estimates for owners by no 
    more than 2 percentage points would appropriately adjust for income 
    underreporting.
        Improvements to the 1993 Survey. Income underreporting in the AHS 
    was reduced after changes were made in the questionnaire for the 1993 
    Survey. Formerly, the AHS reported dividend and interest income for a 
    household only if it exceeded $400. Now the Survey reports all dividend 
    and interest income, regardless of the amount, and various sources of 
    interest are specified. In addition to unemployment and worker's 
    compensation and ``any other income,'' Survey respondents were 
    explicitly asked about ``other disability payments,'' and ``veterans' 
    payments.'' As a result, the percentage of respondents reporting income 
    in this category rose from 9.6 percent in 1991 to 13.8 percent in 1993. 
    In general, the percentage of AHS households reporting income other 
    than wages or salaries rose sharply, from 63 percent in 1991 to 79 
    percent in 1993.
    
    [[Page 61985]]
    
        Thus, it is not clear that AHS underreporting of income is a major 
    problem, especially since the 1993 improvement. In any event, there 
    does not appear to be a need for an adjustment of more than a couple of 
    percentage points for owner-occupied units surveyed prior to 1993, and 
    no adjustment is needed for rental units.
    
    2. Low- and Moderate-Income Percentage for Renter Mortgages
    
    a. American Housing Survey Data
        The American Housing Survey does not include data on mortgages for 
    rental properties; rather, it includes data on the characteristics of 
    the existing rental housing stock and recently completed rental 
    properties. Current data on the income of prospective or actual tenants 
    has also not been readily available for rental properties. Where such 
    income information is not available, FHEFSSA provides that a rent level 
    is affordable if it does not exceed 30 percent of the maximum income 
    level for the low- and moderate-income category, with appropriate 
    adjustments for family size as measured by the number of bedrooms. The 
    GSEs' performance under the housing goals is measured in terms of the 
    affordability of the rental dwelling units that are financed by 
    mortgages that the GSEs purchase; the income of the occupants of these 
    rental units is generally not considered in the calculation of goals' 
    performance. Thus, it is appropriate to base estimates of market size 
    on rent affordability data rather than on renter income data.59
    
        \59\ Because the ``low- and moderate-income share'' of rental 
    units is based on rents rather than incomes, Freddie Mac's comment 
    on the proposed rule, that estimates of the low-mod share for rental 
    units should be adjusted for AHS income underreporting, is not 
    valid.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Table D.5 presents AHS data on the affordability of the rental 
    housing stock for the survey years between 1985 and 1993. The 1993 AHS 
    shows that for 1-4 unit unsubsidized rental properties, 98 percent of 
    all units, and 92 percent of units constructed in the preceding three 
    years had gross rent (contract rent plus the cost of all utilities) 
    less than or equal to 30 percent of area median income. For multifamily 
    unsubsidized rental properties, the corresponding figures are 96 
    percent of all units, and 88 percent of units constructed in the 
    preceding three years. The AHS data for 1989 and 1991 are similar to 
    the 1993 data.
        Several commenters expressed concern about using affordability data 
    from the outstanding rental stock to proxy affordability data for 
    mortgage flows. Some have argued that data based on the recently 
    completed stock would be a better proxy for mortgage flows. In the 
    above case, there is not a large difference between the affordability 
    percentages for the recently constructed stock and those for the 
    outstanding stock of rental properties. But this is not the case when 
    affordability is defined at the very-low-income level. As shown in 
    Table D.5, the recently completed stock houses substantially fewer 
    very-low-income renters than does the existing stock. Because this 
    issue is important for the special affordable goal, it will be further 
    analyzed in Section H when that goal is considered.
        For purposes of the Low- and Moderate-Income Goal, the analysis in 
    Section H concludes that the existing stock is an adequate proxy for 
    the mortgage flow when rent affordability is defined in terms of less 
    than 30 percent of area median income. More specifically, that analysis 
    suggests that 85 percent of single-family rental units and 90 percent 
    of multifamily units are reasonable estimates for projecting the 
    percentage of financed units affordable at the low- and moderate-income 
    level.60
    
        \60\ In 1994, 87 percent of GSE purchases of single-family 
    investor rental units and 95 percent of their purchases of 
    multifamily units qualified under the low-mod goal.
    
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-P
    
    [[Page 61986]]
    [GRAPHIC][TIFF OMITTED]TR01DE95.027
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-C
    
    [[Page 61987]]
    
    b. Improvements to AHS Analysis
        The AHS data for both owners and renters differ from those reported 
    in HUD's proposed rule due to several improvements in HUD's 
    methodology. The major changes are as follows:
         The income limits for the 1989-93 surveys are now based on 
    1990 Census results, and those for the 1985 and 1987 survey are now 
    based on 1980 Census results. Previous versions had used income limits 
    from 1970 Census data for 1985, and from 1980 Census data for all other 
    years. These changes basically use income limits that are more 
    ``correct'' for each year than was the case in the earlier analysis. 
    The newly available income limits based on 1990 Census data should more 
    accurately describe income distributions in 1989 and 1991 than the ones 
    extrapolated from 1980 Census data.
         A bedroom-size adjustment factor used by HUD for units 
    with four or more bedrooms has been added; this is important because 
    these large-bedroom units represent almost one-fourth of rental units 
    with three or more bedrooms. This change increases accuracy because 
    earlier, the 3-plus bedroom adjustment factor was used for all units 
    with more than three bedrooms.
         Utility payments in the 1985 and 1987 surveys are 
    constrained to independent (lower) estimates so that they are 
    comparable with procedures begun by the Census Bureau for the 1989 AHS. 
    The new Census Bureau procedures were instituted to correct errors in 
    reported utility payments that were known to cause upward bias. This 
    change should also increase accuracy.
        The main effects of these changes are higher affordability 
    estimates than reported in the proposed rule. The portion of the 
    outstanding stock that is affordable at less than area median income 
    goes up by only 3-6 percentage points across the five survey years; 
    however, the portion of the recently completed stock shows increases 
    from 5 to 20 percentage points. The portion of the outstanding stock 
    affordable at the very-low-income level rises from 4 to 14 percent in 
    four of the survey years and declines in the other one.61
    
        \61\ Except for 1991, which showed an increase from 31 to 36 
    percent in the percentage of borrowers with less than median income, 
    the income percentages for owners showed only slight increases or no 
    increases at all.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    3. Size of the Low- and Moderate-Income Mortgage Market
    
    a. Market Estimates
        This section provides estimates for the size of the low- and 
    moderate-income mortgage market. Three alternative sets of projections 
    about property shares and property low- and moderate-income percentages 
    are given in Table D.6. Case 1 projections represent the baseline and 
    intermediate case; it assumes that investors account for 10 percent of 
    the single-family mortgage market. Case 2 assumes a lower investor 
    share (7 percent) based on HMDA data and slightly more conservative 
    low- and moderate-income percentages for single-family rental and 
    multifamily properties (80 percent and 85 percent, respectively). Case 
    3 assumes a higher investor share (12 percent) consistent with Follain 
    and Blackley's suggestions.
        The low- and moderate-income percentage for owners is the most 
    important determinant of the market estimates. Thus, Table D.7 provides 
    market estimates for different owner percentages as well as for 
    different sizes of the multifamily market--the $30 billion baseline 
    projection bracketed by $23 and $35 billion. Most low- and moderate-
    income estimates reported for the baseline projections are around 50 
    percent. The market estimate is 53 percent if the owner percentage is 
    at its 1994 level (40 percent), and it is 51 percent if the owner 
    percentage is at its 1993 level (37 percent). If the low- and moderate-
    income percentage for owners falls to 32 percent (about its 1992 
    level), the overall market estimate falls to 48 percent. Under HUD's 
    baseline projections, the owner percentage can fall to as low as 30 
    percent--about ten (seven) percentage points lower than its 1994 (1993) 
    level--and the low- and moderate-income market share would still be at 
    46 percent.
        The size of the multifamily market is also an important determinant 
    of the low- and moderate-income market share. The market estimates 
    increase by about a percentage point as multifamily volume moves from 
    $23 billion to $35 billion. The market estimates for Case 2 and Case 3 
    bracket those for Case 1. The smaller rental market and lower low- and 
    moderate-income percentages for rental properties result in the Case 2 
    estimates being almost three percentage points below the Case 1 
    estimates.
        The various market estimates presented in Table D.7 are not all 
    equally likely. Most of them equal or exceed 48 percent, suggesting 
    that this is a reasonable lower bound for the size of the low- and 
    moderate-income market.
    
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-P
    
    [[Page 61988]]
    [GRAPHIC][TIFF OMITTED]TR01DE95.028
    
    
    
    [[Page 61989]]
    [GRAPHIC][TIFF OMITTED]TR01DE95.029
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-C
    
    [[Page 61990]]
    
    b. Economic Conditions, Market Estimates, and the Feasibility of the 
    Low- and Moderate-Income Housing Goal
        The public comments indicated a concern that the market share 
    estimates and the housing goals failed to recognize the volatility of 
    housing markets and the existence of macroeconomic cycles. There was 
    particular concern that the market shares and housing goals were based 
    on a period of record low interest rates and high affordability. This 
    section discusses these issues, noting that the Secretary can consider 
    shifts in economic conditions when evaluating the performance of the 
    GSEs on the goals, and noting further that the market share estimates 
    can be examined in terms of less favorable market conditions than 
    existed during 1993 and 1994.
        Volatility of Market. Industry forecasts of the 1996 mortgage 
    market are the starting point for HUD's estimates of market share for 
    each housing goal. HUD projected $700 billion in single-family 
    originations for 1996 based on forecasts of $720 billion by the 
    Mortgage Bankers Association and $700 billion by Fannie Mae. These 
    industry forecasts are based on certain underlying economic conditions. 
    Unanticipated shifts in economic activity will obviously affect the 
    degree to which these forecasts are borne out. Thus, changing economic 
    conditions can affect the validity of HUD's market estimates as well as 
    the feasibility of accomplishing the housing goals.
        One only has to recall the volatile nature of the mortgage market 
    in the past few years to appreciate the uncertainty around projections 
    of that market. Large swings in refinancing, consumers switching 
    between adjustable-rate mortgages and fixed-rate mortgages, increased 
    first-time homebuyer activity due to record low interest rates, and 
    shifts in FHA activity have all characterized the recent mortgage 
    market. These conditions are beyond the control of the GSEs but they 
    would affect their performance on the housing goals. A mortgage market 
    dominated by heavy refinancing on the part of middle-income homeowners 
    would reduce the GSEs' ability to reach a specific target on the low- 
    and moderate-income goal, for example. A jump in interest rates would 
    reduce the availability of very-low-income mortgages for the GSEs to 
    purchase. But on the other hand, the next few years may be highly 
    favorable to achieving the goals because of the high refinancing 
    activity in 1993. A period of low interest rates would sustain 
    affordability levels without causing the rush to refinance seen in 
    1993. A high percentage of potential refinancers have already done so, 
    and are less likely to do so again. Year-to-date 1995 data support this 
    argument.
        Feasibility Determination. HUD is well aware of the volatility of 
    mortgage markets and the possible impacts on the GSEs' ability to meet 
    the housing goals. FHEFSSA allows for changing market conditions.\62\ 
    If HUD has set a goal for a given year and market conditions change 
    dramatically during or prior to the year, making it infeasible for the 
    GSE to attain the goal, HUD must determine ``whether (taking into 
    consideration market and economic conditions and the financial 
    condition of the enterprise) the achievement of the housing goal was or 
    is feasible.'' This provision of FHEFSSA clearly allows for a finding 
    by HUD that a goal was not feasible due to market conditions, and no 
    subsequent actions would be taken.
    
        \62\ Section 1336(b)(3)(A).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Affordability and Market Estimates. The market share estimates rely 
    on 1993 and 1994 HMDA data for the percentage of low- and moderate-
    income borrowers. As discussed earlier, record low interest rates and 
    affordability initiatives of the private sector encouraged first-time 
    buyers and low-income borrowers to enter the market during this period. 
    A significant increase in interest rates over their 1993-94 levels 
    would reduce the presence of low-income families in the mortgage market 
    and the availability of low-income mortgages for purchase by the GSEs.
        HUD simulated the effects of a two-percentage point increase in 
    interest rates on the payment-to-income ratios of 1993 and 1994 GSE 
    borrowers (see Appendix A). Lower-income borrowers started with higher 
    payment ratios and were thus disproportionately affected by the 
    simulated increase in interest rates. Dropping from the GSE data all 
    less-than-median income borrowers whose payment-to-income ratios 
    increased to above 28 percent reduced the low- and moderate-income 
    percentage of GSE business by 15 percent (about 5 percentage points) 
    and the very-low-income percentage by 17 percent (about 1.25 percentage 
    points). While this is only a partial look at the effects of higher 
    interest rates, it indicates that the effects will be concentrated at 
    the lower-income end of the market. A counter-balancing effect would be 
    that a rise in interest rates reduces the refinance rate. In 1993, 
    refinance borrowers had higher incomes than home purchase borrowers, 
    but in 1994, purchase and refinance mortgage borrowers had more similar 
    incomes.
        As discussed in Appendix A, the effects of higher interest rates on 
    affordability have to be considered in the context of other market 
    changes. Rising employment, incomes, and consumer confidence, for 
    example, can mitigate the effects of higher rates on the demand for 
    mortgage credit. Unfortunately, it is difficult to quantify the impacts 
    of these economic changes on the market estimates for the housing 
    goals. What one can do, however, is examine the sensitivity of the 
    market estimates to changes in the percentage of borrowers that have an 
    income less than area median income. As noted earlier, reducing that 
    percentage to 30 percent from its 1993-94 level of 37-40 percent drops 
    the overall low- and moderate-income estimate to 46 percent under the 
    baseline projections.
        The market model was re-estimated assuming an even higher interest 
    rate environment--lower origination volumes ($535 billion for single-
    family and $23 billion for multifamily) and an owner low- and moderate-
    income percentage (26) that was only two-thirds of the 1994 level.\63\ 
    In this case, the market estimate of 44 percent remains above HUD's 
    goals of 40 percent for 1996 and 42 percent for 1997. Obviously, there 
    are combinations of projections that would drive the low- and moderate-
    income market estimate even lower; however, setting the goals to ensure 
    their feasibility under the most pessimistic of economic conditions is 
    not appropriate, given that the Secretary can re-evaluate goal 
    feasibility if market conditions change dramatically.
    
        \63\ The $535 billion is a lower bound estimate provided by 
    Freddie Mac.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    c. Conclusions About the Size of Low- and Moderate-Income Market
        Based on the above findings as well as numerous sensitivity 
    analyses, HUD concludes that 48-52 percent is a reasonable estimate of 
    the mortgage market's low- and moderate-income share for 1996 and 
    beyond. HUD recognizes that shifts in economic conditions could 
    increase or decrease the size of the low- and moderate-income market 
    during that period.
    
    4. Further Considerations--Factors Not Taken Into Account in Developing 
    the Market Estimates
    
        The 48-52 percent low- and moderate-income market estimate does not 
    take into account several factors which could enhance the GSEs' 
    performance with regard to the goals. 
    
    [[Page 61991]]
    
    a. Purchases of Seasoned Mortgages
        Both GSEs buy a number of seasoned mortgages, where the date of the 
    mortgage note is more than one year before the date the GSE purchased 
    the mortgage. HUD's market share estimates are based on current 
    mortgage originations, thus there is no way for HUD to take into 
    account the availability of seasoned mortgages. But many such mortgages 
    would qualify for one or more of the goals.
    b. Small Second Loans
        The final rule will allow the GSEs to count second mortgages for 
    full credit toward the housing goals. In 1993, the GSEs purchased only 
    a small number of second mortgages: Fannie Mae purchased 658 seconds, 
    totalling $28.1 million, and Freddie Mac purchased 27 seconds, 
    totalling $1.4 million. In 1994, the GSEs purchased both fewer such 
    loans and smaller loans. Fannie Mae's second mortgage purchases fell to 
    207 loans, totalling $7.8 million, while Freddie Mac's purchases of 
    second mortgages fell to 1, in the amount of $24,000.
        It is unclear how the GSEs will react to the fact that seconds will 
    be eligible under the goals. One scenario might involve a substantial 
    increase in their purchases of small home improvement loans in inner-
    city areas which would increase their performance under the goals. 
    Another scenario might involve only incremental changes to their 
    current business which would only marginally increase their performance 
    under the goals. It is also unclear how to delineate the overall market 
    in which the GSEs might be operating, because their past purchases have 
    been so small. Admittedly, they could purchase second mortgages in all 
    segments of the market (from inner city low-income loans to suburban 
    high-income loans); however, given their current small share of the 
    overall market, it might not be appropriate to assume their purchases 
    would cover the entire market. In any case, HUD has made no adjustments 
    in its market estimate to allow for the possible effects of making 
    second mortgages eligible under the goals.
        The HMDA data do include information on home improvement loans 
    (HILs). In 1993, 620,000 home improvement loans were originated, with 
    an average loan amount of $20,700. Using RFS data, for the period 1989-
    1991, the average loan amount for HILs was $26,700. The loan 
    distribution for all HILs shows that 59 percent of these loans were for 
    amounts less than $15,000. Compared with purchase mortgages, HILs are 
    more targeted to lower-income borrowers. Almost 47 percent of 
    conforming conventional owner-occupied HILs went to low- and moderate-
    income borrowers.
    
    G. Size of the Conventional Conforming Market Serving Central Cities, 
    Rural Areas, and Other Underserved Areas
    
        The following discussion presents the estimates of the size of the 
    conventional conforming market for the Central City, Rural Areas, and 
    other Underserved Areas Goal (Geographically-Targeted Goal). The first 
    two sections focus on central cities and other underserved areas. 
    Section 1 presents area percentages for different property types while 
    section 2 presents market estimates for these areas. Section 3 
    discusses rural areas.
        The final rule establishes the Central Cities, Rural Areas, and 
    other Underserved Areas Goal for 1996 at 21 percent of the total number 
    of dwelling units financed by the GSE's mortgage purchases. The level 
    of the goal for 1997 and subsequent years is 24 percent.
    
    1. Central City and Other Underserved Area Shares by Property Type
    
        For purposes of the definitions of central cities and other 
    underserved areas, underserved areas are defined as census tracts with:
        (a) Tract median income at or below 90 percent of the MSA median 
    income; or
        (b) A minority composition equal to 30 percent or more and a tract 
    median income no more than 120 percent of MSA median income.
        Table D.8 presents central cities and other underserved areas 
    percentages for mortgages on owner, single-family rental, and 
    multifamily properties. In 1994, 24.6 percent of home purchase loans 
    financed properties located in these areas; this represents an increase 
    from 22.4 percent for 1993.64 In 1994, refinance loans were 
    slightly more likely than home purchase loans to be located in these 
    areas (27.7 versus 24.6 percent) while in 1993 the situation was 
    reversed (20.1 versus 22.4 percent). As table D.8 shows, the 
    adjustments for mobile home loans are not nearly as large as those 
    reported earlier for the borrower income data. The possibility that 
    HMDA over-reports loans in low-income areas suggests that these 
    percentages should be adjusted by another percent or two (see 
    discussion of the Berkovec-Zorn paper in section F.1.c). Because of the 
    importance of owner properties, the sensitivity analyses will examine a 
    range of values for this variable.
    
        \64\ The corresponding percentages for the definitions in the 
    proposed rule are 15.4 percent for 1993 and 17.1 percent in 1994. 
    Thus, the effect of the additional 3,657 census tracts is to 
    increase the home purchase percentage by 7.0 percent in 1993 and by 
    7.5 percent in 1994.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Based on 1993 and 1994 HMDA data, the central cities and other 
    underserved areas percentage for single-family rental units is 41-43 
    percent while that for multifamily properties is 48-51 percent. Thus, 
    rental mortgages are about twice as likely as owner mortgages to 
    finance properties located in these areas.
    
    2. Market Estimates for Central Cities and Other Underserved Areas
    
        Table D.9 presents estimates for the central cities and other 
    underserved areas market for the same combinations of projections used 
    to analyze the Low- and Moderate-Income Goal. Table D.6 in Section F.3 
    defines Cases 1, 2, and 3; Case 1 (the baseline) projects a 37.5 
    percent share for single-family rentals and a 42.5 percent share for 
    multifamily properties while the more conservative Case 2 projects 35.0 
    percent and 40.0 percent, respectively.
        The single-family owner percentages are the driving force in the 
    market for the estimate, even more so than in the low- and moderate-
    income analysis. Table D.9 reports results under the baseline 
    projections but for owner percentages ranging from 25 percent (1994 
    HMDA without mobile homes) to 20 percent (1993 HMDA) to 17 percent. The 
    market share estimates are mostly in the 25-28 percent range if the 
    single-family owner central cities and other underserved areas 
    percentage is 18 percent or more. If the owner percentage is at the 
    1994 HMDA level of 25 percent, the market share estimate is as high as 
    29 percent.
        At the lower extreme, the single-family owner percentage can go as 
    low as 17 percent, which is 8 percentage points lower than the 1994 
    HMDA value, and the market estimate is still 24 percent in the base 
    case. Thus, the Geographically Targeted Goal allows for a market not as 
    affordable as the 1993-94 period.
        Unlike the low- and moderate-income goal, the market estimates 
    differ only slightly as one moves from Case 1 to Case 3 and from $23 
    billion to $35 billion in the size of the multifamily market. This is 
    because the central cities and other underserved areas differentials 
    between the owner and rental properties are not as large as the low- 
    and moderate-income differentials reported earlier.
    
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-P
    
    [[Page 61992]]
    [GRAPHIC][TIFF OMITTED]TR01DE95.030
    
    
    
    [[Page 61993]]
    [GRAPHIC][TIFF OMITTED]TR01DE95.031
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-C
    
    [[Page 61994]]
    
    
    3. Size of Rural Underserved Area Market
    
        Rural areas are nonmetropolitan counties with:
        (a) County median income at or below 95 percent of the greater of 
    statewide nonmetropolitan median income or nationwide nonmetropolitan 
    income; or
        (b) A minority composition equal to 30 percent or more and a county 
    median income no more that 120 percent of statewide nonmetropolitan 
    median income.
        HMDA does not provide mortgage data for nonmetropolitan counties, 
    which makes it impossible to estimate the size of the mortgage market 
    in rural areas. However, all indicators suggest that counties in rural 
    areas comprise a larger share of the nonmetropolitan mortgage market 
    than the census tracts in central cities and other underserved areas 
    comprise of the metropolitan mortgage market. Counties within rural 
    areas include 54 percent of nonmetropolitan residents as well as 54 
    percent of nonmetropolitan homeowners. Central cities and other 
    underserved census tracts, on the other hand, account for 44 percent of 
    metropolitan population and 34 percent of metropolitan homeowners.
        In 1994, 26.9 percent of Fannie Mae's total purchases in 
    nonmetropolitan areas were in rural areas while 29.2 percent of Fannie 
    Mae's purchases in metropolitan areas were in central cities and other 
    underserved areas. The corresponding percentages for Freddie Mac were 
    26.3 and 23.9, respectively. These data suggest that if the market 
    share for counties in rural areas were available, it would be similar 
    to the market share for census tracts in central cities and other 
    underserved areas. Thus, HUD will use the metropolitan estimate to 
    proxy the overall market for this goal, including rural areas.
    
    4. Conclusions
    
        Based on the above findings as well as numerous sensitivity 
    analyses, HUD concludes that 25-28 percent is a reasonable estimate of 
    mortgage market originations that would qualify toward achievement of 
    the Geographically Targeted Goal if purchased by a GSE. HUD recognizes 
    that shifts in economic and housing market conditions could affect the 
    size of this market; however, the market estimate allows for the 
    possibility that adverse economic conditions can make housing less 
    affordable than it has been in the last two years.
    
    H. Size of the Conventional Conforming Market for the Special 
    Affordable Housing Goal
    
        This section presents estimates of the conventional conforming 
    mortgage market for the Special Affordable Housing Goal. The special 
    affordable market consists of owner and rental dwelling units which are 
    occupied by: (a) very-low-income families; or (b) low-income families 
    in low-income census tracts 65; or (c) low-income families in 
    multifamily projects that meet minimum income thresholds patterned on 
    the low-income housing tax credit (LIHTC).66 HUD estimates that 
    the special affordable market is 20-23 percent of the conventional 
    conforming market. This market share estimate is three percentage 
    points higher than the estimate in HUD's proposed rule mainly because 
    low-income renters living in low-income census tracts or rural counties 
    now qualify under the goal as defined in the final rule.
    
        \65\ Or in the case of rural areas, in low-income counties.
        \66\ There are two LIHTC thresholds: at least 20 percent of the 
    units are affordable at 50 percent of AMI or at least 40 percent of 
    the units are affordable at 60 percent of AMI.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The final rule establishes the Special Affordable Housing Goal for 
    1996 at 12 percent of the total number of dwelling units financed by 
    each GSE's mortgage purchases. The goal for 1997 and subsequent years 
    is 14 percent. Of the total Special Affordable Housing Goal, each GSE 
    must purchase annually in multifamily mortgages at least an amount 
    equal to 0.8 percent of the total dollar volume of mortgages purchased 
    by the GSE in 1994.
        Section F described HUD's methodology for estimating the size of 
    the low- and moderate-income market. Essentially the same methodology 
    is employed here except that the focus is on the very-low-income market 
    (0-60 percent of Area Median Income) and that portion of the low-income 
    market (60-80 percent of Area Median Income) that is located in low-
    income areas. Data do not exist to estimate the number of renters with 
    incomes between 60 and 80 percent of Area Median Income who live in 
    projects that meet the tax credit thresholds. Thus, this part of the 
    Special Affordable Housing Goal is not included in the market estimate.
    
    1. Special Affordable Shares by Property Type
    
        The basic approach involves estimating for each property type the 
    share of dwelling units financed by mortgages in a particular year that 
    are occupied by very-low-income families or by low-income families 
    living in low-income areas. HUD has combined mortgage information from 
    HMDA and the American Housing Survey in order to estimate these special 
    affordable shares.
    a. Very-Low-Income Owner Percentages
        The percentage of borrowers with very-low-incomes was reported 
    earlier when discussing the Low- and Moderate-Income Goal. HMDA data 
    show that very-low-income borrowers accounted for 9.4 percent of all 
    conforming home purchase loans in 1992, 11.5 percent in 1993, and 13.1 
    percent in 1994. Several adjustments were made to the HMDA data (see 
    Table D.4). Excluding mobile home loans, for instance, reduced the 1993 
    and 1994 very-low-income borrower percentages to the 9-10 percent 
    range. The AHS reports a higher very-low-income percentage of 12.9 
    percent for home purchase loans in 1993.
    b. Very-Low-Income Rental Percentages
        Table D.5 in Section F reported the percentages of the single-
    family rental and multifamily stock affordable to very-low-income 
    families. According to the AHS, 61 percent of single-family units and 
    51 percent of multifamily units were affordable to very-low-income 
    families in 1993. The corresponding average values for the AHS's five 
    surveys between 1985 and 1993 were 58 percent and 46 percent, 
    respectively.
    c. Outstanding Housing Stock versus Mortgage Flow
        An important issue concerns whether affordability data based on the 
    existing rental stock can be used to proxy affordability of mortgaged 
    rental units. Previous analysis of this issue has focussed on the 
    relative merits of data from the recently completed stock versus data 
    from the outstanding stock. The very-low-income percentages are much 
    lower for the recently completed stock--for instance, the averages 
    across the five AHS surveys were 15 percent for recently completed 
    multifamily properties versus 46 percent for the multifamily stock. But 
    it seems obvious that data from the recently completed stock would 
    underestimate the affordability of newly-mortgaged units because they 
    exclude purchase and refinance transactions involving older buildings, 
    which generally charge lower rents than newly-constructed buildings. 
    Blackley and Follain concluded that newly-constructed properties did 
    not provide a satisfactory basis for 
    
    [[Page 61995]]
    estimating the affordability of newly-mortgaged properties.67
    
        \67\ ``A Critique of the Methodology Used to Determine 
    Affordable Housing Goals for the Government Sponsored Housing 
    Enterprises.''
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The remaining question is how much the affordability percentages 
    from the existing rental stock should be reduced to reflect the flow of 
    mortgage financing.68 HUD used the 1991 Residential Finance Survey 
    to compare rents of the outstanding stock with rents of properties 
    receiving mortgages. There were two main findings. The first 
    findingand the important one for the Special Affordable Housing 
    Goalwas that rents of newly-mortgaged properties were higher than 
    those of the existing stock. About 44 percent of the units in newly-
    mortgaged, multifamily properties were affordable to very-low-income 
    families; this compares with 52 percent for the entire multifamily 
    stock.69
    
        \68\ Some might argue that no adjustment is needed because the 
    existing stock represents the underlying demand for mortgage credit 
    and thus mortgage flows will have the same characteristics as the 
    stock. While appealing at first sight, particularly if one takes a 
    longer-run perspective, this argument ignores the host of reasons 
    why the mortgage flow might not take on the characteristics of the 
    underlying rental stockthe most obvious being that new construction 
    mortgages are a significant part of mortgage activity (almost 15 
    percent in 1994) but new properties represent only a minute part of 
    the outstanding housing stock.
        \69\ First, HUD computed the distribution of units by rent 
    category for existing and newly-mortgaged properties in the RFS. 
    Because only average rent per property is reported in the RFS, all 
    units in a particular property were assigned the same rent. Next, 
    HUD computed the percentage of units that were affordable to 
    families with less than 60 percent of area median income based on 
    1989 and 1991 AHS data; this was about 50 percent for multifamily 
    units. This 50 percent figure was used to define the absolute rent 
    amount ($400) in the RFS that included the bottom 50 percent of 
    rental units. (Because the rent brackets were in $100 increments, 
    the bottom 52 percent of rents had to be used in the RFS analysis.) 
    Finally, HUD computed the percentage of newly-mortgaged units below 
    $400; as the text discusses, only 44 percent of the newly-mortgaged 
    units were below $400.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The corresponding percentages for single-family rental properties 
    showed an even greater gap--47 percent for the newly-mortgaged stock 
    and 60 percent for the existing stock. These comparisons suggest that 
    in order to serve as a proxy for mortgage flows, the affordability 
    percentages reported by the AHS should be adjusted downward by about 15 
    percent in the case of multifamily properties and 20 percent in the 
    case of single-family properties. The baseline analysis below will use 
    very-low-income percentages of 42.5 percent for multifamily properties 
    and 45 percent for single-family rentals.70
    
        \70\ Another approach would simply take the weighted average of 
    the very-low-income percentages for newly-constructed multifamily 
    properties (15 percent) and remaining stock (46 percent) with the 
    weights determined by the estimated share of new construction 
    mortgages (almost 15 percent in 1994). Doing this for multifamily 
    also gives 42 percent.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The second finding--and the one important for the low- and 
    moderate-income goal--was that the percentage of newly-mortgaged 
    properties renting at a level affordable to families with less than 
    median income was only slightly lower than the percentage of the stock 
    renting at that level. This finding is not particularly surprising 
    given that most of the rental stock rents at levels affordable to 
    median income families. It suggests that only a small reduction (about 
    5 percent) in the affordability percentage of the existing stock is 
    needed for it to proxy the mortgage flow.
    d. Low-Income in Low-Income Areas
        According to HMDA data, the percentage of home purchase borrowers 
    who had an income between 60 and 80 percent of area median income and 
    who lived in a low-income census tract was 1.7 percent in 1992, 1.8 
    percent in 1993, and 2.2 percent in 1994. The analysis below will vary 
    this rate between 1 and 2 percent, depending on the percentage of very-
    low-income owners being assumed at the time.
    
    [[Page 61996]]
    
        HMDA does not provide similar data for renters. As a substitute, 
    HUD examined the rental housing stock located in low-income zones of 41 
    metropolitan areas surveyed as part of the AHS between 1989 and 1993. 
    While the low-income zones do not exactly coincide with low-income 
    tracts, they were the only proxy readily available to HUD.71 
    Slightly over 13 percent of single-family rental units were both 
    affordable at the 60-80 percent of AMI level and located in low-income 
    zones; almost 16 percent of multifamily units fell into this 
    category.72 The baseline analysis below assumes that 10 percent of 
    the financed rental units are affordable at 60-80 percent of AMI and 
    located in low-income areas.
    
        \71\ It would have been ideal for this purpose if AHS had 
    identified its respondents by whether they live in a low-income 
    census tract within a metropolitan area or low-income 
    nonmetropolitan county (i.e., a tract or county whose median income 
    is no more than 80 percent of metropolitan area or statewide non-
    metro median income). AHS would then have yielded an estimate of the 
    percentage of rental units located in such areas whose median income 
    is less than 80 percent of area median, and this could have been 
    combined with an AHS estimate of the percentage of those units whose 
    rents are affordable at 60-80 percent of area median income to 
    generate the desired figure. Instead, AHS identifies respondents in 
    its metropolitan area surveys by a variable called ZONE and provides 
    no corresponding variable outside of metropolitan areas. Zones were 
    defined in the 1970s to be areas of at least 100,000 population that 
    were socioeconomically homogeneous, and their boundaries have been 
    fixed since then. HUD estimated the percentage of rental units in 
    metropolitan areas affordable at 60-80 percent of area median income 
    based on the AHS distribution of rental units by income of zone 
    (relative to 80 percent of area median) and the AHS percentages of 
    units affordable at 60-80 percent of area median within each zone. 
    Because of the size difference between tracts and zones--around 
    100,000 vs. around 4,000--the percentages that would have been 
    generated if a tract-based analysis had been feasible would probably 
    have been at least as large as the 13 percent and 16 percent figures 
    generated in this analysis. This is because the larger the zones, 
    the closer their median income would tend to be to the metropolitan 
    area median income. HUD has no basis for estimating the degree of 
    bias in extrapolating from this analysis of metropolitan area data 
    to nonmetropolitan areas.
        \72\ The corresponding figures for the recently completed stock 
    were 8 and 9 percent, respectively.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    2. Size of the Special Affordable Market
    
        The size of the special affordable market depends in large part on 
    the size of the multifamily market and on the very-low-income 
    percentages of both owners and renters. Table D.10 gives market 
    estimates for different combinations of these factors.73 As 
    before, Case 2 is slightly more conservative than the baseline 
    projections (Case 1) mentioned above. For instance, Case 2 assumes that 
    only 7 percent of rental units are affordable to low-income renters 
    living in low-income areas.
    
        \73\ Table D.10 shows the size of the special affordable market 
    based on alternative assumptions about the share of single-family 
    owner-occupied units that are occupied by very-low-income 
    households. Special affordable units also include those that are 
    occupied by low-income households in low-income areas. For a very-
    low-income assumption of 10 percent, the low-income in low-income 
    area assumption is 2 percent. The 2 percent low-income in low-income 
    area assumption is prorated downward as the very-low-income 
    assumption is reduced, falling to 1.2 percent for a very-low-income 
    assumption of 7 percent.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The market estimates in Table D.10 suggest that 20-23 percent is a 
    conservative estimate of the special affordable market. Under HUD's 
    baseline projections, the market estimates remain above 20 percent even 
    if the very-low-income percentage for owners falls as low as 6 percent. 
    Thus, HUD's market estimate allows for the possibility that adverse 
    economic conditions could keep very-low-income families out of the 
    housing market. On the other hand, if the very-low-income percentage 
    stays at its recent levels of 10 percent, the market estimate is as 
    high as 24 percent.
        The market estimate drops by approximately one percent if the 
    estimate of the multifamily mortgage market changes from $30 billion to 
    $23 billion. The market estimates under the more conservative Case 2 
    projections are almost 3 percentage points below those under the Case 1 
    projections. This is due mainly to Case 2's lower share of single-
    family rental mortgages (7 percent versus 10 percent in Case 1) and its 
    lower affordability and low-income-area percentages for rental housing 
    (e.g., a combined 48 percent for single-family rental units versus 55 
    percent for Case 1).
    
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-P
    
    [[Page 61997]]
    [GRAPHIC][TIFF OMITTED]TR01DE95.032
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-C
    
    [[Page 61998]]
    
        Tax Credit Definition. Data are not available to measure the 
    increase in market share associated with including low-income units 
    located in multifamily buildings that meet threshhold standards for the 
    low-income housing tax credit. Currently, the effect on GSE performance 
    under the Special Affordable Housing Goal is rather small. For 
    instance, adding the tax credit condition increases Fannie Mae's 1994 
    performance by only 0.6 percentage points, from 16.1 to 16.7 percent. 
    At first glance, this small effect seems at odds with the fact that 
    almost 25 percent of Fannie Mae's multifamily purchases during 1994 
    involved properties with a very-low-income occupancy of 100 percent, 
    and 57 percent involved properties with a very-low-income occupancy of 
    over 40 percent. The explanation, of course, is that most of the rental 
    units in these ``tax-credit'' properties are covered by the very-low-
    income part of the special affordable goal.
    
    3. Conclusions
    
        Sensitivity analyses were conducted for the market shares of each 
    property type, for the very-low-income shares of each property type, 
    and for various assumptions in the market projection model. These 
    analyses suggest that 20-23 percent is a reasonable estimate of the 
    size of the conventional conforming market for the Special Affordable 
    Housing Goal. This estimate allows for the possibility that 
    homeownership will not remain as affordable as it has over the past two 
    years.
    
    Appendix E--Required Loan-Level Data Elements
    
        As required under 24 CFR part 81, subpart E, the GSEs are required 
    to provide to the Secretary the loan level mortgage data listed below.
        (a) Loan level data on single family mortgage purchases. Each GSE's 
    submission of loan level data shall include the following information 
    for each single family mortgage purchased by the GSE:
        (1) Loan number--a unique numerical identifier for each mortgage 
    purchased;
        (2) U.S. postal state--the two-digit numerical Federal Information 
    Processing Standard (FIPS) code;
        (3) U.S. postal zip code--the five digit zip code for the property;
        (4) MSA code--the four-digit numerical code for the property's 
    metropolitan statistical area (MSA) if the property is located in an 
    MSA;
        (5) Place code--the five-digit numerical FIPS code;
        (6) County--the county, as designated in the most recent decennial 
    census by the Bureau of the Census, in which the property is located;
        (7) Census tract/Block Numbering Area (BNA)--the tract/BNA number 
    as used in the most recent decennial census by the Bureau of the 
    Census;
        (8) 1990 census tract--percent minority--the percentage of a census 
    tract's population that is minority based on the most recent decennial 
    census by the Bureau of the Census;
        (9) 1990 census tract--median income--the median family income for 
    the census tract;
        (10) 1990 local area median income--the median income for the area;
        (11) Tract income ratio--the ratio of the 1990 census tract median 
    income to the 1990 local area median income;
        (12) Borrower(s) annual income--the combined income of all 
    borrowers;
        (13) Area median family income--the current median family income 
    for a family of four for the area as established by the Secretary;
        (14) Borrower income ratio--the ratio of borrower(s) annual income 
    to area median family income;
        (15) Acquisition UPB--the unpaid principal balance (UPB) in whole 
    dollars of the mortgage when purchased by the GSE; where the mortgage 
    purchase is a participation, the acquisition UPB reflects the 
    participation percentage;
        (16) Loan-to-Value Ratio at Origination--the loan-to-value (LTV) 
    ratio of the mortgage at the time of origination;
        (17) Date of Mortgage Note--the date the mortgage note was created;
        (18) Date of Acquisition--the date the GSE purchased the mortgage;
        (19) Purpose of Loan--indicates whether the mortgage was a purchase 
    money mortgage, a refinancing, a second mortgage;
        (20) Cooperative Unit Mortgage--indicates whether the mortgage is 
    on a dwelling unit in a cooperative housing building;
        (21) Special Affordable, Seasoned Loan Proceeds Recycled--for 
    purposes of the special affordable housing goal, indicates whether the 
    mortgage purchased by the GSE meets the requirements in section 
    81.14(h)(1)(B);
        (22) Product Type--indicates the product type of the mortgage, 
    i.e., fixed rate, adjustable rate mortgage (ARM), balloon, graduated 
    payment mortgage (GPM) or growing equity mortgages (GEM), reverse 
    annuity mortgage, or other;
        (23) Federal guarantee--a numeric code that indicates whether the 
    mortgage has a federal guarantee from: the Federal Housing 
    Administration (FHA) or the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA); the 
    Farmers Home Administration's Guaranteed Rural Housing Loan program; or 
    other federal guarantee;
        (24) RTC/FDIC--for purposes of the special affordable housing goal, 
    indicates whether the mortgage purchased by the GSE meets the 
    requirements in section 81.14(h)(1)(C);
        (25) Term of Mortgage at Origination--the term of the mortgage at 
    the time of origination in months;
        (26) Amortization Term--for amortizing mortgages, the amortization 
    term of the mortgage in months;
        (27) Lender Institution--the name of the institution that loaned 
    the money for the mortgage;
        (28) Lender City--the city location of the institution that loaned 
    the money for the mortgage;
        (29) Lender State--the State location of the institution that 
    loaned the money for the mortgage;
        (30) Type of Seller Institution--the type of institution that sold 
    the mortgage to the GSE, i.e., mortgage company, Savings Association 
    Insurance Fund (SAIF) insured depositary institution, Bank Insurance 
    Fund (BIF) insured depositary institution, National Credit Union 
    Association (NCUA) insured credit union, or other seller;
        (31) Number of borrowers--the number of borrowers;
        (32) First-time home buyer--a numeric code that indicates whether 
    the mortgagor(s) are first-time home buyers; second mortgages and 
    refinancings are treated as not first-time home buyers;
        (33) Mortgage Purchased under GSE's Community Lending Program--
    indicates whether the GSE purchased the mortgage under its community 
    lending program;
        (34) Acquisition Type--indicates whether the GSE acquired the 
    mortgage with cash, by swap, with a credit enhancement, a bond or debt 
    purchase, reinsurance, risk-sharing, real estate investment trust 
    (REIT), or a real estate mortgage investment conduit (REMIC), or other;
        (35) GSE Real Estate Owned--indicates whether the mortgage is on a 
    property that was in the GSE's real estate owned (REO) inventory;
        (36) Borrower race or national origin--a numeric code that 
    indicates whether the borrower is: an American Indian or Alaskan 
    Native; an Asian or Pacific Islander; black; Hispanic; white; or other;
        (37) Co-borrower race or national origin--a numeric code that 
    indicates whether the co-borrower is: an American Indian or Alaskan 
    Native; an 
    
    [[Page 61999]]
    Asian or Pacific Islander; black; Hispanic; white; or other
        (38) Borrower gender--a numeric code that indicates whether the 
    borrower is male or female;
        (39) Co-borrower gender--a numeric code that indicates whether the 
    co-borrower is male or female
        (40) Age of borrower;
        (41) Age of co-borrower;
        (42) Occupancy Code--indicates whether the mortgaged property is an 
    owner-occupied principal residence, a second home, or a rental/
    investment property;
        (43) Number of Units--indicates the number of units in the 
    mortgaged property;
        (44) Number of Bedrooms--where the property contains non-owner-
    occupied dwelling units, the number of bedrooms in each of those units;
        (45) Owner-Occupied--indicates whether each of those units are 
    owner-occupied;
        (46) Affordability Category--where the property contains non-owner-
    occupied dwelling units, indicates under which, if any, of the special 
    affordable goals the units qualified;
        (47) Reported Rent Level--where the property contains non-owner-
    occupied dwelling units, the rent level for each unit in whole dollars;
        (48) Reported Rent Plus Utilities--where the property contains non-
    owner-occupied dwelling units, the rent level plus the utility cost for 
    each unit in whole dollars;
        (b) Loan level data on multifamily mortgage purchases. Each GSE's 
    submission of loan level data shall include the following information 
    for each multifamily mortgage purchased by the GSE:
        (1) Loan number--a unique numerical identifier for each mortgage 
    purchased;
        (2) U.S. postal state--the two-digit numerical Federal Information 
    Processing Standard (FIPS) code;
        (3) U.S. Postal Zip Code--the five digit zip code for the property;
        (4) MSA code--the four-digit numerical code for the property's 
    metropolitan statistical area (MSA) if the property is located in an 
    MSA;
        (5) Place code--the five-digit numeric FIPS code;
        (6) County--the county, as designated in the most recent decennial 
    census by the Bureau of the Census, in which the property is located;
        (7) Census tract/Block Numbering Area (BNA)--the tract/BNA number 
    as used in the most recent decennial census by the Bureau of the 
    Census;
        (8) 1990 census tract--percent minority--the percentage of a census 
    tract's population that is minority based on the most recent decennial 
    census by the Bureau of the Census;
        (9) 1990 census tract--median income--the median family income for 
    the census tract;
        (10) 1990 local area median income--the median income for the area;
        (11) Tract income ratio--the ratio of the 1990 census tract median 
    income to the 1990 local area median income;
        (12) Area median family income--the current median family income 
    for a family of four for the area as established by the Secretary;
        (13) Affordability Category--indicates under which, if any, of the 
    special affordable goals the property qualified;
        (14) Acquisition UPB--the unpaid principal balance (UPB) in whole 
    dollars of the mortgage when purchased by the GSE; where the mortgage 
    purchase is a participation, the acquisition UPB reflects the 
    participation percentage;
        (15) Participation Percent--where the mortgage purchase is a 
    participation, the percentage of the mortgage that the GSE purchased;
        (16) Date of Mortgage Note--the date the mortgage note was created;
        (17) Date of Acquisition--the date the GSE purchased the mortgage;
        (18) Purpose of Loan--indicates whether the mortgage was a purchase 
    money mortgage, a refinancing, a new construction mortgage, a mortgage 
    financing property rehabilitation;
        (19) Cooperative Project Loan--indicates whether the mortgage is a 
    project loan on a cooperative housing building;
        (20) Refinancing Loan from Own Portfolio--indicates, where the GSE 
    has purchased a refinanced mortgage, whether the GSE owned the previous 
    mortgage on the same property;
        (21) Special Affordable, Seasoned Loans: Proceeds Recycled?--for 
    purposes of the special affordable housing goal, indicates whether the 
    mortgage purchased by the GSE meets the requirements in section 
    81.14(h)(1)(ii);
        (22) Mortgagor Type--indicates the type of mortgagor, i.e., an 
    individual, a for-profit entity such as a corporation or partnership, a 
    nonprofit entity such a corporation or partnership, a public entity, or 
    other type of entity;
        (23) Term of Mortgage at Origination--the term of the mortgage at 
    the time of origination in months;
        (24) Loan Type--indicates the type of the loan, i.e., fixed rate, 
    adjustable rate mortgage (ARM), balloon, or graduated payment mortgage 
    (GPM);
        (25) Construction Loan--indicates whether the mortgage is for a 
    construction loan;
        (26) Amortization Term--for amortizing mortgages, the amortization 
    term of the mortgage in months;
        (27) Lender Institution--the name of the institution that loaned 
    the money for the mortgage;
        (28) Lender City--the city location of the institution that loaned 
    the money for the mortgage;
        (29) Lender State--the State location of the institution that 
    loaned the money for the mortgage;
        (30) Type of Seller Institution--the type of institution that sold 
    the mortgage to the GSE, i.e., mortgage company, Savings Association 
    Insurance Fund (SAIF) insured depositary institution, Bank Insurance 
    Fund (BIF) insured depositary institution, National Credit Union 
    Association (NCUA) insured credit union, or other seller;
        (31) Government insurance--indicates whether any part of the 
    mortgage has government insurance;
        (32) FHA Risk Share Percent--the percentage of risk assumed for the 
    mortgage purchased under a risk-sharing arrangement with the 
    Department.
        (33) Acquisition Type--indicates whether the GSE acquired the 
    mortgage with cash, by swap, with a credit enhancement, a bond or debt 
    purchase, reinsurance, risk-sharing, real estate investment trust 
    (REIT), or a real estate mortgage investment conduit (REMIC), or other;
        (34) GSE Real Estate Owned--indicates whether the mortgage is on a 
    property that was in the GSE's real estate owned (REO) inventory;
        (35) Public Subsidy Program--indicates whether the mortgage 
    property is involved in a public subsidy program and which level(s) of 
    government are involved in the subsidy program, i.e., Federal 
    government only, state or local government only, other only, Federal 
    government and either state or local government, Federal government and 
    other, state or local government and other, and Federal, state, or 
    local government and other;
        (36) Total Number of Units--indicates the number of dwelling units 
    in the mortgaged property;
        (37) The following data apply to unit types in a particular 
    mortgaged property. The unit types are defined by the GSEs for each 
    property and are differentiated based on the number of bedrooms in the 
    units and on the average contract rent for the units. A unit type must 
    be included for each bedroom size category represented in the property: 
    
    
    [[Page 62000]]
    
        (A) Unit Type XX--Number of Bedroom(s)--the number of bedrooms in 
    the unit type;
        (B) Unit Type XX--Number of Units--the number of units in the 
    property within the unit type;
        (C) Unit Type XX--Average Reported Rent Level--the average rent 
    level for the unit type in whole dollars;
        (D) Unit Type XX--Average Reported Rent Plus Utilities--the average 
    reported rent level plus the utility cost for each unit in whole 
    dollars; and
        (E) Unit Type XX--Affordability Level--the ratio of the average 
    reported rent plus utilities for the unit type to the adjusted area 
    median income;
    
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-P
    
    [[Page 62001]]
    [GRAPHIC][TIFF OMITTED]TR01DE95.033
    
    
    
    [[Page 62002]]
    [GRAPHIC][TIFF OMITTED]TR01DE95.034
    
    
    
    [[Page 62003]]
    [GRAPHIC][TIFF OMITTED]TR01DE95.035
    
    
    
    [[Page 62004]]
    [GRAPHIC][TIFF OMITTED]TR01DE95.036
    
    
    
    [[Page 62005]]
    [GRAPHIC][TIFF OMITTED]TR01DE95.037
    
    
    [FR Doc. 95-28902 Filed 11-30-95; 8:45 am]
    BILLING CODE 4210-32-C
    
    

Document Information

Effective Date:
4/1/1996
Published:
12/01/1995
Department:
Housing and Urban Development Department
Entry Type:
Rule
Action:
Final rule.
Document Number:
95-28902
Dates:
January 2, 1996, except that Sec. 81.62(c) shall not be effective until April 1, 1996, so that the first mortgage report required to be submitted by the GSEs under that section will cover mortgage purchases through the second quarter of 1996 and will not be due until September 1, 1996.
Pages:
61846-62005 (160 pages)
Docket Numbers:
Docket No. FR-3481-F-03
RINs:
2501-AB56: Regulations Implementing the Secretary's Authority Over FNMA and FHLMC (FR-3481)
RIN Links:
https://www.federalregister.gov/regulations/2501-AB56/regulations-implementing-the-secretary-s-authority-over-fnma-and-fhlmc-fr-3481-
PDF File:
95-28902.pdf
CFR: (88)
24 CFR 81.43(a)
24 CFR 81.45(b)
24 CFR 81.46(c)(3)
24 CFR 81.16(c)(1)
24 CFR 81.22(c)
More ...